PIPE DRAFTING

ANDDESIGN
 ToKathy
I am my beloved's, and my beloved is mine. Roy

ToMary
Thank you for your help and support. Robert
PIPE DRAFTING
ANDDESIGN
THIRD EDITION
RoY A. PARISHERAND RoBERT A. RHEA

A.MSTERDAM • BOSTON • HEIDELBERG • LONOON

NEW YORK • OXFORD • PARIS • SAN DIEGO
SAN FRANCISCO • SINGAPORE • SYDNEY • lOKYO
Gulf Professional Publishing is an imprinl oí Elsevier
Gulf Professional Publishing is an imprint of Elsevier
225 Wyman Street, Waltham, MA 02451, USA
Toe Boulevard, Langford Lane, Kidlington, Oxford, OX5 lGB, UK

First edition 1995

Second edition 2001
Third edition 2012

Copyright© 2012 Elsevier Inc. Ali rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical,
including photocopying, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without permíssion in writing from the
publisher. Details on how to seek permission, further information about the Publisher's permissions policies and arrangements
with organizations such as the Copyright Oearance Center and the Copyright Licensing Agency,can be found at our
website: www.elsevier.com/permissions.

This book and the individual contributions contained in it are protected under copyright by the Publisher
(other than as may be noted herein).

Notices
Knowledge and best practice in this field are constantly changíng, As new research and experience broaden our
understanding, changes in research methods, professional practices, or medical treatment may become necessary.

Practitioners and researchers must always rely on their own experience and knowledge in evaluating and using any
information, methods, compounds, or experiments described herein. In using such information or methods they should be
mindful of their own safety and the safety of others, including parties for whom they have a professional responsibility.

To the fullest extent of the law, neither the Publisher nor the authors, contributors, or editors, assume any liability for any
injury and/ or damage to persons or property as a matter of products liability, negligence or otherwise, or from any use or
operation of any methods, products, instructions, or ideas contained in the material herein.

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

A catalog record for this book is available from the Library of Congress

British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data

A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library

ISBN:978-0-12-384700-3

For information on ali Elsevier publications

visit our website at elsevierdirect.com

Typeset by MPS Limited, a Macmillan Company, Chennai, India

www.macmillansolutions.com

Printed and bound in United States of America

12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Working cogether to grow

libraries in developing countries
www.clscvicr.com I www.bookaid.org I www.sabrc.org
 Contents

Preface vii Chapter 4 Flange Basics

Acknowledgments ix Raring Flanges 56
About the Authors xi Flange Facings 56
Flange Types 58
Boles 65
Chapter 1 Overview of Pipe Drafting Gaskets 67
and Design Chapter 4 Review Quiz 71
Exercise Information 71
Types of Projects 1
Employers of Pipe Drafters and Designers 1 Chapter 4 Drawing Exercises 73
Engineering and Construction Companies 1
Operating Companies 2 Chapter 5 Valves
Architectural Enginecring Companies 2
Construction Companies 2 What is a Valve? 79
Fabrication Companies 2 Common Valve Types 79
Prepararion for Piping Drafring 2 Valve Operators 91
Technical Skills 2 Chapter 5 Review Quiz 96
Personal Skills 3 Exercise Informarion 96
Creation of Pipe Drawings 3 Chaprer 5 Drawing Exercises 99

Chapter 2 Steel Pipe Chapter 6 Mechanical Equipment

Hísrorv of Pipe 4 Types of Equipment 112
Píping Marerials 4 Mechanical Equipment Descriptions 123
Manufacturing Methods 4 Equipment in Use 124
Sizing of Pipe 5 Equípment Terminology 125
Wall Thickness 5 Vendor Data Drawings 128
Mechods of Joining Pipe 6 Drawing Equipment 128
Cast Iron Pipe 9 Chapter 6 Review Quiz 133
Plasric Pipe 1 O Chapter 6 Drawing Exercises 133
Drawing Pipe 11
Chapter 2 Review Quia 11 Chapter7 Flow Diagrams and lnstrumentation
Uses of Flow Diagrams 134
Chapter 3 Pipe Fittings Type of Flow Diagrams 134
90º Elbows 14 Flow Diagram Instruments 135
45° Elbows 20 Flow Diagram Drawing Symbols 138
Weld Tee 22 Flow Plan Arrangemenr 139
The Srub-in 30 Chapter 7 Review Quiz 146
Coupling 32 Exercise Information 146
Reducers 32 Chapter 7 Drawing Exercises 148
WeldCap 36
Use of Firtings 36 Chapter 8 Codes and Specifications
Screwed and Socket-Weld Fittings 38
Pipe Nipples 43 Codes 154
Flanged Fittings 44 Specíficatíons 154
Cast Iron Firtíngs 45 General Piping Specífications 155
Plastic Fittings 45 Specíficatíon Classes 158
Fitting Exercise Instructions and Information 45 Abbreviations 159
Chapter 3 Review Quu 47 Piping Abbreviations 166
Chapter 3 Drawing Exercises 48 Chapter 8 Review Quiz 169

V
vi

Chapter 9 Equipment Layout Uríliry Starions 262

Meter Runs 263
Plant CoordinareSystem 170 Sewerand Underground Piping Svsrems 266
Plant Elevations l 70 Chapcer 12 Review Quiz 267
Site Plans 176 Chapter 12 Exercises 267
Unit Plor Plan 176
EquipmentLocarion Drawing 176 Chapter 13 Piping lsometrics
Foundation Location Drawing 176
Piping Drawinglndex 176 What is an lsometric? 269
Chapter 9 Review Quíz 182 lsometric Orientation 272
Chapter 9 DrawingExercises 183 Drawing Piping Isometrics 275
lsometric Dimensions,Notes, and Callouts 278
Chapter 1 O Piping Arrangement Drawings, IsometricOffsets 278
Sections, and Elevations Chapter 13 Review Quíz 288
Chapter 13 DrawingExercises 289
Arrangement Drawings 186
Responsibilítiesof che Pipíng Designer 186 Chapter 14 Building 3D Piping Models
lnformationSources for Piping Arrangement Drawings 186
Layout Procedures 187 Advantagesof 3D Modeling 307
Píping ArrangementDrawingLayout 187 Checking for lnterferences 307
Dimensioning 233 Generating DrawingsAutomaticallyfrom a Model 311
Piping Sections and Elevations: What Are They? 233 Generating Isometric Drawings Automatically 312
Detail Drawings 237 Computer-AidedEngineeringof Models 312
Pipe Line List 23 7 Choosing a ModelingSoftwarePackage 314
Chapter 10 ReviewQuía 241 Building a 3D Model Using PDMS 314
Exercises: Plans, Elevatíons, and Sections 241
Chapter 15 Project Coordination
Chapter 11 Standard Piping Details Processand lnstrument Diagrams 342
Pipe Rack Spacing 242 Piping Arrangement Drawingswith Elevations 345
Drawing Pipe in The Rack 242 Foundation and Equipment Location Drawings 352
Pipe Flexíbiliry 243 Mechanical Equipment: Vender Drawings 358
Planning for Heat Expansion 244 Mechanical Equipment: Footings, Foundations, and
Pipe Anchors 246 Pedestals 378
Pipe lnsulation Shoes 247 Main Pipe Rack and Miscellaneous Pipe Supports: Plans,
Pipe Guides 247 Elevations, and Derails 390
Pipe Spans 247 Electrical Drawings: Lightingand PowerSupply and Grounding
Pipe Supports 248 Plan 395
Field Supports 248 3D Model Views: Units 01-04 403
DummySupports 250
Hanger Rods 25 l Appendix A: Dimensional Data 408
Spring Hangers 25 l Appendix B: Alphabet of Lines 448
Píck-up Pipe Supports 25 l
Chapter 11 Review Quiz 258 Appendix C: Review of Math 449
Appendix D: Use of the Calculator 450
Chapter 12 Piping Systems Appendix E: Architect's Scale 453
Plant Utilities 259 Glossary 454
Control Valve Manifolds 260 lndex 461
 Preface

Pipe Drafting and Design, Third Edition provides
step-by-step instructions to walk pipe designers, draft-
ers and students through the creation of flow diagrams,
piping arrangement and isometric drawings. It includes
instructions for the proper drawing of symbols for fit-
tings, flanges, valves and mechanical equipment found
on various types of piping drawings.
More than 350 illustrations and photographs pro-
vide examples and visual instructions. A unique fea-
ture is the systematic creation and arrangement of
drawings that begins with the development of a flow
diagram then progresses to the layout of the struc-
tural and equipment foundations of a piping facility.
Once mechanical equipment has been positioned and
oriented the piping components are added. The text
continues through to the development of a 3D model.
Advanced chapters díscuss the use of 3D software tools
from which elevation, section and isometric drawings,
and bilis of materials are extracted.
New to this edition
• A large-scalefour-Unit imaginary project that includes
Flow diagrams, Foundation Location, Equipment
Location, and Piping Arrangement drawings, as well as
structural steel drawings and details, civil/foundation
details, equipment vendar drawings, and electrical
Power, Lighting, and Grounding Plans for each Unit.
• Updated discussion and use of modem CAD and 3D
software tools
• Additional exercisers, drawings and dimensioning
charts to provide practice and assessment.
Ancillaries:
For instructors, an educational support package
is available that contains a set of electronic images of
figures in the book, and solutions to the end of chap-
ter problem sets. The files are available to instructors
by registering at: http://textbooks.elsevier.com/web/
Manuals.aspx?isbn=9780123847003.

vii
This page intentionally left blank
 Acknowledgments
Nicole Blythe: AutoCAD 3D model
Michael F. Fox: San Jacinto College Central
R. B. Herrscher: Nisseki Chemical Texas, Inc.
Alan Human: Flexitallic, Inc.
Kenneth Kluge: PDMS 3D model
lrv Levine: AVEVA,Inc.
Heather Marquis: PDMS 3D model and
www.learnpdms.com tutorials
Roger Parisher: Hodell-Natco, Inc.
Toe material, applications, procedures, dimensioning
charts, and routines presented in this book have been
ix
included for their instructional value. They have been
proofed for accuracy but are not guaranteed for any par-
ticular purpose. Toe publisher and authors do not offer
any representations or warranties, nor do they accept
any liabilities with respect to the material, applications,
procedures, dímensíoning charts, and/ or routines.
Trademarks
AutoCAD® is registered in the U.S. Patent and
Trademark office by Autodesk, Inc.
PDMS® is a registered trademark of AVEA, Inc. an
AVEVA Group ple company.
This page intentionally left blank
 About the Authors

Roy A. Parisher is a professor in the engineeríng Robert A. Rhea is a former associate professor of
design graphics department at San Jacinto College engineering technology at the University of Houston
Central in Pasadena, Texas, where he has taught for Downtown, Houston, Texas.
over 30 years.

xi
 CHAPTER

1
Overview of Pipe Drafting and Design

In the design of an industrial facility, engineers • pharmaceutical plants;

develop process flow sheets, set up project specifications, • food and beverage processíng plants;
and design or select equipment. Toe design drafters use • synthetic fuel plants;
the information supplied by engineers and equipment • offshore platforms;
vendors and apply the knowledge and experience gained • pipe line installations;
in the office and field to design and lay out the facility. • water treatment facilities;
In the design and layout of an industrial complex, • environmental waste disposal.
thousands of piping drawings are needed to provide
Many projects will be designed for construction in
detailed information to the craftsmen who will con-
other countries, offering the designer opportunities for
struct the facility. Facility design and layout must meet
travel. Each project presents drafters and designers with
the customer's expectations as well as comply with
opportunities to expand their skills and knowledge of
safety codes, government standards, client specifica-
the field of piping design.
tions, budget, and start-up date.
Toe piping group has the main responsibility for the
design and layout of the facility. Drafters and desígn-
ers must coordinate their efforts with the civil, struc- EMPLOYERSOF PIPE DRAFTERS
tural, electrical, and instrumentation groups throughout ANO DESIGNERS
the design process. Toe piping group must provide all
other design groups with the information they need to Employers seek to hire pipe drafters and designers
complete their part of the project. This timely 'sharing' range for various companies. Among them are
of information will guarantee the complete set of con- • engineering and construction companies;
struction drawíngs will be finished on schedule. Duríng • operating companies;
this time, it may be necessary for designers to visit • architectural firms;
the plant construction site to establish tie-ins or verify • construction companies;
information necessary to complete the design. • fabrication companies.

TYPES OF PROJECTS ENGINEERING ANO CONSTRUCTION

Toe pipe drafting and design discipline includes
COMPANIES
the widest range of opportunities in the field of design
Engineering and construction companies provide the
drafting. Toe types of design projects one could expect
design and layout of a facility. Many clients award the
to work on may include
engineering and design phase of a project to one firm and
• power plants; the construction phase to another. Although many operat-
• petrochemical complex; ing companies have a small engineering staff who handle
• pulp and paper plants; the day-to-day needs of changing and updating draw-
• fertilizer plants; ings, such as adding a pump or other small equipment,
• pipe systems for hospitals and high-ríse office they do not have the manpower to design and engineer a
buildings; grassroots plant or major add-on, Total plant design and

1 C, 2012 Ehcvic-r lnc. Ali rlghts rcserved.

2 1. OVERVIEW OF PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
construction may require hundreds of workers and may
entail years in the design and construction of the plant.
OPERATING COMPANIES
Operating companies are the clients who engage
in the day-to-day operation of a facility and who seek
out the services of engineering and construction firms
when expanding existing facilities or constructing a
new project. Many operating companies keep a small
engineering staff in the home office or at the plant job
site. Designers are exposed to the day-to-day opera-
tions of the facility and follow the construction of small
projects. This situation may require that the designer
have a broad range of knowledge and skills, as he or
she often may be asked to desígn and lay out the com-
plete project. The design may prepare foundation, steel,
and piping drawings as needed, and may even do sorne
electrical and instrumentation design when requíred.
ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING
COMPANIES
Pipe drafters and designers employed by architec-
tural engíneering companies apply theír skills to com-
mercial and high-rise buildings. These may include
multistory office buildings, hospítals, condominiums,
shopping malls, or other similar structures. In addi-
tion to the industrial piping components such as those
found in a typícal boiler room, supplementary píping
systems must be desígned for plumbing, HVAC (heat-
ing, ventilating, and air conditioning), and drainage
systems that are also required in these structures.
Pipe drafters and designers must therefore be able to
develop drawíngs such as
• piping flow sheets;
• plot plans;
• equipment location drawings;
• piping arrangement drawings;
• píping isometric drawings.
Leaming the "language" of piping prepares employ-
ees for advancement to other departments within the
engineering firms. These departments include not only
the drafting and desígn departments but also
• purchasing;
• material control;
• material takeoff;
• estimating;
• pipe stress and pipe supports;
• computer-aided drafting (CAD) support;
• project management.
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
CONSTRUCTION COMPANIES
Many firms specialize only in the construction of
plants. Here the piping designer may actually help
oversee the construction of the facility while working
under the supervisíon of a constructíon superintendent.
The designer is often called upon to make small design
changes resulting from mistakes discovered during the
construction phase or as customers dictate changes. At
the completion of the project, drawings are updated to
reflect the many changes made duríng construction.
These drawings are called or referred to as "as-built"
drawings.
FABRICATION COMPANIES
Fabrication companies fabricate and ship much of
the pípíng necessary for the construction of the plant
to the job site. Many fabrication drawings called piping
spool drawings must be prepared. These drawings give
detailed dimensions from which welders can fabricate
the pipe. The drafter who prepares these drawings will
not be required to have an extensive background in plant
layout; however, the positíon provides the drafter with
valuable experience in materials and material scíence.
PREPARATION FOR PIPING DRAFTING
Students must have a good background in basic
drafting before pursuing a job in the field of pipe draft-
ing and design. Students should have good manual
drafting skills related to line quality and freehand let-
tering. At the same time, students must acquire knowl-
edge of the latest drafting software programs such as
AutoCAD1 and MicroStation2. As students advance,
they may use sophisticated three-dimensional (3D)
software programs that automatícally generate plotted
drawíngs and isometrics from a 3D model.
TECHNICAL SKILLS
A pipe drafter must become familiar with the numer-
ous symbols used to represent fittings, flanges, valves,
and mechanical equipment. This will requíre the time
and effort needed to draw the symbol shapes by search-
íng through catalogs and dimensioning charts in order
to find the síze dimensíons needed to draw each piping
component to scale. Often beginning drafters start out
making corrections to existing drawings. This is where
1 Autodesk. Inc,
2Bentley Systems, Inc,
 CREATION OF PIPE DRAWl1'GS
they acquire the skills and knowledge of piping that
will allow them to advance to the position of piping
designer.
Drafters who have held field positions as pipe fit-
ters or welders find this real-world experience valuable.
Many times this experience allows them to advance ata
faster pace.
PERSONAL SKILLS
Students should not neglect their speaking, writ-
ing, and math skills. Every company appraises future
employees during the interview process not only for
technical skills but also for the personal skills needed to
interact with the engineering team. This interaction is a
must for the team in order to complete the job with a
minimal amount of rnistakes. Honesty, reliability, dedi-
cation to improving skills, and a positive attitude con-
tribute much to the successful career of the designer.
You will be a member of a design team. You may work
with people from countries all over the world. Getting
along with fellow workers has much to do with suc-
cessful yearly evaluations and compensation for your
efforts.
CREATION OF PIPE DRAWINGS
Manual Drafting
Though new piping projects are no longer devel-
oped by hand, or manually, old vellum, mylar, and
even cloth drawings are still in existence. As time per-
rnits and funds exist, companies are gradually convert-
ing their "hard copy" drawings into electronic files. But
when older facilities that were originally drawn manu-
ally need to be revamped, desígners and drafters may
still find the need to use traditional drafting techniques.
Manual drafters use a variety of triangles, plastic tem-
plates (circle and ellipse), and scales to lay out pípíng
drawings. Although electric erasers are not necessary,
they make the job of erasing much easier and faster.
Pencils and leads come in a wide range of sizes and
shapes. Drafters usually use a 4H lead to draw projec-
tion lines and guidelines, and use an H or F lead for
other line work and lettering needs. Line thickness also
3AVEVAGroup ple.
4IntergraphCorporation Part of Hexagon Group.
5CEA Systems, Inc.
6CAD Schroer GmbH.
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
3
has an important role in piping drawings. A 0.7mm or
wider lead holder is commonly used on major elements
of the drawing such as pipe and lettering. Background
components such as equipment, foundations, support
structures, and dimension lines are typically drawn
with a 0.Smm lead.
One cannot stress enough the importance of qual-
ity line work and lettering. Manual drawings are con-
stantly slid in and out of the file drawers and run
through blueprint machines. This requires that lettering
and line work be neat and of good quality to maintain
clarity of dimensions and callouts.
CAD Software Tools
There are many different CAD software tools on the
market today. Many engineering companies require
their designers to know and use several different CAD
software tools. Engineering companies must be pre-
pared to accommodate the client's preference of CAD
programs. To be competitive in the job market, the
pipe drafter must leam how to use AutoCAD and/
or MicroStation. These two CAD programs are widely
used by engineering firms in the United States and
throughout the world.
As with CAD programs, there are several 30 pipe
modeling software programs on the market today.
Engineering firms must be responsive to the needs
and preferences of their clients. Software develop-
ers steadily develop, revise, and refine programs to
meet the demands of engineering and design firms.
As with any business trying to attract new customers,
software developers try to incorporate special features,
functions and amenities into their software programs
that will attract potential users. Often clients will dictate
that all bid packages subrnitted for a project shall be
completed using a particular piping software program.
Most piping software packages provide the end user
with the ability to develop 30 computer models of the
completed facility. Software packages such as PDMS3,
PDS4, SmartPlant3D4, CADWorx4, PLANT-4D5, and
MPDS46, among others have the intelligence to generate
not only 30 renderings with walk-through animations
but also dimensioned and annotated 20 drawings as
well as dimensioned isometrics with a complete Bill of
Materials.
 CHAPTER
2
Steel Pipe
HISTORY OF PIPE
Long ago someone discovered that carrying water
from the nearby stream back to his or her dwelling was
time-consuming and laborious. Ingenuity gave birth
to invention and the pipe was bom. Using the natu-
ral resources available, early humans probably fash-
ioned the first pipe from bamboo. Needing to move
larger amounts of water, they later hollowed out logs.
Egyptian and Aztec civilizations made pipes from
clay. Toe first metallic pipes were made from lead and
bronze by the Greeks and Romans. Toe use of iron as
a material to manufacture pipe carne about with the
invention of gun powder. Gun powder, of course, is not
used to make the iron, but gun powder necessitated the
invention of stronger gun barrels. lron pipes soon fol-
lowed. Eventually, exotic metals were developed, and
the pipe became the highly specialized product it is
toda y.
PIPING MATERIALS
Applied in a general sense, pipe is a term used to
designate a hollow, tubular body used to transport
any commodity possessing flow characteristics such as
those found in liquids, gases, vapors, liquefied solids,
and fine powders.
A comprehensive list of the materials used to manu-
facture pipes would be quite lengthy. Sorne of the mate-
rials include concrete, glass, lead, brass, copper, plastíc,
aluminum, cast iron, carbon steel, and steel alloys. With
such a broad range of materials available, selectíng one
to fit a particular need can be confusing. A thorough
understanding of the pipe's intended use is essential.
Each material has limitations that may make it inappro-
priate for a gíven application. Throughout this text, we
will base our discussion on carbon steel pipe, the most
common material used in the piping industry.
4 C, 2012 Ehcvic-r lnc.
MANUFACTURING METHODS
Carbon steel pipe can be manufactured using sev-
era! different techniques, each of which produces a
pipe with certain characteristics. These characteristics
include strength, wall thickness, corrosion resistance,
and temperature and pressure limitations. For exam-
ple, pipes having the same wall thickness but manu-
factured by different methods may vary in strength
and pressure limits. Toe pipe manufacturing methods
to be discussed include: seamless, butt-welded, and
spiral-welded,
Seamless pipe is formed by piercíng a solid, near-
molten, steel rod, called a billet, with a mandrel to
produce a pipe that has no seams or joints. Figure 2.1
depicts the manufacturing process of seamless pipe.
Butt-welded pipe is formed by feeding a hot steel
plate through shapers that will roll it into a hollow circu-
lar shape. Forcibly squeezing the two ends of the plate
together will produce a fused joint or seam. Figure 2.2
shows the steel plate as it begins the process of forming
butt-welded pipe.
Least common of the three methods is spiral-welded
pipe. Spiral-welded pipe is formed by twisting strips
of metal into a spiral shape, similar to a barber's pole,
then welding where the edges join one another to form
a seam. This type of pipe is restricted to piping systems
using low pressures due to its thin walls. Figure 2.3
shows spiral-welded pipe as it appears before welding.
Figure 2.4 shows the three pipes previously
described in their final forros.
Each of the three methods for producing pipe has
its advantages and disadvantages. Butt-welded pipe,
for example, is formed from rolled plate that has a
more uniform wall thickness and can be inspected for
defects prior to forming and welding. This manufactur-
ing method is particularly useful when thin walls and
long lengths are needed. Because of the welded seam,
however, there is always the possibility of defects that
Ali rlghts rcserved.
 WALL TIIICKKESS
Mondrel
FIGURE 2.1 Sizing seamless pipe.
Pipe
FIGURE 2.2 Shaping butt-welded pipe.
FIGURE 2.3 Forming spiral-welded pipe.
StAMLESS ROLLE O SPIRAL-WELD
FIGURE 2.4 Manufactured carbon steel pipe.
escape the numerous quality control checks performed
during the manufacturing process.
As a result, the American National Standards
Institute (ANSI) developed strict guidelines for the
manufacture of pipe. Pressure Pípíng Code 831 was
written to govem the manufacture of pipe. In particular,
code 831.1.0 assigns a strength factor of 85% for rolled
pipe, 60% for spiral-welded pipe, and 100% efficiency
for seamless pipe.
Generally, wider wall thicknesses are produced by
the seamless method. However, for the many low-pres-
sure uses of pipe, the continuous welded method is the
most economical. Seamless pipe is produced in single
and double random lengths. Single random lengths vary
from 16'-0" to 20'-0". Pipes 2 and below are found in
11
double random lengths measuring from 35' -0" to 40'-0".
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
5
SIZING OF PIPE
Just as manufacturing methods differ, there are also
different ways to categorize the size of a pipe. Pipe is
identified by three different size categories: nominal
pipe size, outside diameter, and inside diameter (see
Figure 2.5).
Nominal pipe size (NPS) is used to describe a pipe by
name only. It is essentially a "reference" size and does not
translate to an exact diameter measurement of pipes 12''
and smaller. In process piping, the term nominal simply
refers to the name of the pipe, much like a 2" X 4" piece
of lumber. A 2" X 4'' board does not actually measure
2 X 4", nor does a 6 pipe actually measure 6" in diam-
11 11
eter. lt is just a convenient and easy way to identify pipe
andlumber.
Outside diameter (OD) and inside diameier (ID), as their
names imply, categorize pipes by their true outside and
inside measurements.
One of the complexities of pipe design is that dif-
ferent sizes of ,Pipes are manufactured differently. Pipe
sizes (NPS) Vs through 12" have an outside diameter
1
greater than its nominal pipe size, whereas pipe sizes 14"
and above have an outside diameter equal to its nominal
pipe size.
In process piping, the aforementioned method of siz-
ing the pipe maintains a uniform outside diameter while
varying the inside diameter. This method achieves the
desired strength necessary for the pipe to perform its
intended function while operating under various tem-
peratures and pressures.
WALL THICKNESS
Wall thickness is the term used to describe the mea-
surement of how thick the metal is that a pipe is made
from. There are three systems in which a pipe's wall
thickness can be categorized: the weight system, the
schedule system, and the fractional/ decimal system.
The weight system uses three categories to define the
thickness of a pipe: standard, extra strong, and double
extra strong. Limited in number, these three pipe thick-
nesses restricta pipe designer's options.
Over time, pipe selection has increased in complex-
ity. With the development of new chemical processes,
the methods of manufacturing pipe have expanded to
meet process requirements. Such a wide array of com-
modity possíbilities, with their ever changing corrosive
properties and their extreme range of temperature and
pressure variances, has necessitated the manufacture of
pipe in additional wall thicknesses. Now called sched­
ules, these additional wall thicknesses allow a designer
to specify a particular pipe that will meet the exact
requirements needed for quality installation and safe
6 2. STEEL PIPE

O.O.

O.O.= OUTSIOE OIAMETER

1.0.= INSIOE OIAMETER

FIGURE 2.5 Pipe measurements.

operation. Pipe, depending on the diameter, is manu- 6" NOMINAL PIPE SIZE O.O. a 6.625" (ACTUAL SIZE)
factured in the following schedules: 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, 80, xxs
100, 120, 140, and 160.
Toe third system of categorizing wall thickness is to
simply measure the thickness in either a fractional or
decimal value. No matter which method is used to cat-
egorize a pipe's wall thickness, it will not affect the OD
of a pipe. OD is a set value that will not change. As wall EXTRA
STROHC
DOUBLE EXTRA
STRONC
thickness increases or decreases, it is the inside día-
meter that adjusts. An example of this variance in wall FIGURE 2.6 Pipe weight and wall thicknesses.
thickness is shown in Figure 2.6.
As you can see in Table 2.1, nominal size is not equal
to the actual OD or the ID for pipe 12" and smaller. lt
is simply a convenient method to use when referring to flow rates needed to adequately supply the commod-
pipe. As a piping drafter, you should be aware however ity at its prescribed rate and pressure. Buying and
that pipe 14" and larger is identified by its actual out- installing pipe that does not meet the mínimum
side measurement. Toe chart in Table 2.1 shows typical requirements can be dangerous and deadly. Conversely,
pipe diameters and wall thicknesses. "overdesigning" with pipe that far exceeds what is
Toe following formula can be used to calculate a necessary to do the job can result in tremendous cost
pipe's inside diameter (ID): overruns.

ID = OD - (2 x Wali Thickness)
Before selecting pipe, careful consideration must be
gíven to its material, temperature and pressure allow-
anees, corrosion resistance, and more. Toe process
engineer will need to pay careful attention to the flow
requirements of a pipe used for a particular process.
Toe pressures and temperatures of a commodity in a
pipe may dictate its wall thickness. But with thick-wall
pipe, the inside diameter may not permit the required
METHODS OF JOINING PIPE
There are several methods for joining pipe together.
Toe three methods we will focus on are those most
widely used in piping systems made of carbon
steel, as shown in Figure 2.7. They are butt-welded
(BW), screwed (Scrd), and socket-weld (SW). Later
in the chapter, cast iron and plastic pipe uses will be
discussed.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 METIIODS OF JOINING PIPE 7

6 q ~ "' ~ ¡::¡
r-, ..,. ... ...
~- i
BUTT WELDED
-~ -tr-Lf/4
SOCKET WELDED
~
.§ ::: U') r...:
.... ....

-Elld!t
N
~ ~
"' "'
]
co
s"'
e::

'°~ "' ~ ¡ ~00 8

SCREWED
~ :§ o ~ o '°o o o ,....¡ $... FIGURE 2. 7 Pipe joining methods.

END OF PIPE

~-±-~
BEVELED 30'

6 ~ "'-or...: R
-GJB
00 r-, o o o o o
~
... ... ,._;...
ti') e-, e-, e-, e-, e-,
,._; ,._;
,§ ll) <Ó o <'i
.... .... .... ....
NN
íi,
..!S
co
s"'
e:: BUTT WELDED JOINTS
~~
e-, 1/16" ROOT GAP
~ ¿ ¡::¡ ~ ~ "'
00
)( ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~
¡.,¡ ::::. o o o o o o o o o o FIGURE 2.8 Butt-weld joints.

Butt-Weld Connections

] "'
.....
"'
;,g
~ o"' ;::: ....
_,; "'
e-, r-, ~ ~ ~~
"'°' °' "!"'
ti') ll) ti')
A butt-weld joint is made by welding the beveled
$
.i::co
<'i ti') <Ó
°' °' ends of pipe together. Beveled ends (BE) indicate that
the ends of the pipe are not cut square but are rather
·.¡
~ cut or ground to have a tapered edge. In preparation for

-
"CI
:; the welding Yirocess, a welder will separate two pieces
of pipe by a 1/ space, known as a root gap. During the
; ...., ~ -o ~e-, ¡::¡
s
"CI
~ ll)
~~
á o o"' o o "lo ~o "lo
e-,
"l "l "l weldinp process, the two ends are drawn together and
ii5 o o o
the x6l gap disappears. If two pieces of pipe 3' -0" long
were welded together in this manner, the result would
be a total length of 6' -O''.
However, sometimes a back­up ring is used in criti-
] ; ~ ;~
-
5 "' ..,.
"l
~ ~ ~ '° cal situations. Toe back-up ring is used when there is a

ª
Q ~ .... ~ ..,. ~
... "'"' "' need to prevent the formation of weld icicles inside the
~.. pipe. The back-up ring creates a gap of Ys11 between the
~ two pieces of pipe. In this situation, the ring does not
~
..6
:a.. allow the ends of the pipe to be drawn together and
<.)
:s
-
:i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ keeps them separated by Ys".
~ :s "l "!
'° '°<Ó o.... ,._; ..,.,....
...
ti')

o § "'
_,; -o 00 If two lengths of pipe measuring 3' -O'' each were
$
"' "" ....
welded together usíng a back-up ring, the result
&
ii:
.
"'"'
..2....
would be a total length of 6' -O Ys". In this instance, the
Ys" gap would be shown when dimensioning the pipe .
] :s::¡; V) ..,. Otherwise, the root gap would not be considered at
p..
6 "' "?o....... "'8 ¡?i '° ..,. "' ali. Figure 2.8 shows the X/ root gap and the resulting
(/) 00 00
_,; N
.
e ~ .§ ~ ~ r...:
~ e-, ll)
..... ~ ~ ..,. ~
.; "' butt-weld joint.
"ª
u"' . e-
e,"'
.: 'a
..
i:,..

Ñ ~ Screwed or Threaded Connections

e"'
-;
~ o .5
~
,e
u
.. g
z :§ "' "' ..,. ­o 00
-
o
"'... ;:!: - ...
'° 00
Another common means of joining pipe is the
threaded end (TE) connection. Typically used on

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

8 2. STEEL PIPE

TABLE 2.2 American Standard and API Thread Engagement Dirnensions

Dimensions (in inches and millimeters)

Pipe size Thread
engagement
(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm)

THREAD ;.,• 13 ;.,• 13

ENGAGtMENT

· 1 1· 3,4• 20 rit 14

~IF-9
1· 25.4 •xt 18

llh" 38 •Y.t 18

2· 50.8 3,4" 20
SCREWED 21h" 63.5
·r.t 24

3• 76.2 1· 25.4

TABLE 2.3 Forged Steel Socket-Weld Fitting Socket Depth Dirnensions

Dimensions (in inches and millimeters)

Pipe size Thread

engagement
(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm)

1h" 13 ;.,• 13
3,4• 20 rit 14
1· 25.4 o/s" 16
lW 38 3A• 20
2· 50.8 7/s" 22

SOCKET 2~· 63.5 l1/s" 29

WELD 3• 76.2 13/8" 35

pipe 3" and smaller, threaded connections are gener-
ally referred to as screwed pipe. With tapered grooves
cut into the ends of a run of pipe, screwed pipe and
screwed fittings can be easily assembled without weld-
ing or other permanent means of attachment. Screwed
pipe and its mating fittings will have threads that are
either male or female. Male threads are cut into the out-
side of a pipe or fitting, whereas female threads are cut
into the inside of the fitting.
As screwed pipe and fittings are assembled, a short
length of pipe is drawn into the fitting. This connection
length is called a thread engagement. When drawing and
dirnensioning screwed pipe, a piping drafter must be
aware of this lost length of pipe. As the diameter of the
pipe increases, so will the length of the thread engage-
ment. Table 2.2 provides a chart indícatíng the thread
engagements for small-bore pipe.
Socket-Weld Connections
Toe third method of joining carbon steel pipe is
socket welding. When assembling pipe with socket-
weld fittings, the pipe is inserted into the fitting before
welding, unlike a butt-weld connection that has the
pipe and fitting placed end to end. lnside the socket-
weld fitting is a collar that prevents the pipe from being
inserted too deeply into the fitting.
As with screwed connections, a short amount of
pipe length is lost when the socket-weld connections
are made. Table 2.3 provides the socket depths for pipe
sizes through 3" in diameter. Befare the weld is made,
the pipe fitter will back the pipe off the collar approxí-
mately Ys" to allow for heat expansion during the weld-
ing procedure. Pipe used for socket-weld connections
will be prepared with a plain end. Plain end (PE) means

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 CAST IRON PIPE
SPIGOT
END
FIGURE 2.9 Cast iron pipe compression joint.
the pipe is cut square, or perpendicular to, the long
axis, unlike butt-weld fittings that have beveled ends.
CAST IRON PIPE
Not ali piping systems require pipes designed to
withstand the extreme conditions found in process pip-
ing facilities. Cast iron pipe, which has been in use for
centuries, is used primarily in gravity flow applica-
tions such as storm and sanitary sewers, and waste and
vent piping installations. Residential, commercial, and
industrial facilities routinely are built with sorne form
of gravity flow systems. Toe corrosion resistance prop-
erties of cast iron pipe make it the ideal product for per-
manent below-ground gravity flow installations.
Toe term cast iron refers to a large group of ferrous
metals. Cast irons are primarily alloys of iron that con-
tain more than 2% carbon and 1 % or more silicon. Cast
iron, like steel, does corrode. What makes cast iron dif-
ferent is its graphite content. As cast iron corrodes, an
insoluble layer of graphite compounds is produced.
Toe density and adherent strength of these compounds
form a barrier around the pipe that prevents further cor-
rosion. In steel this graphite content does not exist, and
the compounds created duríng corrosion cannot bond
together. Unable to adhere to the pipe, they flake off
and expose an unprotected metal surface that perpetu-
ates the corrosion cycle. In tests of severely corroded
cast iron pipe, the graphite compounds have withstood
pressures of severa! hundred pounds per square inch,
although corrosion had actually penetrated the pipe
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
9
LEAD
SPIGOT
END
FIGURE 2.1 O Cast iron Jead and oakum joint.
wall. Considering the low cost of raw manufacturing
materials and the relative ease of manufacture, cast iron
is the least expensive of the engineering metals. These
benefits make cast iron the choice application in envi-
ronments that demand good corrosion resistance.
Joining Cast lron Pipe
Cast iron pipe is grouped into two basic categories:
hub and spigot, and hubless.
Toe hub, or bell, and spigot joint uses pipe with
two different end types. Toe hub end of the pipe has an
enlarged diameter, thus resembling a bell. Toe spigot
end of the adjoining pipe has a flat or plain-end shape.
Toe spigot is inserted into the bell to establish a joint.
Two methods of preventing leaks on bell and spigot
joints are compression and lead and oakum. Toe compres-
sion joint uses a one-píece rubber gasket to create a
leak-proof seal. As shown in Figure 2.9, when the spigot
end of the pipe is placed into the hub containing a gas-
ket, the joint is sealed by displacing and compressing
the rubber gasket. Unlike welded pipe, this joint can
absorb vibration and can be deflected up to 5° without
leakage or failure.
Toe lead and oakum joint is made with oakum fiber
and molten lead to create a strong, yet flexible, leak-
proof and root-proof joint. When the molten lead is
poured over the waterproof oakum fiber, which is a
loose, oil-laden, hemp-like packing material, the joint
becomes completely sealed. Water will not leak out and,
when used underground, roots cannot grow through
the joints (see Figure 2.10).
10 2. STEEL PIPE

STAINLESS STEEL TABLE 2.4 Tabor Abrasion Test Results

RETAINING CLAMP Abrasion ring CS-10, load lkg

Nylon 6-10 Smg/1,000 cycles
UHMWPE s
PVDF 5-10
PVC (rigid) 12-20
pp 15-20
HUBLESS
CPVC 20
PIPE
CTFE 13
,---, 1--------l ,---,
,---, ,---, PS 40-50
,---, ,---,
,---, ,---, Steel (304 55) so
,---, ,---,
'-'----- ,---,
,---,
,---,
,---,
,---,
,---, _,_,
ABS
PTFE
60-80
500-1000

STAINLESS For sorne piping systems, it is now inconceivable not

STEEL
SHIELD
FIGURE 2.11 Cast iron hubless pipe coupling.
Hubless cast iron pipe uses pipe and fittings man-
ufactured without a hub. Toe method of joining these
pipe and fittings uses a hubless coupling that slips over
the plain ends of the pipe and fittings and is tightened
to seal the ends. Hubless cast iron pipe is made in only
one wall thickness and ranges in diameter from 1 'h'' to
10 Figure 2.11 depicts the hubless cast iron pipe joint.
11•
PLASTIC PIPE
Toe latest entry into the materials list for manufac-
turing pipe is plastic. Not orígínally thought of as a
product capable of performing in the environs of a píp-
ing process facility, plastic has emerged as a reliable,
safe, and cost-effective altemative material. There is
a broad range of plastic compounds being developed
toda y.
For piping systems, two categories are most effec-
tive: fluoroplastics and thermoplastics. Fluoroplastics
are found in materials like PTFE, PVDF, EC1FE, CTFE,
PFA, and FEP. As a group, fluoroplastics perform
extremely well in aggressive chemical services at tem-
peratures from -328 to +SOOFº. Thermoplastics are
those plastics that require melting during the manufac-
turing process. These plastics can be welded or injection
molded into shapes for machining into pipíng system
components.
to use plastics. Pipes made from plastic are replacing
traditional, expensive materials like glass or ceramic-
lined pipe. Sorne plastics such as UHMW PE, PVDF,
CTFE, and nylon have such excellent wear resistance
that they prove in Taber Abrasion Tests to be 5-10 times
better in this regard than 304 Stainless Steel. Toe Taber
Abrasion Test cycles an abrasíve wheel over the face of
a plate made of the material being tested. After 1,000
cycles of the wheel, the plate is measured to determine
the amount of weight loss. Table 2.4 lists the results.
Joining Plastic Pipe
Plastic pipe can be joined by one of the follow-
íng methods: threading, solvent cement, or fusion.
Threading plastic pipe is not a viable option because it
is expensive. Heavy wall thicknesses are required, and
leaks from high pressures and expansion and contrae-
tion are difficult to control. Joints made with solvent
cement have proven more reliable. Though, once hard-
ened, cemented joints cannot be disassembled. They
offer good resistance to abrasive chemical and hígh-
pressure commodities and are available in a Iarge selec-
tion of fittings without the need of threads. Heat fusion
must be performed on sorne plastic compounds that
are resistant to chemical solvents. Pipe can either be
butt-joined or socket-joíned, Heat fusion can be used
with thinner wall thicknesses and are pressure resistant
beyond the burst pressure of the pipe. Socket fittings
provide large surface contact between the pipe and the
fittings and are resistant to separation. For this reason,
they cannot be disassembled.
Though fabrication with plastic may sound simple,
caution must be exercised when using plastic pipe. Toe
effectiveness of a particular grade of plastic must be

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 CHAPTER 2 REVIEW QUIZ 11

DRAWING SYMBOLS FOR PIPE

NOTE:
MANUAL DRAnlNG: l_
DRAW PIPE TO THE
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE.
~5
j SINGLE UNE PIPE
3 ~ ~
SINGLE UNE PIPE
CAD SOFTWARE: 12" ANO SMALLER ENO VIEW WITH INSULATION ENO VIEW
DRAW PIPE TO THE

<>
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE.

30 MODELING 2 "/H
SOFTWARE:
DRAWS PIPE TO THE
ACTUAL PIPE SIZE (OD). OOUBLE UNE PIPE OOUBLE UNE PIPE
14" ANO LARGER WITH INSULATION
FIGURE 2.12 Drawing representations of pipe.

tested before it is chosen for a particular service. Four
important variables must be evaluated: chemical resis-
tance, pressure limitations, temperature limitations, and
stress. The various molecular components of plastics
make them susceptible to chemical reactions with cer-
tain compounds. Hazardous mixtures must be avoided.
Pressure and temperature Iimitations must be estab-
lished for obvious reasons. Pipe that is overheated or
pressurized beyond capacíty can rupture, split, or burst.
Stress, as applied to pipe, entails physical demands
such as length of service, resistance to expansion
and contraction, and fluctuations in pressure and tem-
perature. Excessive stresses in the form of restricted
expansion and contraction, and frequent or sudden
changes in interna! pressure and temperature must be
avoided.
When pipe is represented on a drawing, typically the
pipe's nominal size dimension is used to identify pipe
size. One would find it difficult to draw a 4" pipe to
its actual outside diameter of 41h'', especíally on such a
small scale as 3¡,;' = l '-0".
There are certain applications, however, when the
pipe's true outside diameter dimension is used to rep-
resent the pipe on a drawing. Drawings created with
most software packages are an example. Piping soft-
ware programs draw with such accuracy that pipe is
drawn using the actual outside diameter.
NOTE: Pipe created by means other ihan a piping soft­
ware program in this text will be draum using nominal sizee.
Be auiare that drawings generaied by pipe modeling software
programe such as PDMS1 and PDS2 will use actual outside
dimensions and will differ slightly from manual and CAD­
generated drawings.

DRAWING PIPE
CHAPTER 2 REVIEW QUIZ
Toe pipe can be represented on drawings as either
single line or double line. Toe pipe 12" and smaller is 1. Name three methods of manufacturing carbon steel
typícally drawn single line and the pipe 14" and larger pipe.
is drawn double line. Single-line drawings are used to
identify the centerline of the pipe. Double lines are used
to represent the pipe's nominal size diameter.
Toe standard scale used on piping drawings is 2. Name the three most commonly used end preparations
W' = l '--0". Typically hand-drawn, single-line pipe is for joining pipe.
drawn with a 0.9mm ora double wide 0.7mm fine-line
lead holder. When drawing single-line pipe with CAD
software, a line havíng a width (lineweight) of approxi-
mately o/i:' is used on full-scale drawings. Toe double-
line pipe uses standard, or "default" line widths to 3. What is meant by the term nominal pipe size?
draw the pipe's nominal size diameter. A centerline is
used on all double-line pipes to allow for the placement
of dimensions. Figure 2.12 provides severa! representa- I
Aveva Group, ple.
tions of pipe as it may appear on a drawing. 2 Bentley Systems, Inc,

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

12 2. STEEL PIPE

4. Which diameter of pipe varíes as the wall thickness 8. What is the name for the amount of pipe "lost"
changes? when screwed connections are used?

5. What is the most common material used in the 9. What is the standard scale piping drawíngs are
manufacture of pipe used in petrochemical facilities? plotted to?

10. Name three methods for joining carbon steel and

6. When drawing pipe, which pipe sizes are drawn plastic pipe.
single-line and which sizes are drawn double-line?
Síngle-líne Double-line _
7. How long is the gap between two lengths of pipe
when a back-up ring separates them?

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 CHAPTER
3
Pipe Fittings
Fittings are fabricated pipe components that are
used to perform specific functions throughout the rout-
ing of a pipeline. Fittings can make directional changes
(elbow), create a branch from a main pipe (tee), or make
a reduction in the diameter of the pipe (reducer) (see
Figure 3.1).
Because fittings are part of the pipíng system,
they must match as closely as possible in specifica-
tion and rating to the pipe to which they are being
attached. Fittings, like pipe, are manufactured and
classified according to their wall thickness or sched-
ule. There are many more wall thicknesses of pipe,
however, than there are thicknesses of fittings. Fittings
FIGURE 3.1 Fittings.
13
are commercially manufactured in standard weight,
extra strong, Schedule 160, and double extra strong
categories.
In the petrochemical industry, most companies have
guidelines known as Piping Specifications that state pipes
3" in diameter and larger used in their facility will have
butt-welded connections. These specifications, or specs
as they are more commonly referred, may also require
pipes smaller than 3" in diameter to have screwed or
socket-weld connections. For uniformity, the previously
mentioned specifications will be used throughout this
book as a basis for determining pipe connection require-
ments. However, this is not to say this is the only spec
C, 2012 Ehcvic-r lnc. Ali rlghts rcserved.
14 3. PIPE FlITIKGS

that can be written. There may be cases where small-
bore pipe configurations are butt-welded, whereas
larger-size routings may be screwed or socket-weld.
90ºELBOWS
Notice the relationship between the nominal size
and the length of the fitting. Toe 90º elbow's length is
equal to the nominal pipe size plus one­half of the nomi-
nal size. A simple formula that makes calculating this
dimension easy to remember is: Fitting length equals 1~
times NPS (nominal pipe size).
Example: Toe length of an 8 90º long-radíus elbow is
11

Of all the fittings, the elbow is the one most often

used. Simply put, the elbow, or ell, is used when a pipe
changes direction. Elbows can turn up, turn down, turn
left, right, or any angle in between (see Figure 3.1). Toe
90º elbows can be classified as one of the following:
• long-radíus elbow;
• short-radius elbow;
• reducing elbow;
• mitered elbow.
Of these four types, the long-radius elbow, shown in
Figure 3.2, is the one most com.monly used.
When one finds it necessary to draw a 90° elbow or
calculate how much space it will occupy in a routing
configuration, knowing its length becomes essential. An
elbow's length is commonly referred to as the cenier­io­
end dimension and is measured from the centerpoint of
its radius to the end of either opening (see Figure 3.3).
811 X l~ = 12"
NOTE: Use this formula Jor butt­weld fittings only.
Long-Radius Elbow
Dimensional sizes of fittings are typically provided
by the manufacturer of the fitting. Manufacturers issue
dimensioning charts containing lengths for a particu-
lar fitting. Toe dimensional chart used to establish sizes
of fittings discussed in this text are listed on the Welded
Fittings-Flanges Chart provided in Appendix A. For
brevity, portions of that chart are used throughout this
chapter when fitting measurements are needed. Use
the 90º elbow portion of the Welded Fittings-Flanges
Chart (Figure 3.4) to find the length of the fitting. In
the thumbnail sketch on the left end of the chart, the A

TO END ..

t O.D.
-t _j_
112
X
NPS

_L..._.__.._
RAOIUS of L.R. elbow=
FIGURE 3.2 Long-radius elbow. 112 x NOMINAL PIPE Sil[.
FIGURE 3.3 Center-to-end dimension of a 90° long-radíus elbow.

@
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE -(INCHES) 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 1 o" 12" 14"

PIPE ( ÜUTSIDE D1AMETER) 2j 3~ 412 6~8 si 1~4 1 2.J4 14"

V 90ºL.R. EII I A 3 4~ 6 9 12 15 18 21
FIGURE 3.4 Welded Fittings-Flanges Dimensioning Chart.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 90ºELOOWS
-ElB
63
'3
o
ffi (ff u? (íJ @¡ ~ ~ ~ tr1
V
'3
'3
-'4B
FIGURE 3.5 90° Elbow rotations.
dirnension represents the length or center-to-end dimen-
sion of the elbow. To find the fitting's length (in inches),
locate the appropriate pipe size in the row labeled
Nominal Pipe Size (Inches). Below the nominal pipe
size, in row A, the center-to-end dimension is shown.
When drawing the elbow, the center-to-end dimen-
sion is used as the radius measurement for the elbow's
centerline are. This measurement must be determined
before the elbow can be drawn. In time, once the center-
to-end dirnension formula is memorized, referencíng
the Welded Fittings-Flanges Chart should no longer be
necessary.
Drawing Symbols for the 90º Long ..Radius
Elbow
As with all drafting disciplines, symbols are used to
represent real-world items on drawings. Like door sym-
bols on an architectural floor plan or resistor symbols
on an electronic schematic, piping symbols are devel-
oped to represent components uníque to the piping
discipline. What makes the piping discipline so chal-
lenging is that all pipe components, whether they be
fittings, flanges, or valves, have multiple symbols for
each individual component. So a single elbow can have
multiple representations. Lookíng at it from the side,
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
15
the top, or the end wil1 yield different symbol shapes.
For example, the 90º long-radius elbow can be rotated
in numerous orientations, as shown in Figure 3.5. As
one can see, these rotations represent an elbow turning
to the ríght, as well as it rolling toward (right and bot-
tom orthographic views) and rolling away (left and top
orthographic views) from the viewer.
Toe drawing symbols for the 90º long-radius elbow are
derived from these rotations. Another drawing technique
unique to the piping discipline is that each component,
depending on its pipe diameter, can be represented as
eíther a single-line or double-line symbol. As with pipe,
fittings that are 12" and smaller are drawn with single-line
symbols and those 14" and above are drawn with double-
line symbols. Figure 3.6 shows the drawing symbols for
the various orthographic views of a 90° elbow. To better
visualize the long-radius elbow, a short length of pipe has
been attached to each end of the elbow. This depicts how
the elbow might appear if it were welded to a run of pipe.
Remember, only the centerline are of the elbow is drawn
when representing the single-line symbols. Toe double-
line symbol requires one-half of the pipe' s OD be added
and subtracted, respectively, from the centerline are to
represent the total pipe diameter. Keep in mind as the
front view of the elbow is rotated, so too will the adjacent
orthographic views be rotated.

16 3. PIPE FlITIKGS
Single-line: 12" and smaller
FIGURE 3.6 90° Long-radius elbow drawing symbols.
Drawing the 90º Long-Radius Elbow
Toree "step-by-step" methods will be presented
for constructing the 90° long-radius elbow. Figure 3.7
describes the step-by-step procedures for drawing an
elbow with traditional drafting techniques, Figure 3.8
shows the steps required to draw double-line symbols
using AutoCAD commands, and Figure 3.9 shows the
steps required to draw a síngle-líne 12" elbow symbol,
NOTE: The step­by­step instructional procedures pre­
sented using computer­aided drafting techniques pre­
sume each student has a comprehensive knowledge of basic
AutoCAD commands. These instructional steps provide a
simple method to create each fitting. They are not intended
to restrict the student to any particular series of commands.
Each student is encouraged to experiment with uarious com­
mands that may achieve the same result.
Short-Radius Elbow
Another elbow that may be used under certain cir-
cumstances and with permission from the customer
is the 90° short-radius elbow. Toe 90° short-radius ell
makes a much sharper turn than does the long-radius
ell (see Figure 3.10). Conversely, the short-radius ell also
creates a rather large pressure drop inside the line and
does not have the smooth flow characteristics the long-
radius ell has. For these reasons, the short-radius ell is
seldom used.
A simple formula can be used to cakulate the center-
to-end dimension of a 90º short-radius ell: Fitting length
equals 1 times NPS (nominal pipe size). Or, even simpler,
fitting length equals nominal pipe size (Figure 3.11).
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
o
­},:$
ti{
Double-line: 14" and larger
Example: Toe length of an 8" 90° long-radíus
elbow is
8" X 1 = 8"
NOTE: Use this formula Jor butt­weld fittings only.
Drawing Symbols for the Short-Radius Elbow
Toe drawing symbols for a short-radius elbow are
shown in Figure 3.12.
NOTE: Anytime a short­radiue ell is used, the abbreoiated
note S.R. must be placed adjacent to the drawing symbol, as
shown in Figure 3.12.
Reducing Elbows
For a relatively short period of time, reducing elbows
were experimented with in various piping projects.
Toe development of the reducing elbow carne about
from the thinking that in a situation where a 90° turn
and line-size reduction occurred a single fitting could
be implemented. It was thought that a new fitting
could be manufactured that combined a 90º long-radius
elbow and a pipe reducer to save money and shorten
the installation measurement, one fitting as opposed to
two. However, though theoretically correct, in practica!
application the shortened fitting length made it more
difficult to install and remove bolts when it was welded
to flanges that were to be bolted to valves or nozzles.
 90ºELOOWS 17

~3
1. 2.

Uf+
~~

. j r¡ rj.
7" =\ OD of 14" 90· elbow. <f. Rodius of 14" elbow = 21 ".

3. 4.

Outer ore rodius (28") = 21 "+ 7". lnner ore rodius (14") = 21 "- 7".

5. 6.
--
íl
.... <,
~,,<5>,,
1
-,
~ \
\
1
I
\ /
\ /
-, /
<, /

Weld lines odded ond elbow dorkened. Rodius of 12" elbow = 1 \ x NPS
SO, 1 \ X 12" = 18".
Rodius of 12" elbow = 18".

FIGURE 3. 7 14"-90° Elbow. Manual step-by-step drafting procedure.

Step l. From the eenterline of the intersecting pipes, develop a eenterpoint measuring 21• (14" NPS x l~ = 21") toward the proposed elbow's
center,
Step 2. From the centerpoint, draw a 21" are, which will represen! the elbow's eenterline.
Step 3. Draw the elbow's outer are (28")by adding r (one-half the pipe's OD) to the 21" centerline dimension.
Step 4. Draw the elbow's inner are (14")by subtracting 7" (one-half the pipe's OD) from the 21• centerline dimension.
Step S. Draw two "weld lines" across the ends of the ares.
Step 6. Remember, for fittings 12" and below, only the are representing the elbow's centerline is drawn when ereating single-líne symbols.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

18 3. PIPE FlITIKGS

1. 1 2.
Dlt ~ =3
~7,,1

1 21" 1

_µ4q_
7" =\ 00 of 14" so' elbow. {¡_ Radius of 14" elbow 21 ".

3. 4.

OFFSET are 7" on each side. Add weld lines and change
middle orc's linetype to "Center",

FIGURE 3.8 14"-90° Elbow. AutoCAD step-by-step drafting procedure.

Step l. Use the OFFSET command to create construction lines parallel to the pipe's centerline 21" (14"NPS X 1 \., = 21") away.
Step 2.. From the construction line's intersection, create a 21" radius ARC using the Center, Start, End option.
Step 3. Develop the elbow by OFFSETing the centerline are 7" (one-half the pipe's OD) above and below.
Step 4. Draw the elbow's "weld lines" and change the middle are to the "Center" linetype.

Toe cramped space made it more costly to use in the
long run, thus its use has largely been discontinued.
Mitered Elbows
Toe last 90° elbow to be discussed is the rnitered
elbow. A rnitered elbow is not an actual fitting that is
purchased but is instead a field-fabricated bend in the
routing of the pipe configuration. Generally used on
24" and larger pipe sizes, a rnitered elbow is much less
expensive to fabricate at the job site than to purchase a
manufactured elbow and have it shipped to the job site.
Toe rniter ell is made by making angular cuts through
a straight run of pipe and then welding the pipe back
together after the cut sections have been rolled at vary-
ing angles (see Figure 3.13).
A 90° rnitered ell can be fabricated in two, three,
or four welded sections. Toe number of welded
sections used depends on the smoothness of flow
required through the tum. A two-weld rniter will
create more commodity turbulence within the pipe than
will a four-weld rniter. Though one-weld rniters are
used, they are rare and typically reserved for 30°, 45°, or
60ºtums.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

 90ºELOOWS 19

1. ! 2. Stort

~~ Center

lf=
End

--ffi- OFFSET pipe equal to <i. Rodius of 12" elbow = 18".

center-to-end dimension. Construct 18" Are (C,S,E).

3. 4.

-+
1

Match pipe ond are lineweíghts. Add weld dots.

FIGURE 3.9 Single-line 12"-90° elbow. AutoCAD step-by-step drafting procedure.

Step l. Use the OFFSET command to create construction lines parallel to the pipe 18" away. Toe offset distance is equal to the elbow's center-to-
end dimension (12" x 1 ~ = 18").
Step 2. From the intersection of the construction lines crea te an 18" radius ARC using the Center, Start, End option.
Step 3. Change the arc's lineweight to match the pipe's.
Step 4. Add weld dots to complete the elbow symbol. Crea te the weld dots with the OONUT command. The donut will have an inside radius of
O.O" andan outside radius of 1.75".

CENTER
TO END
1 •

1O.O.
r _i

RAOIUS of S.R. elbow=

1 x NOMINAL PIPE SIZf.
FIGURE 3 .1 O Long-radíus and short-radíus elbows. FIGURE 3.11 Center-to-end dimensión of a 90° short-radius elbow.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

20 3. PIPE FlITIKGS

Single-line: 12" and smaller Double-line: 14" and larger

FIGURE 3.12 Short-radius elbow drawing symbols.

--+ --+ --+

--l RADIUS I~ --l RADIUS .,

--l RADIUS ~

2-WELD 3-WELD 4-WELD

FIGURE 3.13 Mitered elbows.

Drawing Symbols for Mitered Elbows
Figure 3.14 shows the síngle-line and double-line
drawing symbols for mitered elbows. Unlike the pre-
vious ells, the weld dots and weld lines in the adjacent
orthographic views of the mitered elbow are repre-
sented by ellipses. Ellipses are used because the welds
are not perpendicular to your line of sight. Therefore,
when projecting from the front view to any of the four
orthographic views, the welds must be drawn elliptical
in shape.
45ºELBOWS
Another important fitting is the 45º elbow. This
elbow is also used to make changes in direction within
the piping configuration. Toe obvious difference

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 45ºELOOWS 21

Two-weld miter Three-weld miter

FIGURE 3 .14 Mitered elbows drawing symbols.

between the 90º and 45º elbows is the angle formed

by the turn. Because the 45° elbow is one-half of a 90°
elbow, as shown in Figure 3.15, it is obviously shorter.
It is logical, therefore, to assume that a design
using two 45º elbows to make a directional change,
instead of two 90º elbows, would result in consid-
erable savings. Savings not only related to the cost
of the fittings themselves, but savings in the physí-
cal space needed to route the pipe. Figure 3.15 shows
that two 14" 90º elbows, when welded together, require
3'-6" (42") of space to alter the course of the piping
run. This is considerably more than when two 45°
elbows are used to make the directional change
(Figure 3.16).
Unlike the 90º elbow, there is not a simple formula
that can be applied to establish the center-to-end
FIGURE 3.15 45º Elbow. dimension of all 45° elbows, simply dividing the length

1
3'-6"
13'-6"

1 1

14" NOMINAL PIPE SIZE

FIGURE 3.16 90° Ell versus 45° elbow.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

22 3. PIPE FlITIKGS
NOMINAL PIPE SIZES -(INCHES)
PIPE ( Ü UTSIDE ÜIAMETER)
~ 0 45ºL.R. EII I B
FIGURE 3.17 Welded Fittings-Flanges Chart.
Single-line: 12" and smaller
FIGURE 3.18 45° Elbow drawing symbols.
of the 90º elbow by 2 will not work. One can multiply
the nominal pipe size times 0.625 (%") to determine the
elbow's length, but that only works for elbows 4"-24 in
11
size. To avoid confusion, it is recommended to use the
Welded Fittings-Flanges Dimensioning Chart to get the
length of a 45º elbow (see Figure 3.17).
Drawing Symbols for the 45º Elbow
Toe drawing symbols for the 45° elbow are shown in
Figure 3.18.
Drawing the 45º Elbow
Three "step-by-step" methods will be presented for
constructing the drawing symbols for the 45º elbow.
Figures 3.19 and 3.20 describe two manual drawing
methods and Figure 3.21 will describe the AutoCAD
procedures.
90° Elbows Rolled at 45º
Many times to avoid using two 90° elbows in suc-
cession, designers will use one 90º ell and one 45º ell
welded together (see Figure 3.22). When a 90º elbow is
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 1 O" 12" 14"
2i 3~ 4~ 6i Bi 1 oj 12j 14
1 i 2 2~ 3Í 5 6t 7~ 8Í
Double-line: 14" and larger
used without the 45º ell and the elbow is rolled at an
angle not perpendicular to your line of sight, the open
of the 90° ell will appear as an ellipse. In any view
where the open end of the elbow appears at any angle
to our line of sight other than 90°, ellipses must be used
to represent the fitting. Figure 3.23 shows the ortho-
graphic views of 90º elbows rolled at a 45° angle.
Figure 3.24 illustrates the use of 45º ellipses to draw
the 90° elbow rolled at a 45° angle. lf the 90° elbow is
rolled at a 30º or 60º angle, use the respective degree
ellipse to lay out and construct the elbows.
WELDTEE
Toe name of this fitting comes from its resemblance
to the letter T. It is a three-outlet fitting used to make
perpendicular connections to a pipe (see Figure 3.25).
Toe two terms used to describe the pipe and its per-
pendicular connection are header and branch. Toe main
run of pipe is called the header, whereas the perpen-
dicular line that connects to the header is known as
a branch. Figure 3.26 shows a pipe header with two
branch connections. Notice there are two tees installed
 WELDTEE 23

1. 2.
-~
'
+-1
Duplicote procedure for o 90" elbow. Drow 45" line from ell's centerpoint.

3. 4.
\
\
\
1 \ \
+-\! l
+
1
1 1
1 1
1 1 1
l x-:i
- 1 -

Erase one-half of ell. Drow attaching 45' pipe and centerline.

5. 6.

Draw vertical weld line from f. to outer are.

Trim 45· weld line. Change middle orc's linetype to "Center".

FIGURE 3.19 45° Elbow. Manual step-by-step drafting procedure.

Step l. Using construction lines duplicates the step-by-step procederes used to draw the 90º long-radius elbow.
Step 2. From the centerpoint used to construct the ares, draw a 45° angla line that will divide the elbow in half.
Step 3. Erase the half of the 90" elbow that is not needed.
Step 4. Draw the attaclúng 45º pipe.
Step S. Draw vertical and 45° weld lines from arc's centerpoint. Trim and darken the weld lines.
Step 6. Change the middle are to a "Center" linetype.

PIPE DRAFI'ING AND DESIGN

24 3. PIPE FlITIKGS

1. 2.
'B' dim.

<$>,
~-
~"<
-,
-,

Drow intersecting 45" lines. Meosure 'B' dimension olong f.

3. 4.
~"~fl . ,
f
I
I
I
I
I N
I (
/:
,
,,,,,,,,.------ .......

.....
.,.. -
'

~
\

\'
1 ~
\
',

j Í""
' , __ ....
\ \ \ I
\\ \ ' ,,1/ I //
' ' <, ......
'
........
.... ,, / I
__ .,,,,
Meosure 7" on eoch side of <i_. Drow concentric circles from o 21" f.

5. 6.

+
Trim ores ond odd weld lines. Dorken weld lines ond odd pipe ends.

FIGURE 3.20 45° Elbow. Altemative manual step-by-step drafting procedure.

Step l. Draw intersecting 45° construction lines as shown.
Step 2. Using the B dimension for a 14" 45° elbow from the Welded Fittings-Flanges Chart, measure this length along each construction line
beginning at the point of intersection,
Step 3. Determine one-half of the pipe's diameter (7") and mark this distance on each side of each construction líne. This will establish the OD of
the pipe.
Step 4. Use a circle template or compass to draw concentric circles that will represent the elbow's center, inside, and outside ares. These circles
are 21•, 14", and 28", respectively.
Step 5. Draw vertical and 45° weld lines from the arc's centerpoint. Trim the concentric circles and darken the weld lines.
Step 6. Change the middle are to a "Center" linetype.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

 WELDTEE 25

1. 2.

INSERT existing go· elbow. Drow 45· line from crc's centerpoint.

3. 4.

~­,­~
I i
I

+
1 1 1
1
1 1
1 1 1
~
TRIM/ERASE elements not needed. Draw 45· pipe & centerline.

5. 6.

+
Drow 45· weld line from {¡_ to outer are. Change middle orc's linetype to "Center",
TRIM weld lines.

FIGURE 3.21 45° Elbow. AutoCAD step-by-step drafting procedure.

Step l. INSERT the 90º elbow created previously.
Step 2. From the elbow's centerpoint, draw a 45° construction lineas shown. Use Polar Tracking set to 45° to simplify this procedure.
Step 3. TRIM and ERASE the portion of the 90° elbow not needed.
Step 4. Draw the attaching 45° pipe.
Step 5. TRIM the 45° weld line.
Step 6. Change the middle are to a "Center" linetype.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

26
in Figure 3.26. One is known as a straight tee and the
other is a reducing tee. On a straight tee, all three out-
lets are of the same nominal pipe size. A reducing tee
has a branch that has a smaller line size than the header.
Since a1l pipelines 12" and smaller are drawn single-
line, and therefore, the pipe diameters are difficult
to distinguish, a branch that is 12" and smaller must
be identified with a note that defines the header size
and the branch size (see Figure 3.26). Notice the weld
tee requires three welds be made to install the fitting
within the header. Pay particular attention to the weld
90.ELL
/' ~ROLLED 45')
1
~¡5'~~
l 45'ELL
FIGURE 3.22 90° and 45° elbows welded together.
+-~
45º
'
FIGURE 3.23 Orthographic views of 90° rolled ata 45° angle.
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
3. PIPE FlITIKGS
dot used to represent the weld on the 12 and smaller
11
branch outlet on the reducing tee.
Drawing Symbols for the Weld Tee
Toe drawing symbols used to represent the
tee are developed from the rotations of the tee into
the various orthographic views. Figure 3.27 depicts the
rotations of the tee into the profile and horizontal
projection planes.
Figure 3.28 shows the drawing symbols derived
from the 90° rotations of a straight and reducíng tee.
Remember, a callout is required on the reducing tee to
identify the header and branch sizes. Toe header size is
always shown first in the note.
Drawing the Weld Tee
Before drawing the weld tee, two dimensions must
be determined. Toe first dimension is required to estab-
lish the center-to-end length of the header portion of
the tee and the second dimension is used to establish
the length of the branch portion of the tee. If a straight
tee is to be drawn, use the Welded Fittings-Flanges
Dimensioning Chart to find the C dimension of the tee.
Toe C dimension is the center-to-end measurement
for both the header and branch lengths. Therefore, the
C dimension must be doubled to find the total length
(end-to-end) of the fitting (see Figure 3.29).
 WELDTEE 27

45º
21" -
~-

(((+
/ I -:

\ -,\ <,""--) /
21 "

\\'/!\_ t
__
\ \ \ / 1

-,
..............
------ /
USE CIRCLE
\
<,
<,
<;
_....,/
__.. /
/
USE 45º
ELLIPSE
90ºELBOW 90ºELBOW
(ROLLED AT 45º)
FIGURE 3.24 Constructing the 90° rolled ata 45° angle.

When a reducing tee is drawn, the branch length is

slightly shorter than that of a straight tee. Therefore, the
new branch length must be determined. Toe M dimen-
sion, as defined on the Taylor Forge Seamless Welding
Fittings Chart, establishes the length of the reducing
branch. Toe Taylor Forge Seamless Welding Fittings
Chart is found in Appendi.x A. Figures 3.30 and 3.31
provide the step-by-step procedures for drawing dou-
ble-line and single-line tee symbols, respectively.
FIGURE 3.25 Weld tee.

14" STRAIGHT TEE PIPE BRANCHES 14" X 10"

RED. TEE

PIPE HEADER
FIGURE 3.26 Header and branch connections.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

28 3. PIPE AlT!NGS

FIGURE 3.27 Weld tee fitting rotatíons.

+~-1::r~~
~

~
LL.pJ)
Single-line: 12" and smaller Double-line: 14" and larger

FIGURE 3.28 Weld tee drawing symbols.

NOMINAL PIPE SIZES 2" 3" 4" 1 O" 12" 14"

CLP
-(INCHES) 6" 8"

PIPE ( ÜUTSIDE ÜIAMETER) 2i 3f 4f 6~ 8~ 1 o-i 1 2-i 14

fil Center-to-End I C 2t 3i 4i Si 7 8~ 10 11
FIGURE 3.29 Welded Fittings-Flanges Dimensioning Chart.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 WELDTEE 29

1. 2.

I
1
t
11"
l_ _L
1. 22"
.1
Drow o 22" horizontal centerline. Center on 11" vertical centerline.

(A) 7" 7" (A)

3. 4.
• 1 1 1 ·

1
1

(B) (B) ~1-

Drow 14" lines equolly spoced from the two fs. Orow lines connecting the ends ond bronch.

FIGURE 3.30 14" Welded straight tee drawing symbols.

Step l. Using the 11" C dimension found in the 14" column of the Weld tee section of the Welded Fittings-Flanges Dimensioning Chart, draw a
centerline 22" long (11" ['12 a tee] X 2 = 22") to represen! the tee's total Jength.
Step 2.. From the midpoint of the tee's centerline, draw a perpendicular line 11" long in !he desired direction of the branch to represen! tee's
branch length.
Step 3. Draw a 7" ('12 of the pipe's nominal size) horizontal Jine on each side of the branch's centerline (A) and two 14" vertical Jines on each end
of the header's centerline as shown (B) to establish the weld lines of !he tee.
Step 4. Add a 22" horizontal Jine to connect the two ends of the tee, then draw two horizontal lines, parallel to the tee's centerline, that will con-
nect the two vertical weld Jines. Add two vertical lines that will connect the horizontal weld line of the branch to the header. Trim the
horizontal line as necessary.

1. 2. 3.

.L
1

17" 1
a\·
1 1 T
Drow o 17" horizontal centerline. Center on 8 1/2" verticol centerline. Add three weld dots.

FIGURE 3.31 10" Straight tee. AutoCAD step-by-step drafting procedure.

Step l. Draw a UNE 17" long, having a 0.53mm Jineweight, to represen! the tee's total header length (81-2" [center-to-end length] X 2 = 17").
Step 2.. To represen! the length of the tee's branch, draw an 8'12" perpendicular UNE, from the M!Dpoint of the tee's centerline, in !he desired
direction of the tee, having a 0.53mm lineweight.
Step 3. Add the tee's weld dots. Create the dots with the OONUT command. The OONUT will have an inside diameter of O" and outside diam-
eter of l. 75".

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

30 3. PIPE FlITIKGS
CONNECTIONS
HOLE BORED
INTO HEADER
FOR BRANCH
14"
WELD SYMBOL
VARIES ACCORDING
TO COMPANY STANDARD
FIGURE 3.32 Stub-in connections.
Single-line: 12" and smaller
FIGURE 3.33 Stub-in drawing symbols.
THESTUB,IN
Another method. of branching a pipe from a header
is called a stub­in. Toe stub-in is most commonly used
as an alternative to the reducing tee. Toe stub-in is
not an actual fitting that can be purchased, but rather
a description of how the branch connection is fabri-
cated. Quite simply, a hole, either the size of the OD or
ID of the desired branch, is bored into the header pipe,
and the branch is then stubbed onto it. To create a bet-
ter fit, the connectíng end of the branch pipe is cut, or
coped, in such a way as to fit around the hole that has
been bored into the header pipe. The two pipes are fit-
ted together and then welded. Although the branch
connection can be of the same pipe size as the header
or smaller, it cannot be larger. Figure 3.32 depicts the
attachment of a stub-in.
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
BRANCH COPEO
TO FIT ONTO
HEADER PIPE
PIPE HEADER
Double-line: 14" and larger
Figure 3.33 depicts the single-line and double-line
drawing symbols for a stub-in connection. Notice only
one weld dot is shown on the single-line symbol and it
is placed at the intersection of the header and branch
pipe lines. Also notice that the weld dot is not a com-
plete circular shape. lt is semi-circular and drawn only
on the branching side of the connection.
Toe proximity to which stub-ins can be placed adjacent
to one another is another important consideration.Toe gen-
erally accepted welding practice is to allow a mínimum of
'?/' between welds or one header pipe diameter, whichever
is larger, between welds. This means 18" (in Figure 3.34) is
the mínimum spacing between the two branches (16" and
14") when attached to a common header. This also applies
to the placement of branch when welded near a fitting.
Figure 3.34 provides the mínimum measurements allowed
between 16" and 14" branches and fittings on an 18" header.
 TIIESTUB-IN 31

MAINTAIN ONE PIPE DIA.

(NPS) MIN. CLEARANCE
BETWEEN WELDS OF
~
J 1 .>: MAINTAIN ONE PIPE DIA.
(NPS) MIN. CLEARANCE
BETWEEN WELDS OF
14'
ELBOW ANO EDGE
1
BRANCH CONNECTIONS.
OF 16" BRANCH. 18"
.--"""T""--1 +r--------.
18"

1/2 0.D. of 16" pipe = 8"

18" -90' elbow = 27"
MIN. CLEAR.(one pipe dio.-NPS)=18"
MIN. CLEAR.(one pipe dio.-NPS) = 18"
4'-6" 2'-9" + 1/2 O.D. of 14" pipe = 7"
+ 1/2 O.D. of 16" pipe - 9"
TOTAL = 4'-6" TOTAL = 2' -9"

FIGURE 3.34 Spacing minimums fer welding stub-ins.

Stub-in Reinforcements Single-line symbol Double-line symbol

Even though the use of the stub-in is limited by
the pressure, temperature, and commodity within a
pipe, its use is becoming increasingly popular. Its chief
advantage over the tee is cost. Not only is a cost sav-
ing realized in the purchase of a fitting, but also in
REINFORCING
the installation. The stub-in requires only one weld, PAD
whereas the tee requires three. Although the cost of bor-
ing the hole and coping the branch must the factored in,
the overall expense of fabricating a stub-in is much less
than the purchase and installation of a reducing tee.
When interna! conditions such as pressure or tem-
perature of the commodity or externa! forces such as
vibrations or pulsations are placed on a stub-in, special
reinforcement may be necessary to prevent the branch WELDING SADDLE
from separating from the header. Three reinforcing FIGURE 3.35 Reinforcing pads and saddles.
altematives are listed below:
• Reinforcing pad. The primary intent of the
representations of reinforcing pads and welding
reinforcing pad is to provide strength to the pipe
saddles.
header in the area where the branch hole has been
• 0-lets. Purchased fittings, o-lets have one end
cut. Resembling a round, metal washer that has been
shaped to the contour of the outside diameter of
bent to conform to the curvature of the pipe, the
the pipe header and the other end manufactured
reinforcing pad is a ring cut from steel plate that has
to accept the type of end connections being used
a hole in the center equal to the outside diameter of
on the branch. 0-lets are manufactured for butt-
the branch connection. It is slipped onto the branch
welded, socket-welded, and threaded connections.
pipe befare the branch pipe is welded to the header.
Weld-o-lets are manufactured for butt-weld fittings.
Once the branch has been welded to the header, the
Sock-o-lets are made for socket-weld fittings. And
reinforcing pad is slid down the branch to cover the
thread-o-lets are available for screwed fittings. Toe
weld connection. Toe reinforcing pad is then welded
photograph in Figure 3.36 shows how a thread-o-let
to both the branch and the header.
sits atop a header pipe before welding. Figure 3.37
• Welding saddle. A precision manufactured
provides drawing symbols for weld-o-lets, sock-o-
reínforcíng pad, the welding saddle has a short
lets, and thread-o-lets.
nec~ ?n the branch outlet that is designed to gíve
additíonal support to the branch connection. Figure By design weld-o-lets, sock-o-lets, and thread-o-
3.35 shows single-line and double-line drawing lets all form 90° branch connections to the header.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

32 3. PIPE FlITIKGS

Single-line symbol Double-line symbol

LATR-0-LET

FIGURE 3.36 Thread-o-let.

Single-line symbol Double-line symbol ELB-0-LET

FIGURE 3.38 Latr-o-let and Elb-o-let drawing symbols.

where instrument connections are required. There are

two common methods used to make branch connec-
WELD-0-LET tions with couplings:

1. Toe coupling rests on the external surface of the

pipe header and is welded from the outside (see
Figure 3.39).
2. Ahole is bored into the pipe header large enough
to accept the OD of the coupling. Toe coupling is
SOCK-0-LET inserted into the hole and is then welded (see Figure
3.40). Figure 3.41 shows the drawing symbols for a
coupling. Because of it being a branch connection,
the nominal pipe size and the position of a coupling
must be provided on a drawing, typically the
isometric fabrication drawing .

THREAD-0-LET
FIGURE 3.37 0-let drawing symbols.
For situations where a 45º angular connection may
be required, other o-lets are available for installation.
Speófically, they are the latr-o-let and elb-o-let. Figure
3.38 shows drawing symbols for a latr-o-let and an
elb-o-let.
COUPLING
Another type of fitting used to make branch connec-
tions is the coupling. Used primarily for connecting
small-bore screwed or socket-weld pipe to large-bore
pipe headers, the couplíng is also used extensively
REDUCERS
When the piping designer wants to reduce the diam-
eter of a straight run of pipe, a reduóng fitting must be
used. Appropriately named, the reducer is available in
two styles as shown in Figure 3.42:
concentric­having a common centerline;
eccentric-having offset centerlines.
Toe differing characteristics of these two reducers are
quite noticeable. The concentric reducer maintains the
same centerline through both the large and small ends
of the fitting. Conversely, the eccentric reducer has off-
set centerlines that will create a flat surface on either
the top or the bottom of the fitting, depending on how
the fitting is rolled prior to welding. There are specific
situations where the eccentric reducer must be installed

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 REDUCERS 33
FIGURE 3.39 Welding a cou-
pling onto a pipe header.
COUPLING

WELD

FIGURE 3.40 Inserting a cou-

pling into a pipe header.
COUPLING

Single-line symbol Double-line symbol

1

FIGURE 3 .41 Couplings as branches.

with its flat side on the top, or the flat side on the bot-
tom of the fitting. For example, when a pipe is routed
through a pipe rack, it naturally will rest on the steel
beams and will be supported throughout its length. But
if that pipe changes its pipe size while in the pipe rack,
it will not rest on all the steel supports. Toe small end
will not have a diameter large enough to touch the steel
supports. Therefore, an eccentric reducer is used in pipe
FIGURE 3.42 Eccentric and concentric reducer.
racks to maintain a constant Bottom of Pipe (BOP) (see
Figure 3.43). When representing the reducer on a draw-
ing it is necessary to include a note that identifies the
reducer's size and type, as well as its orientation. In the
example in Figure 3.43, the reducer is to be installed

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

34 3. PIPE FlITIKGS
18"x14" ECC.
RED.(FOB)
-.... __ OFFSET CENTERLl~NE=-l..-==----lr-
FIGURE 3.43 Reducers in a pipe rack.
FIGURE 3.44 Eccentric reducer on pump suction nozzle.
with its flat side on the bottom. Therefore, the abbre-
viation FOB in the note instructs the fabricator how to
install the reducer.
Eccentric reducers are also used on pump suction
nozzles to keep entrained air from entering the pump.
By keeping a Flat on Top (FOT) surface, vapor pockets
can be eliminated. Figure 3.44 depicts the installation of
an 18" X 14" eccentric reducer installed on a pump suc-
tion nozzle with the flat surface installed on the top.
It is important for a designer not to forget to include
the dimensional difference between the two centerlines
of an eccentric reducer when calculating the elevations
of pipe in a pipe rack. The formula for calculating this
difference is
Offset = large ID - small ID
2 eccentric reducer, flat on bottom, is drawn with.
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
18"x14"
CONC. RED.
COMMON CENTERLINE
---
PIPE UNSUPPORTED _/
A quícker, though less accurate method, is to take
one-half the difference between the two outside diarne-
ters. Figure 3.45 shows the method of dimensioning the
offset distance between the centerlines of the eccentric
reducer in its FOT and FOB orientations.
Drawing Symbols for the Concentric and
Eccentric Reducer
The orthographic views for the concentric and
eccentric reducers are shown in Figure 3.46. No mat-
ter what the size of the reducer is, it is always drawn
as a double-line symbol. Notice the callouts that must
be included with the eccentric reducer. The large end is
always listed first, no matter what the direction of flow
is, and the flat side must be indicated.
Drawing the Reducers
Before drawing the reducer, the length of the fit-
ting must be found on the Welded Fittings-Flanges
Dimensioning Chart (see Figure 3.47). The H dimension
will provide the end-to-end length for either the con-
centric or eccentric reducer.
NOTE: Always use the H dimension of the large end
when determining the fitting length of any reducing fitting.
Figure 3.48 represents the step-by-step procedures
used to draw a 16" X 14 concentric reducer. Figure
11
3.49 shows the step-by-step procedures that a 10" x 8 11
 REDUCERS 35

12"X8" 14"X10"
ECC. RED. ECC. REO.
(F.O.T.) (F.O.T.)

ECCENTRIC REDUCER - FLAT ON TOP

Of'F'SET 00.IENSION

12"X8" 14"X10"
ECC. REO. ECC. REO.
(F.O.B.) (F.O.B.)
ECCENTRIC REDUCER - FLAT ON BOTTOM

FIGURE 3.45 Offset dimensioning of eccentric reducers,

~ BJ---n

t Hc. 1 ~ Bc.x,,
CONCENTRIC REOUCER

t ~8t
~

~ ~
1~
ECC. RED. ECC. REO.
(F.O.B.) (F.O.B.)
ECCENTRIC REOUCER

FIGURE 3.46 Drawing symbols for concentricand eccentric reducers.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

36 3. PIPE FlITIKGS

-D
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE-(INCHES) 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 1 O" 12" 14"
PIPE ( ÜUTSIDE ÜIAMETER) 2i 3~ 4~ 6i s¡ 1 oj 12j 14"
1-H-1 -D- lenolh of Reducerl H 3 3~ 4 5~ 6 7 8 13
FIGURE 3.4 7 Welded Fittings-Flanges Dimensioning Chart.

1. 2.
---
l. 14" .1 :t~--H::
Draw a 14" horizontal centerline. Drow lorge ond smoll ends to match pipe's NPS.

3. 4.

B
16" X 14"

-
) (
Add the diagonal lines. Dorken weld lines ond odd connecting pipe.

FIGURE 3.48 16" X 14" Concentric reducer. Manual step-by-step drafting procedures.
Step l. Using the H dimension found on the Welded Fittings-Flanges Dimensioning Chart, draw a centerline 14" long.
Step 2. Measure 8" (one-half the 16" large end size) on each side of the centerline on one end of the centerline and 7" (one-half the 14• small end
síze) on each side of the opposite end of the centerline.
Step 3. Connect the opposing ends of the fitting by drawing lines from endpoint to endpoint.
Step 4. Darken the sides and weld lines of the reducer then add the connecting pipe.

WELDCAP USE OF FITIINGS

Though there are others, the last weld fitting we will
discuss is the weld cap. Toe weld cap is used to seal
or cap the open end of a run of pipe. To dirnension the
positional location of a weld cap on a drawing, sirnply
dirnension the length of the run of pipe. Toe cap is not
included in the length dirnension of the pipe. A pipe fit-
ter will know to weld the cap on the end of the pipe.
Toe weld cap, like the reducer, is another fitting that
is drawn as a double-line symbol, no matter what the
pipe's nominal size is. When representing the capona
drawing, use an ellipse to construct the round end of the
fitting. Figure 3.50 shows the single-line and double-line
drawing symbols for a weld cap. Notice the weld dot on
the single-line symbol is drawn as a half-circle only.
Toe length of the fitting is found on the Taylor Forge
Seamless Welding Fitting Chart in Appendix A.
Thus far we have discussed each fitting individually.
We will now look at how they relate to other fittings
when used in the design of various pípíng systems.
Depending on the given situation, fittings will be either
welded to each other or separated by lengths of pipe.
Welding one fitting directly to another is called fitting
make­up. Single-line and double-line representations of
fitting make-up are shown in Figure 3.51.
In most situations, the erection of the piping system
will require the designer to use pipes of various lengths
between the fittings. In these cases, the pipe is cut to
the required length and then beveled in preparation
for welding to a fitting. When a pipe configuration is
not assembled as fitting make-up, and the fittings are
separated by a short section of the pipe, most com-
panies stipulate that the pipe must be at least one

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

 USE OF FIITINGS 37

1. 2.

-,-
10" L
_L_
- - Lz:_J
Drow a 1 O" vertical line. Drow a 7" horizontal line.

3. 4.

t ~"~]-~"n
LJ] 1
10" X 8"
ECC. REO. {F.0.B.)
Draw an 8" vertical line. Drow the top connecting line.

FIGURE 3.49 10" x 8" Eccentric reducer (FOB)-AutoCAD step-by-step drafting procedure.
Step 1. Torepresent the large diameter end of the reducer,draw a vertical LINE 10" long (NPS), having a 0.53mm linewcight.
Step 2. Draw a horizontal LINE perpendicular and to the right measuring 7" (H dimension from Welded Fittings-Flangeschart), which will rep-
resent the length of the reducer.
Step 3. Create the small diameter end of the reducer by drawing an 8" (NPS) vertical LINE up from the right end of the reducer.
Step 4. Complete the eccentric reducer by drawing a sloping LINE back to the top of the 10" line, connecting the two vertical ends. Add the
reducer's weld dots with the DONUT command. Toe DONUT will have an inside diameter of O" and outside diameter of 1.75". TRIM
the weld dots so that only one-half of the dot is visible.

DRAW THE CAP WITH

A 30º ELLIPSE

Single-line: 12" and smaller Double-line: 14" and larger

FIGURE 3.50 Weld cap drawing symbols.

pipe-diameter long or 3" mínimum length, whichever
is longest. A cut length of one pipe diameter means
that any section of pipe that is to be placed between
two fittings must be at least as long as the nominal
pipe size of the fitting used. For example, if 8" fit-
tings are being used, the mínimum cut length of pipe
between any two fittings is 8". For pipe configurations
of a 3" nominal size or smaller, the mínimum pipe cut
length is 3". These short sections of pipe are sometimes
referred to as spool or pup pieces.
It is important to maintain this rrurumum spacing
because once assembled each weld in every piping con-
figuration in the facility must be x-rayed and heat treated.
X-rays are performed to guarantee the quality of the
weld. Once a weld has been completed, if another weld
procedure is performed too close to it, the heat from the
new weld may have an adverse effect on the first weld.
Therefore, the one pipe-diameter mínimum spacing
allows the pipe to dissipate the heat before it can spoil the
first weld. By maintaining a minimum spacing between

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

38 3. PIPE FlITIKGS
welds, a pipe can be conveniently cut, beveled, and
welded without adverse effects on adjacent welds. Figure
3.52 depicts the one pipe-diameter mínimum spacing.
NOTE: The one pipe­diameter mínimum spacing is a
standard used throughout the piping industry and will be
applied to the drawing exercises and projects used in this
text.
Welds may seem insignificant to the beginning
drafter, but it goes without saying that a piping facil-
ity could not be built without them. So remember, ali
welds must be shown on drawings in their exact and
proper locations. And, use weld dots on single-line pipe
symbols and weld lines on double-line pipe symbols.
Applying Fitting Make-up Dimensions
Toe next step in the drawing of pipe is the calcula-
tion and placement of dimensions on drawings. At the
present time, the only concem is how to position and
align dimensions on butt-weld fitting configurations.
As a general rule of thumb, there are three methods in
which dimensions are placed on butt-weld piping con-
figurations. They are as follows:
• Center-to-center. Place dimensions from center of
fitting to center of fitting.
• Center-to-face. Place dimensions from center of
fitting to face of flange.
• Face-to-face, Place dimensions from face of flange to
face of flange.
Figure 3.53 provides sorne examples for placing
dimensions on drawings. Notice though, when a weld
cap is installed, the dimension needed is a center-to-end
of pipe measurement.
Single-line: 12" and smaller
FIGURE 3.51 Fitting make-up.
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
SCREWED AND SOCKET,WELDFITTINGS
Screwed and socket-weld fittings perform the same
basic functions as butt-weld fittings. Like butt-weld fit-
tings, elbows, tees, and reducers are manufactured for
screwed and socket-weld applications. There are, how-
ever, a few differences that must be examined. Screwed
and socket-weld fittings are normally reserved for
installations where the nominal pipe size is 3" and
smaller. Screwed and socket-weld fittings are also
available in cast iron, malleable iron, or forged steel.
Typically, forged steel fittings are used on high pres-
sure and temperature lines. However, low pressure
and temperature lines, such as air, water, or conden-
sate, are fabricated using either cast or malleable iron
fittings.
Pipe lines containing high pressure and temperature
commodities, which are subject to substantial amounts
of movement and vibration, mandate fittings made of
forged steel. For these reasons, forged steel screwed and
socket-weld fittings are manufactured in two pressure
classes~3000# and 6000#. Toe sizing charts, shown in
Appendix A, provide the dimensional measurements
for 3000# and 6000# screwed and socket-weld fittings.
Figures 3.54 and 3.55 display a portion of the screwed
and socket-weld fitting dimensioning charts found in
AppendixA.
Most screwed fittings are manufactured with ínter-
nal, or fema/e, threads as defined by the American
Standard and API thread guídelines. As shown in
Figure 3.56, of particular concem to the pipe designer
is the amount of pipe length lost during the assembly
of screwed fitting configurations. When screwed fittings
and threaded pipe are assembled, a certain amount of
Double-line: 14" and larger
 SCREWED AND SOCKET-WRD FITTINGS 39

--- ONE

BETWEEN WELDS
PIPE-DIAMETER
(Nominal Pipe Size)
or 3" MIN.
---i
-

Single-line: 12" and smaller Double-line: 14" and larger

FIGURE 3.52 Mínimum pipe cut lengths.

2· -st 2· -9f' 8' - 7"

FIGURE 3.53 Placement
of dimensions on butt-weld
configurations.

01-2-C30-16"

O)
1
'iD

-+--- + -----,f-

pipe length is lost as a result of the interna! and exter-
nal, or male, thread connecting process. Each time a
threaded connection, or engagement, is made, the con-
figuration gets shorter. Toe length of this engagement
varies depending upon the nominal pipe size and
pound rating of the fitting. Toe procedure to determine
the actual center-to-center length of a threaded config-
uration is to subtract the total length of all the thread
engagements from the total unassembled length of pipe
and fittings. Toe unassembled length can be thought of
as all the pieces, both fittings and pipe, being laid out
end to end. From this unassembled length, the total of
all the thread engagements is then subtracted to deter-
mine the total assembled lengih. Toe formula below
applies the values shown in Figure 3.56 to calculate the
assembled length,

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

40 3. PIPE FlITIKGS

SCREWED FITTINGS
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE -(INCHES)
1 .. 3" 1 .. 141 .. 121 .. 2" 221 .. 3"
2 4
3000 # A 5
115 1.l2 1.J
4 2 218 2.1 2
31 3.J
8 4
90ºELL
~ 6000 # A 1.l 1.J4
2 2 21
8 2 8 4
3
21 31 3.J 415

tffit] A 5
3000 # 115 1.l2 1.J
4 2 2i 2~ 3i 3.J 4
HALF TEE
6000 # A 11
2
11
4
3
2 218 212 318 3.J4 415

B 5

41\--4
7
3000 # 1 1..l 115
8 115 111
1
16 2 215 212
45ºELL
6000 # B 5 111 111 123
1..l 116
8
1 21 31
32 16 32 215 2 8
ce-¡ 3000 # e 1.Z. 2 21 2-º- 3.l 31 3-º- 4..l
8 8 8 8 8 8 4

EJ COUPLING
6000 # e 1.Z.
8 2 2i 3i 3i 3i 4..l
2i 4
3000 # D 7 215 3 7 1

~]
218 215 214 16 315 315 415 4..l
2
UNION
6000 # D 21
8 3i 3i 3i
3
415 42.
8
NORMAL THREAD 3000 # 2
1 9
16
11
16
11
16
11
16
.J
4
15
16 1
ENGAGEMENT 6000 # 2
1 9
16
11
16
11
16
11
16
.J
4
15
16 1
FIGURE 3.54 Screwed fittings dimensioning chart.

calculating overall lengths of pipe runs. However, there

Sorne fittings, such as plugs and swages, however,
are manufactured with externa! threads and their
assembled lengths are treated differently, as will be
explained later.
Toe socket-weld fitting has become the fitting of
choice for many fabricators because it offers greater
strength at each point of connection. Even though
screwed fittings can be seal-welded if necessary,
strength of the fitting is decreased when the threads
are cut during the manufacturing process. Socket-weld
fittings can be easily fitted and welded without the
need of special clamps or tack-welds, which are often
required to hold a fitting in place before the final weld
is made. Like screwed fitting configurations, during the
assembly of socket-weld configurations, there is pipe
length loss. This lost length is equal to the depth of the
socket, or socket depth, and must be accounted for when
is a slight difference from screwed pipe assemblies. On
socket-weld connections, a .){6• gap is factored into each
socket-weld connection. Figure 3.57 provides a sec-
tional view of two socket-weld elbows and the connect-
íng pipe. Notice two socket depths must be subtracted
from the total unassembled length of the two elbows
and the piece of pipe, then Ys" is added back to account
for the two Yi/ gaps, before an assembled configuration
length can be determined. If a formula were applied to
calculate the ossembled length using the values shown in
Figure 3.57, it would look like
AL = CE1 + CE2 + PL - (501 + 502) + ¡"
Fittings
Like butt-weld fittings, screwed and socket-weld fit-
tings are used to make similar routings in the piping

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 SCREWED AND SOCKET-WRD FITTINGS 41

SOCKET-WELD 1 ..
FITTINGS
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE -(INCHES) 21 .. 43" 1 ,, 1-4 121 " 2" 221 .. 3"
3000 # 11 115
8 A 5 11 1.J
2 4 2 2l8 3
3.d
8
D~
90ºELL
6000 # A 5
115 112 1.J
4 2 2l8 212 314 3.d4

o-' +
3000 # A 8
5
11 115 11
2
1.J
4 2 2l8 3 3.d
8
A HALF TEE
~ 6000 # A 5
115 112 1.J
4 2 2l 8
21 3.l 3.J
2 4 4
3000 # B 7
8 1 1.l
8
5 7 11J 1 21
115 115 16 215 2
o,~ 1 45ºELL
r-li...+--11~
B
6000 # B 1 11
8
5
115 1D 1D 123 1 21
32 16 32 215 2
3000 # e 1 _l_ 2 2j 2i 3i 3j 3-º-8 4...1..

o::-:RJº
8 4
COUPLING
6000 # e 1 i.
8 2 2l8 2-º-8 318 3.d8 3-º-8 4...1..
4
3000 # E 115 2...1.. 2.l
16 4 2
213 1 7
16 315 315 4 5
415
oJ~I
, ~ UNION
6000 # E 5
215 212 213 2l 2l 31J 315 4-º-
16 4 8 16 16 8
3000 # D 1 9 .2 11 l. 7 1 l. , .1

SOCKET DEPTH 6000 # D

2
11
16
16
3
4 8
8
7
16
15
16
4
, .1
8
8
1
8
1.1
2
8
1-º-
8
FIGURE 3.55 Socket-weld fittings dimensioning chart.

system, but only in srnaller pipe sizes. Screwed and
socket-weld fittings differ in size and shape, but
they achieve the same purpose as butt-weld fíttings.
However, there are sorne differences. Ninety degree
elbows are not available as long-radius or short-radius,
and their center-to-end dimension must be found on a
dimensioning chart, as no formula is available for cal-
culating their radius length. Figure 3.58 provides exam-
ples of sorne screwed and socket-weld fittings.
Screwed and socket-weld fittings are represented
differently on drawings than their butt-weld counter-
parts. For example, screwed and socket-weld elbows
are drawn with square corners, usíng short hash marks
to represent the connection points of the fitting and
its mating pipe. Sorne engineering companies even
draw short ears on the hash marks to indicate a differ-
ence between screwed and socket-weld symbols (see
Figure 3.59).
There are, however, sorne fittings that are unique to
the screwed and socket-weld family of fittings. These
fittings do not lend themselves to butt-weld applica-
tions and are manufactured solely for use in screwed
and socket-weld configurations. A brief discussion of
those is as follows.
Unions
Toe uníon, shown in Figure 3.60, is a fitting placed
within a pípíng configuration that will allow the assern-
bly to be disassernbled for inspection, repair, or replace-
rnent. Manufactured for screwed and socket-weld
applícatíons, the union is represented on drawings as
shown in Figure 3.61. Unions should be positioned in
locations that will facilitate the easy rernoval of critica!
pieces of equípment, Figure 3.62 shows how unions are
placed in a configuration to allow easy rernoval of a valve.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

42 3. PIPE AlT!NGS

CENTER- TO-CENTER DIMENSION

Assernbled Length = AL
(CE1)
CENTER-
TO-END PIPE LENGTH
DIMENSION CENTER-
(TE 1) (PL) (TE z) TO-END
OF FITIING
DIMENSION
THREAD OF FITIING
ENGAGEMENT
(TE)

FIGURE 3.56 Interna! and externa! thread engagements.

CENTER- CENTER- TO-CENTER DIMENSION CENTER-

TO-END Assernbled Length = AL TO-END
DIMENSION (CE1) (CEz) DIMENSION
OF FITIING OF FITIING
PIPE LENGTH
CENTER- CENTER-
(PL)
TO-BOTIOM TO-BOTIOM
OF SOCKET OF SOCKET

FIGURE 3.57 Socket-weld fitting connections.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 PIPE NIPPLES 43

FIGURE 3.60 Union.

FIGURE 3.58 Screwed and socket-weld fittings.

TEE
HH
SCREWED UNION
PIPE
ELL NIPPLE

SCREWED FITTINGS
HH
SOCKET-WELD UNION
FIGURE 3.61 Unión drawing symbols.

Coupling
Although this fitting is used in butt-welding applica-
tions as a branch connection, its primary use is to connect
lengths of screwed and socket-weld pipe together. Sorne
PIPE clients may stipulate, however, that all socket-weld pipe
NIPPLE must be connected with a butt-weld rather than a coupling.

SOCKET -WELD FITTINGS PIPE NIPPLES

FIGURE 3.59 Screwed and socket-weld drawing symbols.
Plug
Toe plug, like a cap, is designed to seal the end of
a run of pipe. Plugs are manufactured for screwed fit-
tings with male threads and are screwed into the end of
a pipe to create a seal. Figure 3.63 shows the drawing
symbols for the plug.
By design, screwed and socket-weld fittings cannot
be assembled by placing one fitting directly in contact
with another fitting. There must be pipe in between.
As mentioned previously, screwed fittings are manu-
factured with threads on the inside of the fitting and
socket-weld fittings have an internal socket that pre-
vents fitting make-up assembly like butt-weld fittings.
To facilitate the assembly of screwed and socket-weld
fittings, short lengths of pipe called pipe nipples are
placed between the fittings. Pipe nipples can vary in

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

44 3. PIPE FlITIKGS
UNION
ELL
FIGURE 3.62 Positioning of unions.
PLUG IN
COUPLING (Vent)
PLUG IN
VALVE (Droin)
FIGURE 3.63 Plug drawing symbols.
length depending upon the distance required to fab-
ricate the pipe configuration. A clase nipple is one that
allows for the mínimum assembly length between two
pipe fittings. Remember, screwed and socket-weld con-
figurations have a certain amount of pipe length loss
due to thread engagement and socket depth. Because
thread engagement and socket depth varíes depending
on the pipe's nominal size, each pipe size has a different
minimum length for the dimension of a close nipple.
Many companies will use 3", as the standard míni-
mum length of pipe nipples. This length will accorn-
modate the amount of pipe length lost on both ends of
the fitting as well as provide sufficient wrench clearance
during assembly for the larger screwed pipe sizes.
Swage
One exception to the standard 3" mínimum rule is the
swage nipple. Swages are functionally similar to reduc-
ers, in that they are used to make line-size reductions in
a straight run of pipe, but they are specifically designed
for screwed and socket-weld pipe. Screwed swages have
extemal (male) threads and are connected directly to
other screwed fittings without the need of a pipe nipple.
Llke reducers, they are available in either a concentric
or eccentric shape and are always drawn double-line on
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
a drawing (see Figure 3.64). Figure 3.64 shows varyíng
lengths and sizes of screwed pipe and swage nipples.
Swages are unique in that they can be used in
screwed, socket-weld, or butt-weld configurations.
When used in these configurations, swages will have a
variety of different end preparations. These end prepa-
ration combinations allow the swage to be used in a
number of different attachment applications-in other
words, screwed to socket-weld, butt-weld to screwed,
or butt-weld to socket-weld. Screwed swages will have
threaded ends (TE), socket-weld swages will have plain
ends (PE), and butt-weld swages will have beveled
ends (BE). Because socket-weld swages are inserted into
mating fittings, many companies allow the substitution
of beveled end swages. Since the end is inserted into the
fitting and the weld is made on the outside of the fit-
ting, it makes little difference how the end cut is made.
Swages are also manufactured with different prepara-
tions on their opposing ends. When specifying a swage,
use the following abbreviations:
BBE-bevel both ends;
TBE-thread both ends;
PBE-plain both ends;
BLE/TSE-bevel large end/thread small end;
PLE/TSE-plain large end/thread small end.
Figure 3.65 depicts three different concentric swage
nipples. Notice the end preparation combinations on
the examples. Figure 3.66 shows the drawing symbols
for various swages.
Toe swage section of the Screwed Fittings dimension-
íng chart, shown in Figure 3.67, provides the length or,
S dimension, of swage fittings. Like reducers, one must
always use the large end pipe size to find the length of
the swage on the dimensioning chart. Notice the Out/et
section of the chart. This section simply indicates the
range in which the small end pipe size can reduce to.
It does not affect the length of the fitting. Remember,
all fittings that are attached after the swage are obvi-
ously of a smaller pipe size and, therefore, will not
only be shorter in length, but will also have a shorter
thread engagement. These important factors should not
be overlooked when calculating the center-to-center
dimensions of screwed or socket-weld configurations.
FLANGED FITTINGS
Flanged fittings perform functions similar to other
fittings of the same type. Toe mejor difference is their
method of connection. Toe connection joint for flanged
fittings is made by bolting two specially designed metal
surfaces together. Sandwiched between the two sur-
faces is a gasket that prevents leaks. Flange types will
be discussed at great length in a following chapter.
 FllTING EXERCISE INSTRUCTIOI\S ANO 11\FORMATION
FIGURE 3.64 Pipe and swage nipples.
FIGURE 3.65 Concentric swage nipples.
CAST !RON FITTINGS
Cast iron fittings are typically designed for use in
gravity-flow installations using low-pressure water ser-
vices. Toe physical appearance of pipe configurations
made of cast iron fittings is quite different from pipe
routed with forged steel fittings. Toe large assortment
of available fittings and the method in which these
configurations are assembled make their appearance
quite distinguishable. Above-ground cast iron confígu-
rations often require multiple changes in direction and
elevation to avoid obstructions with preexisting instal-
lations. Because molten cast iron can be easily manufac-
tured into many unique shapes that cannot be attained
with steel, pipe routings that have many varying turns,
bends, and branches are quite common.
PLASTIC FITTINGS
Plastic fittings are also manufactured in many
diverse and unique shapes. Therefore, they have
become the material of choice for many low-pressure
and low-temperature applications, replacing cast iron.
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
45
SWAGE CALLOUTS
4"x3"SWAGE
BLE-TSE
í 3"x2"SWAGE
PLE-TSE
í 3"x2"SWAGE
TBE
FIGURE 3.66 Swage drawing symbols.
Ali the standard fitting shapes are available: elbows,
tees, reducers, couplings, unions, etc. Plastic fittings
are manufactured for either screwed, socket, or butted
assembly. Plastic screwed and socket fittings are avail-
able in sizes through 4" in diameter. Butt fittings are
manufactured for sizes 6-10".
FITTING EXERCISE INSTRUCTIONS AND
INFORMATION
Toe fittings depicted in Figure 3.68 will be used to
complete exercíses in Chapters 3, 4, 5, and 10. To com-
plete those exercises, draw the symbols below usíng the
following instructions:
• Draw ali fitting symbols full size using dimensions
found on the Welded Fittings and Flanges
Dimensioning Charts.
• Double-line symbols are drawn with a "default"
lineweight. Single-líne symbols are drawn with a
0.53mm lineweight.
46 3. PIPE FlITIKGS

• Draw all weld dots with the DONUT comrnand.
Toe DONUT will have an inside diameter of O" and
outside diameter of 1.75".
• Create a BLOCK of each symbol, Use a block name
that appropriately describes the fitting and its size.
(DO NOT include text with the blocked symbol.)
• BLOCK the symbol with the base point placed at an
appropriate location using an ENDpoint, MIDpoint,
or CENter OSNAP.
• SAVEthe file as Fitting Symbols.
NOTE: When drawing the symbol that represents the
back of the elbow, break the are so that it creates an opening
approximately 45° to the pipe.

NOMINAL PIPE SIZE

1
1
s, -(INCHES)
s
w
A
1--
L....L.....J
__J
1--
:::::>
e=:,
1"
-
2
1/4
to
3/s
3"
4
1/4
to
1 ,,

1/4
to
1"
1-4
1/4
to
1 1114 1112 2114 2112
1/2 3/4
1- 12"
1/4 1/4
to
2" 2-21 "

to
1/4
to
3"
1/4
to

l s
G
111 ~ E 23/4 3 3112 4 4112 6112 7 8
FIGURE 3,67 Swage dimensioning chart.

-E8 e- 14 TEE OPEN~

14-90 BACK
ffi-
e
8-90 BACK

(i?
14 TEE SIDE

.: 'r
~

83
14 TEE END
14 TEE BACK
/
8-90 SIDE 8-90 OPEN
14-90 SIDE 14-90 OPEN

e-
12 TEE OPEN~

e-- 12 TEE SIDE _L @

12-90 BACK 6-90 BACK

r
12 TEE END

í 'f
»<.
12 TEE BACK • <:» •

~ 6-90 OPEN
10 TEE OPEN~
12-90 SIDE 12-90 OPEN 6-90 SIDE

@
e- e-
4-90 BACK
10 TEESIDE .L
10 TEE END

r
10-90 BACK 10 TEE BACK • ~ •

10-90
r SIDE
Cf
10-90 OPEN
4-90 SIDE 4-90
~
OPEN
14x12
B
CONC RED
B
12x1 O CONC RED

FIGURE 3.68 Fitting drawing syrnbols with file names.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 CHAPTER 3 REVIEW QUIZ 47

CHAPTER 3 REVIEW QUIZ 9. Which fitting is used to make a reduction in the line
size of a run of pipe?-----------
1. Typically, pipe smaller than 311 in diameter is
manufactured as having or 10. Name the two types of reducers. _
--------- end connections.
2. What is the most common fitting used? 11. Define fitting make-up. _

3. What are the four classifications of elbows? 12. What are the two pressure classifications for
screwed and socket-weld fittings?
4. What is the formula for calculating the center-to-end
dimension for LR and SR elbows? 13. What type of fittings must be bolted together? __
LR = ----------------
SR=---------------
14. What is the typical installation service for cast iron
5. Describe a mitered elbow. _ pipe? _

15. Name the three types of plastic fitting end types

6. When confíguríng tee connections, what is the main manufactured. _
run of pipe called? _

7. Name the two types of tees. ---------

8. What are sorne altemate methods to a tee fitting

when fabricating branch connections? _

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

 DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN
G) 12" ELBOW 14" ELBOW

~
1

DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN

1 2" 45' ELBOW 14" 45' ELBOW

EXERCISE 3-1
 G) DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHQWN
1 'L TEE @ DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN
14" TEE

~~
~

~
_,
ca"" rh
$
o

~-y<il
:i:
111 >
o / ~;a
s' ....
21 lil
~ ~
zo
~
@ ©
m
o DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN X

14" x ,O" CONCENTRIC REDUCER 14" x 1 O" ECCENTRIC REDUCER 93

IB o
¡¡;
C)
z ¡¡¡

ttr.rl ttr.rl
i ~ .! i ~­x1 ECC. RED.
F.0.8.

EXERCISE 3-2
50 3. PIPE AlT!NGS

FITIING MAKE-UP
DRAW THE FRONT VIEW /!S SHOWN. PROJECT TOP, LEFT ANO RIGHT SIOE VIEWS.

1 4" ELBOWS
G) ®
12" ELBOWS

1 1 1 1 1 1

-+ +- --+--+-- +-+---
1 1 ¡
1 1

-+-
-+-+~+-+-
-+- 1

- -+ -
-+- l -+-
1 1

1 1 1
-+--+-+-
' 1 1

1 4"

-+- ---+--
1 4" X 1 2"

EXERCISE 3-3

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 CHAPTER J DRAWING EXERCISES 51

CD
NOTE: USE 4H LEAD FOR
1 4.. 45· ELBOWS CENTER OF 45·
ELLIPSE

PROJECTION UNES
MAKE PROJECTION
UNES LIGHT

42" CENTER OF 45·

_ _.____ ~-=-==__ _ ._ t- .ELLIPSE

14"

DRAW THE FRONT VIEW AS SHOWN. PROJECT TOP, LEFT ANO RIGHT SIDE VIEWS.

DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN

1 Z' 45· ELBOWS

1-
42"

1 2,,

EXERCISE 3-4

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

52 3. PIPE AlT!NGS

FITIING MAKE-UP
SOLVE FOR THE MISSING DIMENSIONS

G) 8"

-- 18"

ff'

1 6" X 1 2"

EXERCISE 3-5

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 CHAPTER J DRAWING EXERCISES 53

FITTING MAKE-UP
SOLVE f"OR THE MISSING OIMENSIONS

1 O" 8"

10" ® 8" ®
10" X 8"

EXERCISE 3-6

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

54 3. PIPE AlT!NGS

FITIING MAKE-UP
SOLVE FOR THE MISSING DIMENSIONS

CD 3000#FS SCREWED
3" LONG NIPPLES
M\ 6000#FS SCREWED
\6J 3" LONG N!PPLES

1-

rn 3000# FS SW (A"'\ 6000# FS SW

\:::!.) 3" LONG NIPPLES \:::!) 3" LONG NIPPLES

3/4.x1/t SWG 3/4.x1/'l SWG

JBE JBE
1. 1- J
EXERCISE 3- 7

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 CHAPTER J DRAWING EXERCISES 55

FITTING CALCULATIONS FITTING CALCULATIONS

3"-3000# SCRD. FITTINGS
2"- 3000# S.W. FITTINGS
3" LONG PIPE NIPPLES 3" LONG PIPE NIPPLES

"TOTAL ASSEMBLED LENGTH"

"TOTAL ASSEMBLED LENGTH"

TOTAL UNASSEMBLED LENGTH: _ TOTAL UNASSEMBLED LENGTH:

THREAD ENGAGEMENT LENGTH: _ SOCKET DEPTH LENGTH:
TOTAL ASSEMBLED LENGTH: _ TOTAL ASSEMBLED LENGTH: _

EXERCtSE 3-8 EXERCISE 3- 1 O

FITTING CALCULATIONS
FITTING CALCULATIONS
2"- 3000# S.W. FITIINGS
2"-6000# SCRO. FITIINGS 3" LONG PIPE NIPPLES
3" LONG PIPE NIPPLES

2"x%" SWG.

"TOTAL ASSEMBLED LENGTH" "TOTAL ASSEMBLED LENGTH"

TOTAL UNASSEMBLED LENGTH:

TOTAL UNASSEMBLED LENGTH:
SOCKET DEPTH LENGTH:
THREAD ENGAGEMENT LENGTH: ----
TOTAL ASSEMBLED LENGTH: _
TOTAL ASSEMBLED LENGTH: ----
EXERCISE 3-9 EXERCISE 3-1 1

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

 CHAPTER
4
Flange Basics
Toe flange is a ring-shaped device that is used as an
altemative to welding or threading various pipíng sys-
tem components together. Flanged connections, which
require bolting, are the preferred altemative to welding
because they can be easily assembled, disassembled,
then reassembled when needed for shipping, inspec-
tion, maintenance, or replacement. Flanged connec-
tions are favored over threaded connections because
threading large-bore pipe is not an econornical or reli-
able operation, as leakage on large-bore threaded pipe
is difficult to prevent. For these reasons, the flange is an
important component of any piping system.
Flanges are primarily used where a connecting or
dismantling joint is needed. These joints may include
attaching pipe to fittings, valves, mechanical equip-
ment, or any other integral component within a piping
configuratíon.
In the typical pipe facility, every piece of mechanical
equipment is manufactured with at least one inlet and
outlet connection point. Toe point where the piping
configuration is connected to the equipment is called
a nozzle. From this nozzle-to-flange connection point,
the piping routing is begun. Figure 4.1 depicts multiple
FIGURE 4,1 Vessel nozzles.
56
examples of how piping configurations are connected
to a vertical vessel vía a nozzle.
RATING FLANGES
Rating, as applied to flanges, may best be defined as
the maximum pressure allowed by the Pressure Piping
Code for the specific temperature at which the flange
will be operating. Flanges and nozzles are sized accord-
ing to pressure ratings established by the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). These pres-
sure ratings, often called pound ratings, are divided
into seven categories for forged steel flanges. They are
150#, 300#, 400#, 600#, 900#, 1500#, and 2500#. Cast iron
flanges have pound ratings of 25#, 125#, 250#, and 800#.
Pound ratings, when combined with the temperature
of the commodity within the pipe, are used to select the
appropriate size, rating, and type of flange. This pres-
sure/temperature relationship will allow any given
flange to be used in a number of different applications.
For example, a 150# forged steel flange is rated to per-
form at 150# PSIG at 500 ºF. If the temperature were
decreased to lOOºF, this same flange could be used for
275# PSIG. However, if the temperature were increased
to 750ºF, the flange could only be used for 100# PSIG.
As you can see, the pressure/temperature relation-
ship is important. When temperature decreases, the
allowable pressure increases, and vice versa. Pound
ratings are also used to establish the outside diameter
and thickness of a flange. Typically as pound ratings
increase, so will the flange's diameter and thickness.
FLANGE FACINGS
Toe mating surface of a flange, nozzle, or valve is
called the face. Toe face is usually machined to create
a smooth surface. This smooth surface will help assure
C, 2012 Ehcvic-r lnc. Ali rlghts rcserved.
 FI.ANGE FACINGS 57
a leak-proof seal when two flanges are bolted together ones provided in this text, include the Vil' raised face
with a gasket sandwiched between. thickness in the length dimensions for 150# and 300#
Although numerous types of flange faces are pro- flanges. However, the 1,4'' raised face thickness is not
duced, we will focus only on the following three: always included in the length dimensions for 400# and
higher pound ratings. To assure accurate dimension-
• flat face;
íng, always determine if the dimensíoning chart being
• raised face;
used includes the W' raised face thickness for the larger
• ring-type joint,
pound rating flanges. The 1,4" raised face thickness
must be added to the dimensioning chart measurement
to obtain the overall flange length if the dimensión-
Flat Face
ing chart indicates it has not been added. Figure 4.5
As the name implies, flanges with flat faces are those includes a sectional view of a weld neck flange having
that have a flat, level connecting surface (see Figure 4.2). a raised face.
Forged steel flanges with a flat face flange are commonly
found in 150# and 300# ratings. Their principal use is to
make connections with 125# and 250# cast iron flanges,
Ríng-Type Joint
respectively. Attaching steel pipe to the cast iron flanges Also known simply as ring joint, the ring-type joint
found on sorne valves and mechanical equipment does not use a gasket to form a seal between connecting
always presents a problem because of the brittle nature
of cast iron. Usíng a flat face flange will assure full sur-
face contact, thereby reducing the possibility of cracking
the softer cast iron. Figure 4.3 shows a sectional view of
a flange with a flat face.

Raised Face
Toe most common face type in use, the raised face,
is available in all seven of the aforementioned pound
ratings. Appropriately named, this flange face has a
prominent raised surface. With shallow grooves etched
into the raised surface, this flange face assures a posí-
tive grip with the gasket. Flanges rated 150# and 300#
have a Yil' raised face, whereas flanges 400# and above
have a W' raised face (see Figure 4.4). lt is important
to note that most dimensíoníng charts, including the

GASKET FACING
FLAT FACE (FF)

FIGURE 4.3 Flat face welding neck flange.

FIGURE 4,2 Flat face flange. FIGURE 4,4 Raised face flange.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

58
-t 4. FLANGE BASICS
1/16" FOR 150#
ANO 300#
1/4" FOR 400#
ANO HEAVIER
GASKET FACING
RAISED FACE (RF)
FIGURE 4.5 Raised face welding neck flange.
FIGURE 4.6 Ring-type joint flange.
flanges. Instead a round metallic ring is used that rests
in a deep groove cut into the flange face (see Figure 4.6).
Toe donut-shaped ring can be oval or octagonal in
design. As the bolts are tightened, the metal ríng is
compressed, creating a tight seal.
Although it is the most expensive, the ring-type
joint is considered to be the most efficient flange used
in process piping systems. Toe ring and groove design
actualiy uses intemal pressures to enhance the sealing
capacity of the connecting flanges. Toe superiority of
this seal can have its disadvantages, however. When
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
GASKET FACING
RING JOINT FACE (RTJ)
FIGURE 4. 7 Ring-type joint welding neck flange.
dismantling ring joint connections, the flanges must be
forcibly separated to release the ríng from the groove.
In crowded instaliations, this could cause major prob-
lems. Because of this, the ring joint flange is relegated to
applications where space for maintenance and replace-
mentare adequate.
Although available for ali pound ratings, flanges
with ring-type joint faces are normally used in piping
systems rated 400# and higher. See Figure 4.7 for the
sectional view of a flange with a ring-type joint face.
FLANGE TYPES
Flanges have been designed and developed to be
used in a myriad of applications. Each one has its own
special characteristics and should be carefully selected
to meet specific function requirements. Toe following
flanges will be discussed in this chapter:
• weldneck;
• threaded;
• socket-weld;
• slip-on;
• lap-joint;
• reducing;
• blind;
• orífice.
NOTE: A photograph and short description accom-
panies each flange, as well as symbols to depict the
flange as it would appear on a drawing. Because
ali flange symbols are somewhat typical, only the
step-by-step drawíng techniques used to create the
 FLANGE TYPES
orthographic drawing symbols for a weld neck flange
will be shown. Toe drawing symbols for the remaining
flanges can be created in a similar fashion with only a
few minor alterations.
Weld Neck Flange
Toe weld neck Jlange shown in Figure 4.8 is occasion-
ally referred to as the "high-hub" flange. It is designed
FIGURE 4.8 Weld neck flange.
59
to reduce high-stress concentrations at the base of
the flange by transferring stress to the adjoining pipe.
Although expensive, the weld neck flange is the best-
designed butt-weld flange available because of its
inherent structural value and ease of assembly.
Known for its strength and resistance to dishing, the
weld neck flange is manufactured with a long tapered
hub. Toe tapered hub is created by the gradual increase
in metal thickness from the weld joint to the flange fac-
ing, Toe symmetrical taper transition is extremely ben-
eficia! under conditions of repeated bending caused by
line expansion, contraction, or other externa! forces. See
Figure 4.9 for weld neck flange drawing symbols.
Weld neck flanges are normally used in severe ser-
vice applications involving high pressures, high tem-
peratures, or subzero conditions.
Toe hole in a weld neck flange is bored to match the
ID of the adjoining pipe. In other words, the thinner
the wall thickness of the pipe, the larger the bore (hole)
through the flange. Conversely, the thicker the wall
thickness of the pipe, the smaller the bore through the
flange. Because the pipe and the flange have matching
inside diameters, there is little restriction to the flow.
Turbulence and erosion are therefore eliminated.

Single-line: 12" and smaller Double-line: 14" and larger

FIGURE 4.9 Weld neck flange drawing symbols.

NOMINAL PIPE SIZES -{INCHES) 2" 2 ;,-2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 1 O" 1 2" 1 4" 1 6" 1 8"
PIPE ( Ü UTSIDE DIAMETER) 2j 2i 3~ 4~ 6i 8i 1 oí 12Í 14 16 18
o
WTL'
F 6~ 7~ 8¡ 10 12~ 15 17~ 20~ 23 25~ 28
R
FA
L
lºI~ L 2Í 3 3! 3~ 3¡ 43..8 4~8 si 5¡ 5Í 6¡
w~ T l
8 1 1; 1 ¡ 1,76 1¡ 1.Z.8 2 2i 2¡ 2~
NE
s 1 / 16" RAISED FACE INCLUDED ON 'L' & 'T' DIMENSIONS
FIGURE 4.10 Welded Fittings-Flanges Dimensioning Chart.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

60 4. FLANGE BASICS

1. 2. 2 1g"
• 11 •

t
23"
J_
-~-5%"
Drow o 23" vertical line. OFFSET the flonge foce ond drow the f
3. 4.

~-+.-t. 7" ~~-

t

Represent the 14" NPS. Drow the 30· flonge hub lines.

FIGURE 4.11 Drawing procedures for a 14"-300#RFWN flange.

Step l. Using architectural units, draw a vertical line 23" tall. This line will represen! the flange's face diameter.
Step 2. OFFSET a line 21/s" to the right to represen! the flange face thickness. Draw a horizontal line across the ends of the two vertical lines to
cap the flange face. From the MIDpoint of the flange's face (left Iine), draw a centerline SS/8" to the right to represent the flange length
(length thru hub).
Step 3. From the right end of the centerline, draw a vertical line 7" upward and downward to represent the pipe's 14" NPS.
Step 4. From the vertical ends, draw 30° lines to the flange faceto represent the hub. (45° lines are used when constructing single-líne symbols.)

Drawing the Weld Neck Flange
Before constructing the orthographic drawing
symbols, three important dimensions must be deter-
mined. These dimensions can be found on the Welded
Fittings-Flanges Dimensioning Chart, shown partially
in Figure 4.10. Toe thumbnail image in this chart repre-
sents the raised face weld neck (RFWN) flange and the
position of its three dimensions in the chart.
Toe three dimensions needed to draw the flange are
O, T, and L. Toe O dimension represents the flange's
outside diameter. The T defines the flange's face thick-
ness and the L provides the flange' s length or lengih­
thru­hub dimension (sorne charts may show this as the Y
dimension). These three dimensions vary for each pipe
size and pound rating and must be determined before
constructing the drawing symbols of each flange.
To find the numerical values for these dimensions
of a particular flange, select the appropriate pound rat-
íng chart, which is, 150#, 300#, 400#, etc. Next, find the
proper size pipe in the Nominal Pipe Size row. Follow
the pipe size column down, through the chart, to deter-
mine the O, T, and L dimensions. For demonstration
purposes, the procedures to draw double-line drawing
symbols for a 14"­300# Raised Face, Weld Neck (RFWN)
flange (Figure 4.11), and a síngle-líne 12"-150#-RFWN
flange (Figure 4.12) will be presented. You should find
the O, T, and L measurements for these flanges to be 23"
(O), 2Ys" (T), SYs" (L) and 19" (O), l W' (T), and 41h'' (L),
respective}y.
Use Figure 4.11 and the step-by-step procedures that
follow to construct the drawing symbols for a 14"-300#
raised face, weld neck flange.
Slip-on Flange
Toe slip­on flange shown in Figure 4.13 has a low hub
that allows the pipe to be inserted into the flange prior
to welding. Available with a flat (FFSO) or raised face
(RFSO) and shorter in length than a weld neck flange,
the slip-on flange is used in areas where short tie-ins

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 FLANGE TYPES 61

1. 2.
t

. n.
19"
J_
41;;i'
Draw a 19" vertical line.
Set lineweight to .70mm. Draw horizontal line to represent hub length.

3. 4.

Draw DONUT to represent

r weld dot. Set lineweight
rof hub line to .53mm.

FIGURE 4.12 Drawing procedures for a 12"·150#RFWNflange.

Step l. Using architectural units, draw a vertical UNE 19". (O dimension from Welded Fitting-Flanges dimensioníng chart) tall. Give the linea
0.70mm lineweight. This line will represent the flange's face diameter,
Step 2. From the MIDpoint of the flange's face, draw a horizontal line 4W (T dimensión) to the right to represent the flange's Jength (length thru
hub).
Step 3. On the right end of the horizontal line, draw a DONUT having a O.O" inside diameter anda 1.75" outside diameter to represent the weld
dot.
Step 4. Change the LINEWEIGHT of the horizontal line (hub) to 0.53mm. This will match the lineweight of the pipe when the symbol is
attached to it.

are necessary or space limitations necessitate its use

and in replacement operations when connecting pre-
existing equipment. Toe slip-on flange does have two
significant disadvantages, however: the requirement of
two fillet welds, one interna! and one external, to pro-
vide sufficient strength and prevent leakage, and a life
span about one-third that of the weld neck flange. They
are preferred over welding neck flanges by many users
because of their lower initial cost. However, the total
cost after installation is not much less than the welding
neck because of the additional welding involved. See
the Taylor Forge Seamless Fittings Dimensioning Chart
in Appendix A for dimensions of the slip-on flange. Toe FIGURE 4,13 Slip-on flange.
drawing symbols for the slip-on flange are shown in
Figure 4.14.

of the lap-joint flange to the piping system requires

Lap-Joint Flange
a lap-joint stub end. The lap-joint flange and stub
Toe lap­joint jlange in Figure 4.15 is primarily used in end assembly are used mainly in piping systems that
carbon or low alloy steel piping systems. Attachment necessitate frequent dismantling for inspection or

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

62 4. FLANGE BASICS
Single-line: 12" and smaller
FIGURE 4, 14 Slip-on flange drawing symbols.
FIGURE 4.15 Lap-joint flange.
routine maintenance. It is also used in the erection
of large-diameter or hard-to-adjust pípíng configu-
rations because of its quick bolt hole alignment.
Figure 4.16 depícts the drawing symbols for the
lap-joínt flange.
Threaded Flange
Toe threaded jlange depicted in Figure 4.17 is similar
to the slip-on flange, but the bore is threaded. Its prin-
cipal value is that it can be assembled without welding.
This feature makes the threaded flange well suited to
extreme pressure services that operate at normal atmo-
spheric temperatures and in highly explosive areas
where welding may create a hazard.
Threaded flanges are not suited, however, for condi-
tions involving temperatures or bending stresses of any
significance, particularly when cyclic conditions exist,
which may cause leakage through the threads. After
just relatively few cycles of expansion and contraction
or movement caused by stress, the threaded flange no
longer performs adequately.
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
Double-line: 14" and larger
A seal weld is sometimes applied around the threaded
joint to reduce the possibility of leakage. This tech-
nique, however, cannot be considered as entirely satis-
factory nor is it always possible. Figure 4.18 represents
the síngle-líne threaded flange drawíng symbol.
Socket-Weld Flange
Toe socket­weld flange shown in Figure 4.19
is also similar to the slip-on flange. lt was originally
developed for use in small-diameter (~') hígh-
pressure piping systems. Like socket-weld fittings,
pipe is inserted into the socket then welded. An inter-
na! weld is often employed for added strength. By
grinding the interna! weld smooth, turbulence and
flow restriction are kept to a minimum. Toe single-line
drawing symbol for the socket-weld flange is shown in
Figure 4.20.
Reducing Flange
Like the reducer fitting, the reducing jlange in
Figure 4.21 is used to make a reduction in the diam-
eter of the pipe. A reducing flange is most frequently
used in installations with limited space. Crowded situ-
ations may necessitate the use of the reducing flange
because it has a shorter overall length when compared
to a weld neck flange and reducer-fitting configura-
tion. Be advised however, the flow should travel from
the smaller size to the larger. If the flow were reversed,
severe turbulence could develop.
Callouts are placed on drawings to describe the
reducing flange in the same manner as those used on
the reducer fitting: large end first, small end second.
One additional note is needed, however. The pound rat-
íng and flange type are included in the callout.
Toe reducing flange maintains all the dimensional
characteristics of the larger end size. One exception,
however, is the interna! bore. Toe interna! bore is
 FLANGE TYPES 63

Single-line: 12" and smaller Double-line: 14" and larger

FIGURE 4.16 Lap-joint flange drawing symbols.

OR

FIGURE 4.17 Threaded flange. g

FIGURE 4.20 Socket-weld flange drawing symbols.

FIGURE 4.18 Single-line threaded flange drawing symbol.

,,
-
..•
Á

FIGURE 4.21 Reducing flange.

manufactured to match that of the smaller pipe size.

Figure 4.22 shows a 12" X 6"-300# Raised Face Slip-On
flange. Notice the use of abbreviations to keep the size
of the callout to a mínimum.
Reducing flanges are manufactured as weld neck,
FIGURE 4.19 Socket-weld flange. slip-on, or threaded flange types.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

64
Blind Flange
Toe blind flange depicted in Figure 4.23 serves a func-
tion similar to that of a plug or cap. It is used to ter-
mínate the end of a piping system. Toe blind flange is
basically a flange that does not have a hub ora bored
center. Blind flanges have the face thickness of a flange,
a matching face type, and similar belting pattem. Blind
flanges can also be used to seal a nozzle opening on a
pressure vessel. Because it is bolted, the blind flange
provides easy access to the interior of a vessel or pipe,
unlike a cap that is welded. Figure 4.24 represents the
drawing symbol for the blind flange.
Orifi.ce Flange
Of the flanges discussed, the orífice jlange (Figure 4.25)
is the only one that actually performs a function. Toe
function of the orífice flange is to measure the rate of
the flow of the commodity through the piping system.
Orífice flanges are easy to recognize because they have
a hole drilled through the face of the flange perpendicu-
lar to the pipe. They also have an additional set of bolts
{Vessel nozzle is o
12"-300# RFSO)
FIGURE 4.22 Reducing flange drawing symbol with callout.
FIGURE 4.23 Blind flange.
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
4. FLANGE BASICS
called jack screws. These screws are used to help sepa-
rate the flanges so inspection and/ or replacement of the
orífice plate can be performed. Toe orífice flange is a
single component of the orífice jlange union assembly.
Toe orífice flange union is composed of two orífice
flanges, an orífice plate, bolts, nuts, [ack screws, and two
gaskets.
Toe orífice flange union is used to measure, or meter,
the amount of pressure drop through the orífice plate.
Toe length of pipe within the piping system where orí-
fice flanges are installed and where these measurements
are recorded is known as a meter run. Figure 4.26 shows
the orífice flange union assembly installed in a meter
run. Toe broken-out section shown in Figure 4.27 shows
the interna! view of a meter run.
Toe orífice plate, which is not typically furnished
with the orífice union assembly package, looks simi-
lar to a large ring washer with a handle attached.
When fully assembled, the orífice plate is sandwiched
between the orífice flanges. Valve taps are inserted into
pressure holes that allow for the attachment of field
monitoring equipment so accurate measurements can
be recorded.
BLIND FLANGE
FIGURE 4.24 Blind flange drawing symbols.
FIGURE 4.25 Orifice flange.
 llOLTS 65
Orifice flanges can be either weld neck, slíp-on, or
threaded. Toe weld neck and threaded orifice flanges
are manufactured in 300# and larger pound ratings.
However, the slip-on orifice flange is only available as
a 300# raised face flange. Toe single-line and double-
line drawing symbols for the orifice flange are shown in
Figure 4.28.

FIGURE 4,26 Orífice flange unión assembly. Courtesy of Nisseki
Chemical Texas lnc., Bayport, Texas.
BOLTS
To complete any flanged assembly, two additional
items are required: bolts and gaskets. Bolts obviously
hold mating flanges, nozzles, or valves together. Toe
pressure rating of a flange will determine the size, spac-
ing, and number of bolts required. As the nominal pipe

ORIFICE FLANGES

ORIFICE PLATE
FLANGE TAPS
FIGURE 4.27 Broken-out section of meter run.

%"(TYP) G) V2 "(TYP)
FIGURE 4.28 Orífice flange draw-
ing symbols.

Single-line: 12" and smaller

---fi~3/8"
Double-line: 14" and larger

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

66 4. FLANGE BASICS

size and pressure ratíngs change, so will the diameter,
spacing, and number of bolts.
Flanges are designed to match the bolt circle and bolt
hole dimensions of other flanges that are of the same
diameter and pressure ratíng. Bolt hole arrangements
may seem inconsequential, but when one considers the
fact that components of a piping system may be fabri-
cated in one country, then shipped to another coun-
try for assembly, bolt alignments become increasingly
important. lt is critical that drawings convey the exact
orientation of flanges to the fabricator. Otherwise, bolt
holes may not align properly. ANSI standards require
all flanges straddle the horizontal, vertical, or north-
south centerlines of pipe and equipment, as shown in
Figure 4.29, unless otherwise noted on a drawíng.
To assure that bolt holes on flanges, nozzles, or
valves align properly, holes are equally spaced around
the flange. One column on the Taylor Forge Forged
Steel Flanges Dimensioning Chart found in Appendix A
indicates the number and diameter of the bolt holes on
flanges. Notice bolts are found in quantities of 4, that is,
4, 8, 12, 16, etc. The following formula makes bolt hole
location and alignment quick and simple.
Formula: 360º/# of holes = angular location
Example: 360º/8 (holes) = 45º
Using this formula shows holes on an eight-hole
flange to be spaced 45º apart. By straddling the center-
line, holes will be positioned 221/zº on each side of the
centerline (see Figure 4.30).

HORIZONTAL

BOLT HOLES STRADDLE

HORIZONTAL ANO
VERTICAL (t_.

ELEVATION

I
1-
::::)
o
(/)
<,
~I
O:::
o
z

BOLT HOLES STRADDLE

NORTH/SOUTH ANO
EAST/WEST (t_.

PLAN
FIGURE 4.29 Bolt hole orientation.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 GASKETS 67

45·

4-BOLT HOLES 8-BOL T HOLES

12-BOLT HOLES 16-BOLT HOLES

FIGURE 4.30 Bolt hole spacing.

Bolts are available in two types: machine or stud. GASKETS

Machine bolts have a ''head" on one end and threads on
the other. Stud bolts have threads throughout their entire
length and require the use of two nuts (see Figure 4.31).
Stud bolts are the most commonly used type and are avail-
able in two grades: A-193-87 and A-193-816. B7 grade
bolts are used for temperatures up to 1,000ºF. 816 bolts
are used when temperatures exceed l,OOOºF. Figure 4.32
depicts a sectional view of two flanges being mated
around a gasket and secured with stud and machine bolts.
Toe primary purpose of any flanged assembly is to
connect piping systems in such a manner as to pro-
duce a leak-free envirorunent. Hazardous and combus-
tible materials and extreme pressures and temperatures
require the utmost in safety precaution. Creating a
leak-proof seal between two connecting metal surfaces
in an industrial setting is almost impossible. Therefore,
gaskets perform a vital function in plant safety.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

68 4. FLANGE BASICS
Using a gasket material softer than two adjoining
flanges is an excellent way to eliminate the possibility
of a fluid escape. Gaskets can be made of materials such
as asbestos, rubber, neoprene, Teflon, lead, or copper.
When bolts are tightened and flange faces are drawn
FIGURE 4.31 Stud and machine bolts.
STUD BOLT
MACHI NE BOLT
FIGURE 4.32 Drawing representation of stud and machine bolts.
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
together, the gasket material will conform to any ímper-
fections in the flange faces to create a uniform seal.
Figure 4.33 demonstrates the three types of gaskets
that can be found in piping systems. They are full face,
flat ring, and metal ring, Full face gaskets (Figure 4.34)
are used on flat face flanges. Flat ring gaskets
(Figure 4.35) are used on raised face flanges. Metal rings
(Figure 4.36) are used on ring-type joint flanges.
A gasket's thickness must be accounted for when
dimensioning the piping system. Toe typical gasket
has a thickness of Ys" (3.175mm). At every occurrence
of a flange bolting to a nozzle, two flanges joining one
another, two valves joining one another, or a flange con-
necting to a valve, a gasket thickness must be added
to the length of the pipe components. Figures 4.37 and
4.38 show that a flat-ring gasket does occupy space.
Though it is only Ys" thick, a gasket cannot be ignored.
Figure 4.39 depicts the gap between ring-type joint
flanges. Toe ring-type joint section of the Welded
Fittings-Flanges Dimensioning Chart gíves the gap
measurement as the G dimension. This dimension will
 GASKETS 69

FIGURE 4.33 Gaskets. Courtesy of Flexitallic, lnc.

FIGURE 4.36 Metal ríngs for ring-type joint flanges. Courtesy of

Fle:xitallie, !ne.

FIGURE 4.34 Full face gaskets.

FIGURE 4.3 7 Flat ring gasket and flange. Courtesy of Flexitallic, lnc.

FIGURE 4.35 Flat ring gaskets. Courtesy of Flexítallic, lnc.

FIGURE 4.38 Flat ring gasket between flanges. Courtesy of
Fle:xitallie, lnc.

vary depending on the size and pound rating of the For each instance of a gasket or ríng, gap spacing
flange. This is an important consideration to keep in must be reflected in the dimensions shown on a pip-
mind when dimensioning piping runs that have ring- ing drawing. Tick marks are used to indicate each loca-
type joint connections. tion where a gasket or ring gap has been included in

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

70 4. FLANGE BASICS

the dimensioning of the p1pmg configuration. Tick

~·--.=_.!,.....,. rnarks are drawn approximately W' long and are placed

;;;---~·

.-,r,J,lii.
-
, .. ,
~
:~
on piping drawings near the location where a gas-
ket or ring is to be installed. Figure 4.40 depicts two
tick marks, one on each end of a valve, that have been
included in the total dimension between the faces of the
two flanges. Toe dimension would be the sum total of

1 ~-·~Á'
one valve and two gaskets.

FIGURE 4.39 Ring-type joint gap spacing.

EACH BOLTED
CONNECTION
MUST HAVE A
GASKET!
~~
TIC MARK ___..¡ 1
USED TO -----
REPRESENT
THE GASKET

6"-150#, GATE

FACE TO FACE LENGTH OF VALVE

+ THICKNESS OF TWO GASKETS
= VALVE/FLANGE ASSEMBLY OIMENSION
( 1
+
o
Y4
1 o}¡
Y2~) ~[><]~
I' ,o}¡ 'I
FIGURE 4.40 Include gaskets with dímensions.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 EXERCISE INf-ORMATION 71

CHAPTER 4 REVIEW QUIZ 8. Name the two types of bolts used to assemble
flanges.
1. Name the seven forged steel flange pound ratings.

9. Accordíng to ANSI standards, which centerlines

should flanges straddle on pipe and equipment?

2. Name the four pressure classes for cast iron flanges.

3. What are the three flange face types discussed in this 10. Llst four materials used to manufacture gaskets.
chapter?

4. What is the thickness of the raised face on a 600#

raised face flange?
EXERCISE INFORMATION
S. Briefly describe five types of flanges depicted in this
chapter. Toe flanges depicted in Figure 4.41 wil1 be used to
complete the exercises in Chapters 4, 5, and 10. To com-
plete the exercises, draw the symbols shown usíng the
following guídelines:
• Draw ali flange symbols ful1 size using dimensions
found on the Welded Fittings-Flanges Dimensioning
Charts,
• Items in Figure 4.41 that are represented with a
SIZE/RATING o T L
"Phantom" linetype are for reference only and are
4"-150# R.F.W.N. _ not to be drawn. They will not be part of the finished
6"-300# R.F.W.N. ---- symbol.
• Double-line symbols are drawn with a "default"
10"-400#
R.F.W.N. Iineweíght, Síngle-line symbols are drawn with a
0.53mm lineweight.
16"-600#
• Draw ali weld dots with the DONUT command
R.F.W.N.
8"-óOO# R.F.W.N. _ having a O'' inside diameter anda 1.75" outside
diameter.
6. Give O, T, and L dimensions of the following flanges. • Create a BLOCK of each symbol. Use a block name
that appropriately describes the flange and its size
7. What is the purpose of an orifice flange union
and pound rating. (DO NOT include text with the
assembly?
blocked symbol.)
• BLOCK the symbol with the base point placed at an
appropriate location usíng an ENDpoint, MIDpoint,
or CENter osnap.
SAVE the file as Flange Symbols.dwg.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

72 4. FLA1'GE BASJCS

300# RFWN 150#RFWN

~-1 c--1
~

1 4" _ _J __ _J
~ ~
14"-300 00 14"-300 LT 14"-150 00 14"-150 LT

1 2" @-
12"-300 00
~
12"-300 LT
~--
12"-150 00
~
12"-150 LT

1 O" @--
10"-300 00
t
1 o"-300 LT
~--
10"-150 OD
~

10"-150 LT

8" @> ~
@--- ~

8"-300 OD 8"-300 LT 8"-150 OD 8"-150 LT

6"
6"-300 00 6"-300 LT 6"-150 OD 6"-150 LT

4"
4"-300 00 4"-300 LT 4"-150 00 4"-150 LT

FIGURE 4.41 Flange drawing symbols.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 e,
"'*
Sil
!.
:::,
o
(JQ

::!1 ~
G)
DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN
@
DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN Sil
1 '.t' -300# :::,
RFWN 14~ -300# RFWN (JQ ~
1l :;:d
~
e,

.H i
o
~
:;:d
o
ca""
111
......
(J)
o
:i:
>
o ~ ~;e
s' ....
21 lil
~ ~
zo

©
~
0)
DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN m
X
o 1 rf' -300# RFWN 1 f!' -300# RFWN 93
IB o
¡¡;
C)
z ¡¡¡

EXERCISE 4-1
74 4. FLA1'GE BASJCS

FITIING MAKE-UP
DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN
14" -300# RFWN

DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN

1 ~ -300# RFWN

r-!
1

EXERCISE 4-2

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 CHAPTER 4 DRAWING EXERCISES 75

FITIING MAKE-UP
SOLVE FOR THE MISSING DIMENSIONS

G) 150# RFWN @ 150# RFWN 150# RFWN

1 O" 1 2"

© 300# RFWN ~ 300# RFWN

® 300# RFWN

8"

1 O"
1
1 O"x8"

(J) . 300# RFWN

® 150# RFWN

8"

12'' 1 1 o"
1 O" xB"
1 2" x 1 O"

NOTE: ALL
GASKETS 1 /e:' EXERCISE 4-3

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

 DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN
1 4" -300# RFWN
DO NOT DIMENSION

::-tj-
14"

-1
L{)

:l:!
"O
m
o .,..
~
=l ~
zo
tí "'
s
so> 1 4"
ª
[fl

m
l'[l
C)
z

(O
1

EXERCISE 4-4
.: !O,, SR. El.L
0
!O" ! 4 "-JOO,I' 6'~!50,1'
RA-f/N

o
RA-f/N

/6" X 14,, o
:i:
>
~;e
....

0 6'~ ! 50/ RA-f/N 0 I 2 '~JOO/ RFft/N 0

(TYP) B

\_4,~JOO/
RA-f/N (TYPJ)
!6" X /2"

4,, SR.

A
EXERCISE 4-5
 -.J
00

CD 0 0
1!0'­!50/
RFWN(!YP.J)
/O~
REO. (!YP.)
6H

l±JI RFWN

0 A
A

/4" X /2"
!2'~!50/
RFWN __,,____~I

/2"­JOO/ RFWN
(!YP.J)
J 8'~/50/
RFWN(!YP.J)
'
EXERCISE 4-6
 CHAPTER
5
Val ves
WHAT IS A VALVE?*
A valve is a product rarely noticed by the average
person, yet it plays an important role in the quality of
our lives. Each time you turn on a water faucet, use
your dishwasher, turn on a gas range, or step on the
accelerator in your car, you operate a valve. Without
modern valve systems, there would be no fresh, pure
water in your home, no modern appliances, and no gas-
oline waiting at the comer service station.
One of the most widely observed, but least recog-
nized, type of valve is the fire hydrant. Fire hydrants
are connected to municipal water supply systems. They
are specialized in that they are underground valves that
can be opened and closed from an aboveground loca-
tion when needed in emergency situations.
By definition, a valve is a device that controls the
flow of a fluid. But today's valves can control not only
the flow but also the rate, the volume, the pressure, and
the direction of a fluid within a pipe. Valves are not Iim-
ited to fluids. They can control liquids, gases, vapors,
slurries, or dry materials. Valves can turn on or off, reg-
ulate, modulate, or isolate. They can range in size from
a fraction of an inch to as large as 30 ft in diameter and
can vary in complexity from a simple brass valve, avail-
able at the local hardware store, to a precision-desígned,
highly sophisticated coolant system control valve made
of exotic metal alloy used in a nuclear reactor. Valves
can also control the flow of all types of commodities.
From the thinnest gas to highly corrosive chernicals,
from superheated steam to toxic gases, from abrasive
slurries to radioactive materials, valves can be desígned
to service them all. They can handle temperatures from
the cryogenic region to molten metal exceeding 1,500ºF,
and valves can contain pressures ranging from severe
vacuum to 20,000 pounds per square inch.
The valve is one of the most basic and indispens-
able components of our modem technological society.
• "What is a Valve?" Courtesy of VMA (Valve Manufacturers Association).
79
As long as industries continue to devise new reasons to
control gases, liquids, and even solids, valve design will
continue to meet the demand.
COMMON VALVE TYPES
Valves are manufactured in numerous sizes, body
styles, and pound ratings to meet a wide variety of
application needs. Valves are also manufactured with
varying types of end preparations that allow them to be
readily mated to flanges or pipes of the same size and
rating. Valve end preparations can be screwed, socket-
weld, beveled, or flanged. Flanged valves are manufac-
tured to have either raised, flat, or ring-type joint faces.
Gate Valves
The gate valve is the most frequently used valve in
pípíng systems. It is a general service valve that is used
primarily for on-off, nonthrottling applications. When
fully opened, the gate valve creates rninirnal obstruc-
tion to the flow. Gate valves control the commodíty
flowing through the pipe with a flat, vertical wedge, or
gate, that slides up or down as the valve's handwheel
is turned. As the handwheel is rotated, the wedge will
slide through the valve body to block or release the
flow.
Designed to be either fully opened or closed,
the gate valve should not be operated in a partially
opened/ closed position. A partially opened gate valve
will hasten erosion caused by the commodity within
the pipe and will ruin the valve seat in a short period
of time. Turbulence from the commodity will also
cause the wedge to vibrate, creating a "chattering"
noise when the valve is partially opened. Figure 5.1
depicts the externa! and intemal views of a typical gate
val ve.
C, 2012 Ehcvic-r lnc. Ali rlghtsrcserved.
80
FIGURE 5.1 Gate valve.Courtesyof [enkins Bros.
As with pipe, fittings, and flanges, valves are rep-
resented by symbols on piping drawings. These sym-
bols are developed in such a manner as to describe the
valve's body style, end type, and handwheel orienta-
tion. Syrnbol sizes are established from dimensions pro-
vided in manufacturers' catalogs or data sheets. Three
dimensions are crucial when drawing a valve symbol:
face-to-faoe (length), handwheel height, and handwheel
diameter (see Figure 5.2).
The length of a valve is represented on most dimen-
sioning charts as the face­to­face dimension. The face-
to-face dimension is a length that is standard among
valve manufacturers and defines the length of a valve
from one end to the other. Also important are the height
and diameter of a valve's handwheel. These measure-
ments are necessary to establish operational clearances
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
5. VALVES
and worker accessibility around the valve. Of particular
importance is the valve's open handwheel height. This
dimension defines the maximum height of the valve
when it is in the full-open position. The open hand-
wheel height is measured from the centerline of the
valve body to the tip of the valve stem.
The valve stem is a threaded rod that connects the
valve's wedge or gate to the handwheel. Valve stems
fall into one of two categories: rising or nonrising.
A risíng stem is one in which the stem rises and lowers
as the handwheel is rotated. The handwheel remains
in a stationary position as the stem passes through
it. On valves having a nonrising stem, the hand-
wheel is attached to the end of the stem and moves up
and down with the stem as the valve is opened or
closed.
The length of a rising stem must be determined
before the handwheel is represented on a drawing.
When the valve is fully opened, the stem is at its hígh-
est point. The maximum distance the stem will extend
above the handwheel is approximately equal to the
nominal size of the pipe. Knowing the length of the
stem allows a piping designer to draw the valve symbol
with the handwheel located at the proper distance from
the end of the stem which ultimately aids in determin-
ing when interference problems may occur,
Another important dimension is the diameter of
the flanged faces on flanged valves. When represent-
ing flanged valves, the diameter of the valve's flanges
must be drawn to match the size and pound rating of
the flange or nozzle to which the valve is being bolted.
Because most valve dimensioning charts do not pro-
vide this information, a drafter must refer to the flange
dimensioning chart to find the proper flange OD
measurements.
Valve symbols vary from company to company and
client to client. It is therefore imperative that a drafter
be familiar with the syrnbols being used on a project
before work begíns on that new project. The symbols
shown in this text are typícal of those found on many
piping drawings. They should not be considered stan-
dard for all applications, however. The symbols shown
in Figure 5.3 represent screwed, socket-weld, and
flanged gate valves. Notice also the two methods of
representing handwheels.
The valve rotations represented in Figure 5.4 depict
the possible rotations in which valves may appear on
drawings. Bolt-hole orientations of nozzles on vessels,
pumps, or other equipment may not always straddle
the preferred north-south or east-west centerlines.
Also, accessibility may not always allow for vertical
or horizontal positioning of handwheels. Therefore,
angular rotation of valves becomes imperative and the
rotations shown in Figure 5.4 indicate how those valve
rotations would appear on piping drawings.
 COMMOJ\ VALVE TYPES 81

VALVES 150#
NOMINAL PIPE SIZES -{INCHES) 2 3 4 6 8 10 1 2 14 1 6 18
PIPE ( ÜUTSIDE 01AMETER) 2i 312 412 6g 8g 1014 12..24 14

-~
16 18
L 7 8 9 10~ 11~ 13 14 15 1 6 17

i l~ o
G
A
H 15i 2oj 25i 35f 44 52 "1 60"1 70"1 79~ 89
T
E L --~ 1
8 9 10 14 16 18 18 22 24 27
L 8 9~ 1 1 "1 16 "1
G 19
* * * * *
[~9
L
V o
A EB
H 13j 1 6"1 19..24 24"1 26
* * * * *
L
V
o 8 9 10 12 16 * * * * *
e
L 10 111 4 13 i 171 4 21j 26"1 * * * *
r~
E o
s N
T
R H 27i 28t5 29t5 38 39f 46-¡¡-
* * * *
o
L
e
H-- o 13i 13i 13i 16 16 21i * * * *
H ¡-L -J __ ÍH L 8 9~ 1 112 14 1912 24~ 27"1 35 39
*
E
e
K
-r H 5 6 7 9 1ot 12i 13Í 18 20~ *
150# RF
NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
* REFER TO VENDOR'S CATALOG
FIGURE 5.2 Flanged valve dimensioning chart.

SCREWED FLANGED

PLAN

PLAN PLAN

ELEVATION END

SOCKET-WELD
~
PLAN

ELEVATION END ELEVATION END ELEVATION END

SINGLE-UNE DOUBLE-LINE
FIGURE 5.3 Gate valve drawing symbols.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

82
so' 60. 45• 30· o·
FIGURE 5.4 Gate valve rotation drawing symbols.
Drawing the Gate Valve
Figures 5.5 and 5.6 are pictorial representations of the
step-by-step procedures used to draw a 10''-300# RFWN
gate valve using manual and AutoCAD methods of
construction. Symbols depicting other valve types are
developed using similar step-by-step procedures but
with minor changes or alterations that would reflect the
representation of that particular valve.
Globe Valves
Globe valves are used primarily in situations where
throttling of the commodity is required. By simply rotat-
ing the handwheel, the rate at which the commodity
flows through the valve can be adjusted to any desired
level. Havíng the valve seat parallel to the line of flow
is an important feature of the globe valve. This feature
makes the globe valve efficient when throttling com-
modities as well as yielding minimal disk and seat ero-
sion. This configuration, however, creates a large amount
of resistance within the valve. Toe design of the globe
valve body forces the flow of the commodity to change
direction within the valve itself. This change in direction
creates substantial pressure drop and turbulence. Toe
globe valve is therefore not recommended when flow
resistance and pressure drop are to be avoided. Figure
5.7 depicts the interna! view of a globe valve.
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
5. VALVES
o· -so' -45. -60· -so'
Drawing symbols of the globe valve are similar to
those of the gate valve. Measurements used to draw
the valve are found on manufacturers' dimensioning
charts. One noticeable difference is the use of a dark-
ened circle positioned at the intersection of the diagonal
lines in the valve's body. One other difference, though
not quite as noticeable, is the use of a nonrising stem
on globe valves. Drawing symbols for globe valves are
shown in Figure 5.8.
Angle Valves
Toe angle valve, like the globe valve, is used for throt-
tling. As shown in Figure 5.9, the flow entering the
valve and the flow leaving the valve form a 90º angle.
In the event a pipe is making a 90° turn, the angle valve
is used to eliminate the need for a 90º elbow and addi-
tional fittings.
Angle valves as well as globe valves are typically
installed so a commodity will flow in an upward direc-
tion through the valve body. This upward flow direc-
tion will keep pressure under the disk seat. Pressure
from below the seat promotes easier operation and
reduces the erosive action on the seat and disk. For
high-temperature commodities, however, such as
superheated steam, the flow direction is reversed.
When the valve is closed, temperature on the lower side
 COMMON VALVE TYPES 83

1. 2.
1~·

{D
-ii--=-

1. 18" .. 1
Llci
Gother volve's dimensions from chort. Orow volve' s body length and flange diameter.

3. 4.
B.

~
B.

Draw diagonal body lines and erase construction. Draw the handwheel 's centerline.

1 O" 1 O"
5. 6.

LfJ
u,
o.
3

r-,
l{)

Drow hondwheel's diameter and stern's height. Add diagonal handwheel lines.

FIGURE 5.5 Gate valve. Manual step-by-step drawing procedures.

Step l. Use the appropriate vendor's catalog to determine the overall dimensions of a 10"-300#RFWN gate valve. Find the valve's length, L
(face-to-face) (18"); handwheel height, H (57"); handwheel diameter (handwheel O) (20"); and flange diameter (flange O) (171h"); and
flange face thickness (flange T) (!%").
Step 2. Lightly draw a rectangle having the width of the face-to-face (18") dimension and the height of the flange diameter (171h"). Draw two
lines parallel to the vertical ends 17-'" away from and toward the center of the rectangle.
Step3.
A. Draw intersecting, diagonal lines (A) from the ends of the inner vertical lines to create the valve body.
B. Erase the horizontal construction lines (B) between the inner vertical lines that form the val ve' s flange faces.
Step 4. From the intersection of the diagonal lines (center of valve body), draw a vertical centerline the length of the handwheel's "open" height
(57").
Step S. Measure 10" (distance equal to NPS) down from the top of the centerline. Draw a construction line perpendicular to the centerline.
Measure one-half (10") of the handwheel's diameter (20") on either side of the handwheel centerline. Draw a line below and parallel to
the handwheel to represent the thickness of the handwheel. Draw lines parallel to the top of the valve centerline, above the handwheel
to represen! the valve stem. Though not the actual measurement, 1" can be used for both the handwheel and valve stem thickness.
Step 6. To complete the handwheel representation, draw a line from each end of the handwheel down to the center of the valve body. Lines
drawn in the opposite direction can also be used as an alternative.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

84 5. VALVES

1. 2. 1~"
11'

tf
c. c.

1. 18" .. 1

B.
~
Gather volve's dimensions from chart. Draw valve body length, height and foce thickness.

3. 4.
A. A.

~
A. A.

Drow diagonal body and flange cap lines. Draw the hondwheel' s centerline.

20"
5. 6.

LfJ
V)
o..
3

r-,
l{)

Draw hondwheel's diameter and stern's height. Add diagonal handwheel lines.

FIGURE 5.6 Gate valve. AutoCAD step-by-step drawing procedures.

Step l. Use the appropriate vendor's catalog to determine the overall dimensions of a 10"-300# RFWN gate valve. Find the valve's length, L
(face-to-face) (18"); handwheel height, H (57"); handwheel diameter (handwheel O) (20"); flange diameter (flange O) (17W); and flange
thickness (flange T) (17,4().
Step 2.
A. Draw a vertical line 17'h" long to represen! the flange diameter of the valve's face.
B. OFFSETthe vertical Iine 18" (face-to-face dimension) to the right to establish to valve's length.
C. From each end of the valve OFFSET,toward the center, the valve's flange face thickness (17,{¡").
Step3.
A. Draw horizontal Iines (A) to "cap" the ends of the valve's flange face.
B. Draw intersecting, diagonal lines (B) from the ends of the vertical lines to create the valve body.
Step 4. Draw a vertical centerline from the center of the valve's body 57" long to represen! the handwheel's "open" dimension.
Step S. Draw a 20" (handwheel's diameter) horizontal Iine, equally centered on the valve's centerline, 10" (distance equal to NPS) from the top
end of the valve's centerline. Give the valve's handwheel and stem a 0.3mm lineweight.
Step 6. To complete the handwheel representation, draw a line from each end of the handwheel down to the center of the valve body. Lines
drawn in the opposite direction can also be used as an altemative.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 COMMON VALVE TYPES 85

~
TOP

FRONT END

TOP

FRONT END
FIGURE 5.8 Globe valve drawing symbols.
FIGURE 5. 7 Globe valve. Courtesy of VELAN.

of the disk is signífícantly higher than that on the upper

side. Because the valve's stem is on the upper side of
the disk, it will be cooler. This temperature differential
causes the valve stem to contract, lifting the disk off the
seat. This lifting action will result in the seat and disk
faces being scored. To avoid this problem, valve manu-
facturers recommend installing globe and angle valves
so high-temperature commodities flow into the valve
from the upper side. This flow direction will keep pres-
sure above the disk, forcing it into the seat and creating
a tighter seal. Figure 5.10 depicts the drawing symbols
for the angle valve.

Check Valves
Check valves differ signifícantly from gate and
globe valves. Check valves are designed to prevent
backflow. Backflow simply means the flow that has
reversed itself within a pipe and begins to flow back- FIGURE 5.9 Angle valve. Courtesy of [enkins Bros.
ward. There are many designs of check valves, but the
two most common types are the swing check and the lift
check. Check valves do not use handwheels to control
the flow of a commodity but instead use gravity and created through the valve. This clear path creates mini-
the pressure of the commodity to operate the valve mal turbulence and pressure drop within the valve.
(see Figure 5.11). Pressure must always be under the disk for the valve
Toe swing check valve is installed as a companion to function properly. When flow reverses, the pressure
valve to the gate valve. As the name implies, thís valve and weight of the commodity against the disk will force
has a swinging gate that is hinged at the top and opens the disk against the seat, stopping all backflow. Check
as a commodity flows through the valve. When the valves are often regarded as safety or precautionary
valve disk is in the open position, a clear flow path is equipment.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

86
TOP
FRONT END
Single-fine symbols
FIGURE 5.10 Angle valve drawing symbols.
FIGURE 5.11 Swing and lift check valves. Courtesy of Crane Co.
Toe lift check valve is often bolted directly to a globe
valve. Figure 5.11 shows the lift check valve has a body
style similar to the globe valve. As the flow enters the
valve, the disk is lifted up off the seat to allow the flow
to pass. As with the globe valve, there is significant tur-
bulence and pressure drop.
There are two types of lift check valves: horizon­
tal and vertical. Both of these valves use either a disk
or ball and the force of gravity to close the valve in
the event of reverse flow. Toe horizontal lift check
valve has a seat that líes parallel to the flow. Toe
result is an S-shaped body style that mandates the
valve be installed in the horizontal position only and
has a flow that enters from below the seat. Toe flow
entering the valve raises the disk or ball off the seat,
permitting the commodity to pass through the valve
body.
Toe vertical lift check valve is designed to work
automatically on flow that is traveling in an upward
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
5. VALVES
TOP
FRONT END
Double-line symbols
direction only. Similar to the horizontal lift check, ver-
tical lift check valves use a disk or ball that raises off
the seat when a commodity flows upward through the
valve. When the flow stops, gravity will reseat the disk
or ball preventing backflow. This check valve requires
the outlet end of the valve to always be installed in
the up position. Sorne manufacturers refer to lift check
valves that employ the use of a ball as a hall check valve.
Figure 5.12 depicts drawing symbols used to repre-
sent the check valve. Notice the top and front views
are identical and both symbols indicate the direction of
flow.
Ball Valve
Toe ball valve is an inexpensive altemative to other
valves. Ball va/ves use a metal ball with a hole bored
through the center, sandwiched between two seats
to control flow. Used in many hydrocarbon process
 COMMON VALVE TYPES
TOP
FRONT END
Single-line symbols
FIGURE 5.12 Checkvalve drawing symbols.
Plug Valves
FIGURE 5 .13 Ball valve. Courtesy of Jenkins Bros.
applications, hall valves are capable of throttling gases
and vapors and are especially useful for low-flow situa-
tions. These valves are quick opening and provide a very
tight closure on hard-to-hold fluids (see Figure 5.13).
Ball valves do not use a handwheel but instead use
a wrench to control the flow. A 90° turn of the wrench
opens or doses the valve. This simple design yields a
nonsticking operation that produces minimal pressure
drop when the valve is in its full-open position. Drawing
symbols for the hall valve are shown in Figure 5.14.
Plug Valve
Unlike other valves, the plug valve uses either a
handwheel or a wrench to operate the valve. Plug
valves provide a tíght seal against hard-to-hold com-
modities and require a mínimum amount of space for
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
87
TOP
FRONT END
Double-line symbols
installation. Unlike the hall valve, the plug valve uses
a tapered wedge rather than a hall to create a seal. This
wedge, or plug, has an elongated opening, which when
placed in the open position, allows the commodity to
pass through the valve. The plug is the only movable
part of the valve and its tapered shape assures positive
seating (see Figure 5.15).
Plug valves are designed with etched grooves along
the tapered plug to permit a lubricant to seal and
lubricate the interna} surfaces as well as to provide a
hydraulic jacking force to lift the plug within the body,
thus permitting easy operation. The clear and open pas-
sageway through the valve body provides little oppor-
tunity for scale or sediment to collect. In fact, the plug
seats so well that as the plug is rotated, foreign debris is
wiped from the plug's externa! surfaces. These valves,
however, do require constant lubrication to maintain a
tight seal between the plug and the body. Figure 5.16
depicts drawing symbols used to represent the plug
valve.
Butterfly Valve
The butterfly valve has a unique body style unlike
the other valves we have discussed. The butterfly uses
a circular plate or wafer operated by a wrench to con-
trol the flow. A 90º tum of the wrench moves the wafer
from a fully open position to a fully closed position. The
wafer remains in the stream of flow and rotates around
a shaft connected to the wrench. As the valve is being
closed, the wafer rotates to become perpendicular to
the direction of flow and acts as a dam to reduce or stop
the flow. When the wrench is rotated back to the origi-
nal position, the wafer aligns itself with the direction
of flow and allows the commodity to pass through the
valve (see Figure 5.17).
88
TOP
FRONT END
Single-line symbols
FIGURE 5.14 Ball valve drawing symbols.
WEDGEPLUG
O·SEAL VALVE
FIGURE 5.15 Plug valve. Ccurtesy of Siockham Valves.
Butterfly valves have minimal turbulence and pres-
sure drop. They are good for on - off and throttling
service and perform well when controlling large flow
amounts of liquids and gases. However, these valves
do not normally create a tight seal and must be used in
low-pressure situations or where sorne leakage is per-
missible. Drawing symbols for the butterfly valve are
shown in Figure 5.18. A dimensioning chart for the but-
terfly valve is included in the appendix.
Relief Valves
Relief valves have a purpose quite different from the
previous valves. They are designed to release exces-
sive pressure that builds up in equipment and piping
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
5. VALVES
TOP
FRDNT END
Double-line symbols
systerns. To prevent major damage to equipment, and
more importantly, injury to workers, relief valves can
release elevated pressures before they become extreme.
Relief valves use a steel spring as a means to automati-
cally open when pressures reach unsafe levels. These
valves can be adjusted and regulated to pop off when
interna! pressures exceed predetermined settings. Once
interna! pressures return to operational levels, the relief
valve doses. Figure 5.19 shows the interna! mechanism
of a relief valve.
Another valve that performs the same basic function
as the relief valve is the pressure safety valve. Although
similar in design and appearance, the two valves oper-
ate differently. Relief valves are used in píping systems
that service líquíd commodities and are designed to
open proportionally, that is, as pressure from the com-
modity increases so does the opening of the valve.
Toe hígher the pressure, the larger the opening. Toe
pressure safety valve, however, is used with hígher-
pressure commodities such as steam and gas. Pressure
safety valves are designed to open completely when
interna! pressures exceed the setting for which the
interna! spring has been set. As with the relief valve,
once interna! pressures return to operational levels,
the valve will close itself. Figure 5.20 provides drawing
symbols used to represent the relief valve and pressure
safety valve.
Control Valve
Toe flow, level, pressure, and temperature of all
commodities being processed must be monitored,
adjusted, and regulated to maintain a safe, efficient,
and profitable facility. Pressures and temperatures that
are allowed to elevate unchecked to extreme levels
 COMMON VALVE TYPES 89

~
TOP TOP

FRONT END FRONT END

Single-line symbols Double-line symbols

FIGURE 5 .16 Plug val ve drawing symbols.

Wafer Waferlug Two-flange

FIGURE 5 .1 7 Butterfly valve. Courtesy of Crane Ce.

HNH
TOP TOP

HNH
FRONT END FRONT END
Single-line symbols Double-line symbols

FIGURE 5.18 Butterfly valve drawing symbols.

can become deadly. Commoctity flow rates and prod-
uct storage levels that are insufficient may lead to less
production. Therefore, the control valve, which is a
remotely operated valve that can make precise adjust-
ments to regulate and monitor any commodity flow-
íng through a piping system, is widely used. Toe most
common valve body style used as a control valve is the
globe valve. Ball, butterfly, and plug valves can also be
used as control valve body types. Control valves receive
a signa! from instruments positioned throughout the
pipíng system to automatically make adjustments that
regulate the commoctity within the piping system.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

90 5. VALVES

SPRING A()j_ SCREW

CAP GASKET

SPRING BUTTON

BONNET
BUTTON

BELLOWS

BODY STUO

HEX. NUT

LOCK SCREW (P.HJ

LOCK SCREW STUO

LOCK SCREW GASKET

LOCK SCREW (.B.O.R.)

HE.X.. NUTl,B.QR.L SJ

DRAIN

FIGURE 5 .19 Relief valve. Courtesy of Farris Safety­Relief Va/ves.

~-
TOP TOP

FRONT END FRONT

Single-line symbols Double-line symbols

FIGURE 5.20 Relief and pressure safety valve drawing symbols.

Control valves can perform many routine and repetitive Control valves are positioned throughout a pip-
operations or they can be designed for one specific task. ing facility, often in remote locations where access by
Figure 5.21 shows the drawing symbols for a control plant personnel is problematic. However, when oper-
valve. ational procedures require that there be continuous

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 VALVE OPERATORS
TOP
FRONT END
Single-line symbols
FIGURE 5.21 Control valve.
PLAN
FIGURE 5.22 Control valve manifold.
functionality, a back-up to the control valve must be
incorporated. To achieve this, control valve manifolds
are configured. Control valve manifolds, also known
as manifold control stations, use a combination of
gate, globe, and control valves, uniquely arranged, to
make continuous operational control of the commod-
ity feasible. Control valve manifolds are discussed in
greater detail in Chapter 12. Figure 5.22 depicts the
Plan and Elevation views of a typical control valve
manifold.
Depending upon the space available for the installa-
tion of a manifold control station, different configura-
tions can be employed. Figure 5.23 shows two possible
installations of a control valve manifold.
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
91
TOP
FRONT END
Double-tine symbols
8"x6"
(1YP. 2)
SECTION "A-1'!.'
VALVE OPERATORS
A valve operator is a mechanism that causes a valve
to perform its function. Operators can be manual or
automatic. Manual operators employ levers, gears,
or wheels to facilitate movement within a valve. A
designer / drafter has freedom and responsibility to
determine the positional location and orientation of
valves. However, consideration must be gíven not only
to make valve operation convenient and practícal, but
also to make the operation safe for facility personnel.
When locatíng a valve, the diameter and length of its
handwheel, and if possible "clash" or interference with
other components, must be addressed. Therefore, the
 92 5. VALVES
6"x4"
RED. TEE
FIGURE 5.23 Control valve manifold configurations.
placement and orientation of handwheels must follow
sorne specific guídelínes, Figure 5.24 provides the loca-
tion preferences for operating, emergency, and isolat-
ing valves when their stems are installed horizontally.
Notice, specific ''hazard" zones are shown for the head
and lower leg area that must be avoided. Figure 5.25
shows similar guidelines for orienting valves when they
are installed vertically. Notice that once a valve hand-
wheel reaches its maximum installed height of 4 '-6", the
~al~e is then rotated and bolted at such an angle so that
ít will eventually become horizontal in orientation.
In situations where the standard handwheel is insuf-
ficient to operate the valve, gears are commonly used
to enhance a handwheel's effectiveness. Bevel, spur,
and worm gears supply the handwheel with a greater
mechanical advantage to open, close, or throttle the
commodity within the pipe.
If a valve is installed ata height that is out of a work-
er's reach, a chain operator is often used. Toe chain oper-
ator is a sprocket-like attachment bolted to a valve's
handwheel. A looped chain is passed through the
sprocket and is hung down to a height that is accessible
by a worker. This allows a worker to operate the valve
without the aid of a ladder or moveable scaffold. Figure
5.26 shows a typical chain operator.
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
6"
4"
FRC ~
-:
301 ~
Actuators
Automatic operators known as aciuaiors use an
externa! power supply to provide the necessary force
required to operate valves. Automatic actuators use
hydraulic, pneumatic, or electrical power as their
source for operating valves. Hydraulíc and pneumatic
actuators use fluid or air pressure, respectively, to oper-
ate valves needing linear or quarter-tum movements.
Electric actuators have motor drives that operate valves
requiring multiple tum movements.
Automatic actuators are often provided on control
valves that require frequent throttling or those found in
~mote and inaccessible locations within a piping facil-
1ty. Another common application for automatic actua-
tors is on control valves of large-diameter pipe. These
valves are often so large that a worker simply cannot
provide the torque required to operate the valve. Also,
in an effort to protect workers, control valves located
in extremely toxic or hostile environments are outfitted
wi~ automatic actuators. Additionally, in emergency sit-
uatíons, valves that must be immediately shut down are
operated automatically. Figure 5.27 shows a diaphragm-
style valve actuator. Notice it is attached to a double-
port, globe valve body, which makes throttling possible.
 YALVE OPERATORS 93
VALVE SERVICE
VALVE LOCATION PREFERENCES
(HORIZONTAL STEM)

USE CHAIN OPERATOR PERMISSIBLE lf

HEIGHTS SHOWN REFER TO ~ WHEN PERMITTED BY ACCESSIBLE BY
CENTERLINE or HANOWHEEL - ~- PLANT MANAG[MENT.
CHAIN MUST NOT
PORTABLE LADDER
UP TO ,o·-o·
HANC IN WALKWAY.

8'-0"
6"
7'-0"

6'-0"
HEAD HAZARD
6" ZONE
5'-0"

6"~~~~~~~~~~~~L-
4' -0" ------------t---~=-::::::::í'l'.'T

6" -----------+--~=~--
3' -o" ------------1-=:::::¡.. _
_:: ~'":lllJ!' =FDAR=:r=HT CHDICE
2.
6" SMALL VALVES---
ACCEPTABLE
LARGE VALVES
1 '-0" ~-~.........,~-'""""'..........,'""""',__ UN O ESIRAB LE ---

6" ~~~~~ _j_ _ _j_~

NOTES:
1. WHENEVER DESIGN CONDITIONS ALLOW, VALVES ARE BEST INSTALLED WITH THE STEM
ALIGNED VERTICALLY (POINTING STRAIGHT UP). THIS POSITION FACILITATES BETIER IN-FIELD
MAINTENANCE (INSPECTION, REPACKING, LUBRICATION, ETC.)

2. VALVES MAY BE ROTATED TO THE HORIZONTAL POSITION WITHOUT SACRIFICING MAINTENANCE

CONVENIENCE, BUT THEY MUST NOT BE INSTALLED WITH THE STEM POINTING DOWNWARD,
SINCE THIS CAUSES THE BONNET TO ACT AS A TRAP FOR ABRASIVE SEDIMENT.

3. SAFETY REQUIRES THAT VALVES BE POSITIONED ~ PLATFORMS 1 O' -0" OR HIGHER,

RATHER THAN ADJACENT TO THEM.

FIGURE 5.24 Valve location preferences with horizontal stem.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

94 5. VALVES

VALVE LOCATION PREFERENCES

(VERTICAL STEM)
'<30--J ~
w
>

EXTtNSION
HANOLES

6" -------1---+t--+-t--+---+--
2' -0" ------~-+-+--+---+---+-+--

FOR ISOLATINC
VAL.VES ONLY

6" --------+-+++--+-+--+---+-- .L, STILE OR

LOW WM.l<.

o
:
CD
:
o (O o1
o
1
.~1
MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL
""
OISTANCE F"ROM OPERATOR
NOTES:
1. WHENEVER DESIGN CONDITIONS ALLOW, VALVES ARE BEST INSTALLED WITH THE STEM
ALIGNED VERTICALLY (POINTING STRAIGHT UP). THIS POSITION FACILITATES BETTER IN-FIELD
MAINTENANCE (INSPECTION, REPACKING, LUBRICATION, ETC.)

2. VALVES MAY BE ROTATED TO THE HORIZONTAL POSITION WITHOUT SACRIFICING MAINTENANCE

CONVENIENCE, BUT THEY MUST NOT BE INSTALLED WITH THE STEM POINTING DOWNWARD,
SINCE THIS CAUSES THE BONNET TO ACT AS A TRAP FOR ABRASIVE SEDIMENT.

3. SAFETY REQUIRES THAT VALVES BE POSITIONED ABOVE PLATFORMS 1 O' -0" OR HIGHER,
RATHER THAN ADJACENT TO THEM.

FIGURE 5.25 Valve location preferences with vertical stem.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 YALVE OPERATORS 95

FIGURE 5.26 Valve chain operator.

----'-'AlVf'1,.IIQ

FIGURE 5.2 7 Valve actuator. Courtesy of Fisher Controls.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

96
CHAPTER 5 REVIEW QUIZ
1. What is a valve?
2. Name four end preparations for manufactured
valves.
3. What is the pri.mary application for gate valves?
4. What phrase describes a valve's length
measurement?
5. What can be used to approximate the distance a
stem will rise above a handwheel?
6. Globe valves are used for what service situation?
7. When using angle valves, in which direction must
the flow be traveling when it enters the valve?
8. What is the purpose of a check valve?
9. Which valve prevents excessive pressure on gas and
vapor service line?
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
5. VALVES
10. What type of device is used to opera te valves
installed in remote locations of a piping facility?
EXERCISE INFORMATION
Toe valves depicted in Figure 5.28 will be used to
complete the exercises in this chapter and Chapter 10.
Draw the valve symbols using the following guidelines:
• Draw ali valve symbols full size usíng dimensions
from the Welded Fittings-Flanges and Valves
Dimensioning Chart.
• Draw the valve's body, centerline, and handwheel
bonnet with "default" lineweights.
• Create a BLOCK of each symbol. Use a block name
that appropriately describes the valve and its size
and pound rating. (DO NOT include text with the
blocked symbol.)
• Place a base point on either end of the "bouitie­shape"
symbols and in the center of "end­oieu/'symbols
usíng either MIDpoint, or CENter OSNAP options.
• SAVE the file as "VALVE SYMBOLS.dwg."
After the symbols have been created and the draw-
ing saved, begin a NEW drawing and use AutoCAD
Design Center or the INSERT command to place the
required valve symbols in their appropriate locations to
reproduce Exercises 5.1 and 5.4.
Solve for the missing dimensions using the required
dimensioning charts Exercises 5.2 and 5.3.
Exercises 5.5 and 5.6. Use dimensions found on the
appropriate valve dimensions charts to draw the speci-
fied valves.
Exercises 5.7 through 5.13. Sketch the missing views
of the pipe configurations shown.
 EXERCISE INf-ORMATION 97

GATE VALVES:150 RF

14" CATE TOP 12" CATE TOP

,;-- -,
«,~ _ _J
14" CATE FRONT 14" CATE END 12" CATE FRONT 12" CATE END

1 4" 1 2"

10" CATE TOP 8" CATE TOP

.: ,·,'\
((----
\ '-..//
'-··

10" CATE FRONT 10" CATE END 8" CATE FRONT 8" CATE END

1 O" 8"
Fígure 5.28 Valve drawing symbols.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

98 5. VALVES

GATE VALVES:150 RF

11', ,'11 K71J

11 11
",' ',"
11
u
6'" GATE TOP 4"' GATE TOP

6" GATE FRONT 6" GATE END 4" GATE FRONT 4" GATE END

6" 4"

GATE VALVES:300 RF

~
6" GATE TOP ~
4" GATE TOP

6" GATE FRONT 6" GATE END 4" GATE FRONT 4" GATE END

6" 4"
FIGURE 5.28 (Continued)

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 e:,
'1
~
~-:::, o
(JQ

-
~ ~

CD
ORAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN <
1 4" -300# RF GATE VALVE ~
12" -150# RF GATE VALVE fl :;:d
VI
~ e:,
~

i
o
~
:;:d
o
~ o
(J) :i:
>
~ ~;e
"'
o
;e

~
zo
h\
0 ORAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN
5' -300# RF GLOSE VALVE
DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN
14"-150# RF CHECK VALVE
m
X
93
o
¡¡;
¡¡¡

EXERCISE 5-1
 .....
8

Solve for the missing dimensions. Solve for the missing dimensions.

CD 14" 300# GATE VALVE RF

1 /8" GASKETS
14"
14"
150# GATE VALVE RF
150# CHECK VALVE RF
1 /8" GASKETS

Solve for the missing dimensions. Solve for the missing dimensions.
6" 150# GATE VALVE RF 8" 300# GLOBE VALVE RF
4" 300# CONTROL VALVE RF 1/8" GASKETS
1 /8" GASKETS

GATE
VALVE
(TYP)

6"x4"
(TYP)
EXERCISE 5-2
 Solve for the missing dimensions. Solve for the missing dimensions.
8" 150# GATE VALVE RF 1 O" 150# GATE VALVE RF
6" 150# GLOSE VALVE RF 8" 150# GLOSE VALVE RF
6" 300# CONTROL VALVE RF 8" 300# CONTROL VALVE RF
1/8" GASKETS 1/8" GASKETS

© ® 1 '-3" © 1 '-3"

6" 8"

6" 300# RF CD 8" 300# RF .

1:::::::3=::---t- o o
GATE ® 1 GATE ® 1
VALVE
(TYP) E::::=F=----+- e.o VALVE
(TYP) E:::3==----t- e.o
® ®
10"x8"
1----i--_.. __ (TYP. 2)

@ @
A= F=
A= F=
----
---- ----
8= G=
B= G= ----
---- ---- C= H=
C= H= ---- ----
---- ---- D=
D=
----
1=
----
---- 1=
----
E= 1=(6' -0")-(G+H)
E= 1=(6' -0")-(G+H)
---- E=(D)-(F + 1 '-3")
E=(D)-(F+1'-3") EXERCISE 5-3

....o
....
 ....
o
N

14"

:l:!
"O
m
o
~
=l ~
tí 14"
~

so> ~
m
l'[l
C)
z

DRAW ALL VIEWS AS SHOWN

14" 300# RF WN FLG.
DO NOT DIMENSION
14" X 10"
ECC RED
(FOT) EXERCISE 5-4
 CHAPTER 5 DRAWING EXERCISES 103

o 24"
20" ~

N
;::-
<.O
LO

N
~"'-
1'- 4- _ _¡

~ 4 ~8" I' · • 'I . Y

1 8 4"

10"-300# RFWN, GATE

14"-300#RFWN, GATE 12"-300#RFWN, GATE

EXERCISE 5-5

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

104 5. VALVES

8"-1 SO#RFWN, GLOBE

T
16"-600#RFWN, GATE 8"-300#RFWN, GLOBE

EXERCISE 5-6

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 --+-
1
-+--t 1

ca""
+ -~- o

¡
:i:
111 ~ >
o 1 ~;e
s'
21
t
"'
o
;e

~ ~
zo

--6
~ m

r
1 X
o
IB --
1- 93
o
¡¡;

r
C)
z ¡¡¡

t- -t-1
1
1

EXERCISE 5- 7
:l:!
"O
m
o T T
~
=l ~
tí ~

so> ~
m
l'[l
C)
.l l_
z
1

-[
EXERCISE 5-8
 -+-1

-1------1----~-
i i i

-~---
i i
--rl
i
---+-
-+-------,--
1 1 2" 1

+---+- 1

--f-i---¡--- -:--- ~ ---1-1-

-1--

;~8-)-~ ~I
r">:

l2..J

EXERCISE 5-9
....o
"'1
 ....
o
00

! ! 1

-+-----t-----1'-
I I

--L--
1

j_ __
1 1

Q-----'- ¡
' 1 i '
! !
--+-----t-
¡ 2" '

-t-----t--
1

i ! i
--------- _j_
i
----r-
1
1 1 1

1
1 ----

1 1

t
1 1

t E Jq:E J ( ~

EXERCISE 5-1 O
r
--+--

EXERCISE 5-11
 ....
....
o

-~}--))
1

-©)-
1 1
-+- -+-

-,- 1
1

-,- 1
1

+--+--
-t-
:~12" S.R. -+--+
-t-
1
-¡--

-+-'-- 1

EXERCISE 5-12
ca""
111
o
:i:
>
o ~;e
s' 1 1

21 1 1 "'
o
;e

~ ~
zo
~

+- -+-
m

-t--
1 1 X
o 93
IB o
¡¡;
C)
z ¡¡¡

-,- -,-
EXERCISE 5-1 3
........
....
 CHAPTER
6
Mechanical Equipment
TYPES OF EQUIPMENT
Although piping components such as fittings,
flanges, and valves are important and impossible to do
without in a process facility, they play a minor role in
the actual manufacturing of a salable product. Other
components of a pipíng facility actually perform the
tasks for which the facility is being built. Collectively,
they are known as mechanical equipment.
Mechanical equipment can be used to start, stop,
heat, cool, liquefy, purify, distill, refine, vaporize, trans-
fer, store, mix, or separate the commodity flowing
through the piping system. Toe discussion in this chap-
ter will concentrate on the pieces of equipment that are
used in a majority of ali chemical and refining facilities.
Vessels
Horizontal Vessels/Accumulat.ors
Toe horizontal vessel, similar to the one shown in
Figure 6.1, is a cylindrical-shaped storage tank that is
installed in a facility with its long axis parallel to the
FIGURE 6.1 Horizontalvessel. Courtesy of Nisseki Chemical Texas,
lnc., Bayport, Texas.
112
horizon. Also known as an accumulator, it is used pri-
marily as a receiving and collectíng container for líq-
uids and/or gaseous vapors and, therefore, has no
intemal moving parts. Accumulators can be located at
grade level or placed high in an equipment structure.
Support saddles, which are U-shaped supports, are
welded on the underside to secure and stabilize the ves-
sel as it rests on two concrete foundations, which are
located near each end of the vessel. A nozzle on the top
of the vessel allows liquids to enter and fill the vessel.
Another nozzle, coming off the bottom, allows the liq-
uids to be drawn out. Smaller nozzles are positioned
that are used for venting, drainíng, and instrumentation
attachment. As will be discussed in Chapter 7, specíal-
ized monitoring instruments are needed to measure the
leve! and pressure of the commodity within the vessel.
Lastly, a large-diameter nozzle, typically 18" ID, called
a manway ar manhole, provides an entrance into the ves-
sel for a worker who must perform intemal inspection
and/ or maintenance. Figure 6.2 shows the Plan and
Elevation views of a typical horizontal vessel.
Vertical Vessels!Fractionation Columns!Reactors
Toe vertical vessel is a cylindrical vessel whose long
axis is perpendicular to the horizon (see Figure 6.3). It is
one of the most visible pieces of equipment, and sorne
vertical vessels can exceed 200 ft in height. Configured
as a Fraaionation column, these vertical vessels have
intemal plates called trays that aid in the refining and
collection of the various molecular compounds of a
feedstock. Toe process of refining, or breaking a feed-
stock down into its various molecular compounds, is
called fraciional distillation. Distillation elicits only a
physical change in a commodity, not a chemical one.
After further refinement and processing, these com-
pounds will become salable commodities such as fuels,
plastics, and many other essential products. A detailed
explanation of the fractional distillation process will be
presented later in this chapter.
C, 2012 Ehcvic-r lnc. Ali rlghtsrcserved.
 TYPES OF EQUIPM8' T 113

-N-=-
r 1 r 1
,-k 1r t 1r .. , ,1
1 1 , f-

,Jfi~~.
' " ... , \

' . . 1-~,
1
• I
+
-, /
'
~;--
.J. 1

1
1 t
,+1-r,+1,
1
''

'{...-

~· ' 1 1 1

_J_ -¡-

SOUTH ELEVATION EAST ELEVATION

FIGURE 6.2 Plan and Elevation views of a horizontal vessel.

framework structures. Being the primary piece of

equipment in a more volatile process, reactors are more
closely monitored than fractionation columns because
of the higher temperatures and pressures they operate
under. See Figure 6.4 for the Plan and Elevation views
of a vertical vessel.

Ladders, Cages, and Platforms

Many vessels and other pieces of equipment are built
to such heights that they are accessible only by ladders.
Ladders allow workers to access the hígher elevations
of equipment for routine inspection and maintenance.
Ladders are made of steel bar and plate, and are welded
or bolted to the exterior of a vessel.
Cages are designed to endose a ladder and prevent a
worker from falling. Made of steel plate, cages provide the
worker with a sense of security when scaling tall structures.
Plaiforms are like elevated walkways installed
around the outside of a vessel or between pieces of
equipment. Having a minirnum width of 3' -0", they
have a floor made of steel grating or diamond" plate.
II

With 42" tall handrails, workers can safely operate,

FIGURE 6.3 Vertical vessel. Courtesy of Nisseki Chemical Texas, lnc.,
Bayporl, Texas.
Reactors, through the introduction of a reagent or
catalyst, change the chemical composition of a com-
modity. Typically much larger in size than a fraction-
ation column, reactors can be housed in large, steel
inspect, and maintain a vessel. Platforms are spaced so
ladders will not have a vertical run of more than 30' -0",
but are not spaced closer than 8' -O" to provide adequate
headroom clearance. Larger platforms can actually
become large multilevel structures that provide flooring
for equipment needed at higher elevations, as seen in
Figure 6.3. A typical vertical ladder and cage are shown
in Figure 6.5. Platform walkways are also depicted
spanning between storage tanks in Figure 6.5.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

114 6. MECHA,'llCAL EQUIPMENT

270·
-N.::::=-
~ -N.::::=- 135·

PLAN

go·
PLATFORM
NO. 2
270·

135·
-N.::::=-

1------0-

225'

90-

PLATFORM
NO. 1
ELEVATION
FIGURE 6,4 Plan and Elevation views of a vertical vessel with platform orientations.

Pumps nonpulsating rate of flow. With a fast spinning impel-

Pumps, similar to the one shown in Figure 6.6, are
mechanical devices used to move fluids under pres-
sure from one location to another. Pumps accelerate
the speed at which a comrnodity travels within a pipe,
thereby increasing its rate of flow. Pumps used in pip-
íng facilities typically will be one of the following clas-
sifications: centrífugal, reciprocating, or rotary.
Centrifu.gal Pumps
Toe centrifuga! force created by the high-speed
impellers of a centrifuga! pump creates a smooth
ler creating a low-pressure center point, any comrnodity
entering the pump will naturally seek the center of the
impeller only to be spun out at a hígh rate of speed.
Toe efficient operation of the centrifugal pump makes it
the standard of most piping facilities.
Reciprocating pumps
Toe reciprocating pump creates pressure with a
piston or plunger that alternately move back and
forth. With each stroke of the piston, pressure is
increased forcing the comrnodity out of the pump.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 TYPES OF EQUIPM8'T
FIGURE 6.5 Ladder, cage, and platforms. Courtesy of Nisseki
Chemical Texas, lnc., Baypcrt, Texas.
FIGURE 6.6 Pump. Courtesy of Nisseki Chemical Texas, lnc., Baypcrt,
Texas.
Toe recíprocatíng pump is installed in piping systems
where extremely high pressures are required.
RotaryPump
Toe rotary pump is similar to the reciprocating
pump in that it is a positive displacement type. Rotary
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
115
TABLE 6.1 Pump Nozzle Arrangements
Suction Discharge Position
1 SIDE SIDE
2 TOP TOP
3 SIDE TOP
4 END TOP
END
5 END
(IN-UNE)
pumps use mechanical devices such as pistons, gears,
or screws to discharge a commodity at a smooth, con-
tinuous rate of flow. lt performs without creating the
extreme pressure surges often associated with the recip-
rocating pump.
Nozzle Arrangements
To effectively locate a pump withín a píping facility,
one must be especially concemed with the suctíon and
discharge nozzles. Toe suction nozzle is where the com-
modity is drawn into the pump. Toe discharge nozzle is
where the commodity is propelled from the pump. Toe
positioning of the nozzles on the pump is called pump
nozzle arrangemeni. Dependíng on the type, pumps typi-
cally are available in five different nozzle arrangements.
Toe chart in Table 6.1 shows the arrangements of pump
nozzles.
Of primary concern to pumps, especially centrifu-
ga! ones, is NPSH. Net Positive Suciion Head is, in sim-
plified terms, the mínimum amount of pressure (head)
needed by the commodity flowing into the pump that
will keep the pump primed, or pumping. NPSH, math-
ematically, is the sum of the resident pressure on the
commodity in the pipe, at the pump's suction nozzle,
plus the pressure caused by gravity's effect on the com-
modity minus the amount of friction on the commodity
flowing through the pipe. More simply stated, NPSH is
head pressure plus gravity pressure minus friction. To
achieve maximum efficiency, most pumps are installed
with its suction line enteríng the pump from a vertical
orientation to maximize head pressure.
Figure 6.7 depicts the Plan and Elevation views of a
typical pump. Notice only two nozzles are represented
116 6. MECHA,'llCAL EQUIPMENT

-N-=-
SUCTION

PLAN
il
~~
1

suc_r_1o_N_~~- FIGURE 6.8 Electric motor. Courtesy of Nisseki Chemical Texas, lnc.,
Bayport, Texas.

J
11

PAVING
1'

EAST ELEVATION
FIGURE 6. 7 Pump Plan and Elevation views.

in detall. A pipe drafter's primary concern is the loca-

tion, size, and rating of these nozzles. Toe type of
pump driver is secondary, unless it is a steam turbine,
in which case the turbine's steam supply and retum
nozzles must be represented on the piping arrangement
drawing.

Pump Drivers
Ali pumps require a starting device to function.
These devices are known as drivers. Toe driver is con-
nected to the pump vía a rotating shaft and coupling.
Toe shaft tums the impellers, gears, and screws or
moves the pistons to initiate the "pumping" action. An
electric motor is the most commonly used driver. As an
alternative to electricity and as a back-up to the electric
motor, a steam turbine is often employed. Toe steam
turbine can operate duríng power outages or when a
motor is being repaired or replaced. Steam turbines are
also chosen over electric motors for use in areas where
explosive gases may be present. Toe electric current,
which is required to power the motor, is a possible igní-
tion source to flammable gases that may have leaked
and collected near the motor. The turbine, driven by
steam, obviously reduces the possibility of an expío-
sion. Figure 6.8 shows an electric motor driver.
A diesel engine is used duríng times of emergency.
When piping systems have been damaged and shut
FIGURE 6.9 Diesel engine. Courtesy of Nisseki Chemical Texas, lnc.,
Bayport, Texas.
down because of an explosion or a fue, diesel engines
provide power to the pumps that provide water to fue
monitors, hoses, and other firewater systems in a facil-
ity. Turbines can also provide electrical power to other
essential plant services. Limited to outdoor service only,
diesel engines can be used when conditions render
electric motors and steam turbines useless. Figure 6.9
shows a typical diesel engíne driver.
Compressors
Toe compressor is similar to the pump, but it is
designed to move air, gases, or vapors rather than

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

 TYPES OF EQUIPM8'T
TUBE OUTLET
WARM LIQUID
FIGURE 6.1 O Interna! view of a shell and tube exchanger.
liquids. The compressor is used to increase the rate at
which a gaseous commodity flows from one location
to another. Gases, unlike liquids, are elastic and must
be compressed to increase flow rate. Liquids obví-
ously cannot be compressed, unless you are building
a hydraulic application. Like pumps, compressors are
manufactured in centrífugal, reciprocating, and rotary
configurations.
Exchangers
Another common piece of mechanical equipment is
the exchanger. The exchanger's primary function in a
piping facility is to transfer heat from one commodity
to another. Whether the objective is to heat a liquid to
a desired temperature or cool a product for final stor-
age, the exchanger can accomplish both. The most
important feature of the exchanger is that commodities
are mot mixed with another agent to heat it up or cool
it down. A substantial amount of time and money has
been invested to purify the commodity, so mixing any-
thing with it, just to heat it up or cool it down, would
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
117
SHELL OUTLET
WARM PROCESS
be counterproductive. Exchangers simply transfer heat
through contact with a metal surface of a different
temperature. An exchanger most people are familiar
with is the common household water heater whereby
cold water flows around a heated element to warm the
water. A number of exchanger types are available; they
include the shell and tube, double pipe, reboiler, and
air fan.
Shell and Tube Exchanger
The shell and tube exchanger performs its task by
circulating a hot líquíd around tubes that contain a
cooler liquid. The hot liquid circulates in an enclosed
area called the shell. Tubes containing the cooler líq-
uid are looped through the shell. Hot liquid in the
shell warms the cooler liquid in the tubes, whereas
the cooler líquíd in the tubes cools the warm liquid in
the shell. Figure 6.10 provides a look into the shell and
tube exchanger. Contact between the cool and hot liq-
uids will naturally exchange heat from the hotter to the
colder. Figure 6.11 shows the Plan and Elevation views
of a shell and tube exchanger.
118 6. MECHA,'llCAL EQUIPMENT

-N-c:::==-
r ,
1 1

1
J

PLAN

SOUTH ELEVATION EAST ELEVATION

FIGURE 6.11 Shell and tube exchanger Plan and Elevation views.

To prevent the two pipes of the exchanger from com-

ing in contact with one another, thin metal plates called
fins are welded to the outside of the smaller pipe. Figure
6.13 shows an end view of the double-pipe exchanger.
These fins also aid in the transfer of heat from one com-
modity to the other. Figure 6.14 provides the Plan and
Elevation views of the double-pipe exchanger.

Rebofler
Toe reboiler, as the name implies, is a device used
to replenish the heat lost by a process commodity. It is
natural that during the refining process commodities
will lose heat. In many cases lower temperature means
less efficiency and productivity. Therefore, it becomes
necessary to reheat certain commodities after a period
of time. Two types of reboilers are available for use: the
FIGURE 6.12 Double-pipe exchanger. Courtesy of Nisseki Chemical kettle-type and the thermosyphon. A kettle-type reboiler
Texas, lnc., Bayport, Texas. is similar in design and appearance to the shell and tube
exchanger. Toe commodity to be heated is routed, via
pipe, to and from the heater and fractionation column.
Toe thermosyphon reboiler, however, is attached directly
Double-Pipe Exchanger to a fractionating column via its nozzles. Toe inlet and
Also known as the G­Fin or Hairpin. exchanger, double- outlet nozzles of a reboiler are bolted directly to the two
pipe exchangers are manufactured with a single, small- nozzles on the fractionating column. Figure 6.15 repre-
diameter pipe inserted into a larger-diameter pipe. Toe sents an exploded view of a kettle-type reboiler,
two pipes contain commodities of different tempera- Reboilers are used to keep fluids, which are circulat-
tures similar to the shell and tube exchanger. Figure ing through a tower, at their peak operating tempera-
6.12 includes two double-pipe exchangers stacked atop ture. Toe process commodity enters the reboiler from
one another. Toe upper is shown without protective the tower in a liquid state, is heated by either super-
insulation and the lower one with insulation. heated steam or another hot liquid, and is returned

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 TYPES OF EQUIPM8' T 119

in a vaporous state to an area in the tower called the

flash zone. Figure 6.16 depicts the location and use of a
reboiler. As we will see later, the flash zone is crucial to
the distillation process. Figure 6.17 shows the Plan and
Elevation views of a kettle-type reboiler.
AirFan
Air fans are large fan-type coolers placed above or
below a pipe rack that draw air across pipes to cool
them. Air fans opérate on the same principle as an auto-
mobile' s radiator, only on a much larger scale. Air fans
can be as large as 20' -0'' wide and 30' -O'' long. If linked
together, air fans can span up to lOOftor more, running
the entire length of a pipe rack.

Cooling Towers
After circulating through equipment such as
exchangers and condensers, cooling water will have
accumulated substantial heat gain. Without dissipating
the heat gain, cooling water will lose its cooling effec-
tiveness and become less efficient. A cooling tower is a
mechanical device that will lower the temperature of
cooling water. Cooling towers are uniquely designed
to dissipate heat gaín by evaporating large amounts of
aerated water that is circulated through an air-induced
FIGURE 6.13 End view of a double-pipe exchanger.

- N-.:::::=-

PLAN

EAST ELEVATION
FIGURE 6.14 Double-pipe exchanger. Pipe and Elevation views.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

120 6. MEQ !ANICAL EQUIPMENT

VAPOR OUTLET
20S"F

OIL INLET

OIL OUTLET
SSO"F
FIGURE 6.15 lntemal views of a kettle-type reboiler.

HEATER

FRACTIONATION
COLUMN
FIGURE 6.16 Reboiler in use.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 TYPES OF EQUIPM8' T
r,
-($-
1 1
$-$--:,-1:-
1 1
L-'
PLAN
EAST ELEVATION
FIGURE 6.1 7 Plan and Elevation views of a kettle-type reboiler.
FIGURE 6.18 Cooling tower. Courtesy of Nisseki Chemical Texas,
tnc., Bayport, Texas.
tower. Large fans sit atop a honey-combed charnber
and draw through cascading sheets of water. As the
air passes through the falling water, it extracts heat.
Although there is a significant amount of drift (the
amount of water lost during the aerating and evapora-
tion sequence), cooling towers are extremely efficient
and are widely used. Older cooling towers are easily
recognizable because they are constructed of wood and
have horizontal slats resernbling louvers with water
cascadíng down the walls. Figure 6.18 represents a typi-
cal cooling tower.
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
121
Heaters/Boilers
Heaters, or furnaces as they are also known, are used
to raise the ternperature of a feedstock to the point
where it can be used in a process facility. Sorne feeds,
like crude oil, rnust be heated to approximately 700ºF
before it can be piped into a fractionation column where
its refining process begins, Firebrick lines the interior
walls of a heater to retain heat. Open-flame burners,
fueled with oil or gas, are used to generate the extreme
temperatures inside the heater's firebox. Traversing
back and forth in a continuous S or U pattern are the
pipes carrying the comrnodity being heated.
Heaters can be of the vertical or horizontal type.
Vertical heaters are often circular in shape and have
interna! piping traveling in a vertical direction (see
Figure 6.19). Horizontal or box heaters are rectangular
in shape and have pipes routed in the horizontal plane.
Both the S and U pattern heaters have similar character-
istics that indude brick-Iined heating chambers, flaming
burners, and baffled venting stacks (see Figure 6.20).
Boilers employ the same heating principle as a heater.
They are used primarily to generate superheated steam
or stripping steam. Constructed similar to a heater, boíl-
ers can raise the temperature of water or condensate to
1,000 ºF or more.
Storage Tanks
From the name, it is easy to determine what this
piece of equiprnent is used for. Storage tanks are used
in severa! phases of the refining process. They can be
122 6. MECHA,'llCAL EQUIPMENT

used to store crude oil before its use in the facility, as

FIGURE 6.19 Vertical heater. Courtesy of Nisseki Chemical Texas,
lnc., Bayport, Texas.
holding tanks for a partially refined product await-
ing further processing, or to collect a finished product
before its delivery or pickup by a customer.
Usually placed within a common area of a fácil-
ity known as a tank farm, storage tanks come in various
shapes and sizes. Sorne are shaped similar to horizontal
vessels and sorne are spherical, like a hall. Toe majority
of storage tanks, however, are huge, ground-supported
vessels, as muchas 200ft in diameter and up to 60ft tall.
Spherical tanks are used primarily for storing liquefied
petroleum gases like butane, methane, or propane. Toe
expanding nature of gaseous commodities requires that
a spherical shape be used. As gases expand equally in all
directions, it becomes necessary to store them in a vessel
that distributes load stresses equally to its walls. Toe larger
tanks, used for storing liquid product, may have either a
conical, elliptical, geodesic dome, floating, or open roof.
Floating roofs raise and lower to automatically adjust to
the level of the commodity in the tank. Floating roof tanks
use "pontoons" to create a seal agaínst the tank's wall to
help reduce evaporation and prevent the buildup of dan-
gerous gases that often occur with flammable liquids.
As a preventative measure, containment díkes are
erected to contain mejor leaks or spills. Should a storage

EXHAUST STACK ----

CONVECTION TUBES
SUPPORT
STRUCTURE

FIRE BRICK
HEATER BOX

RADIANT TUBES

HEATING CHAMBER

FLAME BURNER

FIGURE 6.20 Box heater.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 MECHAi'llCAL EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS
FIGURE 6.21 Storage tanks. Courtesy of Nisseki Chemical Texas, lnc.,
Baypqrt, Texas.
tank rupture or suffer severe damage, the dike will pre-
vent major contanúnation to surrounding areas. Dikes
can be earthen dams or concrete retaining walls built
around the perimeter of the entire storage facility, or a
single tank, at a height that would hold the contents of a
storage tank, should a spill occur. Figure 6.21 depicts typi-
cal storage tanks and surrounding concrete retaining wall.
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
DESCRIPTIONS
Numerous pieces of mechanical equipment are used
in process facilities. Below is a list and description of
sorne of them:
• Accumulator­a horizontal-axis vessel havíng no
intemal parts used to collect product as it circula tes
through the refining process.
• Air cooler (air fan, fin­fan)­a rectangular device
having small-diameter pipes or tubes winding
back and forth, side-to-side, similar to that of an
automobile radiator. Sometimes mounted above a
pipe rack, it uses large fans to draw air across the
tubes for cooling.
• Chiller­one of the many types of exchangers used
to reduce the temperature of a process commodity.
• Column­see fractionation column.
• Compressor­a mechanical device used to increase the
flow pressure of a gaseous or vaporous commodity.
• Cooling tower­uses a large fan to remove the
latent heat from coolíng water by drawing air across
cascading water.
• Debutanizer­a distillation column that receives the
bottoms residue from a depropanizer whose overhead
product is a mixture of normal and iso-butane. Its
bottoms residue is a C5+ mixture (pentane).
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
123
• Deethanizer­the first in a series of three distillation
columns whereby heavier gaseous molecule
hydrocarbons, or NGL (natural gas liquids) are
fractionated. Toe deethanizer distillation column's
overhead product is ethane gas. Its bottoms residue
is routed to a depropanizer far further processing.
• Deiso­butanizer­a distillation column that
fractionates butane. lso-butane is a refrigerant that is
used to replace ozone layer-depleting gases.
• Demethanizer­a fractionating column in a
cryogenic low-temperature distillation process
whereby lighter gaseous molecule hydrocarbons
(methane) are fractionated from raw natural gas.
• Depropanizer­a distillation column that receives the
bottoms residue from a deethanizer whose overhead
product is propane. Its bottom residue is routed to a
debutanizer.
• Distillation column­see fractionation column.
• Exchanger (shell and tube, g­fin)­Generic name
gíven to a device used to transfer heat from one
commodity to another, though available in a number
of different configurations it is spedfícally designed
to prevent the two commodities from mixing.
• Flare stack­a vertical-axis tower that uses an open
fiare to bum waste or contaminated product.
• Fractionation column­any number of vertical-axis,
separating devices having intemal trays, plates, or
other packing materials that are used to separate,
or fractionate a feedstock into various component
by-products (fractions) by refining it (distilling,
fractionating) at the molecular level.
• Heater-horizontal- or vertical-axis device used to
heat a commodity by circulating it through pipes that
run through an open-flame firebox.
• Knock­out drum-used to collect any liquids present
in the waste stream prior to entering a fiare system,
especially important if substantial cooling of heavy
liquids is necessary.
• Mixer-device used to combine liquid, semi-liquid,
or bulk materials needed in the refining process.
• Pump-mechanical device used to increase the flow
pressure of a liquid commodity.
• Reactor­a vertical-axis vessel that introduces a
reagent or catalyst into a feedstock to induce a chemical
reaction that will yield a uniquely different product.
• Reboiler­used to superheat or vaporize the liquid
feed befare entering a distillation column. Kettle-
type (horizontal) and thermosyphon (vertical)
reboilers use steam or hot oil to vaporize the feed
befare it enters the distillation column.
• Scrubber­used to separate contaminants from gases
during the refining process.
• Separator­any collection-type vessel used to
separate liquids from gases or other liquids duríng
the refining process.
124 6. MEQ !ANICALEQUIPMENT

• Storage tank-containment vessel used to store gases
or liquids before, duríng, or after the refining process.
EQUIPMENT IN USE
Now that we have discussed the major pieces of
equipment, let us look at how they are integrated and
function in a typical piping facility. The description
to follow will be an abbreviated sequence of steps
necessary to transform raw crude oil into its various by-
prod.uct components.
Crude oil and its derivatives are the most comrnon
supply prod.ucts used in petrochemical facilities. Known
as Jeed, crude oil is made up of molecules formed by
thousands of different hydrogen and carbon atom com-
binations. Because the molecules are different, each
crude oil molecule will boíl at a different temperature.
But because they are comparatively similar in molecu-
lar structure, groups of molecules often boíl within a
narrow range of each other. These groups are called

AVIATION
GASOLINE LIGHT
NAPHTHA
(AV GAS)

MOTOR HEAVY
GASOLINE NAPHTHA

MILITARY &
COMMERCIAL
JET FUEL

LIGHT
DIESEL FUEL
GAS OIL

FUEL Oll
LUBE Oll
HEAVY
GAS OIL

FLASH
ZONE zoo'r
Jl
HEATER/FURNACE

,,,;:=== ...===:a:
STRIPPING STEAM

780.F

ASPHALT 780.F
COKE BOTTOMS
TAR RESIOUE

CRUDE DISTILLATION FLOW CHART

FIGURE 6.22 Crude feed by-products.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 EQUIPMENT TERMINOLOOY
fractions. The process that will separate these fractions
into their various groups, so they may be collected for
further processíng, is called fractionai distillation. Figure
6.22 depicts the by-products refined from crude oil feed.
A closer look at the fractional distillation schematic
will allow us to examine how each piece of equipment
has a unique and distinct role in the refining process.
From the storage facility, crude oil feed is pumped
through preheat exchangers. These exchangers are
the first stage of the heating process. From the preheat
exchangers, the crude is sent to a heater or furnace.
Once inside the heater, the feed is circulated through
a series of pipes and is heated to a temperature of
approximately 700 ºF. The boiling feed is then piped
to the fractíonatíng column. This area of the column is
known as the flash zone. The flash zone is the position
in the fractionating column where the incoming feed,
when infused with stripping steam, separates into
vapor and liquid states. Siripping steam is superheated,
dry steam that enhances the molecular breakdown of
the crude feed.
Inside the column, the heated crude oil molecules
will begín to group together accordíng to their weights.
The natural tendency of lighter-weight molecules to rise
causes the light fractions, those with a low-temperature
boiling point, to vaporize and rise to the top of the
column. Heavy fractions, the heavier molecules with
a high-temperature boiling point, remain in a liquid
state and settle to the bottom of the column. Horizontal
trays, spaced 18-24" apart inside the column, act as
a filter that will separate and collect the rising vapors
and falling liquids into various fractions. As vapors
rise through the column, they begín to cool. At one spe-
cific and unique height in the column, when the vapors
cool to a precise temperature, the fractions condense.
Toe condensing fractions, now liquid, collect on a tray
that has been placed in the column at that exact height
based on temperatures cakulated by a process engineer,
Trapping the liquid is a short, vertical plate, known as
a weir, which acts as a dam to contain the líquid on the
tray. The weir is of such a height that liquid by-product
will collect and be drawn off by pipe attached to a noz-
zle. Toe liquid fraction, now a by-product of the feed,
is routed to other areas of the facility for additional
refinement and processing. If an excess amount of liq-
uid collects on the tray, it will overflow the weir and fall
down through an area known as a downcomer to a lower
section of the column. There it is once again heated to
the point of vaporization. The vapors will begín to rise
and start the process over agaín, Depending on precise
fractionation requirements, trays can have a number of
configurations. Figure 6.23 shows a "single-pass" and
"double-pass" tray configuration.
Figure 6.24 shows an expanded schematic flowchart
of a fractionating column and the by-products extracted
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
125
for its crude oil feed. As you look at this example, keep
in mind that the extraction and refinement of these
by-products would require multiple stages of further
processing, taking place in numerous additional frac-
tionation columns. In the typical fractional distillation
process, heavy by-producís such as asphalt and tar
come off the bottom of the column as residue. As the
vapors rise and temperatures begin to decrease, the
molecules of heavy oil products, which include fuel
and lubricatíng oils, condense, collect on a tray, and are
extracted. At hígher elevations in the column, light oil
products such as diese! fuel and kerosene are removed.
Above the kerosene, heavy naphtha, used in makíng
motor gasoline, and light naphtha, used to make avia-
tion gasoline, are collected for further processíng. Toe
light naphtha is a prime example of how further pro-
cessing can yield additional products.
When the light naphtha vapors are removed from
the top of the column, they are sent through exchangers
to be condensed. As the liquid naphtha is condensed,
it is piped to an accumulator for collection. In the accu-
mulator, the liquid naphtha settles to the bottom and
is pumped away for additional processing to later
become aviation gasoline (av gas). The naphtha vapors
left in the accumulator rise to the top and are removed
by a compressor to be further processed into liquefied
petroleum gases (LPG) such as butane, methane, and
propane of burned in a fiare stack as waste gases.
EQUIPMENT TERMINOLOGY
Toe following list identifies items generally associ-
ated with mechanical equipment and vessels:
• Base plate­A flat, metal ring welded to the bottom
of a vessel's supporting skirt that rests on a concrete
foundation. Holes around the perimeter of the metal
ring make it possible to position it over anchor bolts
and secure it to the foundation.
• Downcomers-Verticalopenings adjacent to a tray
that allow liquids flowing over a weir plate to fall to
the tray below and begin the fractionation process
agaín,
• Head­The end enclosures of a vessel. They can be
either semi-elliptical, spherical, or dished.
• Insulaiion rings-Continuous circular rings welded to
the exterior of a vertical vessel that support a vessel's
insulation. They are typically spaced on 12'-0" centers.
• Lifting lugs-Donut-shaped rings welded to the
vessel's shell or head that allow the vessel to be
raised and positioned during installation.
• Manholes­Similar to large nozzles that allow
workers entry points into a vessel. They generally are
126 6. MECHA,'llCAL EQUIPMENT

SINGLE PASS DOUBLE PASS

P~N P~N

WEIR PLATE

DOWNCOMERS

\ '\ I f I

l) ', '
1 / \ ' ''
~,..\ t1 i
~t I: r I
;, a,
1, A ,'11
,a, , 1
,a ,

ELEVATION ELEVATION
FIGURE 6.23 Single-pass and double-pass tray configurations.

18" ID and are accessible by ladders and platforms.
When not in use, the manhole is sealed with a blind
flange.
• Milnholehinge­A hinge that creates a pivot point
allowing the blind flange attached to the manhole to
be easily removed for worker entrance.
• Nozzle­A flange-faced tie-in connection that allows
a piping configuration to be bolted to a vessel,
pump, exchanger, or other piece of mechanical
equipment. Nozzles are provided in locations where
a commodity is either introduced or removed from a
vessel or piece of equipment.
• Nozzle orientation­The angular arrangement of
nozzles around the perimeter of a vessel' s shell.
• Nozzle projection­Used to establish the distance from
the vessel's centerline to the nozzle's face of flange.
• Reinforcing pad­A plate contoured to the shape of
a vessel shell. It is positioned around nozzles and
provides additional strength in the areas where metal
was removed from the shell.
• Saddles­U­shaped supports welded on horizontal
vessels and exchangers. Saddles are bolted to
concrete foundations and create a cradle-like support
in which the vessel can rest.
• Sea/ pan­A tray installed below the bottom tray in a
vessel to prevent liquids from bypassing the trays.
• Shell­The cylindrical walls of a vessel.
• Skirt­A cylinder-shaped support for a vertical
vessel. One end is welded to the base plate allowing
it to rest on the foundation and the other end is
welded to the bottom head of a vertical vessel.
• Skirt access opening­An 18" ID hole 2'-6" above
the foundation that allows workers' entrance for
inspection and maintenance.
• Skirtfireproofing­Generally brick or gunite,
fireproofing is applied around the interior and
exterior walls of a vessel skirt. It is necessary to
prevent damage to vessel skirt in case a fue occurs.
• Skirt vents-Equally spaced holes approximately
3-4" in diameter bored near the top of the vessel
skirt that allow toxic and explosive gases to escape.
• Trays­Flat metal plates spaced approximately
18-24" apart inside a vertical vessel. They can
be bolted or welded to the vessel shell. Trays are

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 EQUIPMENT TERMINOLOOY 127

CRUDE OIL
FROM STORAGE

PRE-HEAT
EXCHANGERS

255'F
STEAM

700'F
J1
HEATER/FURNACE

BOTTOMS RESIDUE

CRUDE DISTILLATION FLOW CHART

FIGURE 6.24 Flowchart of fractional distillation process.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

128 6. MECHA,'llCAL EQUIPMENT

perforated to allow rising vapors and.falling liqu~ds
to pass through with the aid of a valvíng mecharusm
called a cap.
• Weir­A dam-like plate welded on a tray that allows
a fractionated by-product to collect and be extracted
by a nozzle.
foundations, locate supports, and calculate interfer-
ences without having the actual piece of equipment
available to measure.
DRAWING EQUIPMENT

Vendor data drawings are valuable sources of infor-

mation when the need to represent equipment on a pip-
VENDOR DATA DRAWINGS
ing drawing arises. Although piping drawings do not
require the duplication of all the information shown on
With a myriad of piping facilities in operation, one
equipment data drawings, they do require_representa-
should not expect specialized piping equipment to be
tion of overall equipment lengths and heights, along
an item found on a store shelf, waiting to be purchased,
with nozzle sizes, locations, projections, orientations,
like repair parts for an automobile. Each piece of e~uip-
and pound ratings. The drawings shown in the Figures
ment has certain criteria that must be met before ít can
6.25 and 6.26 are typical representations of vendor data
become part of a process unit, boiler room, or produc-
drawings for a shell and tube exchanger and horizontal
tion facility. Although duplicate pieces of equipment are
vessel, respectively.
found within the same facility, every piping facility has
Piping arrangement drawings can be tedious and
equipment installations unique unto itself. Thei:efore,
time-consuming to create. Toe step-by-step procedures
equipment must be specifically designed and fabncated
shown in Figure 6.27 can be used as a guide to develop
for each situation.
the various elements of a horizontal vessel. Toe mea-
Once specilic performance requirements for equip-
surements used to represent vessel 01-V-102 on a plan,
ment have been established by engíneeríng, process,
elevation, or section view are taken from the vendor
and other design groups, purchase orders are placed
data drawing shown in Figure 6.26. This accumulator
with companies called vendors who specialize in m~u-
is capped on each end with a 2:1 semi-elliptical head.
facturing the specialized equipment. Although equip-
Drawing the vessel's shell is not difficult, but deve~op-
ment such as pumps and compressors are considered
ment of the 2:1 semi-elliptical head can be challengmg.
to be somewhat "standard" and are readily available,
Use the step-by-step procedure shown in Figure 6.28 to
other pieces of equipment such as vessels, he~~ers, an? create a 2:1 semi-elliptical head on each end of 01-V-102.
exchangers must be custom-made for a specific ap~b-
cation. Vendors provide engineering and construction
companies data drawings that show exact measure- Drawing the Horizontal Vessel
ments, locations, pound ratings, and overall sizes of the
newly manufactured item. Engineering companies ~en See Figure 6.27.
use the information found on these vendor data drawmgs
as a reference so pipe connecting to the piece of equip-
ment can be designed, drawn, fabricated, and installed
Drawing the 2: 1 Semi-elliptical Head
with precision. Vendor data drawings also provide See Figure 6.28
designers the necessary information required to build

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 NOZZLE SCHEDULE
MK SERVICE NO. SIZE RATING FACE PROJ.
NOZZLE "A"&"B" NOZZLE "e" NOZZLE "D"

lH_L
11"
7/8tn 1 5/8"-iÍI
15" A
8
e
C.W.INLET
C.W.OUTLET
6"
6"
150#
150#
RF
RF
1 '-8"
1'-8"

Jcga"(TYP.) T~-1 T~ VAPOR IN 10" 300# RF 1 '-8"

1" -!4---, µ2:jL3· w o LIQUID OUT 8"
1 ..
300# RF 1 '-8"
(TYP.) V TW/VENT 8 6000# CPLG W/PLUG

NOZZLE DETAILS

-N-=- 31/2"t
1 1/2" 2"

r~~
1 1
50.8
1 1
l J

~_J_
PLAN
SEE DETAil
24'-0"
DETAil "A"
1'-4" 18'-10·

1'-8"
ci
-+-+-11+11----+--+-- - -- p ---
•N 1·-a·

1s·-o·

EAST ELEVATION NORTH ELEVATION

DEPROPANIZER OVERHEAD CONDENSER 01-E-102

FIGURE 6.25 Shell and tube exchanger vendor data drawing.
 ....
l.,J
NOZZLE SCHEDULE o
NOZZLE "Nl" NOZZLE "N2" MK SERVICE NO. SIZE RATING FACE PROJ.

M
15" 17.5"
Nl LIQUIO IN 8" 300/1 RF 2'-8"
7/8"
5/8"-iM~
r'H 8" l=~-f8. N2
N3
LIQUIO
ORAIN
OUT 10"
2"
300#
300#
RF
RF
2'-8"
2'-6"

Ld 3"(TYP.)
~-i N4
NS
VAPOR
RELIEF
OUT 4•
4•
300#
300"
RF
RF
2'-8"
2'-8"
N6 LEVEL GAGE 2" 300" RF 2'-6"
NOZZLE "N4"&"N5" NOZZLE "N3",''N6"&"N7"

,·
N7 LEVEL GAGE 2" 300# RF 2'-4"

125·1;~.-
10" 6.5" Cl VENT 6000# CPLG W/PLUG

4"_¡_¡_
,¡a·J;j}· M1 MANWAY

r ,
18" 300" RF 2'-10"

- f\l---,;::::=-
,!-
1 1
NOZZLE DETAILS
·+: ----+',+,,
1
1
1
1
I ,,

'f
'l'. ,
1 1

PLAN

SOUTH ELEVATION

DEPROPANIZER REFLUX ACCUMULATOR O 1-V-102

FIGURE 6.26 Horizontal vessel vendor data drawing.
 DRAWING EQUIPMEJ--T 131

Dimensions needed

~¡
to draw shell of A
01­V­102: 15'-0"
i::
Tangent to Tangent o
1
Dim.:= 15'-0" ~
01-V-102 ID:
(lnside Oiometer)= 4' -0" 8

STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3

Dimensions needed to
loca te nozzle N of
2
01­V­102:
T ongent line to t N2 = 1 '-0"
1 ' •
Nozzle size (NPS) = 1 O"
Nozzle pound roting=
Nozzle projection
300#
= 2'-8" ~!
STEP 4 STEP 5 STEP 6
FIGURE 6.2 7 Step-by-step procedures for drawing 01-V-102.
• Step l. Determine the vessel's diameter and length as provided by the vendor drawing. Using the measurements from Figure 6.26, the ves-
sel's ID (lnside Diameter) is 4' ..()" and its length from Tangent line to Tangent line is 15' -O".
• Step 2. Draw a horizontal centerline equal to the vessel's length.
• Step 3. Create two lines parallel to the centerline measuring one-half of the vessel's ID (2'-0") above (A) and below (B) the centerline. Toe
total height should be equal to the vessel's ID (4' -O"). Connect the endpoints of the two new horizontal lines with phantom lines to establish
the ends of the vessel' s shell (C).
• Step 4. Using measurements provided on the 01-V-102 vender drawing, determine the following values for nozzle N2: the distance the
nozzle's centerline measures from the Tangent line (1 '..()"), nozzle size (10"), nozzle pound rating (300#), and nozzle projection length (2'-8").
• Step S. From the left Tangent line, OFFSET a parallel line l'-0" to the right to establish the centerline of nozzle N2. From the centerline of the
vessel, OFFSET a parallel line 2'-8" below, to establish the face of the nozzle. Using dimensions found on the 300# Welded Fittings-Flanges
Dirnensioning Chart in Appendix A, draw the nozzle using the flange's OD (17'1h") and face thickness (lW').
• Step 6. Use the step-by-step procedures shown in Figure 6.28 to develop the 2:1 semi-elliptical heads.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

132 6. MECHA,'llCAL EQUIPMENT

"ICSSEL OIAMETER •1

1.
-1- ~_jl_
TANGENT UNE 7

STEP 1 STEP 2

*----t-
POINT 1 1 POINT 2

CIRCLE 2
CPt\ /CP2
-¡-

STEP 3 STEP 4

ERASE
TANGENT UNE

/ \
ADD WELD UNE
I \,,-- CIRCLE J

1
\ I
\ I
-,
<,
-
STEP 5
- _.,,.
/
/
STEP 6

FIGURE 6.28 Step-by-step procedures for drawing a 2:1 semi-elliptical head.

• Step l. Develop the vessel's shell using the step-by-step procedures shown in Figure 6.27.
• Step 2. OFFSET a line above and parallel to the Tangent line that is a distance equal to the IDD (lnside Depth of Dish) dimension. Use the
following formula to establish the IDD dimension. IDO = vessel diameter X 0.25
• Step 3. Draw 30° lines from Points 1 and 2 that will intersect on the vessel's centerline and establish Point 3.
• Step 4. Construct Circle 1 by drawing a CIRCLE having its centerpoint at the intersection of the 30° line and the Tangent line (CP1 in step 3).
The radius of Circle 1 is measured from CPl, then horizontally to the left end of the vessel. Circle 2 is constructed in a similar manner on the
opposite side of the vessel using CP2 as its centerpoint.
• Step 5. Circle 3 is a TANgent, TANgent, TANgent circle type. The three tangen! selection points are identified by the three "dots" shown in
the Step 5 figure. The resulting circle is shown as dashed lines.
• Step 6. Use OFFSET to construct a weld line that measures 2-3" below and parallel to the Tangent line. TRIM the ares as necessary. ERASE
the Tangent line.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 CHAPTER 6 DRAWING EXERCISES 133

CHAPTER 6 REVIEW QUIZ 10. How does a cooling tower perform its function?

1. Define mechanical equipment.

11. What items are typically found on a tank farm?

2. What is an accumulator? 12. Name sorne of the common by-products derived

from crude oil feedstock?

3. Explain fractional distillation.

13. What interna! device is used as a separator
and collector of molecules in a fractionation
4. What is a by­product ?
11 11
column?

S. What does a pump do? 14. Which directions do light and heavy molecules
travel within a fractionation column?

6. What are the five pump nozzle configurations?

15. Where is the dimensional data used to draw
mechanical equipment found?

7. Name three types of pump drivers.

CHAPTER 6 DRAWING EXERCISES
Exercises: Drawing Equipment
8. What does a compressor do? Exercise 6.1. Draw the plan and elevation views of
the shell and tube exchanger as shown in Figure 6.25 to
full scale and place in an A size border to % = l '-0"
II
11 11

scale.
9. Describe the function of an exchanger. Exercise 6.2. Draw the plan and elevation views of
the horizontal vessel as shown in Figure 6.26 full scale
and place in an A size border to %'' = l '--0" scale.
II
11

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

 CHAPTER
7
Flow Diagrams and lnstrumentation
Flow diagrams describe, in a schematic drawing for-
mat, the sequential flow of liquids, gases, and vapors
as they enter, flow through, and exit the process facil-
ity. By using simplified drawing symbols, to represent
various pieces of mechanical equipment, valvíng, and
instrumentation, and specific notes, callouts, and abbre-
viations, the flow diagram provides the pípíng designer
with an overall view of the operation of a facility.
Toe flow diagrams presented in this chapter are rep-
resentative of the types used by many engineering and
design companies. While actual symbols may vary
slightly from company to company, the general appear-
ance of flow diagrams is the same throughout the pip-
íng industry.
Anyone new to flow diagrams must become famil-
iar with the piping, equipment, and instrumentation
symbols, as well as the abbreviations used on flow día-
grams, in order to be able to interpret them.
One of the most difficult concepts for students to
comprehend is the absence of scale in the preparation of
flow diagrams. Toe flow diagram should be laid out in
a very simplistic and logícal order and be "read" from
left to right. It guides the drafter and designer in the
same manner a road map guides a traveler.
USES OF FLOW DIAGRAMS
Toe flow diagram is used by the pípíng group to
develop and lay out the Plot Plan. When developing
the Plot Plan, the arrangement of the mechanical equip-
ment in the facility reflects, in part, the logical sequence
of flow depicted on the flow diagram. However, many
other factors such as code requirements, client stan-
dards and preferences, worker safety, and cost influence
the positioníng of equipment.
Once the Plot Plan is finalized, the piping designer
routes the pipe between the various pieces of mechani-
cal equipment as indicated by the flow diagram usíng
134
project specifications, standards, and accepted design
practices. Toe flow diagram is usually "yellowed out" as
each line is completed and incorporated into the design.
TYPE OF FLOW DIAGRAMS
Process engineers are responsible for developing flow
diagrams. In many large engineering firms, an entire
department is dedicated to the development of flow día-
grams. Today almost all flow diagrams are laid out with
CAD drafting software or a 30 plant modeling software
program that has a flow diagram package included.
Although there are various types of flow diagrams used
during the design phase, we will concentrate on just
three: the Process, Mechanical, and Utility flow diagrams.
Process Flow Diagram
Toe Process flow diagram is the first flow diagram
developed during the design process. Toe Process flow
diagram will include the following:
1. Major mechanical equipment
2. Main pípíng
3. Direction of commodíty flow
4. Operating pressures and temperatures of the facility
components
S. Major controlling instrumentation
Toe Process flow diagram will denote the following:
• Conditions to be used for the design of various
pieces of mechanical equipment required for facility
operation, that is, fractionation columns, pumps,
heaters, etc.
• Toe operating and design conditions (pressures
and temperatures) of which a particular piece
of mechanical equipment will function. Design
conditions establish the lirnits that certain
C, 2012 Ehcvic-r lnc. Ali rlghts rcserved.
 FLOW DIAGRA}"1 INSTRUMENTS 135

components such as gaskets and valve seats used Sorne of the common plant utilities are the following:
in the facility can withstand. Design pressure is
calculated to be at least 10% above the maximum • Steam • Condensate
operating pressure or 25# greater (whichever is • Fue! oil • u tility air
largest). Toe design temperature will be at least • Instrument air • Cooling water
the maximum operating temperature, but should • Draínage systems • Fiare system
be at least 25 degrees above the normal operating
temperature. Once flow diagrams have been finalized, they will be
• Composition of the commodities used in the refining stamped for "release" by a registered professional engí-
or treatment process sequence as they enter and neer, approving them for construction by the engíneeríng
leave the unit. group. Toe flow diagram is a dynamíc document. They
Figure 7.1 is the Process flow diagram of Unit-Ol. may be revised and updated during the project's desígn
phase to reflect the client changes or modifications
imposed by governmental regulations. Continua! review
Mechanical Flow Diagram of relevant flow diagrams must occur on a regular basis.
From the Process flow diagram, the mechanical Figure 7.3 is the Utilíty flow diagram of Unit-Ol.
group develops the Mechanical flow diagram. Toe
Mechanical jlow diagram provides much more detailed
data than the process flow diagram. Many companies FLOW DIAGRAM INSTRUMENTS
refer to the Mechanical flow diagram as the "P&ID"
(Process and lnstrument Diagram). Often referred to To ensure the safe and efficíent operation of a facil-
as the "bible" of the design process, this drawing pro- ity controlling instrumentation is an absolute necessity.
vides the pipe drafter with specific desígn criteria. Controlling instruments function by sensing condi-
Mechanical flow diagrams include the following: tional changes in the commodities they monitor, either
in pipes or mechanical equipment. These conditional
1. Pipe line numbers with direction of commodity flow changes comprise the four basic instrument groups;
2. Pipe specifications and line sizes they are the following:
3. All mechanical equipment
4. All operating and isolating valves Flow (F)
5. All controlling instrumentation with transmitting Level (L)
devices
Pressure (P)
Mechanical flow diagrams define the exact sequence Temperature (T)
in which all mechanical equipment, valves, instrumen-
tation, connections, etc. are to be made on each pro-
cess pipe routed through the facility. Figure 7.2 is the Within these four instrument groups are uniquely
desígned instruments that carry out the sensing, con-
Mechanical flow diagram of Unit-01.
trolling, and monitoring of the commodíty, These
instruments can be one or a combination of the follow-
The Utility Flow Diagram ing five specific types:
Toe Utility jlow diagram includes all pipes, valves,
Controller (C)
and instrumentation of the facility utilities. Utilities are
services that are essential to the proper function of the Indicator (I)
facility. Although the facility is not being constructed Gauge (G)
to make condensate, condensate will be present in the
Alarm (A)
facility and must be dealt with. Similarly, the facilíty is
not being designed to gather and sell rainwater but the Recorder (R)
collection, treatment, and disposing of rainwater must
be incorporated into the facility's design. Sorne utilities By learníng the combination of these nine instru-
found in a petrochemical facility correspond to those ment groups and types, students will be able to ínter-
found in a typícal house, such as water, gas, heating oil, pret most of the instrumentation symbols present on a
and sewer drains. Others are specific to industrial applí- Mechanical flow diagram.
cations, such as compressed aír for pneumatic tools and Figure 7.4 illustrates a combination of the instrument
steam for high-pressure cleaning. group and type to develop symbols and abbreviations

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

 01-E-101 01-V-101 01-E-102 01-V-102
REBOILER DEPROPANIZER OVERHEAD REFLUX
CONDENSER ACCUMULATOR

125"f

36

COOLING WATER
01-E-102 SEE UTIUlY
01-V-101 FLOW DIAGRAM

:-'
;¡¡
FEED
20 ~
255 PSIG
21o·r
FlARE
º>o
s:
~
~o
~..-J
245"f
~
~z
;;!
;.,

01-P-101A & 1018

PRODUCT ANO
REFLUX PUMPS
FIGURE 7.1 Process flow diagramof Unit-01.
 01-E-JOJ OJ-y-101 OJ-E-J02 01-y-102
FRACTlONATOA FRACTIOHATOA <MRHEAD REFI.UX
REBOUR 4'-0" OO. X 52'-0" T/T COHDENSER ACCUMUlATOA
4'-0" OO. X 15'-0'l/T

01-1$-A.15-6.
COOUNG WATER
Ol-14-A15-S• SEE UTIUTY
FI.OW ow.RAM

1W
3

.. !
s
1

01-11-A.15-6•-tH

HOT Oll
SE[ V11UTY
FI.OW D<AGRAM

01-10-A.15-G•-tH

..
y ORAIN

QJ-P-JOJA & 6
PROOUCT a< REFWX
PUMPS

FIGURE 7 .2 Mechanical flow diagram of Unit-01.

138 7. FLOW DIAGRAMS ANO l?-:STRUMENTATION

COCUNC ftAI(*
ro" rlfOW TO
. . ...
rUM
01-(-1Q2 J'll:()M 01-\'-102

6" 6"

6" ••

L ..
~<J
'""""
l'VJlt """""
HCAT W:OIUMI MTURN
HU.t YlOIUM $1.#Pl1'
'#TR..
-
...
COOl,H; A(1UAH

..
COOlNC WTR. ~.,
IICSTRI.JMO«TlílA

.
,....-.><J
r-M
..
PV,NI Mlit

F
S(IMC( Ml!Jt

• V.STUM

FIGURE 7 .3 Utility flow diagram of Unit-01.

that represent an instrument's function on a flow día-
gram. Toe first letter in the symbol typically indicates
the instrument group, while the second and/or third
letters indicate(s) the instrument type.
To respond to a change in, or to control the flow, level,
pressure, or temperature of a commodity, an instru-
ment must first sense a change in a particular variable.
Once a change has been detected, the instrument then
transmits this information, via mechanical, electronic,
or pneumatic means, to a control panel where it can be
observed, recorded, and responded to. At the same time,
the instrument may actívate other devices that will affect
and change process conditions elsewhere in the facil-
ity. Sorne instruments are read in the plant at the instru-
ment's actual location; others are displayed on a control
panel located in the operator 's control room.
lnstrument Types
or pressure inside a vessel is too high or too low or that
there is no flow or reverse flow.
Indicators-devices used to indicate the liquid level,
temperature, pressure, or flow rate inside a piping
system.
Recorders-electronic devices used to record the
liquid level, temperature, pressure, and flow rate inside
a vessel or piping system throughout a certain shift or
period of time.
Although they are often installed independently,
multitype instruments are engineered to perform vari-
ous functions simultaneously. If there are the need to
record and control the level of a commodity in a ves-
sel, one would install a level recording controller (LRC).
Toe LRC would not only record the level of the com-
modity in the vessel but also send a sígnal to a control
valve that opens or doses to adjust the commodity level
inside the vessel.

Gauges-instruments that measure the liquid level

inside a vessel or the temperature and/or pressure
in the piping system. Level, temperature, or pressure
gauges can be locally mounted to enable plant opera-
tors to obtain a visual reading.
Controllers-devices used to maintain a specified
liquid level, temperature, pressure, or flow inside a ves-
sel or piping system. Controllers can actívate a control
valve, which regulates the level, temperature, pressure,
or flow of the commodity coming into or out of a vessel.
Alarms-instruments that send a sígnal via lights,
horns, or sirens indicate the liquid level, temperature,
FLOW DIAGRAM DRAWING SYMBOLS
Figure 7.Sa-e provides sorne examples of the many
mechanical equipment symbols that can be found
on flow diagrams. Figure 7.6 shows sorne of the com-
mon valve symbols used on flow diagrams along with
various pipe and instrument line symbols. Note all
valves, irrespective of their pipe size or pound rating,
are drawn the same size. Remember, flow diagrams are
schematic drawings where drawing to the exact dimen-
sional size is not necessary. Generally, nozzles and

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 139

o
FLOWPl.N\ ARRANGEMENT

LOCALL Y MOUNTED INSTRUMENT 8 PANEL/BOARD MOUNTED INSTRUMENT

FLOW INSTRUMENTS PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS

@ FLOW ALARM @ PRESSURE ALARM

® FLOW ELEMENT @ PRESSURE CONTROLLER

® FLOW INOICATOR ® PRESSURE INOICATOR

@ FLOW RECOROER @ PRESSURE RECORDER

® FLOW RECOROING CONTROLLER 8 PRESSURE INOICATING CONTROLLER

® FLOW TRANSMITIER 8 PRESSURE RECOROING CONTROLLER

LEVEL INSTRUMENTS 8 PRESSURE SAFETY VALVE

@ LEVEL ALARM
@
8
RELIEF VALVE

LEVEL ALARM HIGH

TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
8 LEVEL ALARM LOW @ TEMPERATURE ALARM

@ LEVEL CONTROLLER 0 TEMPERATURE INDICATOR

@ LEVEL GAUGE/GLASS ® TEMPERATURE RECORDER

0 LEVEL INOICATOR 8 TEMPERATURE RECORDING CONTROLLER

@ LEVEL INOICATING CONTROLLER @ TEMPERATURE/THERMO WELL

@ LEVEL RECOROING CONTROLLER ® rn TRANSMITTER (OR) 0

FIGURE 7.4 Flow diagram instrument symbols.

reducers are not shown on the Mechanical flow día-
gram. Toe flow diagram in Figure 7.2 shows reducers
in order to aid in the visualization and understanding
of the flow diagram and its relationship to the piping
arrangement drawing. Symbols used on flow diagrams
are symbolic representations of actual pieces of equip-
ment. lypically, these symbols have a rudimentary
resemblance to the actual piece of mechanical equip-
ment installed in the field.
FLOW PLAN ARRANGEMENT
Toe flow plan, or sequence of flow, should be
arranged in a logical order of commodity flow. Even
with a brief examination of the flow diagram, the pri-
mary flow of commodity through the facility should
be obvious. Use the following checklist as an aid when
developing a flow diagram.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

140 7. FLOW DIAGRAMS ANO l?-:STRUMENTATION

(a)

(.. .____I _ _____.,I)

HORIZONTAL YESSEL
(ACCUMULATOR)

HORIZONTAL VESSEL
(SEPARATOR}

'
... ,. ,

VERTICAL VESSEL FLARE STACK

(FRACTIONATION COLUMN)
FIGURE 7 .5a-e Flow diagram mechanical equipment symbols.

• Avoid crossing lines where possible.
• Space mechanical equipment to avoid overcrowding.
• Add notes to symbols where necessary for clarity.
• Use arrows to show commodíty flow direction.
• Show equipment numbers when it is necessary to
identify mechanical equipment.
• Show control systems on the sketch. Toe control
scheme is frequently the most important part of a
flow plan sketch.
• Show important valves, orifice flanges, and control
valves.
• Show commodity flow directions through
exchangers with arrows.
• Do not run lines diagonally across the drawing.
• Label feed lines entering the unit from the field
where the line enters the unit. Label product lines
leaving the unit by name.
• Do not draw lines any closer together than necessary.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 FLOWPl.N\ ARRANGEMENT 141

(b)

x~
G-----

SHELL AND TUBE

EXCHANGER
SHELL AND TUBE
EXCHANGERS (IN SERIES) G-FIN EXCHANGER
n
G-FIN EXCHANGERS
(IN SERIES)

t5
G ..

AIR COOLER
(FIN-FAN) COOUNG TQWER
FIGURE 7.5 (Continued)

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

142 7. FLOW DIAGRAMS ANO JNSTRUMENTATJON

(e)

HEATING MEDIUM VAPOR OUTLET

SUPPLY

UQUID INLET

HEATING MEOIUM BOTIOMS OUT

RETURN

KETTLE- TYPE RESOi LER

HORIZONTAL (BOX) HEATER

VAPOR OUTLET

HEATING MEDIUM
SUPPLY

HEATING MEOIUM
RETURN

LIQUID INLET

VERTICAL HEATER THERMO-SYPHON REBOILER

FIGURE 7 .5 (Continued)

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 FLOW PLAN ARRANGEMENT 143

(d)

CENTRIFUGAL PUMP CENTRIFUGAL PUMP

w /ELECTRIC MOTOR w /DIESEL ENGINE

RECIPROCATING PUMP
w /ELECTRIC MOTOR
. ºr--1·--
CENTRIFUGAL IN-UNE
PUMP w/ELECTRIC MOTOR

ROTARY (GEAR) PUMP COMPRESSOR w/

w /ELECTRIC MOTOR ELECTRIC MOTOR

FIGURE 7.5 (Continued)

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

144 7. FLOW DIAGRAMS ANO l?-:STRUMENTATION

(e)

n
-:/
"
()

/-
(

FIXED ROOF STORAGE TANK

FIXED ROOF STORAGE TANK
w/AGITATOR
w/FLOAT GAUGE
(ELECTRIC MOTOR)

<,
FOAM UNE
CONNECTION
----
)

(
.....
<,
<;
<,
'\ 11
.,... ..... / 11
r-, 11
<, 11
ROOF ORAIN ' <, :::.U.=::

--------/

FLOATING ROOF MIX TANK

STORAGE TANK
FIGURE 7.5 (Continued)

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 FLOWPl.N\ ARRANGEMENT 145

VALVE SYMBOLS LINE SYMBOLS

BALL VALVE /7/ 7 7/ 7 7/ 7 7/ 7 7/ 7

INSTRUMENT AIR UNE

BUTIERFLY VALVE )( )( )( )( )( )(
INSTRUMENT CAPILLARY TUBING

N CHECK VALVE INSTRUMENT ELECTRICAL LEAD

N
PIPE

CONTROL VALVE
MISCELLANEOUS SYMBOLS

C><J GATE VALVE

~ 1~ ORIFICE FLANGE ASSEMBLY

GLOSE VALVE
~T~ SPECTACLE BLIND (CLOSED)

~?~ SPECTACLE BLIND (OPEN)

PLUG VALVE
~ PIPING SPECIALITY ITEM

PRESSURE
SAFETY
VALVE
FIGURE 7 .6 Aow diagram piping symbols and abbreviations.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

146 7. FLOW DIAGRAMS ANO l?-:STRUMENTATION

CHAPTER 7 REVIEW QUIZ 6. Identify the following instrument abbreviations:

a. LG _
b. FA. _
1. List five items shown on the process flow diagram. ~ TI _
d. PC. _
e. TRC ~
f. LC _
g. PSV _
h. HCV _
2. List five items shown on the mechanical flow i. LAH. _
diagram. j. LAL. _

EXERCISE INFORMATION

3. List the four basic instrument groups.

4. Describe the functions of the five instrurnent types.
Use the instructions included in Figure 7.7 to create
the flow diagram symbols with AutoCAD as shown.
BLOCK each symbol individually, without text. Place
the base point in the location specified. Give the sym-
bols a concise, yet descriptive name. SAVE the drawing
as FLOW SYMBOLS.

Drawing Exercises 7, 1-7 ,6

5. What type of instrurnent is used to maintain a certain
liquid level?
Recreate the flow diagrams as shown, usíng the
symbols in Figure 7.7 where applicable. Symbols rep-
resenting other pieces of mechanical equipment can be
developed on an as-needed basis. Although mechanical
equipment is not drawn to scale, it should be propor-
tional to the other symbols used in the drawing.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 EXERCISE INFORMATION 147
FLOW DIAGRAM SYMBOLS
TO ORAW FLOW OIAGRAM SYMBOLS, SET GRIO TO .125" ANO SNAP TO .0625".
THE .125" GRIO REPRESENTED BELOW HAS BEEN ENLARGED FOR BETTER
VISUALIZATION. DRAW ANO BLOCK EACH SYMBOL. SYMBOL NAME ANO [NAME]
INSERTION BASE POINT (}8t) HAVE BEEN INCLUOED FOR PROPER IOENTIFICATION.

~~~---16
[GV] [GBV] [CKV] [FA] [ORIF-FLG]
GATE GLOSE CHECK FLOW ORIFICE FLANGE
VALVE VALVE VALVE ARROW SET

~- [ cv J [PSV]
----+------++*+~-----'-------+-~

[VTIC]
[HTIC]
FOR
HORIZONTAL
I NSTRU M ENT
[RED]
REDUCER
1----+--+------i
CONTROL PRESSURE FOR VERTICAL
SAFETY AIR LINES
VALVE INSTRUMENT
VALVE AIR UNES

[CA]

[IB] INSTRUMENT
BUBBLE

FIGURE 7. 7 Aow diagram exercise symbols.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

 H-501
RECYCLE GAS HEATER

---® o
---® ~
:-"
;¡¡
o
'l 'l ~ ~
:;i:,
r r r r
'l H-501 t ~ º
>
o
tj s:

1
r ~
TO PILOT ~
o
SHUFFlNG
STtAM
05-250-A15-2"
PROVIDE !{WEEP HOLES AT LOW POINTS 1 1 • o
;
1'.,'2 ~¡::
m
t:;:¡ z
@--- T ~ ;;i
_....__N :;i:, ;..;
o
•

1 ~
05-256-A15-1• lO "'""
(J)

1
r')
tl:1
(J)
CD
IN
1
lO
o

05-263-A 15-3" -IET

EXERCISE 7.1
 P-501 P-502
NITROGEN INJECTION PUMP AMMONIA INJECTION PUMP
3 GMP O 5800 FT TDH 4 GMP O 8200 FT TDH
600 RMP O 8 HP 900 RMP O 10 HP
A1MOS.

SET AT
SET~
25f PSIG ~ 1825t PSIG
NITROCEN 05-306-AlS-2"
o
FUR(
1~; ,;,; 1·
05-305-A15-1i'2
tl1ROaN TO
ca"" ,;,; ,;,;
HITROOEN GAS HfATER o
:i:
111 >
o ~;x,
s'
21 05-307-A15-1i'2
,· _,
MUII\ 10
GAS l6IDl
lil
~ ~
~
05-308-A15-1i'2 ,· zo
m
o
IB J, .J; h~ X
93
o
<1 ¡¡;

SET' ¡¡¡
C)
z
~1 ! 18JSt
PSIG ,y;
8
:;¡
8
1 ,;,; 05-309-AlS-2"
10
,;,; flAAE

@l 05-310-A15-1i'2
,·
1y; ,y; 1 ;,;
~
TO

P-501 P-502

EXERCISE 7.2
 ....
V\
o

...
J

HOTO..
SC[ UTIUTY

"°"-
01-16-CJ0-2·
,·
""""Y

..

Q1-P-1Q1A & 8
........
PROOUC1 .t REfllJlC

EXERCISE 7 .3
 02-V-203 02-E-201
FRACTIONATION COLUMN PROOUCT CONDENSER
4'-9" 00 X 18'-9" T/T
DES. 375# @ 750ºF

02-39-A 15-6"

4"

02-28-A15-6"

COOUNG WATER
02-E-201 SEE UTIUlY
02-34-A15-12" 02-29-A15-6" Fl.OW DIAGRAM
FEED 7

02-38-A 15-6"

02-37-A 15-4" -IH

6"
02-V-203 02-35-A15-6"-IH

02-P-202 A&B
REFLUX PUMPS
12 HP@ 4200 RPMs

EXERCISE 7 .4
 03-V-303 03-H-304 03-FS-305
SEPERATOR HEATER FLARE STACK
36"0.D. X 19'-Q" T/T

03-33-A15-4" 03-32-Al 5-6"

PRODUCT
STORAGE

FACILITY
Yows 03-18-A 15-8"
LOADING/
UNLOADING

03-FS-305

03-20-A15-10"-IH HOT OIL SUPPLY

,-----11----.-----!SEE UTILfTY
FLOW DIAGRAM

03-31-A15-12" -IH
03-30-AlS-6"
FUEL GAS >----------t

10" 10"
HOT OIL RETURN 03-19-A15-10"-IH 10" 10"
SEE LITILfTY
FLOW DIACRAM 355'
12" 12"

03-H-304 03-P-301A & 3018

HOT Oll PUMPS

EXERCISE 7 .5
 04-E-404 04-V-401 04-E-402A&B 04-CT-406
FRACTIONATOR fRACTIONATOR PROOUCT CONOENSORS COOUNG TOWER
REBOILER

04-21-A15-8•

..
04-E-402A

.. o
:i:
>
~;x,
04-V-401

SI.S'f'

04-E-4028

J 04-P-405A 04-P-4058

04-47-CJ0-4.

04-P-405A & 04-P-4056

COOLING WATER SUPPLY PUMPS

EXERCISE 7 .6
 CHAPTER

8
Codes and Specifications

As anyone who has ever played a game can te~ you, and error. When something purchased did not fit, some-
there are specific rules that must be followed if the thing built broke, or something heated ble:W up, som~ne
game is to be played correctly. The same holds true for made a note of the mistake, remembered ít the next time
building a piping facility. Just as the rules of a game a similar situation occurred, and made it an operational
establish the basic guidelines for acceptable play, codes procedure. Eventually, the operational procedure evolved
and specifications establish guidelines for piping facili- into either a piping code or engíneeríng specification.
ties to ensure everything from quality construction to
worker safety.
Codes are a broad-based set of guidelines that gov-
CODES
em the total scope of a project. Cedes originate from
Though you may not be familiar with codes specific
a number of sources. Sorne sources are governmental
to pípíng facilities, you are familiar with a structure to
agencies such as OSHA and the EPA. Others are orga-
which codes also apply: the typical house or apartment.
nizations, institutes, societies, or associations such as
Codes have been written coneerníng door sizes, window
American National Standards lnstitute (ANSI) and
sizes, lumber dimensions, electrical requirements, etc.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME).
Take windows as an example. National building codes
Toe ASME has developed the Code far Pressure Piping
state, when needed for emergency egress, in case of a
831 that govems the engineering of petroleum re~er-
fire, windows are placed a maximum of 40" above the
ies, chernical, pharmaceutical, and related processmg
floor, in habitable roorns. Additionally, national build-
plants and the requirements necessary for their safe
ing cedes mandate that windows in.sleep~g.roorns must
design and construction.
have a net glazing area of 5.7sqft with a nurumum open-
Specifications, or specs, on the other hand, ~e de~el-
ing height of 2'-0" anda width of 1'-8". Toe cedes estab-
oped as a specific set of guideline~ for the e~~eenn?' lished by various governmental agencies affect everyone
design, fabrication, and construction. of a p1p~g fácil-
on a daily basis. Cedes exist that mandate safety requíre-
ity. Engineering specifications establish the basis ~om
ments for automobile manufacturers, the use of fire retar-
which the final plant design is produced. Broken ínto
dant fabrics in clothing, and even acceptable radiation
groups specific to the various des~~ disc!p.lines needed levels for rnicrowave ovens. As you can see, codes affect
for a particular project, such as p1pmg, civil, structural,
comrnon, everyday life. Though you may be unaware of
or electrical, specs will include guidelines on a number
them, codes impact each of us in a very personal way.
of tapies including initial site selection, pr?curem:nt
Codes for piping facilities have been implemented in
guidelines for piping materials and m~aruca_I eqmp-
a similar fashion. Regulations have been established that
ment, as well as equipment hydrostatíc testing and
govem pressure and temperature limits, material composi-
comrnissioning guidelines. Written to maintain cons~-
tion and stress allowances, worker safety,emergency evac-
tency and uniforrnity throughout all phase~ of a pr?J-
uation procedures, and many, many other tapies. A partial
ect, engineering specifications are very detailed. While
list of the ASMEcedes written for piping facilitiesis shown
codes can be as broad as a statement indicating that a11
in section 2.01 of the General Piping Specifications.
piping components must conform t~ AS~ standa.rds,
specs are so detailed that they may include mstruc~ons
to the drafter stating that dimensions are to be wntten SPECIFICATIONS
in feet and inches with precision to the nearest Yt/.
As we look at codes and specs, remember that they As previously mentioned, engineering specifica-
have been developed through years of trial, application, tions stipulate specific details for engineering, design,

154 C, 2012 Ehcvic-r lnc. Ali rlghts rcserved.

 GENERAL PIPING SPECIFICATIOKS
fabrication, and construction of a facility. Piping speci-
fications in particular are used by numerous groups
whose goal is to see a piping project through to comple-
tion. Engíneers, designers, and drafters will use piping
specs to establish sizes, pound ratings, and dimensions
of pipe and equipment. Stress calculations are made
from information provided in the Specs to ensure that
columns, beams, and supports withstand the loads
and forces placed on them. Purchasing personnel need
Specs to ensure proper pipíng materials and mechani-
cal equipment are bought. Welders and fabricators use
Specs to erect structures, supports, and route the proper
size pipe. Piping Specs also provide the workers who
install instrumentation controls with the proper temper-
ature and pressure calibration settings.
When applied to a piping facility, piping specifi-
cations become quite lengthy and are very detailed.
General Piping Specifications, as they are known, com-
prise volumes of printed material, often seeming to be
never-ending, The General Piping Specifications that
follow are an abbreviated sample of a typical specifica-
tion document.
GENERAL PIPING SPECIFICATIONS
l. SCOPE
1.01 This Specification covers the materials and pro-
cedures for all process and utility piping.
2. CODE REQUIREMENTS
2.01 Piping shall be in accordance with the follow-
ing applicable ASME codes:
ASMEB31 Code for Pressure Piping
ASME B31.1-2010 Power Piping
ASME B31.3-2008 Process Piping
ASME B31.4-2009 Pipeline Transportation Systems
ASME B31.5-2010 Refrigeration Piping and Heat
Transfer Components
ASME B31.8-2007 Gas Transportation and
Distribution Pipíng Systems
ASME BPVC-2010 Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
2.02 Stress relieving shall conform to the p1pmg
code. The stress relieving method used will depend on
job location, quantity, and available tools: but the pre-
ferred post-heat treatment method shall be furnace
treatment for a11 "shop" fabricated piping and exother-
rnic/ stress relieving type packages (or equal) for field
assembly welds and field fabricated piping.
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
155
3. DRAWING AND PROCEDURES
3.01 All piping drawings shall be complete and in
sufficient detail to clearly indicate all clearances, intersec-
tions, anchors, guides, supports, expansion provisions,
and connections to associated mechanical equipment.
3.02 All piping drawings shall show dimensions
in feet and inches. Inches shall be used when the
dimensions are less than 1 ­0 Dimensions will be to
11 11•
the nearest JI¡{.
3.03 lntersecting coordinates shall be used to posi-
tion all mechanical equipment, pumps, pipe supports,
structures, and buildings. Ali drawings are to be CAD
generated or plotted from an approved 3D modeling
software package.
3.03.1 Pipe shall be dimensioned from coordinates
to show location. Elevations shall be used to indicate
height measurements.
3.04 All piping 12" and below will be shown single-
line and piping 14" and larger will be shown double-
line, except in congested areas where double-line work
is required for clarity. Standard symbols shall be used
throughout. Drawings will be plotted to 3¡~' = l"-0''
scale, except details or where needed for clarity.
3.05 Each pipeline shown on drawings shall be
clearly marked with a line number. The line num-
ber will provide Unit number, Pipe number, Piping
Specification class, and nominal pipe size. The follow-
ing example illustrates the approved line number:
01-20-AlS-10"-IHwhere
01 is the Unit number
20 is the Line nurnber
A15 is the Pipe Specification class
10" is the nominal pipe size
IH is insulate for heat conservation
A typical line number is shoum in Figure 8.1.
4. PIPING
4.01 Piping rnaterials shall be in accordance with
piping material specifications and any deviations shall
be noted on the drawings.
4.02 All piping, as far as practicable, shall be routed
overhead on pipe stanchions, or pipe sleepers, and shall
be routed the shortest possible run and require the min-
imum number of fittings: pipe configurations also shall
be free from appreciable vibration with suitable expan-
sion provided for hot lines.
4.03 All nongalvanized steel underground lines
shall be coated and wrapped in accordance with engí-
neering specifications.
4.04 All operating valves 6' -O'' above Grade or plat-
form shall be chain operated. Sorne of the valves not to
be considered as operating valves are branch line block
156 8. CODES A."lD SPECIFICATIONS
02-104-A 15-6"-ST (2-1 / 4")
Unit Number __J ~
Line Number Nominal
Specificotion Closs Pipe Size
Heot Trocing Symbol
ET - Electric T roced
SJ - Steom Jocketed
ST - Steom (w/trocers)
FIGURE 8.1 Line number.
valves from header, by-pass valve and block valves
on control manifold stations, level controllers, main
header blocks on all utility services, and block valves on
exchangers and coolers.
4.05 Expansion or contraction shall be considered
for each line. Cold spring shall be considered for each
line. Cold spring shall be used where it is beneficial and
in accordance with the ASA Code for Pressure Piping
and noted on spool drawings.
4.06 Slíp-on flanges may be substituted for weld
neck flanges to suit space limitations where allowed
in the specifications. In other specifications, slip-on
flanges may be used only when approved by the design
supervisor.
4.07 Pipe sizes of l1A11, 2W', 31h 5 and 7" shall not
11,
11,
be used except as required for equipment connections.
4.08 Basket type with 10-mesh screen start-up
strainers shall be used in all pump suctions.
4.09 Clips, lugs, anchors, guides, etc., shall be
installed in field after erection on standard piping.
For any special alloy where field welding would have
adverse effect on the material, all attachments shall be
installed by shop fabricator.
4.11 When couplings are used for thermometer and
thermocouple well connections, the inside surface shall
be free of any weld metal and the opening shall be clear
and free to receive a well.
4.12 Steam tracing shall be installed in accordance
with job standards.
4.13 Pipe supports spacing shall be 20'-0" maxi-
mum with píck-up supports as required for lines 3 and 11
smaller.
5. INSTRUMENTSAND INSTRUMENT
CONNECTIONS
5.01 Liquid level controllers and gage glasses shall
be located so as to be accessible from grade, ladder, or
platform.
5.02 Pressure gage connections shall be % 11•
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
t L No ond
Size ~f T rocers
lnsulotion Symbol
IC Cold
IH - Hot
IS - Sofety
PP - Personnel
Protection
5.03 Test connections shall be%".
5.04 Temperature instruments such as TW, TI, TIC,
TRC, etc., shall have 1" NPT.
5.05 TW and TI connections in pípíng shall be
located 45° off centerline or in the horizontal.
6. VENTS AND DRAINS
6.01 Ali lines shall have high point vents and low
point drains shall be 3.4" couplings with pipe plugs,
except in specifications covering materials such as alu-
minum in which case they shall be flanged.
6.02 Any vent or drain required for plant operation
shall be sized and shown in the flow diagram.
7. ORIFICES
7.01 Generally, the mínimum requirements for ori-
fice runs shall be in accordance with the AGA-ASME
Standards. Orífice taps shall be vertical for air and gas
service and shall be on the horizontal for liquid and
steam service.
8. CLEARANCES AND SPACING
8.00 Roadways
8.01 Mínimum clearance over main roadways shall
be 18'-0" to the lowest projection.
8.02 Mínimum clearance over secondary roadways
is 14'-6" to the lowest projection,
8.03 Mínimum width of secondary roadways is
10'-0 excluding 3' -0" shoulders.
11,
8.1.0 Walkways
8.1.01 Headroom beneath main overhead pipe rack
shall be a mínimum of 11 '-O". Special attention shall be
given to instrument and electrical trays along with any
lines that drop from bottom level of pipe rack, to maín-
tain, mínimum clearance,
8.1.02 Maíntain a mínimum headroom clearance
over aisleway of 7' -0".
8.1.03 Maintain mínimum headroom clearance
of 7' -6" inside buildings and for miscellaneous pipe
supports.
 GENERAL PIPING SPECIFICATIOKS 157

2'-6"
(8.2.01)

~- 135'-6"
~)

PLATFORM ELEv.
114°-6"
PLAN

~
"'
é..i.__T_..~~~-;,-;r,-,!""'TI

04-109-A 15-14" (J.04 & J.05) í

ncv. 12•·-o· b
(3.03.1)

H.P. PAVING

ELEVATION
FIGURE 8.2 Application of engineering specifications.

8.2.0 Platforms
8.1.04 Clear passageway between equipment or 8.2.01 Maintain mínimum platform width of 2' -6".
equipment piping and adjacent equipment shall be 2' -6" 8.2.02 Maintain nurumum headroom clearance
mínimum. above platforms of 7'-0".
Exception: Horizontal clear space between exchanger 8.2.03 Platforms shall be placed 2'-6" below the cen-
flanges shall be a mínimum of 18". terline of manways.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

158 8. CODES A."lD SPECIFICATIONS
8.2.04 Maximum vertical distance between platforms
(ladder length) is 30'-011•
8.2.05 Cages are not required for ladders 8'-0 long
11
or less or ladders that end 20' -0'' or less above the high
point of pavíng.
8.2.06 Platforms shali be provided for manways that
have a centerline 15' -0 or higher above high point of
11
paving.
An example of how clearance and spacing specifica­
tions are applied to piping drawings is represented in
Figure 8.2.
9. INSULATION ANO PAlNTING
9.01 All hot insulated lines 21h'' larger shall be on 3"
mínimum heíght insulation shoes. All low-temperature
pipíng will rest on the insulation with a steel cradle out-
síde of the insulation to distribute the load at the point
of support.
9.02 Insulation thickness for piping is indicated
on the pipeline list. All insulation materials shali be
instalied in accordance with insulation specifications.
9.03 All paintíngs shall be done in accordance with
paintíng specifications.
10. FABRICATIONTOLERANCES
10.01 Flange bolt holes shall straddle the vertical,
horizontal, or North-South centerline unless otherwise
noted. Rotation of flange bolt holes shali not exceed ){/
measured across the flange face parallel to a centerline
and between the holes nearest to it.
11. SHIPPING LENGTHS
11.01 Shop fabricated pipe shali be prefabricated
in the number of pieces shown on the spool drawing
unless otherwise approved in writíng. If piece mark
numbers are not shown on drawings, piping shall be
prefabricated in as few pieces as possible, consistent
with raíl or truck shipment, to mínimize field weldíng.
Field welds shall be straight butt welds unless other-
wise specifically shown or approved.
11.02 Toe fabricator shall provide protectíon for ali
flange faces, male threaded connections, plugs for all
female threaded connections, covers for all open pipe,
etc., to prevent damage during shipment and storage as
noted in the Weldíng Specifications. Both shop and field
shall ensure that flange faces are protected from corro-
sion or rust, with extreme care taken on RTJ and T&G
flanges.
12. PIECE MARKING ANO SHOP PAINTING
12.01 Each shop fabricated spool piece shall have
a mark number assigned. Toe fabricator shali paint
the number on the piece, or if another method of
identification is to be used, written approval must be
obtained.
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
12.02 Toe fabricator shall be supplied with an origi-
nal of each spool. The fabricator shall complete the
spools with mark numbers and field weld locations and
return.
12.03 Shop-fabrícated pipíng shali be cleaned of
all rust, mili scale, weld slag and splatter, and primed
before shipment. Unless otherwise specified, the primer
shall consist of one coat of zinc chromate.
13. TESTING
13.01 Where practical, ali lines shall be hydrostati-
cally tested in place. Testíng shall be in accordance with
ASME Code for Process Piping, latest revision.
13.02 Where water may have a deleterious effect on
piping or equipment, the system shall be tested with air
and soap suds.
13.03 Lines ventíng or draíning to atmosphere shall
not be tested.
14. COLOR CODE
14.01 Toe following color code shall be used to assist
the construction department with a method of identífí-
cation for valves and other piping materials.
14.02 For standard steel, bronze, cast malleable, and
wrought iron the field material receiving group can best
code the material as received.
14.03 Special carbon steel and any alloys shali be
color coded by the manufacturer, vendor,or fabricator.
Color Specification
Black WD12
Blue AlS
Green WS12
Oran ge C30
Red PA12
White IA12
Yellow 515
An example of how engineering specifications are
applied to piping drawings is presented in Figure 8.2.
SPECIFICATION CLASSES
As extensive as the General Piping Specifications
are, they should not be considered all encompassing.
Engineering specifications are divided into groups, or
classes, developed especially for particular services,
Classes are categorized generaliy by the commod-
ity flowing withín the pipe and its associated pressure
and temperature. Specification classes take into account
 ABBREVIATIONS 159

whether the commodity is a gas or liquid, includ- TABLES.! Piping Specificatíon Class Directory
ing design and operating temperatures and pressures,
Class Rating Material Service
even corrosiveness. Table 8.2 is a sample of a Piping
Specification Class Directory. It includes the class des- AlS lSO#RF Carbon 5teel Process
ignation, flange type and ratings, material, and service AlSC lSO#RF Carbon 5teel Caustic
commodity type.
AlSP lSO#RF Special Carbon Process ( -20
Specification classes use service parameters to estab- 5teel to -SOºF)
lish flange pound ratings, pipe wall thickness, pressure
and temperature limits, as well as the type of pipe and AlSF lSO#RF Carbon 5teel Freon
fitting connections to be used, that is, screwed, socket- C30 300#RF Carbon 5teel Process
weld, butt-weld, flanged, etc. Classes are extremely C30C 300#RF Carbon 5teel Caustic
detailed. They specify which manufacture to purchase
C30P 300#RF Special Carbon Process ( -20
valves from, as well as the specific manufacturer's Steel to -SOºF)
model number to be used. Classes specify the material
gaskets will be made of and whether branch connec- CW15 lSO#RF Carbon 5teel Cooling Water
tions are to be made using straight tees, reducing tees, F60 600# RF Carbon 5teel Process
or stub-ins. Specification classes also stipulate corrosion F60P 600#RF Carbón 5teel Pipeline
allowance values. Corrosion allowance is the amount of
IP12 125#Scrd Carbón 5teel Instrument
surface material allowed to be eroded by the commod- (Galvanized) Process Piping
ity within the pipe while permitting the pipe to remain
usable for the particular service for which it is installed. IA12 125#Scrd Carbon 5teel Instrument Air
(Galvanized) Headerand
All encompassing, specs even dictate what color to
Utility Piping
paint the pipe.
Sorne of the specification classes that were listed 1512 125#Scrd Carbon 5teel Instrument Air
(Galvanized) Signal Piping
in Table 8.1 are presented in Figure 8.3a-f and are to
be applied to the various assignments and projects PA12 125#Scrd Carbon Steel Plant Air
throughout this text. Use them as a reference to answer (Galvanized)
specific questions relating to the design and drafting R30 300#RF Carbon 5teel 175# 5team and
procedures needed to complete Units 01, 02, 03, and Condensate
04. As with all engineering specifications, íncludíng the 515 lSO#RF Carbon 5teel Low Pressure
examples in this text, they should only be used with the Steamand
project for which they are written and should not be Condensate
considered typical for every project. UAlS 150# Carbon 5teel Utility Air
Header
WD12 125#Scrd Carbon 5teel Domestic Water
ABBREVIATIONS (Galvanized)
W512 125#Scrd Carbon 5teel Service Water
As a pípíng facility becomes more complex, so do the (Galvanized)
pípíng drawings. Facilities such as multistoried struc-
tures, specialized refining systems, and complex equip-
ment arrangements compound the crowdedness of a found on p1pmg arrangement drawings, elevations,
drawing. To alleviate the crowded conditions, abbrevia- details, flow diagrams, and/or isometrics. A complete
tions should be used to reduce the space requirements listing is almost impossible to assemble, as engineering
of callouts and notes. The following compilation is an companies and their clients often develop abbreviations
alphabetical listing of many common abbreviations that are unique to specific projects.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

160 8. CODES ANO SPECIFICATIONS

(a)
PIPING A15 SPECIFICATION
PO UNO
RATING 150# RF MATERIAL: CAR BON STEEL

DESIGN OPERATING
CORROSION CONDITIONS:
ALLOWANCE . 05" PSIG
'F
200
350
175
275

ITEM SIZES IN
INCHES
WEIGHT/
RATING DESCRIPTION
1/2"-11/2" EX. HVY. SEAMLESS-PLAIN ENOS
Pipe 2"
3"-24"
STO. WT.
STO. WT.
SEAMLESS-PLAIN ENOS
SEAMLESS-BEVELED ENDS
1/2"- 2" 3000# FORGED STEEL SOCKET WELD
Fittings 3"-24" STO. WT. FORGEO STEEL BUTT WELD
1/2"-11/2" 150# FS - RAISED FACE SOCKET WELD
Flonges 2"
3"-24"
150#
150#
FS -
FS -
RAISEO FACE SOCKET WELD
RAISED FACE WELD NECK

VAL VES SIZES IN

INCHES
WEIGHT/
RATING DESCRIPTION END
TYPES

1/2"- 2" 150-800 FORGED CARBON STEEL SWE

Gate 3"-24" 150 CAST CARBON STEEL RF

1/2"- 2" 150-800 FORGED CARBON STEEL SWE

Globe 3"-24" 150 CAST CARBON STEEL RF

GASKETS Flexitallic style -

150#, 304SS: 1 /8" thick
BRANCH UNE SIZE USE A TEE

CONNECT.
2"-BELOW
3"-ABOVE
USE A TEE ANO SWAGE ON SIZES 2" & SMALLER
STUB-IN WHEN LESS THAN LINE SIZE 150#
FIGURE 8.3 (a) A15 Class Piping Speci.fication; (b) C30 Class Piping Specification; (e) IA12 Class Piping Specification; (d) PA12 Class Piping
Speci.fication;(e) 515 Oass Piping Specification;(f) WS12 Class Piping Specification.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 ABBREVIATIONS 161

(b)
PIPING C30 SPECIFICATION
POUND
RATING 3QQ# RF MATERIAL: CAR BON STEEL

CONDITIONS: DESIGN OPERATING

CORROSION
ALLOWANCE .05" PSIG
'F
375
425
300
350

ITEM SIZES IN
INCHES
WEIGHT/
RATING DESCRIPTION
1/2"- 1/2" EX. HVY. SEAMLESS-PLAIN ENDS
Pipe 2"
3"-24"
STO. WT.
STO. WT.
SEAMLESS-PLAIN
SEAMLESS-BEVELED
ENDS
ENDS
1/r- r 3000# FORGED STEEL SOCKET WELD
Fittings 3"-24" STO. WT. FORGED STEEL BUTT WELD
1/2"-11/2" 300# FS - RAISED FACE SOCKET WELD
Flanges 2"
3"-24"
300#
300#
FS -
FS -
RAISED FACE SOCKET WELD
RAISED FACE WELD NECK

VALVES SIZES IN
INCHES
WEIGHT/
RATING DESCRIPTION END
TYPES

1/2"- 2" 150-800 FORGED CARBON STEEL SWE

Gate 3"-24" 300 CAST CARBON STEEL RF

1 /2"- 2" 150-800 FORGED CARBON STEEL SWE

Globe 3"-24" 300 CAST CARBON STEEL RF

GASKETS Flexitallic style - 300#, 304SS: 1 /8" thick

BRANCH
300#
LINE SIZE USE A TEE
2"-BELOW USE A TEE ANO SWAGE ON SIZES 2" & SMALLER
CONNECT. 3"-ABOVE STUB-IN WHEN LESS THAN UNE SIZE

FIGURE 8.3 (Continued)

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

162 8. CODES ANO SPECIFICATIONS

(e)
PIPING IA12 SPECIFICATION
POUND
RATING 125# MATERIAL: CAR BON STEEL GALVANIZED

DESIGN OPERATING
CONDITIONS:
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE .05" PSIG
T
200
150

ITEM SIZES IN
INCHES
WEIGHT/
RATING DESCRIPTION
1/2"-11/2" EX. HVY. SEAMLESS-THREAOED-GALVANIZED
Pipe 2" - 6'º STO. WT. SEAMLESS-THREAOED-GALVANIZED

Fittings 1/2" - 6" 3000# FORGEO STEEL-THREADEO-GALVANIZEO

Flan ges 1/2" - 6" 150# FORGED STEEL-THREADED-FLAT FACE

VAL VES SIZES IN

INCHES
WEIGHT/
RATING DESCRIPTION END
TYPES

1 /2"- 2" 125 CAST BRONZE SE

Gate 3"-6" 125 CAST BRONZE FF

1 /2"- 2" 125 CAST BRONZE SE

Globe 3" 150 CAST BRONZE FF

GASKETS 150#, 1 / 16" thick ASBESTOS- FULL FACE with BOLT HOLES
BRANCH
125#
UNE SIZE USE A TEE

CONNECT. 4"-BELOW USE A TEE ANO SWAGE ON SIZES 6" & SMALLER

FIGURE 8.3 (Continued)

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 ABBREVIATIONS 163

(d)
PIPING PA12 SPECIFICATION
PO UNO
RATING 125# MATERIAL: CAR BON STEEL GALVANIZED

DESIGN OPERATING
CONDITIONS:
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE . 05" PSIG
'F
200
150

ITEM SIZES IN
INCHES
WEIGHT/
RATING DESCRIPTION
1/2"-11/2" EX. HVY. SEAMLESS- THREADED-GALVANIZED
Pipe 2" - 6" STO. WT. SEAMLESS-THREADED-GALVANIZED

Fittings 1/2" - 6" 3000# FORGED STEEL-THREADED-CALVANIZED

Flonges 1/2" - 6" 150# FORGED STEEL-THREADED-FLAT FACE

VAL VES SIZES IN

INCHES
WEIGHT/
RATING DESCRIPTION END
TYPES

1/2"- 2" 125 CAST BRONZE SE

Gote 3"-6" 125 CAST BRONZE FF

1/2"- 2" 125 CAST BRONZE SE

Globe 3" 150 CAST BRONZE FF

GASKETS 150#, 1 / 16" thick ASBESTOS- FULL FACE with BOLT HOLES
BRANCH
125#
LINE SIZE USE A TEE
4"-BELOW USE A TEE AND SWAGE ON SIZES 6" & SMALLER
CONNECT.
FIGURE 8.3 (Continued)

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

164 8. CODES ANO SPECIFICATIONS

(e)
PIPING S15 SPECIFICATION
POUND
RATING 150# RF MATERIAL: CAR BON STEEL

DESIGN OPERATING
.05"
CORROSION CONDITIONS:
PSIG 200 175
ALLOWANCE T 350 275

ITEM SIZES IN
INCHES
WEIGHT/
RATING DESCRIPTION
1/2"-11/2" EX. HVY. SEAMLESS-PLAIN ENOS
Pipe 2"
3"-24"
STO. WT.
STO. WT.
SEAMLESS-PLAIN ENOS
SEAMLESS-BEVELEO ENDS
1 /2"- 2" 3000# FORGED STEEL SOCKET WELO
Fittings 3"-24" STO. WT. FORGED STEEL BUTT WELD
1 /2" - 1 1 /2" 150# FS - RAISED FACE SOCKET WELD. EX. HVY. BORE
Flonges 2"
3"-24"
150#
150#
FS - RAISED FACE SOCKET WELD. STO. WT. BORE
FS - RAISED FACE WELD NECK, STO. WT. BORE

VAL VES SIZES IN

INCHES
WEIGHT/
RATING DESCRIPTION END
TYPES

1/2"- 2" 150-800 FORGED CARBON STEEL SWE

Gote 3"-24" 150 CAST CARBON STEEL RF
1/2"- 2" 150-800 FORGED CARBON STEEL SWE
Globe 3"-24" 150 CAST CARBON STEEL RF

STEAM 125# STEAM SCRD

1/2" FORGED ALLOY STEEL
TRAP

GASKETS Flexitollic style - 150#, 304SS: 1 /8" thick

UNE SIZE USE A TEE
BRANCH
CONNECT.
11/2" -BELOW USE A TEE ANO SWAGE ON SIZES 2" & SMALLER
2"-BELOW
3"-ABOVE
USE A SOC-0-LET ON SIZES 3" & LARGER
STUB-IN WHEN LESS THAN UNE SIZE
1 50#
FIGURE 8.3 (Continued)

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 ABBREVIATIONS 165
(f)
PIPING WS12 SPECIFICATION
POUND
RATING 125# MATERIAL: CAR BON STEEL GALVANIZED

DESIGN OPERATING
CONDITIONS:
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE . 05" PSIG
'F
200
150

ITEM SIZES IN
INCHES
WEIGHT/
RATING DESCRIPTION
1/2"-11/2" EX. HVY. SEAMLESS-THREADED-GALVANIZED
Pipe 2" - 6" STO. WT. SEAMLESS-THREAOED-GALVANIZEO

Fittings 1/2" - 6" 3000# FORGEO STEEL-THREAOED-GALVANIZEO

Flan ges 1/2" - 6" 150# FORGED STEEL-THREAOEO-FLAT FACE

VAL VES SIZES IN

INCHES
WEIGHT/
RATING DESCRIPTION ENO
TYPES

1/2"- 2" 125 CAST BRONZE SE

Gote 3"-6" 125 CAST BRONZE FF
1/2"- 2" 125 CAST BRONZE SE
Globe 3" 150 CAST BRONZE FF

GASKETS 150#,1/16" thick ASBESTOS- FULL FACE with BOLT HOLES

BRANCH
125#
LINE SIZE USE A TEE
4"-BELOW USE A TEE ANO SWAGE ON SIZES 6" & SMALLER
CONNECT.
FIGURE 8.3 (Conlinueá)

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

166 8. CODES A."lD SPECIFICATIONS

PIPING ABBREVIATIONS es Cold Spring

ese Car Seal Closed
A eso Car Seal Open
CTRLV Control Valve
A Alarm CWR Cooling Water Return
A Anchor cws Cooling Water Supply
ACCUM Accu.mulator
AL Alu.minu.m
ANSI American National Standards lnstitute D
API American Petroleum Institute
ASSY Assembly DA Directional Anchor
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials DF Drain Funnel
ATMOS Atmosphere DIA Diameter
AUX Auxiliary DIM Dimension
AVG Average DISCH Discharge
AZ Azimuth DR Drain
DW DummyWeld
DWG Drawing
B DRWN Drawn
B Beveled
BB Bolted Bonnet E
BBE Bevel Both Ends
BBL Barrel(s) E East
BC Bolt Circle ECC Eccentric
BD BlowDown EL Elevation
BE Beveled End(s) ELL Elbow
BF Blind Flange ELEV Elevation
BL Battery Limits EQUIP Equipment
BLDG Building ERW Electric Resistance Welded
BLE Bevel Large End EXCH Exchanger
BOM Bill of Materials EXIST Existing
BOP Bottom of Pipe
B&S Bell and Spigot
BSE Bevel Small End F
BTU British Thermal Unit FA Flow Alarm
BV Ball Valve FBO Furnished By Others
BW Butt-weld FDN Foundation
FE Flow Element
e F/F
FF
Face-to-Face
Flat Face
CB Catch Basin FF Full Face
CHKV CheckValve FI Flow Indicator
Ch.Op. Chain Operator FIC Flow Indicating Controller
CI Castlron FIG Figure
CL Oearance FLR Floor
co CleanOut FLDFAB Field Fabricate
COL Column FL Flan ge
COLS Columns FOB Flat on Bottom
CONC Concentric FOT Flat on Top
CONO Condensa te FR Flow Recorder
CONN Connection FRC Flow Recording Controller
CORR Corrosion FS Field Support
CPLG Coupling FS Forged Steel
es Carbon Steel rr Foot orFeet
es Cast Steel FW Field Weld

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 PIPING ABBREVIATIONS 167

G L
G Gauge or Gage L Level
GAL Gallon(s) LA LevelAlarm
GALV Galvanized LAH Level Alarm-High
GPH Gallons Per Hour LAL Level Alarm-Low
GPM Gallons Per Minute LBS Pounds
GR Grade LC Level Controller
GaV Gate Valve LC LockClosed
GIV Globe Valve LG Level Gauge
LG Level Glass
LI Level Indicator
H LIC Level Indicating Controller
HCV Hand Control Valve LLL Low Liquid Level
HDR Header LN Llne
HIC Hand Indicating Controller LO LockOpen
HLL High Liquid Level LP Low Pressure
HOR Horizontal LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas
HP High Pressure LPT LowPoint
HPFS Hígh Point Finished Surface LR Level Recorder
HPP High Point Paving LR LongRadius
HR HangerRod LRC Level Recording Controller
HR Hour LS Level Switch
HTR Heater
HVAC Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning
HVY Heavy
M
HYD Hydraulic mm millimeter
M Meter
M&F Male and Female
I MATL Material
IA lnstrument Air MAX Maximum
IA lnsulation (Anti-sweat) MECH Mechanical
IC lnsulation (Cold) MFG Manufacturing
ID lnside Diameter MFR Manufacturer
IDD lnside Depth of Dish MI Malleable lron
IET Electric Trace MIN Mínimum
IGT Glycol Trace MIN Minute
IH lnsulation (Heat Conservation) MISC Miscellaneous
IN Inch(es) MK PieceMark
INS lnsulate or lnsulation MW Manway
INST lnstrument(ation) MW MiterWeld
INV Invert Elevation
IPS lron Pipe Size
IS lnsulation Safety
N
ISA lnstrumentation Society of America N North
ISO Intemational Organízation for NC Normally Closed
Standardization NEC National Electric Code
ISO Isometric NEG Negative
IST Steam Trace NIP Nipple
NLL Normal Liquid Level
NO Normally Open
J NO Number
JCT Junction NOM Nominal
JS JackScrew NOZZ Nozzle
JT Joint NPS Nominal Pipe Size

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

168 8. CODES A."lD SPECIFICATIONS

NPSH Net Positive Suction Head REY Reverse

NPT National Pipe Thread REY Revision
NTS Not to Scale RF Raised Face
RJ Ring-TypeJoint
RPM Rotations Per Minute
o RS RisingStem
OAL Overall Length RTJ Ring TypeJoint
OD Outside Diameter
OH
OPP
OpenHearth
Opposite
s
OS&Y Outside Screw and Yoke s South
OVHD Overhead se Sample Connection
ows Oily Water Sewer SeH Schedule
SeRD Screwed
SECT Section
p SH (SHT) Sheet
PA Pipe Anchor SMLS Seamless
PA Pressure Alarm so SlipOn
Pe Pressure Controller so SteamOut
PCY Pressure Control Valve SOL Sock-o-let
PdRC Pressure Differential Recording Controller SP Set Point
PE Plain End SPGR Spedfic Gravity
PI Point of Intersection SPEe Spedfication
PI Pressure lndicator SQ Square
PIC Pressure lndicating Controller SR Short Radius
P&ID Piping and InstrumentDiagram STO Standard
PLE Plain Large End STL Steel
PO PumpOut STM Steam
POE Plain One End SUCT Suction
POS Positive SUPT Support
pp Personnel Protection sw Socket-Weld
PR Pressure Recorder SWG Swage
PRe Pressure Recording Controller SWP Standard Working Pressure
PS Pipe Support SYS System
PSE Plain Small End
PSI Pounds Per Square lnch T
PSIA Pounds Per Square lnch Absolute
PSIG Pounds Per Square lnch Gage T Steam Trap
PSY Pressure Safety Valve TA Temperature Alarm
PT Point Tan Tangent
TBE Thread Both Ends
Te TemperatureController
Q Te Y TemperatureControl Valve
QTY Quantity TE Threaded End
QUAD Quadrant TEMP Temperature
QUAD Quadruple T&e Thread and Coupled
T&G Tongue and Groove
THRD Thread
R
TI Temperature lndicator
R Radius TIC Temperature lndicatingController
REe'D Received TLE Thread Large End
RED Reducer roe Top of Concrete
REF Reference TOG TopofGrout
REINF Reinforce TOL Thread-o-let
REQ'D Required TOS Top ofSteel

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 CHAPTER 8 REVIEW QUIZ 169

TR Temperature Recorder CHAPTER 8 REVIEW QUIZ

TRC Temperature Recording Controller
TSE Thread Small End
1. Explaín the difference between codes and
Tff Tangent to Tangent
TW Temperature Well specífications.
TW Thermowell
TYP Typícal

Using information found in the General Piping

V Specifications, answer the following questions.
UA Utility Air 2. Dimensions are provided on drawings to the
us Utility Station nearest of an inch.
3. Piping drawings are drawn to which scale?
V
VA Valve 4. What is the mínimum headroom clearance of a
VA Vent to Atmosphere secondary roadway?
VB Vortex Breaker
ve Vitrified Clay
VERT Vertical s. What is the mínimum headroom clearance over an
VF Vent to Flare aisleway?
VOL Volume
vs Vent to Stack
6. Ali operating valves above Grade or
platform shall be chain operated.
w
w/ with
7. What is the mínimum width of a platform?
w West
WB Welded Bonnet
WE WeldEnd 8. What is maximum vertical distance between
WLD Weld platforms?
WN WeldNeck
WOG Water, Oil, Gas
WOL Weld-o-let 9. What type of "start-up" strainers are used at ali
WT Weight pump suctions?

X 10. All lines shall have vents and drains. What size is
XH ExtraHeavy the vent and drain connections?
xs Extra Strong
XXH Double Extra Heavy
xxs Double Extra Strong

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

 CHAPTER
9
EquipmentLayout
PLANT COORDINATE SYSTEM
Plot Plans, Foundation Location Plans, Equipment
Location Plans, and Pípíng Arrangement drawíngs
use the plant coordinaie system method of arranging and
positioning drawing elements. Universally recognized
throughout the pípíng industry, the plant coordinate sys-
tem uses intersecting grid lines, similar to the Cartesian
coordinate system, drawn relative to an established
north direction, to locate buildings, structures, steel col-
umns, concrete foundations, mechanical equipment, and
pipe configurations. Toe grid lines, which originate from
a designated control point, are drawn parallel to north/
south and east/west axes (Figure 9.1).
Toe control point, more commonly known as a bench­
mark, is a permanent marker erected at a specified location
somewhere within the proposed facility. It is often located
so that it cannot be accidentally damaged or destroyed.
Toe control point is the precise location from which the
intersecting north/south and east/west grid lines orígi-
nate. From this point, the grid lines are measured incre-
mentally and labeled with numerical values known as
coordinates. Toe control point, therefore, becomes the
primary reference point for the entire facility. By labeling
the control point with a positional value of O' ·-O", 0' -0 and
11
using a North Arrow to establish orientation, the numen-
cal values assigned to the coordinates allow for exact posi-
tioning of all facility components. Each facility component
will be precisely located using two intersecting coordi-
nates. Coordinaies indicate the distance and direction the
particular structure, foundation, or piece of mechanical
equipment measures from the control point,
Toe North Arrow typically points up, or toward the
top of the drawing sheet, and creates directional bear-
ing for the facility. As an altemate orientation, the North
Arrow may point to the right on the drawing. Assuming
the North Arrow points up, horizontal lines drawn
above, or north of, the O'-O", 0'-0' originare designated as
North coordinates and are labeled to indicate their linear
170
distance from the control point, for example, N. 10 -0 1 11•
Though these lines are drawn in an east/west alignment,
they are labeled as North coordinates because they mea-
sure distance from the control point northward. Vertical
lines drawn to the right of O'-O', O'-O' are designated as
East coordinates and are labeled as such, for example,
E. 20' -O'. Lines drawn to the south and west of the con-
trol point will have S. or W. designations, respectively.
Piping Arrangement drawíngs are often severely over-
crowded with extensive amounts of graphical symbols
and written information. Toe use of coordinates reduces
the amount of written information and simplifies the
drawing by minimizing the use of location dimensions.
Figure 9.2 demonstrates the use of coordinates to label
the positions of mechanical equipment.
Toe format used to identify plant coordinates will
vary with each design project. Sorne projects use feet and
inch designations, whereas others may use decimals of
a foot or millimeters. No matter the format, coordinates
are preceded by the letters N, S, E, or W, except for 0 -0 1 11•
Toe projects in this text will use feet and inches measure-
ments. As mentioned previously, the use of coordinates
eliminates the need for excessive dimensions. However,
when location dimensions are required on drawings,
they use a known coordina te as a datum, usually the cen-
terline of a column, foundation, or piece of mechanical
equipment. Whatever the unit of measurement, one rule
to remember is: Horizontal length dimensions are found by
adding or subtracting coordinases.
Figure 9.3 allows you to see the amount of space
required to include linear dimensions on a drawing
and how the use of coordinates can free a significant
amount of drawing space.
PLANT ELEVATIONS
Similar to the way a plan view drawíng has a control
point to help establish horizontal dimensions in a piping
C, 2012 Ehcvic-r lnc. Ali rlghts rcserved.
 PLANT ELEVATIONS 171

C>
1
C>
N. 50'-0"

1
N. 40'-0"
~
N
1
N. 30'-0" 1

1
N. 20'-0"

1
N. 10'-0"

C> C> C> C> C>

e-o
fT1 fT1 fT1 fT1 fT1
1
O,
L{)

3
-C>·
"<t'

3
1
-C>·
I") N

3
1
-C>·
3
1
-o~
3
1 o.o. .
.
(OOlffllO. FQNT ~
q-
q
1
N
~º--
o
1
(.,J
~q-
q
1
~
.q-
o
1
(.J1
.q
o
1

S. 11 '-O"

s. 20'-0"

s. J_o·
.i.
.i.
1
FIGURE 9.1 Plant coordinate system.

facility, a control point is also needed to establish verti-
cal dimensions, or elevation, in the facility. Elevation, as
it is traditionally known, is the vertical distance an object
rises above sea level, such as the height of a mountain.
But in pípíng facilities, elevation is used to designate the
heíght an object measures from the ground. In Piping
terminology, the ground is referred to as Grade. It is
from Grade that all elevation references are based. But
rather than using numbers based on the actual height the
ground measures above sea level, many facilities use an
arbitrary Grade elevation of 100'-fJ', as a matter of conve-
nience. In all petrochemical facilities, pipes are installed
both above and below Grade. The use of 100'-O'' as the
control point of reference prevents the use of negative
numbers when dimensioning pipes below Grade. This
simplifies the mathematical calculations that the interpo-
lation of positive and negative numbers may cause.
Very few actual dimensions are shown on pípíng
section or elevation drawíngs. However, numerous
callouts are placed on drawings to convey elevation
information to the reader. Sorne of the callouts and cor-
responding terms are shown below.
See Figure 9.4 for examples of the plant elevation
system.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

172
.
9. EQUJPMENTLAYOUT

o
1
o
N. 50'-0"

N. 40'-0"
~~
N
N. 30'-0" 1

N. 20'-0"

N. 10'-0"

o o •o •o •o rn rn rn rn rn
o'-o"
1 1 1 1 1 u ~
-o l.{)
o
~
o
I")
oN
o q
N
q q q
CJl
q
1 1 1 1 1
3 3 3 3 3 q o
• q o
• q

S. 20'-0"

s. 30'-0"

s. so'-o"

FIGURE 9.2 Using coordinates to locate mechanical equipment.

Toe repeated use of coordinates and elevations makes

Piping Terminology Piping Callout it imperative that correct numbers be used to calcu-
Grade elevation GRADE EL.100'--0" late accurate dimensions. To avoid inadvertent mixing
of coordinate and elevation values, follow this simple
High point of paving H.P PAVING100'-0" guideline: Use only coordinates to calculaie horizontal dimen­
Centerline elevation t EL.102'-0" sions and use only elevations to calculate vertical dimen­
Top of concrete T.O.C. EL.101 '-O" sions. By adding or subtracting coordinates, horizontal
distances between steel supports, concrete foundations,
Top of steel T.O.S. EL. 112' - O" and mechanical equipment can be determined. Knowing
Bottom of pipe B.O.P. EL. 112' - O" when to add and when to subtract can be confusing,
Face of flange F.O.F. EL. 105' - O" however. A basic rule to remember when calculating hor-
izontal distances is: Subtract like coordinates and add unlike
Top of platform T.O. PLAT. EL.137'-6"
coordinates. This basic rule is illustrated in Figure 9.5.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

 MATCH LINE W.30' -O"

32·-o· l
f W.18'-0"

-, ·
o:,
8'-0"
z

L
o
• 1i-v

¡f. - 2s·-o- ~

~t< --q --ir-------------

º,· ~ :Z:rt-<
º o' 1--J
1
1
o
,·
o:
...:
~, 1
I·
. . 1 1 (J1
E.10'-0" º·
N 1
~ ~2'=-º"++-- N
1 O)

-· -------='---~-~t
o 1•
• o

~1<.
1
1s·-o· •

L
~I 24'-o"
1 (X)
o 12·-o· 1
~

-=~~
1 --~~~~~...¡I I~

t'·"·-:"·__
22·-o·
1

+.V.~.:o-(1-- D_- _i
MATCH LINE E.30' -0"
FIGURE 9.3 Replacing dimensions with coordinates.
 (.) F/F ELEV. 130' -0"

~L~~·~~~~ T.O.PLAT. EL. 125' -o·

ELEV. 115' -0"

~--

l TOS ELEV. 112' -O" BOP EL 112'-3"

- ELEV 10~-o· 1-m-f . --,- k_OfV~!L .. ·1

-t - -- -- ~Ltmv. 1~
--(.) -4 1/~4._--_.-......-_--_--_,,_.___----Y-_----'1'-'1--'-1--•---•------rn-'--'---{Tl 1

-t-filY·-106' -o· t,.1)1(¡.....~

ELEV. 105' -6" 1
~------
1

TOC ELEV.
101·-o·
•
(9 INV. ELEV. 97' -3"

FIGURE 9.4 Plant elevation system.

 PLANT ELEVATJONS 175
MATCH UNE N.40'-0"

.r
RU~~S~A~cf BETWEEN VESSELS V-3 ANO V-6 ~ FOU~
BY AOOING W.18'-0" + E.26'-0" = 44'-0". p I
--------·1 «·-o·
12·-o·
N

t
o
1
N.24'-Q"
~I
u..i

•o
.
o
1
-
_I

(()
•o
;1 io
1
N
1
V-3 RULE N0.1:
o1 ~·=-o·
1 OISTANCE BETWEEN VESSELS V-5 1 0

y~~:.:~~º~~
•
- ANO V-6 IS FOUND BY SUBTRACTING 1 _ 1
o 1 C)
z O

"? =>
3: o
LL
--co~' - ~. FROM N.24'-o" ~ _,~ ~
w
z (/)
:J
I"') •
~0°1
I
(.)
1-
~I
1
'zº
> 1
C) o
«t-
1 ~-'
~ lñ ~ RULES FOR CALCULATING THE
1 ~
I ~
I

-c ¡j ~ 11 DISTANCE BETWEEN COORDINATES.

11 (/)
T""
1 :
(/) >- :
>º 1 •o ~ CD '( RULE NO. 1:
(/) - b
1
o zºÑ
w z I") TO FINO THE OISTANCE BETWEEN
-' ~
wz • •o Ni
w => (/) TWO COOROINATES LOCATEO IN

. ~e~
I 'o
>1"'": ~
-~ THE SAME QUAORANT, SUBTRACT I
(/) 1
(/)+
w io
N CD O THE SHORTER COOROINATE FROM

T
(1)
>:
zº
w_l . "°:
O
W N LL
1 :
'f
THE LONGER COORDINATE. 1

;1
ü
WN z ~> RULE NO. 2:
~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ TO FINO THE OISTANCE BETWEEN
~ ~ 0 -c (/) TWO COOROINATES LOCATEO IN
•• CD <.!> "$)
NWZ DIFFERENT QUAORANTS, AOO THE
() - ___._--+-+ f V- l COOROINATES TO EACH OTHER.
I oz8 S.32'-0"
z~<
lw!:Q>-

lC __ _J_ __
MATCH UNE S.40'-0"
_J
FIGURE 9.5 Horizontal dístance calculations with coordina tes.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

176 9. EQUJPMENT LAYOUT
Calculating vertical dimensions is somewhat easier.
Simply subtract the lower elevation from the hígher eleva-
tion to determine the distance between the two. However,
you must be certain that elevations of the same type are
used. For example, always use two "Centerline" eleva-
tions, not one "Centerline" and one "Bottom of Pipe"
(BOP).You must convert BOPelevations to Centerline ele-
vations before subtracting. This is accomplished by add-
ing one-half the actual outside diameter (OD) of the pipe
to the BOP elevation, before subtracting. Also, be aware
that lines installed below Grade are labeled using Invert
elevations. Invert elevations identify the inside BOP ele-
vation, that is, the distance from the bottom inside of the
pipe to the ground above it. Figure 9.6 illustrates the use of
elevations to calculate vertical dimensions.
SITEPLANS
Toe civil/ topographic drafting department of a com-
pany prepares the Site Plan for the piping facility. A Site
Plan is an overhead, or top, view drawn to show the over-
all appearance of the facility site and adjacent area. Site
Plans can a1so be modified overlays of aerial photographs
or ímages captured from orbiting satellites. Site Plans
rnay include roadways, railways, harbors, shíp channels,
aircraft landing zones, office buíldíngs, and recreation
areas. Drawings of thís size do not show significant detall.
Detailed areas of the facility are usually denoted by rect-
angular outlines with notes or titles describing the area's
purpose. Mechanical equipment within the facility is typí-
cally too small to be represented on a Site Plan. Therefore,
the complete facility is usually divided into smaller areas
called Units. Each Unit can then be drawn separately on
drawings called Unit Plot Plans.
UNIT PLOT PLAN
Unit Plot Plans are generally defined by imaginary
lines called Battery Limits. Battery limits are used to
establish a unit's perimeter boundaries. Toe Unit Plot
Plan is usually drawn to small scale, such as l" = 10',
l" = 20', or 1" = 30'.
Unit Plot Plans show the location of a11 the buildings,
mechanical equipment, pipe racks, tank farms, and
other items of importance in the unit. True North and
Plant North are also shown as actual and theoretical
points of orientation.The purpose of this drawing is not
to show the detall, but rather, the arrangement of vari-
ous components to be erected in the Unit.
Toe piping group is typically responsible for the
development of the Unit Plot Plan. Unit Plot Plans are
developed using the Mechanical Flow Diagram, cli-
ent specifications, codes, and input from the client's
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
engineers and the plant manager who will ultimately
oversee the operation of the facility. Figure 9.7 shows an
example of a Unit Plot Plan.
EQUIPMENT LOCATION DRAWING
To arrange and adequately space a1l the compo-
nents required in the Unit, the piping group will use
the approved Plot Plan to assign coordinate positions
to vessels, pumps, heaters, exchangers, pipe supports,
and control rooms and develop the equipment location
drawing. Keeping in mind there will be plant operators
and maintenance personnel in the facility 24 hours a
day, adequate arrangement and spacing of components
within the facility becomes important. Equipment loca-
tion depends on a number of factors, including piping
codes, space availability, worker accessibility as well as
client preferences. All pieces of mechanical equipment to
be installed within the facility are positioned usíng two
intersecting coordinate lines, one North/South and one
East/West. These intersecting coordinates define the pre-
cise position of a11 vessels, pumps, exchangers, etc., by
locating the centerline of its foundation. When locating
equipment such as exchangers and reboilers, that have
a foundational support on each end, at least one of the
equipment's supporting foundations must be located
with coordinates. By using the plant coordinate system,
it is impossible for any other component in the facility to
have the same pair of intersecting coordinates. Figure 9 .8
provides an example of an Equipment Location drawing.
FOUNDATION LOCATION DRAWING
Toe structural drafting departrnent uses informa-
tion provided on the Equipment Location drawing to
show the position of foundations for mechanical equip-
ment, structural supports, and control buildings. On
Foundation Location drawings, foundations that are
to be built above Grade are drawn as solid lines and
spread footings. Toe portion of the foundation that lies
below Grade is shown as hidden lines. Figure 9.9 shows
an example of a Foundation Location drawing.
PIPING DRAWING INDEX
Toe Piping Drawing lndex is developed from the
Plot Plan. This drawing divides the Plot Plan into
smaller drawing areas, usíng Match Lines. Match Lines
are lines drawn and labeled that allow the smaller
drawing areas to be pieced together to form the larger
Plot Plan, similar to a puzzle. Larger areas are divided
in such a way as to keep related pieces of mechanical
 (,) F/F ELEV. 130' -O"

~-----------~'~ 125'c~~ ~-T-.O-.P-LA-T._E_l._1_25-'--o-· --?-,--w

NOTES: Ot)
1. TO FINO THE OISTANCE BElWEEN TWO
z
OIFFERENT ELEVATIONS, SUBTRACT TliE
LOWER ONE FROM THE HIGHER ONE.
2. WHEN CALCULATING THE OISTANCE
:: e.o

w
BElWEEN A CENTERUNE ((ü ELEVATION
ANO A BOTIOM OF PIPE (BOP)
ELEVATION, CONVERT TliE BOP TO A i
BY AOOING ONE-HALF OF THE O.O. TO
o
1
l()
......
1-
o
..-""'
l()
N
w
1-
:z
l-
o THE BOP THEN, SUBTRACT THE LOWER 1 o
z CENTERUNE ELEVATION FROM THE r-, z
HIGHER CENTERUNE ELEVATION.
TOS ELEV. 112'-0" --

t­­­~!"·c··,
'
1

o ......
~
1
F
1-
o
TOC ELEV. (ll-41~ .... _1~ ~ :z
101'-0"

Eb INV. ELEV. 97'-3"

FIGURE 9.6 Verticaldistance calculations with coordinates.

178 9. EQUJPMENT LAYOUT

\f¡ -1 -1- -J .o-iooz

i
+ N

.O-,OLl

T r ------------
1
1
:1I
I
w~
u-
G::l_j_
::, 5
1
----,
1
1
11
1
-: l-+---1--1-6-
.o-.oc;1 + N

(D I
1
1
------------ ----~

-1 .o-.oc; + N

I?o
N

,_ ----+-----
i..i
.o-,oo + o
~
::::;

ó
1t
.o-,oc; + s

.O-,OOl + S

.O-,O<;l + s

.. O-.OLl ·s !IV'lll !Old

I_ .o-.ooz s
o1 o1 o 01 o o1 o1 +

o o
o o
1
~I o
1 o o
11)
11) o 11) ;? ~
+
~
+
~ :1 +
w
+
w w
+

FIGURE 9. 7 Unit Plot Plan.

equipment on the same drawing if possible. These
drawing areas are given a drawing number for easy
identification and then assigned to various designers
on the project. Duríng the design phase, it is crucial
that designers interface with those working on adjacent
drawing areas. Toe position, size, and pound rating of
lines entering or leaving an area and continuing into
an adjacent area must be properly noted and located
on all related drawings. Figure 9.10 is a sample Piping
Drawing Index.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 PJPIJ',;G DRAWJNG JNDEX 179

- - 1~~E~-
MATCH LINE S. 55' -0"

... ¡1.
I u.,cX
04-CT-406
--t--i.¡;:-.;- 1
~I~

..te, ,
~¡.¡i
$,=
'~ 1 ~I
1 º ~ 1

___ J_ _ _j~~
AREA LIMIT N. 55'-0"
FIGURE 9.8 Equipment Location drawing.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

 MATCH UNE w. 40'-0"

rf-1 Lt_J +PS-7 ~

L- I _J - - 5¡1t
5 t:
- -
r----, 5¡1t - - ::::-,
i 't°..~_: ····, ,
~r r. ./ ·•
ti' ,-.-;:-_;_-lil-i 1 ~ ="°N­­,::: 1

v,')
L ~- ' !r-.,.
r--::.,~--!Jj··-' -.il-i- -r 1
·r---i ,,
'"111 ~
po2-P-202e
w. ;¡,.::¡:- 1 ' ~-!-101

i '
'j
l 1 , ~- ~1.• , ~ • , : w. lJ·=r
i t- 1· • , / i..r.,» 1
1 fili,¡ i 4-·~-~~;1.,,,..
is­..­ :¡
~r
lI w. 1 + -!'.-.!.Q.!.
.,.,.,o,
1 +:-;:-f , .... !, -- ,r-11- rffi-.• .' \,, ' ,J
r-- --1----,
!r: I,_
w~
J
-rp:·/ -~.J1t~--ti-:- ­­F.~~~
a a , •
..:c,.-- -: - PS-2
L-- __ J ,--r.-,, ,_
1 ..-+-
, 1 -, ', • • 1 -t::,' • ;;e,- ·,1 ' / ' 0
( ~ ',,~ 1 •- ~L-.L_J ~-1
L-1
-J

1 ...,¡ :'~i-,. tí'- -,L.11~. .

Q ~V-203 il O ----, _J
1 1- • ;;·~ + 1 ~e'' • •• ~•. '"' ,., .
,¡-;....... -{;;,:_] , r' ·,..,_ • • "ª
•,· Tr ~-- - -+,
in
I~,J .. ., .-
.J

. r¡··
*tº,:~=l~- -~' .
'° \ J"'~ F.'i·ci-"' l
L¡ •••• -,
'·., ,/
,.1.,
J.•i• 1 -+-,'- J___.._Q_1-_11-102
•I <... > ,
1

i ··1/ '·1/ . •
V, •¡. c ••• J a a~ .. -.-

~ SI ·• __ ,r··,- -
1 1 -rha--HH ,4 1- i ;;;.·' 4
I t¡ S C00',i•~ l. J - ----

() 1 4j" 1·;
~·e~ _¡:¡ ,-- , '
~ r-------:t----------, y-- - -- - ~ -!--
i~·;
l__t __ «1
r--,-1 y----~-,-~¡..2,.._..
e.~= (,,~/,---, ~1·,rt-~,,1r~
L l'-o' - 1

, 1' 1

I •:
1

- --¡'- ----f
1

!: ,a·-o-
1 111. ,: ,
~-\1-401 )1 1
I' :
1
1,
•
:: ~·
'
e------
t o4-e_-40ss t.1e--o
•... -~
i>f¡
--~ .
+

¡" J
:: rjt-,
': ':- - -,'!:
,- -
º .....,... ::''""
63 ,
L------
--- _, --------· ~~\1:!t 1 • ~ -, 1~ // / ,
11! '-- ---t¡° ~-;;-----
r-------'=-~
=~ ' -~~-----,
:
tt--
--,
_J 1

[ °\¡-- - -- ~ -e-+
~-402 A '-----J ---- ;¡ •
L2&7-<f-- - , , r-., -, -t=;,ff-_:i1A
OJ P
-- J
f
!~~_¡:~..., -ti'-'.!'.:.~·1 ~::::::::~ 11~ __Ji
E-~..-, L--+--j :
1 1
1 'O<+!~ '
r. ,e•-,.--
:·····,
- ,,, ""t, --- - ~- r-i-~
..l,~.J1 ' ~"
~-l'-3018 ---,,i 1

L
- - , ' ' OJ .. ,,,.,,. --+ '
- - - _ '-- --•
- - r-.l-,
! -d, .! :
r,s':_.------,
~.;:.. r----Jl: _)
MATCH UNE E. 40'-0" - -
FIGURE 9.9 Foundation Location dr awmg.
.
 PLOT LIMIT W. 120' -0"

'f------------,
<,

~
\
\
/(NGOFFIC'f/

/
,,t
""ca
111
o 1L _ o -e
o 1 1 ::¡;
s' o
r-, o
r-,
z
C)
21 !il
~ (/)
z ~
!::
z
C)
~
o
::i:
1-
~ ze,
::J ::J m
IB
C) 1-
X

z o
_J
1-
o
o. _J
o,

PLOT LIMIT E. 120' -0"

- - -~~
-- --

FIGURE 9.10 Piping drawing index.

182 9. EQUJPMENTLAYOUT

CHAPTER 9 REVIEW QUIZ B.O.P. EL.

1. Define plant coordinate system.

F./F. EL.

2. Name the three units of measurement by which 5. Use only coordinates to determine _
coordinates can be labeled. ____ dimensions.
6. Use only elevations to determine _
____ dimensions.

3. What is the typical arbitrary value for the elevation 7. Define Battery Limits.
of Grade?

4. Define the following terms. 8. Name three factors that influence the arrangement
and spacing of mechanical equipment.
H.P.Paving

T.0.C. EL. 9. How are above-grade foundations represented on a

Foundation Location drawing?
T.0.S. EL.
10. What is a Match Line?

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 trl
~
~.....
MATCH UNE W.30' -O"

1 l
¡(¡
"'\O
_..
;.....

G) z
~
~~
l)J
::,
e,
\O
1
1.
-' ~
CJ)
o
(/)

t W.23'-9" <

ti v-,-1~
.i-W.18'-Q" IV1 ! ro
¡;:.

©
ro
---l.w. 16' -3" § o

ca""
111
o
o
1
,~
,..._
l!u1>
u 2.
® Gt~3.
N
~
4.
10
la
1
9
~
::,
6
... ~::o
.....
N
o
~
"'d

IO
o
:i:
>

@ -§'
~;e
1
::,
s'

t-
o "; t,

®
"St'

i
¡;r
21 "St' 10. z "'¡¡¡
(/)
~ w ~
w z zo
z
~
o
::J 5
::J
:e
~-o
::, C)
m
X
:e z 1 (.) 93
IB (.) ~ Sil o
C)
z ~
-l>,
I~
~ ...o
"O
~
¡¡;
¡¡¡
~ E: E.10·-o· ;S.
e,
::o
o
l E.11'-7" ro ......
o:
~
9
l)J
::, rn
"'ro~
®
7
vl
~1
1º· ® (J) s·
1 ti'
~

L'"'-o"
6.

a J
8. ~e,
lE.23'-11" V-6
s·n
::r
<
e.
MATCH UNE E.30'-0" ¡::
~
1--'
00
w
 tri
X
(!)

~
~·
-o
~
~
....
(!)

ffi
~
6
~
::,
<
1
ELEV. 125'-0"
+rOP EL 125'4 a....
g_
,...... 02-V-203 e,
ca"" ELEV. 120' -0"
§º o
:i:
111
o -~------------------ (!)

~
>
~;e
s' g' "'¡¡¡
21 !"
~ ELEV. 115'-0"
~--- a"~. ~z
~
o
'-'
N '-'
l 02-34-A15-12" e,
(!)
o
m
X
I»
t::: 93
IB o
¡¡;
C)
z @ ¡¡¡
~
(!)

~
s·
¡f
....
I»
::,
e,
s·
9-
-
3.( ) 5.( (_E_LEV_. ) 6.( ) 7.( _ <
I»
t::
(!)
UNIT 02 WEST ELEVATION y,
 CHAPTER
10
Piping ArrangementDrawings,
Sections, and Elevations
ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS
Toe Pípíng Arrangement drawing is the most sígnífí-
c~t draw":1g developed by a piping designer. This plan
view drawíng, also known as the Piping Layout draw-
ing, is a major source of information used in the fabrica-
tion and erection of the piping facility. And when using
the traditional, manual method of desígn, information
on the Arrangement drawing aids in the development
of the piping model and isometric drawings.
Toe Piping Arrangement drawíng evolves from the
Foundation Location and Equipment Location draw-
íngs. lt shows all mechanical equipment, including
vessels in the unit and the pipes connecting them,
including manholes, ladders, platforms, cages, and
davits. It identifies a11 structural steel supports such
as the main and miscellaneous pipe racks, equipment
structures, columns, braces, and any fireproofing they
may have. Once locations for foundations and mechani-
~1 equipment have been established, piping configura-
tions are added to the drawing with the aid of symbols
that represent fittings, flanges, and valves.
Written information placed on the Arrangement
drawing includes mechanical equipment coordinates,
identification numbers, elevation callouts, line num-
bers, flow arrows, and dimensions establishing pipe
locations. Instrumentation symbols are included to indi-
cate type, position, and orientation for accessibility by
plant personnel. Ladders and platforms are also shown
on equipment and structures that have them. A nozzle
schedule is included that contains detailed information
about a11 pípíng and instrument connections for every
piece of mechanical equipment. Information such as
nozzle number, size and pound rating, orientation, ele-
vation, and projection is also included. With so much
required information on a drawing, it is easy to under-
stand why the Piping Arrangement drawing must
be neat, accurate, and legible. Toe development of 3D
186
modeling software programs has had a significant effect
on the process and procedure relating to the develop-
ment of the Piping Arrangement drawing, as will be
discussed in a later chapter.
RESPONSIBILITIE
S OF THE PIPING
DESIGNER
Only after many years of experience does the
drafter become a piping designer. Toe time invested
in learning company specifications, layout procedures,
and mechanical equipment requirements makes the
designer a valuable employee.
As the Arrangement drawíng is being developed, a
piping designer should, among other things, consider
the following:
How can the drawing be simplified? Has each pipe
been routed in such a way as to allow for construc-
tion, repairs, and equipment maintenance? How will
construction, repairs, and routine maintenance be
p~rformed in this unit? Has enough room been pro-
vided for access between mechanical equipment?
Foremost on a designer's mind should be the safety
and protection of plant operators and maintenance
personnel.
INFORMATION SOURCES FOR PIPING
ARRANGEMENTDRAWINGS
A piping designer must assemble the various refer-
ence drawings and documents needed to lay out the
Piping Arrangement drawing. These may include:
• Mechanical Flow diagram;
• Plot Plan;
C, 2012 Ehcvic-r lnc. Ali rlghts rcserved.
 PIPING ARRJ\l\GEMENT DRAWING LAYOUT
• Foundation or Mechanical Equípment Location Plan;
• Piping Drawing Index;
• mechanical equipment (vendor) drawings and
foundation drawings;
• Pipíng Specifications;
• Pipe Line List;
• list of special requirements, if any, for the project.
Toe construction document includes all the drawings
and documentation that relate to the fabrication, erec-
tion, commissioning, and operation of the process facíl-
ity. These will include as-builts, equipment certification
and nameplate information, operating manuals, testing
procedures, field changes, and possibly photographs of
the completed construction.
LAYOUTPROCEDURES
To develop a Pípíng Arrangement drawing, the desígner
must be familiar with company and client job specifica-
tions and requirements of the current project. Many differ-
ent layout and design techniques can be used depending
on client requirements, company policy, budget limita-
tions, manpower, and available computer software.
Piping Arrangement drawings are quite complex
and congested. Therefore, a systematic layout proce-
dure is recommended to ensure all necessary items are
included. Toe following are the recommended proce-
dures for layout of Pípíng Arrangement drawings:
1. Define proposed area outline or draw Match
Lines.
2. Fill in drawing number and title block
information.
3. Place a North Arrow in upper right-hand comer of
the drawing.
4. Locate foundations for buildings, pipe rack
columns, and mechanical equipment from the
coordinates used to develop the Foundation
Location drawing and dimensions provided on the
Equipment Foundation drawing.
5. Draw equipment foundations.
6. Lay out mechanical equipment.
NOTE:
• Show only enough detall on mechanical equipment
outlines to provide a generalized description.
• Represent mechanical equipment centerlines,
outlines, and foundations with thin dark lines.
• Show all piping and instrumentation connections
(nozzles, couplings, etc.) on mechanical equipment.
7. Prepare a study drawíng of each individual piping
configuration in the facility. This procedure will
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
187
allow the designer to explore all requirements
necessary for design, operation, and maintenance
prior to the final layout.
8. Lay out the pípíng system as shown on the study
drawíng. lnclude instrumentation connections
on the piping configuration. Note that every
piping facility has different process, mechanical,
and instrumentation requirements. It would
be extremely difficult to establish set rules and
procedures for methods of piping development.
Each line on the layout is, in itself, a special design
problem and must be dealt with accordingly.
9. Add platforms, ladders and cages, pipe guides,
anchors, supports, and hangers as required.
10. Include line numbers, codes, specs, specíalty item
numbers, and callouts.
11. Place locating dimensions for piping.
12. Label coordinates for mechanical equipment, pipe
supports, etc., if required for job.
13. Add instrument balloons and callouts.
14. Include nozzle schedules and notes as required.
15. Complete drawing. Add Match Line, Area Limit,
and Battery Limit callouts, reference details, and
Section or Elevation cutting plane symbols.
16. Print/plot the completed drawing and check your
work.
17. Correct any mistakes you find before releasing the
drawing to your instructor or supervisor.
PIPING ARRANGEMENT
DRAWING LAYOUT
This section provides a detailed explanation of the
procedural steps to lay out the single-line representa-
tion of the Piping Arrangement drawing of Unit-01
shown in Figure 10.1. Toe double-line altemative of
Unit-Ol is shown in Figure 10.2. These procedures will
simulate those undertaken on any design project by
an actual engineering company. To simplify the layout
procedures and consolidate the reference drawings and
other related information, a copy of the Foundation
Locatíon drawing, Equipment Location drawing, Main
pipe rack, miscellaneous pipe supports, equipment ven-
dor drawings, Elevation, and the structural drawings
are provided in this chapter.
Toe following procedures present the recommended
method of developing a Piping Arrangement drawing
with a 2D CAD software program. When using a draft-
ing software program, such as AutoCAD, the drawings
are typically created full size and then placed into the
appropriate border at %" = 1 '-O" (0.03125)scale. When the
initial drawing is developed, full-scale layouts are used to
create various "sheets" of the facility at any desired scale.
188 10. PIPING ARRANGEMENT DRAWU\GS, SECTION"S, ANO ELEVATIONS

UNIT-02 MATCHLINE O'-0"

eOP a.112·-0~';5¿0¡:¡_ 'f;oq~-§"-----iri
PROOUCT UNE

COOLING WTR. RETURN

HEAT MEDIUM SUPPLY

HEAT MEOIUM RETURN

A.ARE HEADER
FUEL GAS
TO PROOUCT STORAGE
FEEO

1
~
~
o
I -.
e 1
":

~I
1
o
~1 ~
1 l
o "-: 1
()
¡::
1
q
1 1
q
'- w.i;;.-_º.
1
q

UNIT-01 AREA LIMIT N. 55'-0"

FIGURE 10.1 Unít-Gl Piping A.rrangement drawing: single-líne.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

-e
...,
o

-
~
9
N
UNIT-01 AREA LIMIT

e:
2.
~.,,
"§:
:,
~
~
§ z
~ "'I;;
::,
9
"'
~ :1

e
::,
Q.
;;¡
"1
~- ~:,:: o
:,
o:,
Q.
o1
1
lf)
o
6- o lf)

if z
s'
(')

-- -- --
- - -

N
= -
o
1
!:: o
z 1
=> !::
z
=>

·-o· ·-o·

MATCHLINE O' -0"

190 10. PIPING ARRANGE.~ENTDRAWIKGS,SECTIONS,ANO ELEVATIONS

Procedures 1-3: Drawing setup: Location of area and Reference drawing: Equipment Location plan
Unit boundaries, Title Block, and North Arrow. Set the following:
References drawing: Foundation Location plan and
Company drawing standards • Make Centerlines the current working layer.
Set the following: • Use OFFSET to create lines parallel to the North and
West Match Lines that will represent the intersecting
• UNITS coordinates of the main pipe rack, miscellaneous
Length: Type-Architectural pipe supports, and mechanical equipment
Precision: Yi6" centerlines.
Toe visibility of various linetypes will require differ- • Change the intersecting lines to the Centerlines layer.
ent values when viewing the drawing in model space • TRIM or use the line's Grips to shorten the
and paper space. intersecting lines that will represent the various
• LTSCALE equipment and structural support's foundation
Set to 32 centerlines.
A value of 32 will make the linetypes visible in Once the foundation centerlines are completed, your
Model Space and a setting of 1 will make them visible drawing should appear as shown in Figure 10.4, with-
in Paper Space. out the text.
• Create the following layers with corresponding Procedure 5: Drawing pipe rack and equipment
colors, line types, and line weights: foundations.
Reference drawing: Foundation Location drawing
(Figure 10.5) and foundation drawings for individual
pieces of mechanical equipment (Figures 10.6-10.10) and
Layername Color Line type line weight the Main Pipe Rack and Miscellaneous Pipe Support
control drawings (Figures 10.11-10.14).
Match Lines Black/White Phantom 0.70mm • Make Foundations the current working layer.
Centerlines Black/White Center default • Use the appropriate commands to draw mechanical
Foundations Yellow Continuous default
equipment, pipe rack, and pipe support foundations
from coordinates and dimensions shown on the
Steel Cyan Continuous default Equipment Foundation drawings. Your drawing
Equipment Oran ge Continuous 0.30mm should appear as shown in Figure 10.5 when
Pipe Blue Continuous 0.53mm procedure 5 is completed.
Platforms, ladders, Cyan Continuous default Procedure 6: Equipment layout.
andcages Reference drawings: Mechanical equipment vendor
Instruments Red Continuous default drawings
Use dimensions provided on the mechanical equip-
Text Black/White Continuous default
Dimensions Black/White Continuous default
ment vendar drawings to lay out the mechanical equip-
ment as represented in Figure 10.15. Toe equipment
vendar drawings are shown in Figures 10.16-10.21.
• Make Equipment the current working layer.
• Make Match Lines the current working layer. • Draw ali mechanical equipment with the necessary
• OBJECT PROPERTIES commands. Toe dimensions needed to draw and
Set COLOR Control, LINETYPE Control, and orientate the ladder and platforms for 01-V-101 are
LINEWEIGHT Control to "Bylayer" in the Object supplied with vendar drawings. Toe dimensions
needed to draw the cages are shown in Figures 10.40
Properties toolbar.
and 10.41. Change the linetype of those portions of the
• Draw a rectangle SS'-O" wide and 40' -O" deep to foundations located below the mechanical equipment
represent the Unit-01 boundary Match Lines. Toe from "continuous" lines to "hidden" lines.
lower, left comer of the rectangle will be at the O' -O'', • Make Steel the current working !ayer.
O' -O" origin. • Use the necessary commands to draw the main
Use Figure 10.3 as a reference to lay out the Unit-Ol's pipe rack and miscellaneous pipe supports. Toe
perimeter from the 0'-0'', 0'-0'' origin. dimensions needed to draw and orientate the steel
Procedure 4: Lay out the centerlines for the main columns are provided in the section and detail
pipe rack and equipment foundations. drawings in Figures 10.11-10.14. Change the linetype

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

 -
...,
C)

-
~
tri
o UNIT-01 AREA LIMIT w. 40'-0"
{.,

e
a.
~
s:
g:"'
e-
s·
(1)

~c.
>

ª
e
[
o1 o ;;!
tr
o
5c. io
1
z
"O

o
ca'"" >
"' º1 ¡g
111
o ::i. I~
s'
(1)
y, wl 1z >
21 z ám
::J f-- ~
~ I ~ ~..;

~,
o
,~ s
::J
~
~ ~
o a::: zo
IB NI 1 <(
....
C) o
z 1 ~o
f-- o
z
::::>
1
~
t:
z
::::>

1 1
1 1
L _ ___ _J
UNIT-03 MATCH UNE O' -0"
 -
..., ....

,--
o IO
N

-
r
~
w.
o
-- UNIT-01 AREA LIMIT 40'-0"
-Ñ=-i
~·
~ t PS-1
yl
a1
¡::

..a.o
&. MPS-1
~·:el
J~

,,
:::,
r,
:::,
9 _j.- -h 02_-E-101

lil; .
lo W33'-8"
~
§'
~
z
ili p

~1
1'>1
31
"O
~o
o

;¡
o 01-lHOI
--+ z~o
1
t w. 26'-0'
:l:! 1 L{)
"O L{) re
m º1
o z ~--1

;
~ wl
=l
tí t w.
PS-2
- -1- ~I~ !il~ t::
::E z
so>
~~
-T- -- - -- - -- - --T-
20'-0" IZ IZ :J .@
~
~-E-1Q2
g
(/]
::E I w. ,e·-o·

t-
~
m o::
l'[l NI ~5·- =<>:
..-S-2+ <(
~
C) o
z 'j'1
y,

z>
~i
1
t:: o
z -t----
OH-101' --1 1
e,
:::) W.13'-0"
t:: "'¡;:;
1 z:::) ;;i
'"-l

!! ~t------t-~~02
,
o •
W.8'-6"
5
z(/]

~tz
~~
1:
~t
I O

1
01-P-JOJA
-t----+--
W.4'-0'
¡- 1
1 1
L __ tPS-3
I __ _ _ _J
UNIT-03 MATCHUNE 0'-0"
 -
...,
C)

- r
~
tri
o UNIT-01 AREA LIMIT W. 40'-~"- ---
¡,, lPS-1 - - --- - - 91
31
s
.. ti! 1
rn- __
MPS-1
o.
á".
o::,
t,;_.3&·::a-=t::ft
__
r
R
~
5·
::,
o.
ól
le
s·
~

o1 QJ-Y-JQJ
o ...,
;;!

w. 2s·-o·
1
z
ca"" io o
º1 >
l{)
111
o ¡g

¡~
s' wl z >
21 ám
..... ~
~ PS-2 ~ ~-i

~
o
~, t W. 20·-o- ::i

I~a::
s
~
zo
IB NI 1 -c .....
C) o
z 1 ~o
t:: o ~
z 1
::> t::
z
1 ::>
1

01-P-JQJA --+-
1 +-;,;_;.- 1
1 L----+-- 1
b_ __ ___J
UNIT-03 MATCHLIÑE - O' -O"
---
194 10. PIPING ARRANGEMENT DRAWU\GS, SECTION"S, ANO ELEVATIONS

5•-4•

1·-ei· 2·-~· ,·­ei

·­,i ·­,i

..x.
'j
....

A A o
~'<' ~~
-
1
~~ ~N~TNÑ
"'1 1
'9
.. ,:¡ .
...
. ,;
~ ;,, ;,,
~• o
•• •• <:1ºº
. ·~: .. 1

12-1"0...AIICHOII
BOt.l'S cau,uy SPACED
OH A ...-S" BOt.T
"' ...
CIRCU s:
'j
....

TOC EL 101'-0"

H.P. PAVING 100'-0"

13'-11 1/2"

SECTION A-A
Nato· NOT TO SCALE

DEPROPANIZER UNIT 01-V-101 PEDESTAL ANo FOUNDATION

FIGURE 10.6 Depropanizer 01-V-101 Pedestal and Foundation drawing.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 ."'
1
;,.

1 \ ~
\_L __ __ J) 1'-- -l /i

..
.... · .

...
,·-··
-. ',
.· .......
.
•: .
.
... I'
- ..
··."· '. ·~
. ....
:
: ""· .

EASJ ELEYATION NORTH ELEYAJION Note· NOT JO SCALE

DEPROPANIZER REFLUX ACCUMULATOR UNIT 01-V-102 PEDESTAL ANo FOUNDATION

FIGURE 10. 7 Depropanizer Accumulator 01-V-102 Pedestal and Foundation drawing.
 15'-0"

..... . ...
si i: .. • 01­[­101

..
4
1o
1
4. t. w. JJ'-6" ..
• == q,_

.
o
1
;.,.
"''l:
;¡µ

TOC ELEV. 104'-03/4"

1'-6" 1'-6"

3·-0·

. <
HP PAVING 100'-0"
112" EXPASN. JIIT•
MATL (l'IP)
. 4
. .,

• : !1111
· -~· EAST ELEVATION
• - -
. . .. ~
..
'··~
. ·.
. ... .
.
,.: ·-
. .. -

NORTH ELEVATION
Note· NOT TO SCALE

DEPROPANIZER REBOILER UNIT O 1-E-1 O 1 PEDESTAL ANo FOUNDATION

FIGURE 10.8 Depropanizer Reboiler 01-E-101 Pedestal and Foundation drawing.
 <t4jt
. ·.
4'-6"
1· ·1
~[ ~ . ~~-:1:,__
,.b.\ 01­E­102
-. ·..
•
.
I>
:
i-'l . ., : : ,. .. f - w. ,a·-o· - •. ii,, •
.,a ... . i,e,..
. 1 ~.. .. .,~ 1

1 1

.
1 1

01
16'-0"
.JII
~I ~

t zl
i

n. . -----
1•11
fl ~u--- TOC ELEV. 103'-4" • IIJW
~1
1
"-
.,.
1
;
...
Á
1
1

1
1 ·-0· 1·-0·

2'-0"
~1 1 /2" EXPASN. JNT.
it, HP PAVING 100'-o• l.(4TL {lYP)
4 ~w:'ii2·.,,.~,
--,,,,,··."""'·,""'4.,- .~._.~..;,:~.:~~~--~·
..~·-

Note· NOT TO SCALE EAST ELEVATION NORTH ELEVATION

DEPROPANIZER OVERHEAD CONDENSER UNIT 01-E-102 PEDESTAL ANO FOUNDATION

FIGURE 10.9 Depropanizer Condenser 01-E-102 Pedestal and Foundation drawing.
 ....
IO
00

12'-0"
6'-0" 6'-0"

.,'•, .d • s·-o·
o1 ·"
t")
•o
- -
.
1
<D
o
1
t")

__ J _
HP PAVING ,oo·-o· ... .
. ..;.. ... ......

1-.
~"" .. -o( ., b... b. _
~~·~·Y,><
....... '. 4:
·. : . . ''b
~ ·.
<O . .. :a.
--
4
·~~i>~~·-·_~,,._·~-~~ .. ·-"'_.·_b~-.. 1 . •
',...;. _.·t.·.· b.. l> -·.,mwmlJUmi
- .

EAST ELEVATION NORTH ELEVATION

Nato· NOJ JO SCAl E

DEPROPANIZER PUMPS UNIT 01-P-101 A&B PEDESTAL ANO FOUNDATION

FIGURE 10.1 O Depropanizer Pumps 01-P-lOlAand B Pedestal and Foundationdrawing.
 !1 º·' 1 ~·
JI
1-- -
":•

1
1.ü1 01 ~·

N.o·-o·1 ~ Wl2x45 ­ --I-- - Wl2x45 ­ Wl2x45 ­ --I-- - Wl2x45 ­

o1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1
~I ~I ~I ~I ~I

'l
~

N. ,0'­0" ] ••h 0 _ ] ••h 0 _ ] "" • 0 _ ] "" • 0 _

~ ~ m·­o· ~ ~ m·­o· cS ~ w·­o­ ~ m·­o· ~

PLAN

TOS E:L 114·-o·,

1~.
w,
w,.,2­,x_•s _
1 Wl2 X 45
1 Wl2 x 45
i Wl2 x 45
i~.
1
¡;,

TOS E:L. 1 1 o· -o· Wl2 x 45 Wl2 x 45 Wl2 x 45 Wl2 x 45

~
•
"'¡¡
.
"'s
~
•
s"'
~
•
"'
¡¡
~
•
s"'
TOC E:L 101'­0" ..._ ..._ ..._ ..._ _

NORTH ELEVA T/ON Note· NOT TO SCALE

MAIN PIPE RACK: PLAN ANO NORTH [L[VAT/ON

FIGURE 10.11 Main Pipe Rack: Plan and North Elevation drawing.
 N
8

PS-1 t 111.40'-0"
12"
~:g,.,
¡,, t 11'.20'-0" 8"
ti
PS­2

--Jb I
DETAIL 1A I 12" I721/8"
ll'f2x~ 1 1
W12x45 W12x65
PS-4 t E.20'-0" STRUCTURAL SHAPE SIZES
PS­s tuo·­o·

1
1
1
1 TOS U. 11''-0"
... DETAIL 10
./-PFOIICIC:<XNimlCWDCIM.S1A-C W12x~ + ~
(
d 1 )
Wl2x65 f 1
TOS ei. f 12'-0"
7 1 l
DETAIL 1[
/-PFOIICIC:<XNlmlCWDCIM.S1A-C
~ 1\. ­Pff1110(~0ETNLSIA­E
DETAIL 18 1 T~ '1,. f!Q'-Q" ll'f2x45
l 7 1 l ~
1 1

1 1 ,11'12x~
(rYP.)
1 v-W12K~
(rYP.)

t
1 1

I ./
DETAIL
IWN PIPfl1IOt
1C
caiHCCOONDETAIIS IA ­ f
1
rr- TOC EL 101'-0" 1 roe a 101·-o·
(1 1 1) H.P. PAVING 100'-0" 1 H.P. PAVING 100'-0"
.......... 1 1

S[CTION A-A S[CTION B-B

Note· NOT TO $CALE

MAIN PIPE RACK: SECTIONS A-A ANO B-B

FIGURE 10.12 MainPipeRack: SectionsA-AandB--B.
 l'-4" so.

l
J" J"
-i--;--r
' ! 1
Wl2,c46 ros El. 114·­o·

5/16"
r THCK PWf
5/16"
¿:;, Pf1''if x 1 '-8" LG.
:g
~
i
OETAIL 1A OETAIL 18 ...,
OETAIL 10 ;;!

z
ca"" o
>
111
o ¡g
>
s' ám
21 ~
~ ~'"i

~ roe a. ior­o:
s
~
o 5/16"
zo
IB
C)
Wl2,c.f6 ,,o·­o· .....
z H.P. PAVING 100'-0"
~o
~

5/16"

OETAIL 1C DETAIL 1E
Noto· NQT TO $CALE

MAIN PIPE RACK: CONNECT/ON DETAILS 1A­[

FIGURE 10.13 Main Pipe Rack: Connection details lA-E. N
o
.....
 N
o
N

1b -iª"ti
8"
,ª'b 1 ti
I r I I12 ,1s..
8"
1
9 7/8"
t I
12"
12 ..

t ~¡
8:,:
W8xJ1 W1 Ox39 W12x45 W12x65 DETAIL 1A PS­1 tW.40'­o•

W12x6S
t
PS­2 w.20·­o·

STRUCTURAL SHAPE SIZES ----- -----5--.o·--o-=--·

PS­J

:l:! UPS­1
~
UPS­2
.
o
1

.
"O
m J6'­s· 16·­o· ;,,
o
~
=l o
o
el .1
:!l:.; W8xJ1
TYP.
.o

tí ~~:.; TOS EL 114'­0"

so
>
PLAN
W12x4S
TOS EL 112•­o•
W12x615
m
l'[l
C) TOS e: 110'­o• TOS a. 110·­o· TOS fL 110'­0"
z W12x4S

W10xJ9
TYP.
W12x6S
(TYP.)

DETAIL 1C
­ PffRIO(: ClHICCIDI DETAlS IA ­ f
o
.!. TOC EL 101'­0"
H.P. PAVING 100'­0"

ELEVATION SECTION A-A

Note· NOT TO SCALE

UNJT-01 PIP[ RACK WITH MtSC[LLAN[OUS PtP[ SUPPORTS 1 ANO 2

FIGURE 10.14 Unit--01Pipe Rack with Miscellaneous Pipe Supports 1 and 2.
 -
'Ti
C)

~
....
o
;...
t PS-
UNIT-01
-----
AREA LIMIT

V\

.si
e:
i'
"'
;:!.
5'
ea.
o :i
:,
o.
¡;¡
s
:,
~
o
o 01-y-101
w. 26'-0º
1
;;!
"O

ca"" ~
1 lO
111
o
º1 I~ >
¡g
s' wl 1 z >
21 z á
::::¡ !::: ~
~ J: 2 ~--i

~,
o
,~
:::::¡
~
~ 01 E-102 s
o
~ w. 18'-0º ~
O:'.
IB NI MPS-2
1 <( ~
....
C)
z o ~o
1
!::: o ~
z 1
=> !:::
z
1 =>
01-v-102 1
~.87-6º

_J
UNIT-03 MATCHLINE - o' -o"
 N
i
NOZZLE SCHEDULE
NOZZLES "N1"&"N5" NOZZLE "N2" MK SERVICE NO. SIZE RATING FACE PROJECTION

H1'-51/." 1'-81! • IMP. METRIC IMP. METRIC

1='Ef~ Í= ,-1,·-0:J ~.
171,· 1 21 N1 BOTTOM OUT 10· 251.0 300# RF 2'-8" 812.8
N2 REBOILER RETURN 12" .JOM 300# RF 2'-8" 812.8
- ~ 8
N3 FEED INLET 8" 20J.2 300# RF 2'-8" 812.8
~ 3"(TYP.7) N4 REFLUX 4" 101.6 RF 2'-6" 162.0
300#
N5 OVHD.VAPOR OUT 10" 251.0 300# RF 2'-8" 812.8
NOZZLE "N3" NOZZLES "N4"&"N6" NOZZLE "N7" N6 P.S.V. 4• 101.6 300# RF
p

t~-=t
61/i" N7 VENT 2· 50.8 300# RF
~ 10" 31
19. I

11s·r1H~
~ a·
L.G.CONN. 2 3/4" 3000# CPLG

t=LIT-=t
"O
~o
MANWAY 2 18" 151.2 300# RF 2·-10" 86.J.6
s' , ,,.. s"
1%" ~ 4:.U- 2:.U,_ ~z
:l:! o
"O re
m
o NOZZLE DETAILS ~-1

;
~ 270'
=l
tí 225'
270' 225'
z
so
> .@

g
(/]

m
l'[l
C) ~
z y,
>
ze,
180' o· 180' o·
"'¡;:;
;;i
""z 5
(/]

135' 135'
/
PLATFORM PLATFORM
115' 90'
NO. 1 115· 90' NO. 2

DEPROPANIZER 01-V-101 SHEET 1 of 2

FIGURE 10.16 Depropanizer 01-V-101 Sheet 1 of2.
 NOZZLE SCHEDULE

N e:==- MK

Nl
SERVICE

BOTTOM OUT
NO.
IMP.
10"
SIZE
METRIC
254.0
RATING FACE

300# RF
PROJECTION
IMP.
2'-8"
METRIC
812.8
N2 REBOILER RETURN 1 12" 304.8 300# RF 2'-8" 812.8
N3 FEED INLET 8" 203.2 300# RF 2'-8" 812.8
N4 REFLUX 4• 101.6 300# RF 2'-6" 162.0
N5 OVHD.VAPOR OUT 10" 254.0 300# RF 2'-8" 812.8
N6 P.S.V. 4• 101.6 300# RF
N7 VENT 1 2· 50.8 300# RF
C1&2 L.G.CONN. 2 3/4" 19. I 3000# CPLG
MI MANWAY 2 18" /51.2 300# RF 2·-10· 863.6

NOTE:
1. THE NOZZLE DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE EQUIPMENT
DRAWING DO NOT INCLUDE 1 '-0" CONCRETE FOUNDATION.
NOZZLE ORI ENTATION TAIL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM BOTIOM OF BASE PLATE.

36' -o• TAN~NT TO TANGENT

12 SPACES ot 2'-0" • 24'-0" {13 TRA'l'S )

DEPROPANIZER 01-V-101 SHEET 2 of 2

FIGURE 10.17 Depropanizer 01-V-101 Sheet 2 of 2.
 NOZZLE SCHEDULE
NOZZLE "N1" NOZZLE "N2" MK SERVICE NO. SIZE RATING FACE PROJECTION

,~-=ta·
IMP. METRIC IMP. METRIC
1 7/8"1n
LIQUID IN 203.2 812.8

w
N1 8" 300/1 RF 2'-8"
UQUID OUT 10· 25M 812.8
i~
5/8J 8"
N2 300/1 RF 2'-8"

3"(TYP.)
kci N3
N4
DRAIN
VAPOR OUT
2·
4•
50.8
101.6
300/1
300/1
RF
RF
2'-6"
2'-8"
162
812.8
NS RELIEF 4• 101.6 300" RF 2'-8" 812.8
NOZZLE "N4"&"N5" NOZZLE "N3","N6"&"N7" N6 LEVEL GAGE 2· 50.8 300" RF 2'-6" 162

7/8"i1 L¡:
N7 LEVEL GAGE 2· 50.8 300/1 RF 2'-4" 111.2
125"-t;
'H~ 8"
C1
M1
VENT
MANWAY
1•
18"
25.I
157.2
6000/1
300"
CPLG W/PLUG
RF 2·-10· 86J.6
4•-1-1- 2·~
,
NOZZLE DETAILS
!ti¡---+'11,
1

j
1
1

I ,:t
I ,,

1 1 ' .,,.
1 1

DEPROPANIZER REFLUX ACCUMULATOR 01-V-102

FIGURE 10.18 DepropanizerRefluxAccumulatorOl-V-102.
 NOZZLE SCHEDULE

A
NOZZLE "A"&:"B" NOZZLE "e" NOZZLE "E"

r1
11 •
ñ . V. MK SERVICE NO. SIZE RATING FACE PROJECTION

1--g-4•. 1=°H~·· jai:t· ·

1· 17¡8· 11/4. IMP. METRIC IMP. METRIC
A HEAT MEO OUT 1 6' !SU 150# RF 1'-8" 508

-t4 µ2:.j
:W- 3"{1YP.7)
4
B
e
HEAT MEO IN
LIQUIO IN
1
1
6'
10"
!SU
25M
150#
300#
RF
RF
1'-8"
2·-2·
508
66M
NOZZLE "O" NOZZLES "F"&:"G"
o VAPOR OUT 1 12" .JOM 300# RF 2·-2· 66M
PROOUCT OUT 1 4" 101.6 300# RF 2'-2" 66M
1'-81/ •
2 s1h" E

J=· 1• 1 F GAGE COLUM 1 2" 50.8 300# RF 2'-0" 609.6

%=i_11 G GAGE COLUM 1 2" 50.8 300# RF 2·-0· 609.6
LQ=t8"
11·-0·1
ri~s· V TW/VENT 8 1" 25./ 6000# CPLG W/PLUG
2:.....1-l--
NOZZLE DETAILS
3 ,;2·---1rr
1 1;2·--in=2·

U]
1/ : 1:
11 'f,!.. ~'-----,1+1
1
I:-,
1
;-1 - - -----H(W)+H---
\ 1 1

PLAN SEE DETAil "A"

26'-0"

G 10·-o· D 1:r-4·
B DETAil "A"
2'-5" ~~

...
:\ ~, JJ--IT------"'
/

----.--~ -----rr
. .___
_ ----li'i
r
V

: ci s·
3 1/2"

-1---
c::!::b!:,
2'

Jt
$_
ir
2·
>-=--

r;--~ :-t
!¡ -~ ,~, 1 1 ,f

1 '-6 1·-21
-l-4--10·
2'-4" 1 1s·-o· 2·-2· 2·-a·
'::-i-{AXf)
2'-1Lj ©D
1

F~ ELEVATION C A RIGHT END VIEW

DEPROPANIZER REBOILER 01-E-101

FIGURE 10.19 Depropanízer Reboiler 01-E-101.
 N
o
00
NOZZLE SCHEDULE
MK SERVICE NO. SIZE RATING FACE PROJECTION
NOZZLE "A"&"B" NOZZLE "C" NOZZLE "D"

1.A_1_
IMP. METRIC IMP. METRIC
A C.W.INLET 1 6" !5U 150# RF 1'-8" 508
1 7/8i_fl 1 5/8"L~

T~_L rB' B C.W.OUTLET 1 6" !5U 150# RF 1'-8" 508

,·~---,- ~L
Jrr8"(TYP.)
e VAPOR IN 1 10· 2~ 300# RF 1'-8" 508
3"(TYP.) ~ D UOUID OUT 1 8" 203.2 30D# RF 1'-8" 508

V TW/VENT 8 1" 25.I 6000# CPLG W/PLUG

31/2"t
NOZZLE DETAILS

··~$" ~-
1 1 1/2" 2·

U]
1

1 , 1, /'."
i - -
\ 1 I I 1 1
'
.__
1
'
PLAN
SEE DETAil "A"
24'-o"
DETAil "A"
e B

-
'-4 18'-10" 2'-8" -1'-2"

o'
1' 1'
-'--
3 1/2" 2 2"
V ____.___
.
~,- J r_

3
-r; 1

.,
CIO
1
1 1 ~
--~g - +- t-t
\.1 ri 1
"l r
1
-!l},·-o·
-
8" -,--
J. L
f.. '-

EN:-:.1
~ 1s·-o·

ELEVATION @ A

DEPROPANIZER CONDENSER 01-E-102

FIGURE 10.20 Depropanizer Condenser 01-E-102.
 NOZZLE SCHEDULE
NOZZLE "A" NOZZLE "8" MK SERVICE NO. SIZE RATING FACE
1'-3" IMP. METRIC

LM A
8
SUCTION
DISCHARGE
a·
6"
2(JJ.2
152.4
300#
300#
RF
RF
,51sit:'.r
l.q
NOZZLE DETAILS 8"

co
ca""
1
111 N
o
s'
21
~
~
o
IB
C)
z ----,
1 O"

1 '-6"

1 '-6"

HP PAVING 100' -0" 2"

ELEVATION END VIEW

DEPROPANIZER PUMPS P-101A & P-1018

FIGURE 10.21 Depropanízer Pumps P-101Aand P-lOlB.
210 10. PIPING ARRANGE.~ENTDRAWIKGS,SECTIONS,ANO ELEVATIONS
of those portions of the beams, columns, and
foundations that are hidden from "contínuous" lines
to "hidden" lines.
• When procedure 6 is completed, your drawing
should look like Figure 10.15.
Procedures 7 and 8: Development of pipe line con-
figurations for Unit-Ol.
Reference drawings: Mechanical Flow Diagram, equip-
ment vendor drawings, and Piping Specifícations.
In procedures 7 and 8, the step-by-step routing of
each pipe confíguration from beginning to end will
be described relative to the commodity flow direc-
tion. That is, the written explanation of the develop-
ment of each pipe confíguration found in Unit-01 will
dictate the sequential placement and orientation of fit-
tíngs, flanges, and valves as it follows the direction of
the flow of the commodity within the pipe. Toe written
descriptions of the confígurations will not include exact
placement or size dimensions of the fittings, flanges, or
valves required for the layout. Toe dimensions that are
needed to place the pipe on the arrangement drawing
in its proper location and orientation can be found on
the various dimensioning charts and vendor drawings
found in this chapter and in the appendix. The 30 mod-
eled, isometric view of each line is shown in the upper
right comer of the drawing associated with each pipe.
This view will be especially beneficia! to help visualize
the routing and placement of pipe components needed
to accurately depict the lines on the arrangement
drawíng.
• Make "Pipe" the current working layer.
• Use the UNE command to draw all lines. Pipes 14"
in diameter and larger are drawn double-line with
actual OD dimensions havíng Default lineweight. Toe
centerlines for double-line pipes are represented as a
Center linetype. Draw all single-line pipes, those 12"
in diameter and smaller, with a 0.53 mm lineweight.
Toe fitting, flange, and valve symbols created in
the previous chapters can be inserted into their
appropriate locations.
Routing
Con.figurations for lines 01-1-C30-8" through
Ol-16-C30-2"
As shown in Figure 10.22, line Ol-1-C30-8" enters
Unit-01 from the Loading Facility on the west end of
the Main Pipe rack having a centerline elevation of
110'-4o/il'. After the line travels 14'-0" into Unit-Ol, from
Match Line W. 40' -O', an elbow flat-turns the line north
toward vessel 01-V-101. 01-1-C30-8" travels north before
it turns up and into nozzle N3 of 01-V-101at EL. 125'-0".
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
A 300# gate valve is located fitting make-up below noz-
zle N3. Its handwheel is oriented toward the west.
Figure 10.23 provides the Plan and Elevation views
of the depropanizer, 01-V-101 and the kettle reboiler,
01-E-101. Also shown is their associated pipíng, lines
01-2-C30-10''-IH and 01-3-C30-12"-IH.
Line 01-2-C30-10''-IH starts at nozzle Nl of 01-V-101.
Begin at nozzle Nl with a flange and an elbow that are
welded together. Toe elbow is welded onto the flange
so that it points north. A straight run of pipe travels
north and another elbow flat-turns west into nozzle C
of 01-E-101.After a short run of pipe, an elbow turns up
and a flange connects to nozzle C. A 2" drain drops out
of the bottom of 01-2-C30-10"-IHand connects to the
oily water sewer. lt is located 10' -8" south of the center-
line of nozzle C; its handwheel points north.
Line 01-3-C30-12"-IH rises out of the top of Ol-E-
101 at nozzle D with a flange and short vertical length
of pipe. An elbow is attached that is oriented south.
Another short run of pipe travels south until an elbow
flat-turns west into 01-V-101, at nozzle N2.
Notice in Figure 10.24 that nozzle NS is oriented
on vessel 01-V-101 at a 45º angle, pointing toward
the northeast. Line 01-4-C30-10'' comes out of nozzle
NS fitting make-up at EL. 141'-0'', where an elbow
turns down alongside the vessel. A long, vertical drop
descends to centerline elevation 110'-5%'', where it turns
east. A short, easterly run of pipe will align Ol-4-C30-
10'' with the centerline of 01-E-102, where it flat-turns
north, toward nozzle C. As the line travels north, it rests
on a Miscellaneous Pipe Support-2, then it turns down
into nozzle C of 01-E-102. Lines that drop such a long
distance down the side of a vertical vessel, as Ol-4-C30-
10" does, typically require pipe supports and/ or pipe
guides. Toe support used in this particular situation is
a trunion, which is welded to the side of a vessel. Figure
10.25 shows a typical trunion pipe support.
Line 01-5-C30-8" transports condensed vapor from
condenser 01-E-102 to the overhead accumulator 01-V-
102. 1t attaches to nozzle D, which comes off the bottom
of 01-E-102 and travels to nozzle Nl on 01-V-102. This
300# line drops out of nozzle D fitting make-up and
turns east for 2'-7", where it tums up. After a vertical
run of pipe, an elbow turns the confíguration south to
rest on Miscellaneous Pipe Support-2 at elevation 110'-
O''. Toe pipe continues south to align with nozzle Nl of
01-V-102. Once aligned with nozzle Nl, an elbow tums
up toan elevation that is fitting make-up when measur-
ing against the flow, or backward, from nozzle Nl of
01-V-102. Toe pipe runs east before turning up into Nl
(see Figure 10.26).
Lines 01-6-C30-10'' and 01-7-C30-6"/4" are suction
and discharge lines for pumps 01-P-lOlA and 01-P-lOlB,
respectively. Line 01-6-C30-10",the suction line, is a 10"
confíguration that drops out of the bottom of Ol-V-102
 UNIT-01 MATCH UNE W. 40'-0"

-N-

-----
01-1-CJ0-8'

l'S­1
V-101
25'-()'
lf.

e, PLAN :1'1
~ \ ~

t
.Y::1í!1..

---- 1 ros. El 111'­().

01-1-c.J0-8'
tas: EL 112'­()'

1'$­1
1 ros. El 110'­().

_J_,
H. P. PAVINC 100'-0"

SECTION "A-A" SECTION "B-B"

FIGURE 10.22 Line 01-1-C30-8".

 N
......
N

~ N _.,
@
,-r--~~~-=-=--,--=-:;---,-,--,------,::--~~-------+---r-1@)
~
.3-C:30-12"-IH @ E-102
-W. .3.3'-6"

2-C.30-1 O" -IH

V-101
W.26'-0"

PLAN

l
.3-C.30-12"-IH
EL. 113-:_0 .. - +-----
®
E-102

EL.102' -.3"
H.P. PAVING

SECTION "A-A" SECTION "B-B"

FIGURE 10.23 Unes 01-2-00-10"-IH and 01-3-C30-12"-IH.

 -N-

PLAN

1 1 i I

1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1
1 1 1

t
1

V-101 V-101 t
1

SECTION "A-A" SECTION "B-B"

FIGURE 10.24 Line01-4-C30-10".
214 10. PIPING ARRANGE.~ENTDRAWIKGS,SECTIONS,ANO ELEVATIONS
FIGURE 10.25 Trunion pipe support.
from nozzle N2. After a vertical drop to centerline
elevation 108'-9", an elbow turns south. After a short
southerly run, the line tees to align with the centerline
of pumps 01-P-lOlA, to the east, and 01-P-lOlB, to the
west. Once the east and west branches align with the
centerline of the two pumps, an elbow turns down into a
vertical run. Within each of these vertical drops is a gate
valve that has been installed with its handwheel rotated
45º to the southwest. Attaching fitting make-up to the
bottom of the valve is a flange and elbow that turns
south. A 10'' X 8" eccentric reducer is installed with the
flat side on top, as indicated by the FOT abbreviation,
befare the line connects to the pump suction nozzle A of
01-P-lOlAand 01-P-lOlB with a flange (see Figure 10.27).
Line 01-7-C30-6" /4" shown in Figures 10.28 and 10.29
is a long line that connects the discharge nozzles of
pumps 01-P-lOlA and 01-P-lOlB to nozzle N4 on vessel
01-V-101. Rising vertically out of the pump discharge
nozzle B, the configuration is a 6" NPS. A check valve,
which is attached to the discharge nozzle, precedes a
block valve, whose handwheel has been rotated 45º to
the southwest. A short vertical run of pipe is installed
befare two elbows, whose centerline elevation is at EL.
108'-5", turn toward each other. Equidistant between
the two pumps, the line tees with the branch oriented
up to create another vertical run. At a centerline eleva-
tion of 110'-3o/il', an elbow turns south, travels 3'-2",
tums up 2'-0" into the Main pipe rack, and tees again,
branching in the east and west directions. A 6 X 4"11
eccentric reducer (FOB) is welded to the west side of
the tee. All piping components attached to the east side
of the tee are part of line 01-8-C30-6", which continues
down the pipe rack into Unit-03.
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
Exiting the 6 X 4" tee to the west, the line becomes
11
01-7-C30-4". From the center of the tee, a 14"-lOW' run
of pipe ends with an elbow that turns down 2'--0''.
Below that elbow another one turns north, out of the
rack. This section of pipe has an orífice flange assem-
bly positioned 3'-0" from the north end of the run.
Long runs of pipe that have an orifice flange assembly,
such as this one, are known as meter runs. Toe precise
positioning of the orifice flange within the meter run
is based on a formula that will be discussed in greater
detail in Chapter 12. Line 01-7-C30-4" then turns down
into control valve manifold FCV-1, also discussed in
Chapter 12. Toe control valve manifold, also known as
a "control station" or "control set," keeps the line in a
north orientation as it runs along the east side of 01-V-
101. Toe line rises up, out of the FCV-1 control mani-
fold, when it is aligned with the centerline of 01-V-101,
eventually attaching to nozzle N4 at EL. 139' -O". Toe
Plan and Section views of control station FCV-1 can be
seen in Figure 10.29.
Line 01-9-C30-4" drops out of the bottom of 01-E-101
connected to nozzle E, fitting make-up. The line turns
east befare rising to centerline elevation 110'-2%". Once
at this height, an elbow turns south, travels 6'-8", and
drops down into control station TCV-1. This control sta-
tion is similar in size and appearance to the one used
in line 01-7-C30-4". Toe control station runs in an east
to west direction and lies 2' -O" to the north of the cen-
terline of the pipe rack. Toe handwheels of the block
valves point south. Use the dimensions in Figure 10.30
to represent the control station on your drawing.
Toe west end of the control station rises to center-
line elevation 110' -21.4", turns south, and runs below the
pipe rack as it rests on Column B on the Main pipe rack.
Toe line then rises up through the rack, turns east, and
travels through Unit-01 into Unit-03.
As shown in Figures 10.31 and 10.32, lines
01-10-A15-6"-IH and Ol-ll-A15-6"-IH are heating
medium return and supply lines, respectively, for 01-E-
101. Line 01-10-A15-6"-IH, the heating medium return
line, is a simple line dropping out of 01-E-101 from noz-
zle A fitting make-up. Toe bottom elbow turns the line
west for a short distance, then up, fitting make-up into
a block valve, whose handwheel is oriented north. Toe
line continues vertically to EL. 110' ­6o/il', where it turns
south, rests on Miscellaneous Pipe Support-1 (with a
pipe shoe), then runs toward the Main pipe rack. Line
01-10-A15-6"-IH will rest on Column B as it enters the
Main pipe rack. Once below the rack, the line turns up
and stubs (stub-in) into line 19-A15-10"-IH.
Line 01-11-A15-6"-IH is the heating medium supply
line for 01-E-101. It drops out of the heating medium
supply header, 20-A15-10''-IH with a stub-in. After
dropping out of 20-A15-10''-IH, an elbow turns the line
north where it rests on Column B with a pipe shoe.
 ís ~~!J
~~1
¡;,¡<.;;,~~ ®
- N
-
E-102 OVERHEAO
w. ,e·­o·­ CONOENSER-
~·<::,
~t:'
~~
@
~ ,,
0/8
,/c:5 ;;!
1/ z
o
"O
!¡;:~
ca"" '·' o
~I~
111
o
s' ~
~ _J @ >
¡g
>
ám
21 ~
~
~ PLAN ~..;

~
s
~
o zo
IB
C) ....
z ~o
~

T.O.S. El. l /0'-0"

H. P. PAVINC 100'-0"

SECTION "A-A" SECTION "B-B"

FIGURE 10.26 Line Ol-5-C30-8".

 N
.....
°'
,.,, N - @
_,¡,_0!_-P-1018 _
-Y- W. IJ'-o•
~

~-
1 1 1~'
------
V­1112
W.8'­6'
1 1
1 1 1
~l, '
1 1
/ 10
( 01-P-10/A _ c'!Jº" p
w.,·­0· 6" 31

o1"
"O
~o

~z
o
re

_J ~-1

;
PLAN

z
.@

g
(/]

~
@ y,
>
ze,
"'¡;:;
;;i
'"-l
5
z(/]

H.P. PAW.C f(J(}'-0'

OI-P-1018 01-P-IOIA

SECTION "A-A" SECTION "B-B"

FIGURE 10.27 Line 01-&-C30-10".

 ~ N _.
r;-
01-P-101A
­­­tw. 1J'-o;-
.....1
al..,l ~1
6"x4TCC. ~
<s
REO.(FOB} ,!_

ca""
111
o
s'
21
~
~
b
PROOUCT ANO
REFLUX PUIJPS
l~¡
,1:: 1

..,,
~~
~
c:::;1~
~

@
PLAN
~ 6"x4" ECC.
o
IB
C) -- -f.!!:-112'-J 5/16"
---- --iR.:::::!i:::lJ.::(i='FQ='B.==~:::::~f,EB~-::_~C.~'J0~-~6~EL!!.~ 5¿"~
z
BOP. EL. 110'-0" __ -f [L._1_10'-:__J_S/._16:_
_

El.108'-5"
~i::3~~!E::::~~----

@ F.0.F. El. @
). Of_-P-10!j&8 -i ::!L @t- -f fL.102':.6~

------
-y- EL. 102'-6"
! 1
::::¡¡-
1 H.P.PAV!NG 100'-0" _d d _
SECTION "A-A" SECTION "B-B"

FIGURE 10.28 Line Ol-7-C30-6".

 ....
N
00

-N-
v­tor IJi1'flOIWtZ'ER
J.
Ti.i,._¡r­ ­ ­­

l!j r,
PLAN
1

Y­101

EL 102'­d'
H.P. PAIMt;' El. tar­o:
SECTION "A-Jt SECTION "B- B"

FIGURE 10.29 Llne 01-7-C30-4".

 -N
-

PLAN

8<lP. El f/2'-()'

8<lP. El f/0'-(J'

OI­E­101 OEFf/OPAMZER
.v~·
EL 106'­() RE80ilEff

F1EZD SUPPT.
H.P.PA

SECTION "A-A" SECTION "B-B" SECTION "e-e· SECTION "C-C"

ENLARGED

FIGURE 10.30 Line 01-9-C30-4".

 N
N
o

~N-
rT
!~~~~~~~3-
...
;I
b
PLAN

SECTION "A-A" SECTION "8- B"

FIGURE 10.31 Line 01-10-AlS-6"-IH.

 ,._
fT
- -
N

i
;
~

r,
~ .J
PLAN

,._,.
8.0J'. l1. 110'­f

NP. or Mlt\C a: 100'­{/'

SECTION ·e-B" ELEVATION

FIGURE 10.32 Line 01-11-AlS-6"-IH. N

.....
N
222 10. PIPING ARRANGE.~ENTDRAWIKGS,SECTIONS,ANO ELEVATIONS
Toe pipe will continue north, cross Miscellaneous Pipe
Support-l and into a meter run. Precise positioning of
the orífice fiange assembly, FE-1, must be established at
this time. Because there is adequate upstream clearance
to locate the assembly, its position will be established
based on the required downstream distance. Using
the guideline of 6 pipe diameters downstream, a míni-
mum straight-run pipe distance of 3' -O" (6 pipe díam-
eters X 6 pipe size = 36") is required to the first weld.
11
To locate the center of the orífice fiange assembly, add
3'-0" plus 9", the center-to-end dimension of a 6 elbow,
11
which totals 3' -9 This 3' -9'' total dimension establishes
11•
the position of the orifice flange assembly from the cen-
ter of the elbow on the downstream side.
From the north end of the meter run, the line drops
down into control station FCV-1. Toe control station
runs south to north and lies on the west side of 01-E-
101. Out of the north end of the control station, the
elbow is rolled at a 45° angle to the northeast where it
drops into nozzle B ofül-E-101.
This layout conforms to the basic rule of piping for
exchangers: hot stream in the top, cold stream out the
bottom. As the hot oil goes through the tube bundle of
the kettle reboiler, it loses its heat and begins to cool.
Line 01-10-A15-6 -IH picks up this stream at nozzle
11
A of 01-E-101 and pipes it back to the pipe rack to be
returned, vía the heat medium return header, to the
fired heater 03-H-304 on Unit-03 for reheating. Both
lines 01-10-A15-6"-IHand Ol-11-A15-6"-IHare 6" lines
that branch from a 10" header. To determine the type of
branch connection to be made, we must follow Piping
Specification Class A15. A15 mandates that a stub-ín
be used to make the branch connection on these lines.
Notice these are liquid lines. Toe typical procedure for
branchíng lines with a liquid commodity is to branch
off of the bottom of the rack headers. If these lines con-
tained steam, we would rise off the top of the header
pipe to avoid getting condensate in the line.
As shown in Figure 10.33, line Ol-12-C30-4"rises fit-
ting make-up off the top of 01-V-102 from nozzle N4
with an elbow turning west. Another elbow turning
down routes the pipe through a control station PCV-1.
Toe control station runs parallel to the north/ south
centerline of 01-V-102. Because Ol-12-C30-4" has the
same pipe diameter and pound rating as 01-9-C30-4",
the measurements required to lay out control station
PCV-1 can be derived from TCV-1 in Figure 10.30. Toe
south end to the control station rises to a centerline ele-
vation of 110'-2W' and turns south. A dummy support
is required to support the southerly run of pipe from
column B in the pipe rack. A further explanation of
dummy supports and their required pipe size is shown
in Chapter 11. From the dummy support, 01-12-C30-4"
turns up, then south again and drops into the 8 fuel 11
gas line, 17-A15-8"in the pipe rack.
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
Line 01-13-A-15-6",shown in Figure 10.34, is designed
to transport waste gas from 01-V-102 to the fiare stack.
Line 01-13-A-15-6" rises off the top of 01-V-102, con-
nected to nozzle NS. A gate valve, whose handwheel
is oriented east and is bolted to NS, precedes the pres-
sure safety valve, PSV-2, which has a 4"-300# inlet and
a 6 -150# outlet. Coming out of PSV-2, the line trav-
11
els south, where it drops down onto column B at TOS
EL.114'-3o/tl'. An elbow turns the line south again where
it rolls down and east to stub into the top of 18-A15-8",
the fiare header at a 45° angle. Toe 8" fiare header then
travels off-site to the fiare stack 03-FS-305,in Unit-03.
Lines 01-14-A15-6" and 01-15-AlS-6" are cooling
water return and supply lines, respectively. They are
used to circulate the cooling water between 01-E-102
and cooling tower 04-CT-406. Line 01-14-AlS-6" is the
cooling water return line. This pipe will circulate the
cooling water that has been heated in 01-E-101 back
to 04-CT-406 to reduce its temperature. Ol-14-A15-6"
rises off the top of 01-E-102 at nozzle B with a gate
valve whose handwheel is oriented to the west. After
a short vertical run up and out of the valve, the line
turns east then immediately south, fitting make-up, As
the line travels south, it will rest on Miscellaneous Pipe
Support-l then further south to rest on Column B at
centerline elevation 110'-3o/i6". From there it runs below
the Main pipe rack and turns up to stub into the cooling
water return header 21-AlS-10".
Line 01-15-A15-6"is the cooling water supply line.
It routes water that has been cooled in cooling tower
04-CT-406back to 01-E-102. This line drops out of the
bottom of 22-AlS-10", the cooling water supply line to
centerline elevation 110'-3o/tl' and turns north. When the
pipe aligns with nozzle A of 01-E-102, it drops down
to EL. 109'-OVi/' and turns west. When it reaches the
centerline of 01-V-102, it turns up into a block valve.
Toe block valve, whose handwheel is oriented west, is
bolted directly to nozzle A. See Figures 10.35 and 10.36
for Plan and Elevation views of lines 01-14-A15-6"and
01-15-AlS-6".
Line 01-16-C30-2" is a short drain line dropping out
of the bottom of 01-V-102. This 2" line is attached to
nozzle N3 and drops straight below the nozzle into a
drain funnel. A block valve is located at centerline ele-
vation 104 -6 Its handwheel is oriented to the east (see
1 11•
Figure 10.37).
Toe level gauges and level controllers depicted
in Figures 10.38 and 10.39 are mounted on a bridle
attached to vessels 01-E-101 and 01-V-102, respectively.
Toe level gauge and level controller are installed so
an operator can easily monitor and control the normal
liquid level of each vessel. Toe normal liquid level of
01-V-102, the overhead accumulator, is typically con-
trolled to be level with the centerline of the accumu-
lator. Toe normal liquid level of 01-E-101, the kettle
 fT M# N
- g
~
"'
I~ ~ /
'
~"I!

~
PLAN

~ _J

B.aP.ELI U'-d'

a.aP.EI..112'-0"

É EL.102'-o"
H.P. PAV!NC El. 100'-o"

SECTION "A-A" SECTION "B-B"

FIGURE 10.33 Line Ol-12-C30-4".

 ~ N _..

I I
{ 01-1:J-A/5-6'

~..
~Id
'l'
! ,~f
Id
i¡i
~
PLAN

H.P. PAVING ELEV. 100'-0"

SECTION "A-A" SECTION "B-B"

FIGURE 10.34 Line01-13-AlS-6".

 ..

1
~
/ .,,'~

y
110/
MPS­2
IT.TJqJ""

@
~ _J ,,. .6
..
lt,.../--1 ;;!
,...1
a1 z
"O

ca"" o
>
111
o ¡g
>
s' ám
21 ~
~ ~..;

~
s
~
o zo
IB
C) ....
z ~ ~o
PLAN
~

gwxa.1(11)'..qº

SECTION "A-A" SECTION "B-B"

FIGURE 10.35 Líne 01-14-AlS-6".

N
N
\J\
 N
N
°'
-N-

PLAN

15­A/5­ó

SECTION"B-B"
SECTJON "A-A"

FIGURE 10.36 Line 01-15-AlS-6".

 ~---+-~~2~RAIN.-.~~
(807J: 1:

" 1 1
'r 1 1

PLAN

_ __¡,_D_f-V-{02 _ _,¡,!}1-V-}02
­­­­.­Y EL.117'-o· -y EL.117'-o•

4'­6.
H.P.PAVING EL 100'-0"

SECTION "A-A" SECTION "B-B"

FIGURE 10.37 Line 01-16-C30-2'.

 N
N
00

N _.

«
31
"O
~o

_J ~z
o
re
~-1
PLAN
PI
t
;
z
.@

g
(/]

(!) ~
y,
>
ze,
"'¡;:;
;;i
'"-l
5
z(/]

H.P.PAVING 100'-0'

SECTION "A-1( SECTION "B-B"

FIGURE 10.38 Bridle No.1. Bridle attachments for 01-E-101.
 ..,, N _.
1 1
1 1
~ r1-11= [02 _
: : YwJl'-Ó
1 1
.J'-5'

J
V-102
EL. 117'-0"

H.P.PAVING 100'-0'

SECTION "A-A"
FIGURE 10.39 Bridle No.2. Bridle attachments for 01-V-102.
230 10. PIPING ARRANGE.~ENTDRAWIKGS,SECTIONS,ANO ELEVATIONS
reboiler, is usually one-half the weir height. The weir,
in this application, is a vertical plate inside the kettle
reboiler that serves as a dam to keep the tube bundle
submerged under liquid. As the liquid level increases,
the excess liquid will flow over the weir and be drawn
out through nozzle E, which is line 01-9-C30-4".
Procedure 9: Platform, ladder, and cage layouts
Reference drawing: Vendor drawings
• Make Platforms, Ladders, and Cages the current
working layer.
• The size and location dimensions for the platforms,
ladders, and cages are established from dimensions
provided on the vendor drawings for 01-V-101.
Figures 10.40and 10.41 provide an enlarged view of
01-V-101describing platforms 1 and 2, respectively.
Use dimensions provided in these figures to place
the platforms, ladders, and cages on 01-V-101in your
piping arrangementdrawing.
Procedures 10-15: Placement of line numbers, call-
outs, coordinates, and dimensions
Reference drawing: Flow diagram, pipe line list, [ob
specifications
Key information about a piping facility is not always
depicted graphically. Sorne information must be com-
municated in written form. Certain components of a
drawing such as dimensions, coordinates, elevations,
line numbers, fitting and equipment callouts, and design
and fabrication notes can only be represented as writ-
ten infonnation. The arrangement of information and
reference notes on an Arrangement drawing usually
requires preplanning and proper placement to achieve a
good sense of balance on the drawing. This inforrnation
must be arranged logically and in a clear legible manner.
Therefore, interferences among reference notes, dimen-
sioning, and object line work must be kept to a minimum.
The following items must be included on piping
arrangementdrawings:
• CompletedTitle Block information.
• North Arrow. Place the North Arrow in the upper
right comer of the drawing. It should point up or
toward the right.
• Coordinates for match lines, area limits, battery
lirnits, mechanical equipment, and structural support
foundations, all pump suction and discharge nozzles.
• Labels for angular degrees of orientation (30º, 45º,
etc.) to indicate orientation of all vertical vessel
nozzles.
• Tag numbers (Nl, N2, N3, etc.) for all nozzles on
mechanical equipment that corresponds to the vessel
outline drawings, mechanical equipmentvendor
drawings, and nozzle schedule.
• Show mechanical equipmentnumbers and title
information.
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
NOTE: To avoid congestion on a drawing, extend cenier­
lines away from the equipment symbol and label the equip­
ment's description and coordinates in an open area of the
drawing.
• Labels for all pipe lines with the following
infonnation:
line number;
flow direction:
insulation symbol and thickness;
steam, heat, or electrical tracing if required.
• Place a reference note somewhere within the area
lirnits of the drawing to indicate the finished Grade
or High Point of Paving elevation.
• Label all instrumentationper the Mechanical Flow
diagram. All instrumentationshould be accounted
for one time in either the Plan view or Section view.
Use W' diameter instrument bubble.
• Label for the Top Of Platform (TOP) elevation on the
Plan drawing.
• Reference notes to describe the following:
piping specialty items;
reducers and reducing tees;
out of spec flanges;
any nonstandard ítem not covered in piping spec;
vessel davits;
chain operatorsfor valve handwheels;
pipe guides, supports, anchors, and hangers.
• Cutting Plane callouts that identify the name and
direction of the section or elevation to be drawn.
• Labels for lines running through a pipe rack to
specify the commodities they contain.
NOTE: For clarity and neatness, group similar callouts
together in one common locaiion where possible (see Figure 11.2).
• Identificationfor any rniscellaneous items. Locate
and describe as required.
As a general rule, drawing notes and callouts are
drawn 0.125"tall. When the drawing is created full scale,
as with AutoCAD, the actual text height is determined
by multiplying the desired text height by the drawing's
scale factor. Scale factor is established from the desired
plot scale of the drawing, in this case, %" = 1 '-O". To
find the scale factor, find the decimal equivalent of %",
then divide that into 1 '-0" (12''). For example, 3 divided
by 8 equals 0.375. Then, 12" divided by 0.375 equals 32.
When applied to text height: 0.125 (text height) times 32
(scale factor) equals 4 Therefore, all text in the full-scale
11•
drawing should be a rninimum of 4" tall. Ultimately,
when placed in the appropriate border to % = 1'-0" 11
scale, the result would be text 0.125"tall.
All notes should be read from the bottom of the
drawing. Information such as coordinate labels for
match lines, area lirnits, or battery limits, line numbers,
and equipment names, coordinates, and elevations
 270-
1
,2,
"?,7 ,,

;;!

z
"O

ca"" o
>
111
o ¡g
s' o- >
ám
21 ~
~ 4" ~..;

~
s
~
o zo
IB
C) ....
z ~o
~

90º

PLATFORM No.1

DEPROPANIZER UNIT 01-V-101 PLATFORM No.1 DIMENSIONS

FIGURE 10.40 Platform No. 1.
 N
l.,.)
N

270º

~0
135·
/7
90"

PLATFORM No. 2

DEPROPANIZER UNIT 01-V-101 PLATFORM No. 2 DIMENSIONS

FIGURE 10.41 Platform No. 2.
 PIPING SECTIONS ANO ELEVATIONS: WHAT ARE THEY1
should be labeled parallel to the ítem to which they
apply. This may result in notes being read from the bot-
tom or the right side of the drawing. No written informa­
iion should be read from the left side of a drawing.
DIMENSIONING
Developing drawings with a high degree of dimen-
sional accuracy is of primary importance. Good
dimensional arrangement and placement enhances
a drawing's effectiveness. Clear, concise, well-placed
dimensions not only reflect a well-thought-out draw-
ing, they also simplify comrnunication, which mini-
mizes checking and reduces drawing revisions.
Dimensioning Guidelines
When placing dimensions on a drawing, apply the
following guidelines to maximize the use of the limited
space on a drawing. General dimensioning guidelines
include the following:
• Avoid duplication of information. Do not repeat
dimensions or notes in each view of a piece of
mechanical equipment.
• Dimensions on plan drawings are to be placed
within the drawing's limits, that is, match lines,
drawing limits, area limits, battery limits, etc.
• Dimension lines should be in a continuous string.
Avoid staggered or offset dimensions.
• Group dimensions outside of a detailed area, where
possible. Avoid crossing elements of the drawing
with dimension or extension lines.
• Avoid placing dimensions between coordinates.
• Place dimensions for horizontal lengths on a plan
drawing. Dimensions for vertical lengths should be
shown on sections or elevations.
• Dimension a11 pipíng from centerline to centerline,
centerline to face-of-flange, or face-of-flange to face-
of-flange; do not dimension to welds.
• When required., include gasket thickness in
dimensions. Indicate gasket location relative to flange
extension lines with gasket symbol (tick mark).
• Provide spacing dimensions (between centerlines) of
lines in a pipe rack. Do not place a continuous string of
dimensions completely across the pipe rack if the pipe
rack's supporting column coordinates are provided.
• lndicate TOS or BOP elevation of lines in the pipe
rack.
• Dimensioning should be minimal. Provide only those
dimensions, coordinates, and elevations required to
draw and check piping isometrics or spools. Avoid
referral to other drawings such as vessel drawings,
vendor drawings, plot plan, etc.
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
233
• Show all angular offsets. Indicate the degree of offset
and plane direction (horizontal or vertical).
Procedure 16: Checking your work
R.eference drawing: All available information and
drawings
Now that the drawing is complete, it must be
reviewed carefully. A plotted copy of the drawing will
be required. If the drawing was created manually on
vellum, mylar, or other reproducible medium, a blue-
print must be obtained. If the drawing was computer
generated, a copy of the drawing must be plotted.
Although the drawíng will be thoroughly checked by
your instructor or supervisor for completeness and cor-
rectness, a drafter should always review the drawing to
check for any errors, deletions, or inaccuracies. It may
be necessary to systematically review the layout proce-
dure in one's mind to duplicate the sequences used to
develop the drawing.
Equipment location and size should be verified.
Fitting and flange dimensions must be confirmed and
valve handwheel orientations must be reviewed. It is also
the drafter's responsibility to assure the drawíng was
developed in accordance to any and all client or com-
pany specifications and governing federal regulations.
Procedure 17: Drawing release
Once you have checked and corrected your drawing,
it is customary to indicate the "Completed Date" in the
drawing Title Block. Sorne companies may also require
that a drafter initial the drawing as an affirmation this
is his or her work. Plot a new copy of the drawing to
provide to your instructor or supervisor. The drafter
may also elect to make an additional copy of the draw-
ing to use as future reference.
PIPING SECTIONS ANO ELEVATIONS:
WHAT ARE THEY?
As previously mentioned, plan view drawings, such
as the Piping Arrangement drawing, provide horizontal
dimensions that establish a facility's width and depth
measurements. An occasional note or callout is the only
reference to heíght measurements found on plan draw-
íngs, To supply more detailed information on height
measurements, drawings called Sections and Elevations
are developed. Height is the most important dimension
on section and elevation drawings. Although these two
terms have come to have synonymous meaníngs, they
are conceptually different.
The word elevation has a literal meaning of "height
above sea level." Both sections and elevations provide
height measurements from an object to the ground
(Grade). The primary difference is that elevation draw-
íngs provide a view of the exterior features of a facility,
234 10. PIPING ARRANGE.~ENTDRAWIKGS,SECTIONS,ANO ELEVATIONS
whereas section drawings represent interior components
of a facility that may not be visible from an exterior
viewpoint. Comparing this to the features of a house, an
elevation represents what the house looks like from the
street, whereas a section míght show how the furniture
in a room is arranged, what type of wallpaper is on the
walls, how many pictures are hanging on the walls, or
how much attic space is provided above the ceiling.
Height References
Section and elevation drawíngs are the standard on
which vertical measurements for foundations, platforms,
steel supports, nozzles, and centerlines for mechani-
cal equipment and pipe are shown. As mentioned in
Chapter 9, the ground, or Grade, is often gíven an arbi-
trary value called a datum elevation. Since the use of the
exact height above sea level dimension is not practícal,
a .da~ elevation of 100'-0" is typícally used. A1l height
dime~1ons are ref~renced from this 100'-0'' setting and
are assigned elevation names to describe their type and
location. Elevation names for items above Grade can
appear in various forms, such as Centerline (1) Top Of
Steel (TOS), Top Of Concrete (TOC), Bottom Of Pipe
(BOP), or face of flange (FOF or F/F). Elevation names
for items below grade are referred to as invert (INV) ele-
va tions. Toe obvious need for the drawing of sections
and elevations is to show piping tie-ins to mechanical
equipment, calculate lengths for vertical piping runs,
check for interferences, verify lines are properly sup-
ported, confirm worker and operator access clearances,
and establish sufficient overhead clearance requíred for
equipment installation, maintenance, or removal.
Where to Begin?
Sections come from the Piping Arrangement drawing.
Once buildings, mechanical equipment, and structural
s_upportfoundations have been established and pipe, fit-
tings, valves, and instrumentation have been represented
on the plan view drawing, sorne indication of the loca-
tion of an intemal, vertical view of the facility is needed.
Toe cutting plane is such an indicator. Toe cutting plane
callout can be represented in a number of ways. One can
resemble a large letter "L" with an arrowhead on one
end. Toe direction the arrowhead points indicates the
direction from which the facility is being viewed. This
"point of view" is the direction from which the section
~ be drawn. Two cutting planes are spaced a specified
distance apart to represent the horizontal extents of the
sectional view. Since multiple cutting planes can be used
to reference different views, labeling the cutting planes is
necessary. Section views will have different sheet num-
bers, so labeling the cutting plane makes referencing
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
between the plan and section views possible. See Figure
10.42 for three examples of cutting plane callouts.
Named Elevations
Similar to the way section drawings are identified, so
too must elevations be identified for reference purposes.
Toe North Arrow, which is placed on the plan view for
proper orientation, is also the basis from which the ele-
vation views are named. If an elevation view is named
the North Elevation, it means that the drawing is look-
ing at the fadlity from the north direction as specified
by the North Arrow on the plan view. If it is labeled as
an East Elevation, then it is looking at the fadlity from
the east direction. See Figure 10.43 for the North, South,
East, and West Elevation orientations for Unit-01.
. ~pending on the direction from which the fadlity
lS viewed, only one horizontal dimension, either width
º: depth, is required to locate equipment, foundations,
pipe racks, etc., on an elevation drawing. This is unlike
plan view drawings that require two intersecting coor-
dinates to locate items. Coordinates for Match Lines,
Area Limits, and Battery Limits taken from the Piping
Arrangement drawing are used to establish boundar-
ies on the right and left sides of section and elevation
drawings. With only one locating coordinate, mechani-
cal equipment can be positioned from the right or left
drawing boundaries. It is recommended that all locating
measurements be made from either the right boundary
or the left boundary to avoid misplacement of mechaní-
cal equipment and other components. Figure 10.44
shows how the alignment of the Plan and Elevation
~ews.can make coordinate location quicker by project-
mg width measurements from the Plan view down into
the Elevation view.
~
A
~
ye
FIGURE 10.42 Cutting plane examples.
FIGURE 10.43 North, South, East, and West Elevation orientations.
 AREA LIMIT
....
o
t
1
ao·
::,
2. \o
n ..,
8
a
N

,!,
~·
~

USE A PLAN (Top View) DRAWING TO PROJECT

STEEL, EQUIPMENT, FOUNDATION, ANO PIPE
CENTERLINES INTO AN ADJACENT VIEW WHEN
LAYING OUT A SECTION, SUCH AS A-A.
 PIPE LU-:E
Vendor drawings are used to establish sizes of
mechanical equipment. Nozzle schedules and dimen-
sioning charts provide location, size, and pound rat-
ings for equipment nozzles and their mating flanges.
Pipe routings, fitting rotations, and handwheel oríen-
tations on the arrangement drawings are interpreted
and rendered accordingly on the Elevation. Although
fitting, flange, and valve symbols are the same for
plans, sections, and elevations, the rotation and ori-
entation of the symbols will vary. Representation of
an elbow that turns down on a Piping Arrangement
drawing will be drawn differently when viewed from
above than when viewed from the side, as in an eleva-
tion drawing.
DETAIL DRAWINGS
Although a simple note or callout can be sufficient in
conveying information to a reader, an actual drawing
representation will provide much more detailed infor-
mation. One case in point is the TOS callout. I<nown
to mean Top Of Steel, this note, and others like it, is the
only way of representing height on a plan view draw-
ing. But on a section or elevation drawing, the actual
structural steel member can be drawn to provide a
graphical representation to the reader. By rendering,
height measurements become easily recognizable.
Headroom clearances, pipe support spacing, and possi-
ble interferences become self-evident. Figure 10.45 rep-
resents a sectional view of Unít-Ol as identified by the
A-A cutting plane shown in Figure 10.44.
Toe following guidelines should be used when plac-
ing callouts on section or elevation drawings:
• Provide Top Of Steel (TOS) elevations of ali pipe
supports.
• Include centerline elevations of exchangers and
horizontal vessels.
• Specify Top Of Concrete (TOC) or grout elevations
for all equipment foundations.
• Provide centerline elevations of horizontal nozzles
on mechanical equipment, including piping and
instrumentation nozzle connections.
• Label face-of-flange elevations for nozzles attached
to the top or bottom of vertical vessels, exchangers,
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
usr 237
and suction and discharge nozzles on pumps,
turbines, and compressors.
• Indicate high point of finished grade (datum
elevation).
• Mark top of grating or plate on platforms.
• Include Bottom Of Pipe (BOP) elevation for pipe
lines on shoes.
• Provide centerline elevation of relief valves.
Toe following list contains sorne OON'TS relat-
ing to the dimensioning of plan, elevation, or section
drawings.
DONOT
• Dimension from underground lines to aboveground
lines.
• Dimension from lines running at one elevation to
lines running ata different elevation within pipe
racks or other areas.
• Dimension to the center of a valve, except with
small-bore screwed or socket-weld valves.
• Dimension piping from electrical cable trays,
conduit, or instrument tray runs.
• Dimension interna} equipment piping to external
piping.
• Dimension piping from outlines of buildings,
structures, or mechanical equipment.
• Dimension "fitting make-up" installations.
• Dimension the lengths of standard piping
components such as elbows, tees, reducers, etc.
PIPELINE LIST
Toe Pipe Line List is a compilation of the named lines
that exist in a facility. Developed early in the design
phase, the Pipe Line List contains valuable information
used by many disciplines throughout the project's devel-
opment. Toe Pipe Line List will indicate each pipe' s num-
ber, specification class, and nominal pipe size. It will also
specify what Unit the pipe is in, which pieces of mechani-
cal equipment it is attached to, and if the pipe is insulated
or not. Toe commodity in the pipe is shown, along with
its design and operating temperature and pressure. Figure
10.46a and b lists a11 the pipes included in Units 01-04.
 N
t.;.¡
00

PWF.EL IJ7"-6'

FIGURE 10.45 Section A-A of Unit-01.

 PIPE UNE LIST
(a)
! UNrT
No. No.
UNE
russ SIZE
1
N
~ cnlQlT'(
'IN
·- .
DESCRIPTION
"~
DESGN DESGN
PSIG
OPER.
PSIG
·r
my.
§ UNIT
a: No. No.
UNE
russ
1
N
s
SIZE uL
<nlml't
Vlf
·- .
DESCRIPTION
"~
DESGN DESGN
PSIG
OPER.
PSIG
·r
my.
L
HYORO- V 300 250 COOUNG
"
UNIT SUPPLY 100 100
~:::fil:: 1 C30 8" N CARBOH
LOAOING
o FEEI) L FACIU1Y/STORAGE
v-101
255 210
b:]I 14 A15 6" ~ WATER L
RETURN
E-102 HEADER
(Ol-21-.11~10) 40 75
300 275 COOUNG UNIT SUPPLY 100 125
~:::fil:: 2 C30 10"
2' HYDRO- V
~ CIRBOH L
V-101 E-101
250 245
b:]I 15 A15 6" ~ WATER L
SUPPLY
HEAOER
(01-22-Al~IO)
E-102
40 95
2 HYDRO- 300 275
boi - -
~:::fil:: 3 C30 12" ~ CARBOH L
E-101 V-101
250 230
16 C30 2" N
o
HOT
OIL
L V-102 ows
- -
300 275 01 UNrT-01 UNrT-03 150 500
~...Q!.. 4 C30 10"
N HYORO-
O CARBOH V V-101 E-102
250 245
b~ 17 A15 8" ~ PROPNt: V AREA UMrTS/
LOAOING
AREA LIMrTS/
STORAGE 80 180

300 150 01 UNrT-01 100 150

~:::fil:: 5 C30 8"
N HYDRO-
O c.lRBOH L E-102 V-102
245 125
b~ 18 A15 10· N HC
o FLARE V AREA UMrTS/
Fl.ARE STACK
LCWlt«:/LWW)I«: 03-FS-305 40 118

300 150 .si, 2' HEATING UNrT-01 150 500

~:::fil:: 6 C30 10·
N HYDRO-
O CIRBOH L V-102
P-101A
P-1016 240 118
b~ 19 A15 10· 1 IIEDfJM L AREA UMrTS/
H REl\.lRN FUTURE
HEATER
03-H-304 100 400

300 150 03 2 HEATING UNIT-01 150 500

~:::fil:: 7 C30 6"
N HYORO-
O c.lRBOH L
P-101A
P-1016
V-101
240 118
b:]I 20 A15 10· 1 IIEDIIJII L
H SUPPLY
P-301A
P-3016
AREA LIMrTS/
100 400
FUTURE
UNrT-03 300 150 01 N COOUNG UNrT-01 PROOUCT 100 100
~:::fil:: 8 C30 6"
N HYDRO-
O CIRBOH L
P-101A
P-1016
AREA UMITS/
240 118
b::E: 21 A15 10· O WATER L AREA UMrTS/
SUPPLY FUTURE
CONOENSER
04-E-402A&B 60 75
STORAGE
300 150 04 N COOUNG COOUNG UNrT-01 100 125
~:::fil:: 9 C30 4• N HYDRO-
O c.lRBOH L E-101
PROOUCT
STORAGE 240 118
b:]I 22 A15 10· O WATER L
RETURN
TOWER
04-CT-406
AREA UMITS/
FUTURE 40 95
2' HEATING UNrT SUPPLY 150 500 01 UNIT-01 100 125
~:::fil:: 10 A15 6" 1 llllllM L
H REl\.lRN
E-101 HEAOER
(01-19-At~IO•-ft) 100 400
b~ 23 IA12 2• N INSTR V AREA UMrTS/
O AIR
CTRL BLDG
UTILITY
STATION No. 1 90 100
2 HEATING UNIT SUPPLY 150 500 ...Q!.. UNIT-01 150 125
/\-
---º.!... 11 A15 6" 1 llllll
M L
H SUPPLY
HEADER
{01-20-Al~IO'-ft)
E-101
100 400
b~ 24 PA12 2· N UTIUTY V AREA UMrTS/
O AIR CTRL BLDG
UTIUTY
STATION No.1 100 100
FUEL GAS 310 150 01 UNIT-01 90 125
~:::fil:: 12 C30 4• ~ PROPANE L V-102 HEAOER
(01-17-AIH) 280 118
b~ 25 WS12 3• N SEIMCE
O WATER L
AREA UMrTS/
CTRL BLDG
UTIUTY
STATION No.1 50 100
Fl.ARE 300 275 01 2' UNIT-01 75 320
~:::fil:: 13 A15 6"
N HYORO-
O CARBOH V V-102 HEAOER
(OH&-Al~81 250 230
b~ 26 SIS 3• 50#
~ STEAM V
UNrT-03
AREA UMrTS
AREA UMITS/
UWllNCftjNUWllNG 50 298

SHEET 1 of 2
FIGURE 10.46 (a) Pipe Line List-sheet 1 of 2.
 PIPE LINE LIST
(b)
! UNIT
UNE
No. No. ctASS SIZE ~
~
s COIIMOOflY
YII'
UQ
"
DESCRIPTION
,. ·~
D~~ft,N DElGN
OPER. OPER.
PSIG "F
! UNIT
UNE
No. No. ctASS SIZE uL
~
s <XMmlY
w
·- "
DESCRIPTION
I[
"~
D~~liN DE.iGN
OPER. OPER.
PSIG "F
~ PRO- V ~NG/UNLOMJING UNIT-03 300 250 2' 310 500
~~ 27 A15 14" ~ DUCT AREA UMITS/
b::E: 40 C30 12· I H'IDRO- L 04-V-401 04-E-404
FEED L
UNIT-02
02-V-203 ~~g~& 255 210 H CAA80N 280 365

....2.!.. N COOLINC UNIT SUPPLY 100 100 2 310 500

~~ 28 A15 10· O WATER L
SUPPLY
HEADER
(01-22-A15-101
02-E-201
40 75
b::E: 41 C30 10· 1 H'IDRO- L
CAA80N
H
04-E-404 04-V-401
280 400
02 N COOLINC UNIT SUPPLY 100 125 03 PRO- 300 250
V
~....2.!.. 29 A15 6" O WATER L
RETURN
02-E-201 HEADER
(OH1-A15-101 40 95
b::E: 42 C30 8" N DUCT
O FEEO L
03-27-~u· 04-V-401
255 210
FUEL GAS 150 500 03 300 150
~]I 30 A15 6" N FUEL
o GAS V HEADER
HEATER
03-H-304 80 180
b::E: 43 C30 4• N H'IDRO- V
O CAA80N L
03-8-C30-6" 04-V-401
240 118
{01-17-A15-81
2' HEATINC 150 500 04-E-402A 100 150
~]I 31 A15 12· 1 MEOIUM L
HEATER
03-H-304
P-301A
P-3018 b::E: 44 C30 10· ~ REFLUX V 04-V-401
04-E-4028

-"'-~
H SUPPLY 100 400 40 118
100 150 04 2 HEATING 150 500
/\- N FLARE STACK
,_~ 32 A15 6"
o ~~E V OJ-V-303 45 A15 6" 1 llfOOM L OJ-19-A15-10"-H 04-E-404
03-FS-305 40 118 H RO\JRH 100 400
100 150 03 2 HEATINC 150 500
~]I 33 A15 4• N
o Fi1~E V
UNIT-03
AREA LIMITS
03-V-303
40 118
b::E: 46 A15 6" 1 llfOOM L
H SUPPLY
04-E-404 OJ-20-A15-10"-H
100 400
UNIT-02 300 150 04 300 150
~:][ 34 A15 12· ~ =~-L
AREA UMITS/
PRODUCT
02-V-203
240 118
b]I 47 C30 4• N HYORO-
O CIR90N L 04-E-404 03-9-C30-4"
240 118
STORAGE
300 150 03 PRO- 04-E-402A 100 125
02-P-202A
~:][ 35 A15 6" ~ HYDRO- L
H CARBON
02-V-203
02-P-2028 240 118
b::E: 48 C30 8" ~ DUCT
FEEO
L
04-E-4028
03-27-CJ0-14"
40 95

2'HYDRO- 02-P-202A 150 500 N COOUNG 04-E-402A 100 125

~:][ 36 C30 4•
~ CARBON L 02-P-2028
02-37-A15-4"-lH
100 400
b::E: 49 A15 8" O WATER L
RETURN 04-E-4028
04-CT-406
90 100
2 150 500 COOUNG 04-E-402A 100 100
~~ 37 A15 4• 1
H
=~-L 02-36-Cl0-6"-IH 02-38-A15-6"-lH
100 400
b::E 50 A15 8" ~ WATER L
SUPPLY
04-22-A15-8"
04-E-4028 100 75
310 150 COOUNG 04-P-405A 100 100
~~ 38 A15 s· N HYDRO- L
O CARBON
02-E-201 02-V-203
280 118
b04
- 51 A15 8" ~ WATER L
SUPPLY
04-CT-406
04-P-4058 100 75
300 275 FUEL GAS 150 500
~:][ 39 A15 s· N HYORO- V
O CARBON
02-V-203 02-E-201
250 230
b]I 52 A15 s· ~ PROP~E V HEADER
FLARE STACK
03-FS-305 80 180
(01-17-A15-81

SHEET 2 of 2
FIGURE 10.46 (b) Pipe Llne List-sheet2 of 2.
 EXERCISES: PLANS, ELEVATIONS, AND SECTIONS
CHAPTER 10 REVIEW QUIZ
1. What is a piping arrangement drawing?
2. What is a nozzle schedule?
3. Name five reference drawings or documents
needed by a piping designer to lay out the piping
arrangement drawing.
4. To what scale are full-scale pipíng drawings placed
inside a border?
5. How is scale factor determined?
6. Which drawing is used as a reference drawing
when locating centerlines for pipe racks and
equipment foundations?
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
241
7. What is the mínimum height of text used on piping
drawings that are going to be placed in a border at
%" = l'-0' scale?
8. Explain the difference between section and
elevation views.
9. Define datum elevation.
10. What is the most important measurement shown
on section or elevation drawings?
EXERCISES: PLANS, ELEVATIONS,
AND SECTIONS
Chapter 1 O Drawing Exercises
Exercise 10-1. Using the layout procedures discussed
in this chapter, develop the piping arrangement draw-
íng of Unit--01 as shown in Figure 10.1.
Exercise 10-2. Draw Section A-A of Unít-Ol as shown
in Figure 10.45.
 CHAPTER
11
StandardPiping Details
Any project having the complexity of a piping facil-
ity will undoubtedly have many components that are
used repeatedly throughout the facility. In an attempt to
reduce the volume of drawíngs produced, many com-
panies employ the use of standard piping details. Toe
standard piping detall is a drawing that depicts an item
or items that are used with such frequency and having
such consistency in their installation procedure that a
single drawing can be created and duplicated for use
to represent their installation in almost every situation.
Situations in which standard piping details are most
likely to be used are for the support, anchoring, guid-
ing, and spacing of pipe. This chapter discusses the
methods and devices used in these applications.
PIPE RACK SPACING
Arrangement and posítioning are important fac-
tors in the layout of a piping facility. Space is limited.
Area and boundary limits force conservation of space.
Arranging equipment throughout the unit in an orderly
and sequential fashion is a necessity. Therefore, proper
spacíng and arrangement of pipe in the pipe rack
requires special attention. A pipe rack has a defined
width; therefore, working within the allotted space
makes spacing crucial. Not only must pipe be arranged
to take up a minimum amount of space, but also allow-
anees should be made for any pipe that might be added
in the future.
Line spacing dimensions are based on a clearance of
l" between the outside diameter of the largest flange
and the outside diameter of the adjacent pipe. Toe mini-
mum spacing between any two lines is 4". If either of
the lines is insulated, the thickness of the insulation
must be added. When lines are placed adjacent to a
building, wall, column, or other structure, a minimum
clearance of 2'-0" is required from the outside diameter
of a flange. Pipes having orifice flanges will require a
larger minimum clearance than indicated on the charts
242
because of the valve taps and connecting instrumenta-
tion. Typically, a minimum clearance of 2' -O'' is used on
either side of a pipe having orifice flanges. Figure 11.1
shows the requirements for establishing the minimum
clearances for line spacíng,
Toe Line Spacing Chart shown in Table 11.1 provides
the minimum clearances between the centerlines of two
pipes without insulation. Toe expanded chart provides
centerline-to-centerline measurements for pipes of vari-
ous sizes and pound ratíngs. If a pipe is insulated, the
insulation thickness specified on the Line List (found in
Chapter 10) is added to the chart dimension to determine
the total line spacing measurement. To use the chart, find
the desired size of pipe in the appropriate pound rating
sections. Once the two pipe sizes and pound ratings are
found, follow the row across and the column down. Toe
number at the intersection of the row and column is the
centerline-to-centerline spacing between the two pipes.
Toe numbers shown in the Line Spacing Chart are in
inch values. For example, the spacíng requíred between
a 10''-lSO#pipe anda 6''-300# pipe is 13".
DRAWING PIPE IN THE RACK
When representing pipe in a pipe rack, the careful
arrangement and organízation of names, dimensions,
and line numbers will make the drawing easier to read.
Figure 11.2 shows a pipe rack that has been well orga-
nized. Notice how the alignment of notes, dimensions,
and other callouts makes the drawing easy to read.
Toe following guidelines will help you organize your
drawing:
1. Keep flow arrows the same size and aligned.
2. Line numbers should be left justified when possible.
3. Pipe commodity should be identified on utility lines
only.
4. Line spacing dimensions should align across the
pipe rack from one pipe support column to the other.
C, 2012 Ehcvic-r lnc. Ali rlghts rcserved.
 PIPE FLEXIB!UTY 243

-@e---~- 101-C30-1"
P.S. COLS.
-~
111 104-C30-2" i----_ 4" mm. 111
--- - - - --- -- - - --
~
1" 1 1
1 1 1
103-A
-
15-6" - rfüh - -
1

~~I
1 1 1
105-A15-12"
1" 1 1 1
1 1
- - - -

1 1 1 r-,
- 1 ,,
1
V
1

1 1 1
102-C30-14"
;,

- - 1

1
1
1
- -
" V
1"
1 1 1 ..... 1 11
108-A15-10" 1 '-

1 1
- - -

BUILDING,

NOTE: DWG NOT TO SCALE

FIGURE 11.1 Line spacing dearance requirements.

This allows coordinates for each pipe to be calculated
since each pipe support column is positioned using a
coordina te.
PIPE FLEXIBILITY
A major concem when arranging pipe in a rack is the
amount of expansion and, to an extent, contraction that
occurs when a cold pipe is heated to its normal oper-
ating temperature. Because the dimensions provided
in the line spacing chart do not account for expansion
of a pipe during the start-up of a unit, consideration
must be gíven to the amount of expansion a pipe will
undergo as its temperature begins to rise. Linear expan-
sion correlates to the direction of flow. In other words, a
pipe will grow in the same direction as the commodity
flows. If the expansion of a pipe will result in its inter-
ference with an adjacent pipe, line spacing will have to
be increased. If the normal expansion of a pipe will not
result in interference, line spacing will not be affected.
Remember, space in the rack is limited. Overspacing
must be avoided. Figure 11.3 provides two illustrations
where additional line spacing may be required.
The interference occurring at Point 1 is a result of lin-
ear expansion. Lines 103 and 104 have similar spacing
in the rack Both pipes drop down in the rack then tum
west to rest on a support beam before they exit the pipe
rack and presumably attach to a piece of equipment.
Using the spacing dimension provided in the Line
Spacing Chart, 8" is required between the pipe's center-
lines when they tum west, Assume additional calcula-
tions indicate line 103 is expanding 2" to the south and
line 104 is expanding 2" to the north. By adding one-
half the OD of line 103 (21A'') and one-half the OD of
line 104 (21A'') and the 2" of expansion for each pipe, for
a total of 8W', (21A'' + 21A" + 2" +2" = 8W') it is obvious an
interference, or clash, between lines 103 and 104 would
occur. To avoid this interference, two altematives are
feasible:
1. Increase the spacíng between the two pipes if the
ends of the pipe where they attach to the pieces of

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

244 11. SfAi'IDARD PIPING DETAII.S

TABLE 11.1 Line Spacing Chart

30011 150/1
PIPE P1PE
SIZE 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 3 2 SIZE 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 3 2
2 15 14 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 2 14 13 12 11 9 8 7 6 6
3 16 15 13 12 11 9 8 7 6 3 15 14 13 11 10 9 8 7
4 16 15 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 4 15 14 13 12 10 9 8
6 18 16 15 14 12 11 10 9 8 6 17 15 14 13 12 10
"""o 8 19 17 16 15 13 12 11 10 9 """o
l.{) 8 18 16 15 14 13
l.{)
,.... ,....
10 20 18 17 16 14 13 12 11 11 10 19 17 16 15
12 21 19 18 17 15 14 13 13 12 12 20 18 17
14 21 20 19 17 16 15 14 14 13 14 20 19
16 22 21 20 19 18 17 15 15 14 16 21

30011
PIPE
StZE 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 3 2
2 15 14 13 11 10 9 8 7 6
3 16 15 13 12 11 9 8 7
4 16 15 14 12 11 10 9
6 18 16 15 14 12 11
"""oo 8 19 17 16 15 13
l'0
10 20 18 17 16
12 21 19 18
14 21 20
16 22

equipment allow it. If this is not possible, use the the linear expansion amount, l" in this case, to the west
next altemative. and add l" to the line spacing dimension, for a total
2. Cold spring lines 103 and 104 1". Cold spring is an adjustment of 2".
installation technique that requires the length of the
pipe that is expanding to be cut short by a distance
equal to one-half of the length of expansion. In this
case, 1" for each line.
PLANNING FOR HEAT EXPANSION
When trying to solve the interference problem occur-
ring at Point 2, a similar approach can be taken. Either Thermal expansion will have an effect on pipe,
add 2", the amount of linear expansion, to the line spac- pipe supports, and even on process commodities. Toe
íng dimension or cold spring (shorten) line 101 one-half amount of expansion caused by rising temperatures

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 -- _-------------_ ---=i PLANNING FOR HEAT EXPANSION 245

1 t.{)
~
o.
z~
N
'o
I
e.o
~I
o.
z~
'o c::=--

.In .In
~. 2 ~. .
~z ~z

-~--- --+-P.S.

42-CW15-6"
E.
CQ~
175'-0"
_

COOLING WATER
27-C30-4"
107-A15-8"
178-IA 12-3" INSTRUMENT AIR
22-UA15-2" UTILITY AIR
33-C30-1 O"

FIGURE 11.2 Pipe rack drawing organization.

,.,..,
N
N: No
1
·º
zo .L{)I ~ L{)

vil~
. z 01
o,
:z
e,

P.S. COL "A"

*---TOS ELEV 116'-o"--.ffi- l E.205'~
--- 101-A15-14" ~ -

it~ :1-----'I~
--4-1-t·--- 102-C30-6"
\e=-•
1 11

104-A 15-4" , 1_1_1_---'-10;:;..;3;;...-.....;.A...;..;1"""5;....-_4;...."

__
1
1 ¡ 1 TOS ELEV 112'-o" 1 ¡ 1
t
P.S. COL "B"
E.215'~

FIGURE 11.3 Pipe expansion.

can be quite significant on long runs of pipe, espe-
cially those in a pipe rack. To absorb the expansion of
pipe in a rack, pipe loops are often incorporated. Figure
11.4 shows a pipe loop as a U­shaped routing of the line
designed to contain the expansion of the pipe. Loops
are typically located near the rnidpoint of a long run of
pipe. Expansion will cause the two ends of the pipe to
grow toward one another resulting in the distortion of
the loop as shown in Figure 11.5.
When multiple loops are placed at the same location, as
shown in Figure 11.4, adequate line spacing requires the
deflection of each loop be calculated to avoid interference.
Lines resting on T­supports must be designed care-
fully as well. lf a line is positioned too clase to the end

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

246 11. SfAi'IDARD PIPING DETAII.S

...
..
107-C30-8"
)
106-A15-8"
)
,, -G) 105-A15-6"
\
\ ' .. 1,
1 '-•
• )
\
\
\
\
• 1
1
1 TREAT ONE PIPE AS HOT
\ 1 AND THE OTHER AS COLO
\ 1 WHEN CALCULATING UNE

' \
y
1
1
SPACING FOR TWO PIPES
EXPANOING IN THE SAME
X OIRECTION.

1 1
FIGURE 11.4 Pipe expansión loop. Courtesy of Nisseki Chemical 1 1
Texas, /ne., Bayport, Texas. 1 1

FIGURE 11. 7 Hot and cold line spacing.

of a support, expansion may push the pipe off the sup-

port (see Figure 11.6). Situations like this may require a
cold spríng ora longer T­support.
When multiple lines resting adjacent to one another
tum in the same direction, attention must be given to the
fact that one line can grow while the other does not. In

''
Figure 11.7 assume lines 105 and 106 are both expanding

t"•
'
\ at the same rate and in the same direction. As they both
grow, adequate line spacing will be maintained. But
,, ........ _ __ ... . . what if line 106 was a cold line and did not grow at the
same rate as line 105? Expansion from line 105 would
cause interference with line 106. To avoid this, the line
FIGURE 11.5 Pipe loop distortion. spacing dimensions X and Y in Figure 11.7 must be cal-
culated to reflect the conditions of one line beíng hot and
the other cold. Calculations using the hot/ cold scenario
111 will guarantee adequate spacing at all times.

-. 108-C30-1 O"
I --•
'·{
•
\
• • PIPE ANCHORS
Expansion is not the only force that can alter the
\ alignment of a pipe. Vibration, commodity turbulence,
\-+--o-~ - ~~- - -+-+-t- and other extemal forces, such as wind, cause a pipe to
\ move. Often restriction of a pipe's movement becomes
\
\ necessary. To prevent movement or to control the direc-
\ tion of movement, pipe anchors are often used. Two
\ types of pipe anchors exist: fixed and directional. Fixed
\ anchors are used in locations where all movement of
\ PREVENT PUSHING A
\ a line must be prevented. Toe most common way to
PIPE OFF A SUPPORT,
\ anchor a pipe is to weld the pipe directly to a support
BY NOT ROUTING THE
\ or structural member. Structural angles, approximately
\ PIPE NEAR THE ENO
OF AN OPEN SUPPORT.
12" long, are laid parallel to the pipe where it crosses a
\
structural support and are then field weld (FW) to the
FIGURE 11.6 Pipe expansión on T-supports. pipe and structural support. See Figure 11.8. If the pipe

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 PIPESPA1'S 247

FW FW BOLTEO CLAMP

UNINSULATED PIPE 4" & SMALLER

,,,.;
//
BOLTED CRADLE SHOE
//
-++-
\\
Fw---.¿(.~\.
<,

INSULATION
UNINSULATED PIPE 6" & LARGER
FIGURE 11.8 Pipe anchors.

to be anchored is insulated, a pipe shoe is attached to the BEAM

structural support. Shoes will be discussed later.

Directional anchors are used to force movement in
one direction, along a pipe's lineal axis, while prevent it WELDED T-SHAPE SHOE
from occurring in a perpendicular direction. Directional
anchors are often used to direct a pipe's movement FIGURE I 1.9 Pipe shoe.
away from buildings, structures, or pieces of equipment.
Figure 11.8 depicts the anchoring of uninsulated pipe.
from the pipe at the poínt where the insulation would
PIPE INSULATION SHOES rest on a support. Therefore, no shoes are required.

Pipe is insulated to prevent the heat loss or to ensure PIPEGUIDES

worker safety. Anchoring lines with insulation requires spe-
cial preparations because resting insulated pipe directly on
structural support damages the insulation. To protect insu-
lation on pipes 3" and larger, pipe shoes are attached to the
pipe at the locationwhere it rests on a support.
Depending on the governing pipe specilication,
shoes can either be welded or bolted. Welded shoes are
approximately 611 long and are made from 3" tal! struc-
tural tees or 6 wide flanges that have been cut into
11
halves and then welded to the bottom of a run of pipe.
Bolted shoes resemble a cradle that the pipe rests in. A
U-shaped strap is placed over the pipe and is bolted to
the cradle to secure the pipe to the shoe. Because of the
expense to x-ray and post-heat treat all welds, bolted
shoes are a common occurrence. See Figure 11.9 for an
example of welded and bolted shoes. Pipe smaller than
3" typically has insulation thin enough to be cut away
When total restriction of pipe movement is not
required, pipe guides are used. Pipe guides confine
movement along the pipe's lineal axis. Used primar-
ily to maintain proper line spacíng in a pipe rack, pipe
guides prevent lateral or sideways movement. Unlike
the pipe anchor, which is welded to the pipe and struc-
tural support, the guide allows pipe to slide lengthwise
between two angle shapes (see Figure 11.10). When a
pipe is supported on shoes, the angle shapes are posi-
tioned on either side of the shoe (see Figure 11.11).
PIPESPANS
Toe proper design of any pipe configuration must
take into account the limitations of the pipe itself.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

248 11. SfAi'IDARDPIPING DETAII.S
FW FW
UNINSULATED PIPE 4" & SMALLER
FW FW
UNINSULATED PIPE 6" & LARGER
FIGURE 11.1O Pipe guides.
Depending on the pipe's diameter and wall thickness
(schedule), a pipe can only span a specified distance
befare it begins to deform. For pipes installed horizon-
tally, this deformation is called deflection. Deflection
is the amount of sag or droop that is allowed in a run
of pipe befare it adversely affects commodíty flow. If a
pipe is not properly supported, it will sag to the point
where the commodity flowíng inside will either slow
down, thereby reducing the efficiency of the unit, or it
may collect or pocket in the low point of the run of pipe.
Toe Allowable Pipe Span chart shown in Figure 11.12
provides "Recommended" and "Maxímum" pipe spans
and deflection amounts for carbon steel pipe filled
with water for various sizes and schedules of pipe. The
left side of the chart is for uninsulated pipe 200ºF and
below. Toe right side of the chart is for insulated lines
201-599ºF.
PIPE SUPPORTS
On long, vertical runs of pipe, it is crucial not to
exceed load allowances on mechanical equipment noz-
zles. To avoid ripping a nozzle off the top or side of a
vertical vessel, pipe supports are used to keep the shear
forces within acceptable limits. A pipe's síze, both diam-
eter and length, wall thickness, pound rating, and insu-
lation thickness all contribute to the load on a nozzle.
Additionally, movement in the form of vibration, wind,
and thermal expansion contribute to nozzle stresses
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
6" LONG ANGLE
FW
', /
<:.:.......GUIDES/
FIGURE 11.11 Pipe shoe with guides.
that must be controlled. Pipe supports are designed to
be positioned at precise points to relieve the high loads
and stresses that are exerted on equipment nozzles. On
longer drops of pipe, guides are employed to further
control movement. Figure 11.13 depicts various scenar-
ios where pipe supports and guides are located.
FIELD SUPPORTS
Once a pipe drops out of the rack, support must
be provided to relieve weight stresses that heavy pip-
ing systems can place on nozzles, weld joínts, and
other critical points. Nozzles and welded joints are not
designed to carry heavy loads. Extreme loads placed
on a nozzle could result in the nozzle being pulled off
the vessel or piece of equipment. Lateral forces applied
to weld joints could have the same result. Field sup-
ports can be at ground level, in a pipe rack or anywhere
where structural support is not provided. Figure 11.14
shows a field support being used to carry the load that
would otherwise be placed directly on a horizontal
stub-in branch connection.
The base support is a type of field support that
rests on the ground, platform, or other stationary
surface and is used to support control stations and
other pipes routed no more than 2 -0' above Grade
1 1
level. As seen in Figure 11.15, sorne base supports
are "dummy" welded to the bottom surface of an
elbow to provide support. Also known as a "base ell
support," base supports can be "fixed," adjustable,
or spring loaded depending on their specific need.
Figures 11.16 and 11.17 represent "fixed" and adjust-
able base supports. Typically identified on a draw-
íng as no more than a note, such as FS-1 or FS-2, base
 -
...,
G')

--
~

N
ALLOWABLE PIPE SPANS
USING CARBON STEEL (ASTM 106-Gr. B) PIPE FILLED WITH WATER
~
[
"' <:r 200'F ANO UNDER-LIMITING STRESS = 7600 PSI (UNINSULA.TED) 201'F TO 599'F-LIMITING STRESS = 6175 PSI (INSUlATEO)
io

.""
.¡;· , . .
.g> w
N
w
...J 'é é' 'é é'
"'
:, vi :::>
o

' '
w RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM
~
...,.. w I
o.. ü ~
a:: (/)
SPAN DEFL. SPAN DEFL. ~ SPAN DEFL. SPAN DEFL. ~
65% OF MAX 75% OF MAX 65% OF MAX 75% OF MAX

""ca
111
2" 40 22'-6" 1 .. 26'-3" 11~ 16.. 17'-2" 19'-8" 18'-6" 34" 18'-9" 34" 12'-2" 14'-o"
o
s' 3" 40 27'-6" 1 .. 32'-o" 1 Ya" 20'-9" 24'-o" 23'-6" 34" 24'-6" 7/s" 16'-o" 18'-4" ~
"'ro
21
~ 4" 40 30'-9" 1 .. 35'-3" 1 %" 22·-11" 26'-6" 26'-6" 34" 28'-o" 1~"
16 18'-2" 21 '-0"
Vl
e.,,

~
o 6" 40 36'-9" 1 .. 41'-3" 1 %" 26'-10" 31 '-0" 32'-0" 34" 33'-3" 1~"16 21 '-7" 25'-0" i
IB
46'-o" 1 o/,16.. 34"
C)
z 8" 40 41'-6" 1 .. 30'-o" 34'-6" 36'-o" 37'-6" 17< ..
16 24'-5" 28'-0"

1 O" 40 45'-9" 1 .. 50'-6" 1 Yt 32'-9" 37'-10" 40'-6" 34" 42'-0" 17< ..

16 27'-3" 31 '-6"

12" STD 49'-0" 1 .. 53'-0" 11a" 34'-6" 39'-9" 43'-6" 34" 44'-3" 17< ..
16 28'-9" 33'-3"

14" 30 50'-9" 1 .. 54'-6" 1 o/,16.. 35'-6" 41 '-o" 45'-6" 34" 45'-9" 34" 29'-9" 34'-3"

16" 30 53'-3" 1 .. 56'-0" 1 \" 36'-3" 42'-0" 45'-6" 5/s" 4 7'-3" 34" 30'-8" 35'-6"

18" STD 51'-9" 34" 57'-6" 1 Y,"

16 37'-4" 43'-0" 47'-6" 5/s" 48'-9" \Y,,,
16 31 '-9" 36'-7"

20" 20 53'-9" 34" 58'-9'' 1 16 X" 38'-3" 44'-o" 4 7'-6" ~" 50'-o" sis" 32'-6" 37'-6"
250 11. STANDARD PIPJNG DETAJLS

L,___...__---4 SHORT RADIUS ELBOW FOR UNES 10"

ANO LARCER. LONG RAOIUS ELBOW
~PP2R,~T~-t:,~=6="~M~IN::j. FOR UNES 8" ANO SMALLER.

1·-0·
MIN. l:====::!::t::!:~6:...."
t-MIN.--r=-:
SUPPORT
--
SPECIALLY DESIGNEO SUPPORTS
ARE REOUIRED WHEN THIS
CUIDE ELEVATION DISTANCE EXCEEOS 1 '-8".
OETERMINEO FROM
TYPE SPECIFlEO
ON ORAWINC. CLIENT DETERMINES IF
THESE OROPS ARE
ELBOWS OR SENOS.

1·-0·
MIN.

STACCER SUPPORTS &

CUIDES TO PROVIOE
OFFSET SENOS AOEOUATE CLEARANCE.
TO BE USEO ON
SCREWEO UNES.
CLIENT DETERMINES IF
THESE DROPS ARE
E:: ELBOWS OR SENOS.

SUPPORT 6" MIN.

-f..= - -- - r-1~==:::::l

1·-0·
MIN. 1'-0"
MIN.

FIGURE 11.13 Vertical pipe supports and guides.

supports differ in size, attachment methods, adjust- DUMMY SUPPORTS

ability, and load capacity.
When the vertical distance from pipe to Grade makes
the base support inappropriate, a support fabricated
from a steel angle or structural channel is used. These
"channel" supports are generally bolted or welded to
structural steel or concrete columns. They are typi-
cally less than 2'-6" in length and, with a load capacity
of 500 pounds, are used only on pipe 12" and
smaller. Figure 11.18 depicts the use of channel
supports.
The dununy support, or dummy leg, as it is also
known, is used to support pipe that would not otherwise
be supported due to its short length or change in direc-
tion. The dununy Ieg is a piece of open pipe welded to
the outside of an elbow. The piece of open pipe acts as
a continuation of the pipe's axis, thereby allowing it
to extend across a horizontal structural support (see
Figure 11.19). The sizing chart shown in Figure 11.20
provides the required "leg" pipe diameter and the offset

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 PICK,UP PIPE SUPPORTS
FIGURE 11.14 Field support. Courtesy of Nisseki Chemical Texas,
lnc., Bayport, Texas.
placement dimension required to maintain a common
Bottom Of Pipe elevation.
HANGERRODS
Hanger rods are the standard supporting devices
used when a pipe, or pipes, must be supported from
above. Hanger rods are suspended from overhead lines
or structural supports. Two major styles of hanger rods
are used. One is designed to support a single pipe and
the other is intended to support multiple lines. Used on
lines up to 24" in diameter, and havíng a load capacity
of 4,800 pounds, the single pipe hanger uses a rod and
clevis to provide support (see Figure 11.21). The charts
shown in Figures 11.22 and 11.23 represent an HR-1,
which is used on uninsulated pipe and an HR-2, which
is used on insulated pipe. When several lines require
support, the multiline hanger is used. Often called a
trapeze, it uses a length of steel angle suspended by two
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
251
FIGURE 11.15 Base support. Courtesy of Nisseki Chemical Texas,
!ne., Bayport,Texas.
metal rods at the ends to provide support to the group
of lines simultaneously (see Figure 11.24). The trapeze
can vary from 3'-0" to 10'-0" long from center to center
of the rods with the shorter length carrying a maximum
load of up to 4,900 pounds.
SPRING HANGERS
Lines having significant growth, due to expansion,
prevent the use of a stiff support such as a hanger
rod or trapeze. These lines require the use of spring
hangers. Spring hangers allow expanding pipes room to
grow without placíng stress on the supporting rod (see
Figure 11.25).
PICK,UP PIPE SUPPORTS
In most píping facilities, structural column spac-
ing in the pipe rack is 25' -0". For large-diameter pipe,
252 11. SfAi'IDARD PIPING DETAII.S

/ * 1/4 11 CONTINUOUS DUMMY WELD

STEM NOMINAL
STEM SIZE
PIPE SIZE
THREADED FLAT
FACE FLANGE 2" & BELOW 1" PIPE

3" & 4" 2" PIPE

USE 4" MIN. PAD
IN UNPAVED AREAS. * * 6" & ABOVE 3" PIPE
PAD NOT REQUIRED
IN PAVED AREAS.

* FIELD WELD ** FIELD THREAD

BASE SUPPORT - TYPE A (FS-1)

FIGURE 11.16 Basesupport-TypeA(FS-1).

spanníng this distance poses no problem. Smaller-
diameter pipes, however, do not have the strength
necessary to span this distance and will sag between
supports. These sags or pockets can become so severe
that they can prevent commodity flow. Pick­ups are
designed to use the larger pipes to support the smaller
pipes. Using a length of steel angle attached to the
larger-diameter pipe with U-bolts allows the small-
diameter pipes to be supported at their weakest point
(see Figure 11.26). Pick-ups can span up to 10' --0" and
carry a load of 1,200 pounds.
The various guides, supports, and anchors discussed
in this chapter play a significant role in the overall
design of a píping facility. Each one requires special anal-
ysis and calculations to be properly installed. Most com-
panies have strict guidelines governing the use of these
items. Only designers with years of experience should
make decisions on when and where to use these devices.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 PICK,UP PIPE SUPPORTS 253

BOLT WITH
HEX NUTS
* ~,, CONTINUOUS
DUMMY WELD FIELD FAB
BRACKET f-
I
C)
w
I
w
STEM _J
OJ
THREADED FLAT <(
FACE FLANGE f-
(J)
~
USE 4" MIN. PAD IN
~
UNPAVED AREAS.
o
PAD NOT REQUIRED
IN PAVED AREAS.
** <(

* FIELD WELD ** FIELD THREAD

NOMINAL BRACKET
STEM SIZE BOLT SIZE
PIPE SIZE SIZE
2" & BELOW 1" PIPE ~,, X 1 o" 2" X 2" X Y4"
3" & 4" 2" PIPE 1 Ys" X 12" 3" X 3" X ~16"

6" THRU 14" 3" PIPE 1 Yr x 12" 4 .. X 3" X r 8"

BASE SUPPORT - TYPE B (FS-2)

FIGURE 11.17 Base support-Type B (FS-2).

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

254 11. STANDARD PIPJNG DETAJLS

ffl=¡ --r• [ [
1

1 1 1 :J

2' -0" MAX 2' -6" MAX 2'-6" MAX

6 [8.2 (TYP)

MAXIMUM LOAD 500#

FIGURE 11.18 Channel supports.

ELBOW TURNING UP ELBOW TURNING DOWN

FIGURE 11.19 Dummysupport.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 PICK,UP PIPE SUPPORTS 255
DUMMY SUPPORT DS-1

SEE NOTE 4 1/4" PLATE PLUG

PIPE DIA.aa'X'

1 /.»
18 ~ WEEP
HOLE TYP.

UNE 'A' 'X' NOTES:

SIZE DIM DIA
2" 1/4" 11/2" 1. DUMMY-WELD EXTENSIONS
gA,, ARE SCH. 40 PIPE UNLESS
3" 16 2" OTHERWISE NOTED.
4" 1/2" 3"
2. PIPE FABRICATOR TO SUPPLY
6" 11A6 4" DUMMY-WELD EXTENSIONS.
8" 1" 6"
3. ON STRESS RELIEVED LINES,
1 o" 11A6 8" DUMMY-WELD EXTENSIONS ARE
1 2" 21A6 8" WELDED TO PIPE BEFORE
STRESS RELIEVING.
14" P/a" 1 o"
1 6" 25/s" 1 O" 4. DUMMY-WELD: DO NOT CUT
HOLE IN PIPE, USE LINE-CLASS
18" 35/s" 1 o" WELDING RODS.
20" 35/s" 1 2"
5. MATERIAL: LINE-CLASS.
24" 55/s" 1 2"
FIGURE 11.20 DS-1 dummy support sizing chart,

CLEVIS

FIGURE 11.21 Rod and clevis.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

256 11. STANDARDPIPJNG DETAJLS

HANGER ROO - HR-1 HANGER ROO - HR-3

FW ,,...._
,....... (SEE NOTE N

z- N z
- w
w 1-
2 .....
o 2 o
z z
:
:: w X w
X w w
:: .....,
(/) (/)
<:»

CLEVIS
CLAMP
HR-1 HANGER DATA
HR-3 HANGER DATA
MAX.
CLEVIS PIPE "X" ALLOWABLE MAX.
CLAMP PIPE HXU ALLOWABLE
SIZE SIZE DIM. HANGER
LOAD #(lbs) SIZE SIZE OIM. HANGER
LOAD #(lbs)
2 11/2'& 2" 91/i 250
2 2" 1 ·-10" 610
3 3" 101/i' 350
3 3" 1·-101/i' 1130
4 4" 111/i' 400
4 4" 1 '-11" 1130
6 6" 1 '-21/i' 1940
6 6" 2'-2" 2555
8 8" 1 '-5" 2000
8 8" 2'-4" 2555
10 1 o" 1 '-61/i' 3600
10 10" 2'-5" 2890
12 12" 1 '-8" 3770 12 1 2" 2'-6" 2890
14 14" 1 ·-1 o 1/i' 4200 14 14" 2'-81/i' 3835
16 16" 2'-0" 4600 16 16" 2'-91/i' 3835
18 18" 2'-2" 4800 18 18" 2'-101/i' 3835
NORMALLY USED ON UNINSULATED PIPE. NORMALLY USED ON INSULATED PIPE TO 750'.

NOTES:
1. LOADS EXCEEDING 5001bs. AT ATIACHMENT
SURFACE SHALL BE SUBMITIED FOR APPROVAL.
2. WHERE EXPANSION CAUSES HORIZONTAL
MOVEMENT, "X" DIMENSION MUST BE CALCULATED.
NOTES:
1. LOADS EXCEEDING 5001bs. AT ATIACHMENT
SURFACE SHALL BE SUBMITIED FOR APPROVAL.
2. WHERE EXPANSION CAUSES HORIZONTAL
MOVEMENT, ''X'' DIMENSION MUST BE CALCULATED.

FIGURE 11.22 Hangerrod HR-1 data.

FIGURE 11.23 Hanger rod HR-3data.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 PICK,UP PIPE SUPPORTS 257

FW FW

__ .....___....,-

FIGURE 11.24 Trapeze,

FIGURE 11.26 Pick-up support.

FIGURE 11.25 Spring hanger. Courtesy o/ Nisseki Chemical Texas,

lnc., Bayport, Texas.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

258 11. STANDARD PIPJNG DETAJLS

CHAPTER 11 REVIEW QUIZ 6. What is a pipe shoe?

1. Why is line spacing critical?

7. Explain the difference between a pipe anchor and a
pipe guide.
2. What is the minimum spacing between lines?

8. What is the function of a dummy Leg?

3. Define cold spring.

9. What is pipe dejlection?

4. What is a pipe expansion loop?

10. What are pick­up supports designed to prevent?

5. Name two types of pipe anchors.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 CHAPTER
12
Piping Systems
Within every piping facility, there are specific pip-
íng systems that perform specialized functions. These
systems vary in their importance to the overall opera-
tion of the facility and can range from vital to periph-
eral. These systems can be complex in design or simple
in function. The systems described in this chapter are
examples of those commonly found in many pipíng
facilities.
PLANT UTILITIES
Every piping facility is designed for a definite pur-
pose. Most commonly the purpose is to produce a prod-
uct that can be sold for profit. To achieve the intended
purpose of the facility, certain components are incor-
porated into its design. Plant utilities are among these.
By design, they are not the profít-producíng products.
However, plant utilities provide services that are essen-
tial to the efficient operation of the facility. Utilities
include systems such as water, steam, condensate, fuel
oil and gas, fiares, and air. Each utility is shown on the
píping arrangement drawíng and is designed according
to their specific duty, independent of process piping.
Water Systems
Often overlooked, water systems play an important
part in a piping facility's successful operation. Water
systems can include cooling water, boiler water, plant
water, utility water, and emergency water.
Cooling Water
Cooling water flows through a closed piping system
that circulates water through various pieces of equip-
ment. Exchangers and condensers require chilled water
to reduce the temperature of the process commodity.
As water circulates through the shell of an exchanger,
heat is transferred from the process commodity to the
259
cooling water. To maintain its effectiveness, the cool-
íng water is piped to a cooling tower where the heated
water is aerated to reduce its heat gain. After the heat
has been removed from the cooling water, the chilled
water travels back to the exchanger and repeats the
process.
Boiler Water
Boiler water is the piping system that delivers feed
water to all steam-generating equipment in a facil-
ity. Steam is generated by boilers, heaters, and even
nuclear reactors, and is used in a wide variety of piping
facilities.
Emergency Water
Designed specifically for worker safety, emergency
water systems include eye wash and emergency shower
stations. Emergency shower stations are provided in all
areas where maintenance and operational personnel are
subject to hazardous leaks or spills. Eye wash stations
are also provided for situations where physical injury
may be caused by chemical sprays or hazardous fumes.
Steam and Condensate
Steam has a number of uses in various piping facili-
ties. Made by on-site equipment, steam is relatively
inexpensive. Many utility companies use steam as
their source for powering huge generators to produce
electricity. Multistoried buildings use steam to heat
a building's occupied areas during winter months.
Cargo ships once used steam as their primary source
of power. In petrochemical facilities, steam is used to
power the steam turbines used as drivers on pumps
and compressors.
Superheated steam is steam that is heated to a tem-
perature that is above the saturation temperature for
its designed pressure. In petrochemícal facilities, super-
heated steam is also used as stripping steam. Stripping
C, 2012 Ehcvic-r lnc. Ali rlghts rcserved.
260 12. PIPIKGSYSTEMS

steam is used in fractionation columns to enhance the

effectiveness of the fractionation process. In situations
where heat tracing is required, steam is used to main-
tain constant temperatures and prevent commodities
with slow flow characteristics from freezing. Duríng
shutdowns, steam is used as a means of cleaning parts
and equipment.
Condensate is the visible evidence of steam cool-
ing and therefore condensing. In its purest form, steam
is invisible. Only when just-saturated steam cools
and becomes heavy with water vapor is it visible.
Condensate is undesirable in certain situations so it
must be removed from steam lines. When moved under
extreme pressure, condensate can be damaging to equip-
ment such as turbine impellers. Condensate is separated
from the steam by traps. Steam traps are placed at pock-
eted low points and at the dead ends of steam headers
to collect condensate. Condensate is then piped back to
fi.red equipment where it is converted back into steam.

Fuel Oil and Fuel Gas

These commodities are used as fuel for heat sources
such as fi.red heaters and boilers.

Fiare Systems
Toe most noticeable piece of equipment in use,
especially after dark, is the fiare where waste gases
and vapors are burned. Fiare systems collect gases cre-
ated during start-ups and those released from pres-
sure safety valves and route them to the fiare stack to
be burned. Flare stacks are typically located upwind
of process units and are placed a minimum distance of
200' from the closest piece of process equipment, stor-
age tanks, or cooling towers. Figure 12.1 depicts a typi-
cal fiare stack.
Air Systems
Another plant utility that is essential to the operation
of the facility is its air system. There are two types of air
systerns: utility air and instrument air.
FIGURE 12.1 Fiare stack. Courtesy of Nisseki Chemical Texas, !ne.,
Bayport, Texas.
Instrument air
lnstrument air is also a compressed air system,
but with a much different task. lnstrument air is used
to operate all pneumatic monitoring and controlling
instruments in the piping facility. Pneumatic instru-
ments such as control valves, recorders, and indica-
tors require an urtinterrupted feed of air to provide
continua! monitoring and operational control. Routed
through small-bore pipe and tubing, the compressed
air in an instrument air system has been dried and puri-
fied to remove all moisture and any airborne particles
to prevent damage to the instruments.

Utility air CONTROL VALVE MANIFOLDS

Utility air is compressed air piped throughout the
facility to power pneumatic tools and equipment.
Impact wrenches, grinders, and other pneumatic
tools are commonly used duríng normal plant opera-
tions. During times of a shutdown, scheduled mainte-
nance and repairs require workers to loosen nuts and
bolts that have not been removed for quite sorne time.
Power-driven tools are the only efficient means of
timely maintenance.
Controlling the commodity traveling through pipe
and equipment and the accessibility of the controlling
apparatus are two major concerns in any piping facil-
ity. Toe control valve manifold addresses both of these
concerns. Toe control valve manifold, or manifold control
station, is a series of valves and fittings that make use
of an automatic valve to control and monitor the flow
of a commodity through the pipe. Por convenience

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 CONTROL VALVE MANIFOLDS
FIGURE 12.2 Control valve manifold. Courtesy of Nisseki Chemical
Texas, lnc., Bayport, Texas.
and accessibility, the control valve manifold is usually
placed 2'-0 off the ground or 2'-0" above the floor of a
11
platform. Toe photograph in Figure 12.2 shows a typi-
cal control valve manifold arrangement.
Notice the different types of valves used in mani-
fold control station shown in Figure 12.2. Four different
valves are used in the typical control valve manifold.
Toe main valve in the center of the configuration is the
control valve. It has a throttling body type, typically
a globe or similar body type, and uses a pneumatic or
hydraulic actuator to automatically regulate the com-
modity's rate of flow. Toe valves installed to the right
and left of the control valve are called block valves. A
block valve is just a descriptive name given to the gate
valves that are used to stop the flow of the commod-
ity through the control valve duríng times of repair or
replacement.
When the block valves are closed and the control
valve is removed, the commodity must still be regu-
lated. This is done via a bypass valve. Toe bypass valve
is either a globe, plug, or ball valve body style located
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
261
FIGURE 12.3 Control valve manifold drawing.
on the horizontal bypass line found above the control
valve. Toe bypass line ties the left and ríght sides of
the manifold station together. Toe bypass valve, which
is one line size smaller than the main pipe, is normally
closed and is installed as close as possible to the inlet
side of the manifold. When the block valves are closed,
the bypass is opened to allow the flow to circulate
through the manifold, thus performing the same func-
tion as the control valve, the only difference being that
the bypass valve is manually operated. The fourth
valve type is the drain valve. lt is the small valve shown
below the left reducer. The drain valve is opened after
the block valves have been closed and before the bolts
have been loosened on the flanges that sandwich the
control valve. Toe drain allows the commodity trapped
below the two block valves to be captured and dis-
posed of without a spill occurring. Figure 12.3 depicts
the graphical representation of the control valve mani-
fold shown in Figure 12.2. When drawing the plan view
of a control valve manifold on a piping arrangement
drawíng, minimal information is provided. Figure 12.4
shows the plan view of a typical control valve manifold.
Notice only the overall length and the centerline eleva-
tion are provided. An instrument bubble is shown to
aid in the identification of the control valve. Handwheel
orientation of the block valves must be shown so rep-
resentation can be made on isometric drawings. If, for
262 12. PIPIKGSYSTEMS

clearance purposes, handwheels of the block valves are
oriented with an offset angle, the angle of offset must be
shown on the arrangement drawing.
Control valve manifolds can have various configura-
tions depending on the placement of the block valves.
Care must be taken to orient the handwheels away
from the equipment and other obstructions. When
larger pipe sizes are used, valve handwheel lengths can
become quite long. Avoid orienting handwheels into
4'-3 1/8"
co co
aisleways, roadways, and exchanger tube-pulling zones
Figure 12.5.
UTILITY STATIONS
Organization is essential to quality design.
Organizing a piping facility with maintenance in mind
is crucial to efficient plant operation. Small independent
maintenance centers called utility stations are located
throughout a piping facility. Utility stations provide
maintenance and operational personnel with central-
ized locations to find water, air, steam, and occasionally
nitrogen. Utility stations are placed throughout a facíl-
ity in such a manner to allow a utility hose 50'-0" long
to cover designated areas. A typical utility station is
shown in Figure 12.6.
Water and steam are typically found only at utility
stations located at grade level. These utilities are nec-
essary for equipment that must be washed or steamed
clean. Utility air is a service required at all stations in
areas where pneumatic power tools are used. Manways

+
11, are located at the hígher elevations of vertical vessels.
Utility stations must be positioned so utility hoses can
easily reach them. Nitrogen may be required in specific
areas where instrument lines must be purged during
times of maintenance or repaír,
FIGURE 12.4 Control valve manifold on piping arrangement Figure 12.7 represents a typical utility station as it
drawing. may appear on a piping arrangement drawing and

6"

4"

6"x4"
RED. TEE

RED. TYP.
FIGURE 12.5 Control valve manifold, alternate configuratíon.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 METERRUNS 263
Figure 12.8 depicts the same utility station in an ísomet-
ric view.

METERRUNS

Developing a piping system that incorporates

smooth and consistent flow characteristics is imperative
in any piping facility. Toe ability to measure the rate
of flow of a commodity is necessary at various stages
throughout a facility. Rate of flow is simply a measure-
ment of the amount of commodity flowing through a
pipe in a specified amount of time. Toe most common
way to achieve this is through a section of pipe referred
to as a meter run. A meter run is the name gíven to a
straight run of pipe that uses a set of orifice flanges to
measure the rate of flow.
Recall from the discussion in Chapter 4, orífice
flanges have valve taps that allow monitoring equip-
ment to be attached, which records the differential pres-
sure of a commodíty traveling through an orífice plate
(see Figure 12.9).
Toe critica! part of a meter run is the orifice plate. Toe
orífice plate is a 'W' thick, flat, circular disk, made of metal,
havíng a flat handle (see Figure 12.10). The orífice plate,
with a gasket on either side, is sandwiched between
two orifice flanges. An exploded view of an installed
FIGURE 12.6 Utility station. Ccurtesy of Nisseki Chemical Texas, orífice plate is shown in Figure 12.11. As you can see,
lnc., Bayport, Texas. a hole is machined through the center of the plate to

.
1

,'ir
INSTRUMENT AIR 23-IA12-2" 11

(
l
PLANT AIR 24-PA12-2" ¡¡: 1

SERVICE WATER 25-W12-3" 1 : 1: 1

LP STEAM 26-S15-3 " -IH 11 I ¡ 1

2"1H
11
11
111
II
1 1'-0" g" 7" 7"
1

UTILITY STATION
No. 1
FIGURE 12. 7 Utility station on piping arrangement drawing.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

264 12. PIPJ1'G SYSTEMS

'o
'o 1
l ;,..
i.n

UTILITY STATION No. 1

FIGURE 12.8 Utilitystation in isometric view.

FIGURE 12.9 Oríficeflangeswith instrumentation. Courtesy of

Nisseki Chemical Texas, lnc., Bayport, Texas. FIGURE 12.10 Oríficeplate.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 METERRUNS
FLANGE TAPS
FIGURE 12.11 lnstalled orífice plate.
FIGURE 12.12 Meter run pipe lengths.
allow comrnodity to pass through. This hole is approxí-
mately 75% of the cliameter of the pipe. Toe size of the
hole in the orífice plate, relative to the size of the pipe, is
known as the beta factor. Depending on the application,
numerous beta factors can be used. However, 0.75 is the
one most comrnonly used in meter run calculations. By
attaching monitoring equipment to the valve taps, the
rate of flow of the commodity can be measured as flow
travels along the pipe and through the orífice plate.
To receive the most accurate reading possible, tur-
bulence within the pipe must be kept to a minimum.
Flow turbulence is created by obstructions in the con-
figuration from items such as fittings and valves. A
smooth, consistent flow is created by providing a suf-
ficient amount of straight pipe before and after the
orífice flanges. Therefore, the length of the run of pipe
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
265
ORIFICE FLANGES
ORIFICE PLATE
before, or upstream of, the orífice plate and the length of
the section of pipe after, or doumstream of, the plate is
precisely calculated. These upstream and downstream
measurements are established by using precise lengths
of pipe that are based on the diameter of the pipe being
used. Additional factors also affect how these lengths
are calculated. For example, a different beta factor can
be used or a multiplane pipe configuration before the
orífice plate may be required. However, a general rule-
of-thumb formula of 30 pipe diameters upstream and 6
pipe diameters downstream provides adequate distance
to create smooth flow in the meter run. A graphical rep-
resentation of the values used to calculate these lengths
is shown in Figure 12.12.
To calculate the lengths shown in Figure 12.12, simply
multiply the upstream and downstream diameters times
266 12. PIPIKGSYSTEMS
the nominal pipe size. Toe following is an example to
calculate the upstream and downstream pipe lengths for
a meter run installed in a 6 pipe configuration.
11
Upstreamdistance=30(diameters)x6' = 180' = 15'·0'
Downstreamdistance= 6(diameters)x6' = 36' = 3'-0"
Again, the formula above is a rule-of-thumb guide.
Specific values for upstream and downstream diam-
eters vary dependíng upon the configuration of the
piping system in which the orifice flanges are installed.
Review the client's specifications for the project you are
working on to verify the correct upstream and down-
stream diameters.
SEWER ANO UNDERGROUND PIPING
SYSTEMS
Though they are not readily visible, extensive piping
systems can exist below grade. Sorne piping systems
by their very nature must be run underground. Others
are placed there as a matter of convenience. Although
they both are placed below grade, there is a difference
between underground sewer and piping systems. The
main difference is that sewer systems are gravity flow
and have an origin that is open to atmosphere, whereas
underground piping systems are closed systems that
have a defined and constant pressure.
Sewer Svstems
Underground sewer systems are designed for a
number of commodities. They may include sanitary
and raw sewage lines, storm and firewater drains, or
process waste runoff and oily water sewers. Storm and
firewater drain lines are often run separately for those
systems that will carry raw sewage and corrosive
chemical wastes. Oily water sewers collect oily waste
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
and residue from compressors, pumps, and other
equipment. Each commodity requires special treat-
ment and therefore must be routed to different treat-
ment facilities. Because they are gravity flow, these
systems are generally fabricated using no pipe smaller
than 4" in diameter.
Underground Piping Systems
Many lines, not related to sewer systems, are routed
either entirely or partially below the ground, or Grade.
Toe commodities in these pipes could be cooling water,
firewater, feed supply, hazardous waste materials, and
others. Hazardous waste maierials are feed by-products
that do not conform to the client's critica! product speci-
fications or parameters and therefore require special
treatment prior to disposal. Hazardous waste materi-
als are often generated during a unit's start-up or shut-
down. They are typically nonrefinable rernnants of the
feed that are unusable, even with further refining.
To prevent frequent replacement of piping compo-
nents in underground systems, commodities flowing
through underground pipes may be only slightly corro-
sive or the pipes themselves may have special corrosion
allowances to accommodate the commodities flowing
through them. Whichever application exists, the cor-
rosion of exposed metal surfaces below the ground is
always a matter of concem. When an exposed metal
surface líes in moist or salt-laden soil, galvanic corro-
sion begíns to occur. Any number of factors may cause
a small amount of electrical current to flow through the
soil and onto the pipe. When electric current discharges
into the soil, metal is removed from the surface of the
pipe and the corrosion process begíns. To protect these
underground metal surfaces, cathodic protection sys-
tems are used. Cathodic protection employs the use of
positively charged electrodes being sent down a long,
metal rod, to neutralize the corrosive effects of nega-
tively charged particles in the Earth.
 CHAPTER 12 EXERCISES 267

CHAPTER 12 REVIEW QUIZ 7. What is the function of a control valve manifold?

1. What are plant utilities?

8. List the four types of valves used in a control valve
manifold.
2. Name five water systems that can be found in a
piping facility.

9. What is a utility station?

3. Define superheated steam.

10. What is a meter run?

4. What is a steam trap?

S. What is the minimum distance a fiare stack can be

installed next to other pieces of equipment? CHAPTER 12 EXERCISES
Exercises: Meter Run Calculations
6. Explain the difference between utility air and Exercise 12.1.
instrument air. Calculate the missing dimensions for the meter run
configurati.ons shown. Use the designated size and
pound ratings, Show all answers in feet and inch values.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

268 12. PIPJ1'G SYSTEMS

EXERCISE 12.1
CALCULATIONS

(])

EXERCISE 12.1 Meter run length cakulations.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 CHAPTER
13
Piping Isometrics
WHAT IS AN ISOMETRIC?
An isometric is a type of three-dimensional draw-
ing known as a pictorial. lsometrics, or isos as they are
commonly called, are developed using the three pri-
mary dimensions of an object: height, width, and depth.
Unlike orthographic drawings that represent the height,
width, and depth dimensions in separate views (see
Figure 13.1), the isometric combines the three dimensions
of the object into a single view to provide a pictorial rep-
resentation of the object (see Figure 13.2). To include the
height, width, and depth dimensions in a single view, an
isometric must be drawn on axes that measure 30° from
the horizontal plane, as shown in Figure 13.2.
Like the front, Top, and Right Side views in Figure 13.1,
Piping Plans, Sections, and Elevations offer limited visu-
alization of an object, especially when piping components
TOP VIEW
r-WIDTH
HEIGHT
._____A_l A
FRONT VIEW R. SIDE VIEW
FIGURE 13.1 Orthographic views.
269
like fittings, flanges, or valves are incorporated. However,
by combining the height, width, and depth dimensions
found on Plan, Section, or Elevation views, a single pie-
torial view can result in a drawing that provides greater
clarity of the piping configuration. A comparison between
the orthographic views shown in Figure 13.3 and the iso-
metric in Figure 13.4 demonstrates that an isometric with
piping symbols is obviously clearer and easier to under-
stand than standard orthographic views.
Toe piping isometric is an important drawing that
serves severa! purposes. It is the primary source for
material take­off of each pipe configuration in the facility.
Material Take-offis the process by which each individual
component that makes up a pipe configuration is tabu-
lated for purchase or procurement. This means all pip-
ing components (elbows, flanges, nuts, bolts, washers,
gaskets, etc.) must be counted so that purchases of those
FIGURE 13.2 Isometric view.
C, 2012 Ebcvicr lnc. Ali rights rcserved.
270 13. PIPING ISO:v!ETRICS

t completed isometrics to build shop spools. Shap spools are

detailed specifically for pipe welders and fitters with pre-

'
N cise cut-lengths and weld symbols, which are not typi-
cally shown on isos. After configurations are fabricated,
X-rayed, painted, and shipped to the construction site,
TP4 isometric drawings serve as an aid to the construction
and erection of the facility by providing workers with the
locations of tie-ins, connections, and routings.
Most engíneering and construction companies develop
a piping isometric of every pipíng configuration to be
installed in the facility.Piping isometrics are typically ere-
ated single-line regardless of the pipe's nominal size. Each
pipe line is drawn or plotted individually on a sheet of
paper with its tabulated BOM. Pipe isometrics are also
drawn as a schematic, which means they are not drawn to
scale. One common isometric symbol for fittings, flanges,
and valves will represent ali sizes of pipe. No attempt is
made to represent a pipe's actual síze or pound rating
SOUTH EAST graphically. This information is conveyed through the
ELEVATION ELEVATION use of callouts and notes, particularly the line number,
FIGURE 13.3 Piping orthographic views. placed on the drawing. Although piping isometrics are
not drawn to scale, drafters should make every effort to

;t("
S DN
FIGURE 13.4 Pipíng isometric view.
items can be made. The tabulated results are referred to
as the Bill of Materials, or BOM. lsometrics also serve as
fabrication drawings. Once drawn and properly dimen-
sioned, isometrics are provided to fabricators who build
each piping configuration. Fabricators will use the
draw them proportionally. Drawing an iso proportionally
simply means one should draw a 10'..(J' run of pipe twice
as long as a 5' ..(J' length of pipe, when possible.
E To be successful in drawing isometrics, the pipe
drafter must be able to interpret the information con-
veyed by the drawing symbols of fittings, flanges, or
valves represented on piping arrangement, section, and
elevation drawings and transfer that information to the
isometric. Note in Figures 13.3 and 13.4 that the elbow
symbols differ in the orthographic and isometric views.
Piping symbols used on plan, section, or elevation draw-
ings dictate whether a pipe turns left, right, up, or down.
When the pipe represented on an orthographic drawing
makes a change in direction, that change must also be
reflected on the isometric drawing. The point at which
the pipe changes direction can be referred to as the tum-
ing point (TP). To correctly draw the isometric represen-
tation of a pipe shown on a plan, section, or elevation
view, the pipe drafter must be knowledgeable in the use
of piping symbols used in orthographic views and the
corresponding symbols used on isometric views.
To make pípíng isometrics look standardized, com-
panies that hand-draw isometrics use drawing paper
that has preprinted isometric grid lines that are used
as a drawing aid to establish uniform sizes for fitting,
flange, and valve symbols. Remember pípíng isometrics
are not drawn to any particular scale. No matter what
size or pound rating the fittings are, they are all drawn
the same size. Figure 13.S shows the size and shape of
manually drawn isometric symbols for fittings, flanges,
and valves relative to the isometric grid. These symbols
are typical of industry applications and should be used
as a guide when drawing piping isometrics.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 WHAT IS AN !SOMETRJCI 271

ISOMETRIC GRID 1 / 4"

ELBOWS FLOW
ARROWS
90.LR

NOZZLES

90'SR FLAN GES

VALVES

45'
GATE

TEES

STRAIGHT

REDUCING CHECK

REOUCERS
CONTROL
CONCENTRIC

PRESSURE
SAFETY
VALVE
ECCENTRIC

FIELD
SUPPORT
WELD
CAP
DUMMY
SUPPORT

FIGURE 13.5 Isometricpiping symbols.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

272 13. PIPING ISO:v!ETRICS

1. 2.
DRAFTING SETIINGS:
ISO GRID = . 125"
·~111
SNAP = .0625"
~

3. 4.
:~
. . . . · . BASE PT.
CREATE BLOCK:
ROTATE OBJECT -30" ABOUT BASE PT. BLOCK NAME = GATEVALVE

FIGURE 13.6 Creating isometric piping symbols using AutoCAD.

• Step l. Drawing setup. Set the SNAP Style to Isometric. Set the vertical spacing to 0.12s•. Set SNAP to 0.062s•.
• Step 2. Using the isometric grid as a guide draw the desired symbols.
• Step 3. ROTATE each symbol -30° about a centralized point (Base Point in Step 3 illustration).
• Step 4. Crea te a BLOCK of each symbol. Use a name that accurately describes the component. Selecta Base Point that will permit convenient
attachment to other components in an isometric.

lsometríc symbols drawn with AutoCAD can be
developed so that a single orientation of the symbol can
be used in any of the isometric axes. lsometric symbols
can be drawn, rotated, and BLOCKed for repeated use
in any drawing at any isometric angle. Initially symbols
for fittings, flanges, or valves are drawn on the north/
south isometric axis, but befare they can be used in the
other isometric axes, they must be rotated -30º about
a Base Point placed on the center of the symbol. Use the
step-by-step procedures provided below and illustrated
in Figure 13.6 to create isometric pípíng symbols using
AutoCAD commands.
Figure 13.7a,b show the size of the symbols relative
to the isometric grid in AutoCAD. Companies that use
3D plant modeling software use the software's feature
that automatically generates isometrics of the modeled
pipes. Isos generated by modeling programs are fully
dimensioned, including notes and callouts, and have a
completed BOM. lt is common however that revisions
be made to those isos to reflect client design require-
ments and drawing enhancements.
ISOMETRIC ORIENTATION
Note in Figures 13.1 and 13.2 how the height, width,
and depth dimensions of the L-shaped object in the
orthographic views are oriented on the isometric view
with A as a point of reference. By using a point of ref-
erence, proper orientation of the isometric can occur
by transferring distance and direction from the ortho-
graphic view. Similarly, on piping isometrics, estab-
lishing a point of reference is imperative. Although
the A can be seen in Figures 13.3 and 13.4, it is not an
adequate point of reference. Toe complexity of pípíng
configurations requires a more descriptive "point of
reference" be used to establish orientation between the
orthographic and isometric views. In the piping dis-
cipline a north arrow is used as a "point of reference."
Accurate isometric layout is based on the correlation
of the orientation of the north arrow on the Piping
Arrangement drawing and the north arrow on the pip-
ing isometric. Figure 13.8 illustrates the representation
of the north arrow on the arrangement drawing and the
north arrow on the isometric.
Knowing that the Píping Arrangement drawing is a
plan, or top, view drawing, a pipe can be determined
to be turning north, south, east, or west when oriented
relative to the drawing's North Arrow. So, if a pipe that
has been traveling north turns down and then east on
the arrangement drawing, it should also be shown to
travel north, turn down, and then east on the isometric
drawing. Figure 13.9 illustrates the correlation between
pipe components shown in a Plan View and those same
items in an isometric view. As you may notice, items
that can be difficult to visualize on the Plan View draw-
ing become much more evident on the isometric.
Most companies prefer to draw piping isometrics
with the north arrow pointíng up and to the right, An
alternate position is to draw the North Arrow pointing

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 ISOMETRIC ORIENTATION 273
(a)
DRAW AS SHOWN BELOW CAD ROTATE -30" ABOUT
GRID IS .25 ISO-GRID
BASE POINT INDICATED AS <+) SYM BOLS
INSERTION BASE POINT
BEFORE MAKING WBLOCKS

ELBOWS
90-LR

90-SR

45·

TEES

REDUCERS

CONCENTRIC

ECCENTRIC

WELD
CAP

FIGURE 13. 7 (a,b) AutoCAD isometric piping symbols,

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

274 13. PIPING ISO:v!ETRICS

(b)
DRAW AS SHOWN BELOW CAD ROTATE -30º ABOUT
GRID IS .25 ISO-GRID INSERTION BASE POINT
BASE POINT INOICATED AS ( ) SYMBOLS BEFORE MAKING WBLOCKS

FLOW
ARROWS

NOZZLES

FLAN GES

VAL VES

GATE

GLOSE

CHECK

CONTROL

PRESSURE
SAFETY
VALVE

FIELD
SUPPORT

DUMMY
SUPPORT

FIGURE 13. 7 (Continued}

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 DRAWU,:G PIPING ISOMETRICS
.
FIGURE 13.8 Orthographic and isometric north arrows .
FIGURE 13.9 Isometric orientation.
up and to the left. This is done, however, only in excep-
tional cases to improve drawing clarity. Figure 13.10
uses the configuration from Figure 13.9 to demonstrate
how drawing an isometric with the North Arrow point-
ing up and to the left will affect the isometric represen-
tation. The North Arrow rarely, if ever, points down.
DRAWING PIPING ISOMETRICS
As an isometric for a particular line is developed,
constant reference to the Piping Arrangement, Section,
or Elevation drawings is essential. Drawing symbols,
callouts, coordinates, and elevations provide detailed
information of the pipe's configuration and routing as
it travels through the facility. By using this information
and the isometric symbols that correspond to the vari-
ous orthographic drawing symbols, the pipe drafter
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
275
N~J~E
w~s
DN
FIGURE 13.10 Alternate isometric orientation.
can develop an isometric describing the pipe's rout-
ing. Remember, the isometric must provide a detailed
description of the pípe's routing from beginning to end.
However, this does not apply to a pipe in a pipe rack.
Piping isometrics are generally drawn to represent the
configuration up to and including the first fitting in the
pipe rack. Use the procedures that follow to develop a
pípíng isometric of line 01-2-C30-10"-IH.
As shown in Figure 13.11, line Ol-2-C30-10"-IH is
attached to vessel V-101, at nozzle Nl, and reboiler
E-101 at nozzle C. The line begíns, relative to the flow
direction, at nozzle Nl with a flange and elbow welded
together, fitting makeup. The elbow is oriented toward
the north, according to the North Arrow. Therefore,
as seen in the isometric view in the upper ríght, if line
01-2-C30-10''-IH turns north on the arrangement draw-
ing, it must also turn north on the iso. To determine the
distance a pipe travels in the north direction, or any
other horizontal plane, one must use two coordinates.
Remember, horizontal dimensions are calculated using
coordinates and vertical dimensions are calculated using
elevations. So, if there were a need to determine the dis-
tance a pipe travels in a vertical plane, a drafter would
need one of the following: elevation callouts (found on
the plan view drawing) or an elevation drawing that
graphically depicts the amount of vertical change. Also,
recall elevation changes can be shown on the Piping
Arrangement drawing in the form of callouts, but the
elevation callouts must be adequate enough to determine
the length of the pipe traveling in the vertical plane.
 ;+("
.,,, N
©
S DN E

01-2-C30-10"-IH

10·-a·

01-V-101
W.26'-0"

PLAN

-+
1

01-V-101
01-E-101 01-E-101
---<rl---------
EL.106' -0\" EL 1 os· -o\ .
-IH
................,.._....._, ..,_,.__._ ~ -~0""-1-2=f30-10"
EL.102'-3"
100·-o·

EAST ELEVATION NORTH ELEVATION

FIGURE 13.11 Line 01-2-C30-10"-IH.


After the north run, an elbow turns west and line
01-2-C30-10"-IHtravels below reboiler E-101. Note the
elbow is also shown turning west on the iso. When the
pipe aligns with the centerline of E-101, another elbow
tums the line up and into nozzle C. lsometric drawing
symbols for 90° and 45° elbows are typically shown
with square comers, as opposed to the round comers
FIGURE 13.12 Line 01-2-C30-10"-IH with
callouts.
FIGURE 13.13 Isometric orientation and labeling of vessel centerlines.
DRAWU,:G PIPING ISOMETRICS 277
found on arrangement drawings. However, it is not
unusual for sorne companies and CAD software and
3D modeling packages to draw elbow symbols with
round corners. Note also the equipment nozzles are
drawn double-line on isos, to distínguish them from
flanges and valves. Other important details about line
01-2-C30-10''-IH that must be represented on the iso are
shown in Figure 13.12. They indude intersecting coor-
dinates for the center of the equipment, nozzle eleva-
tion, nozzle number, nozzle projection, and the name/
number of the piece of mechanical equipment. In addi-
tion to ali the information shown, if a nozzle on one end
of the configuration happens to be of a different size
and pound rating than the rest of the pipe its mating
flange is considered to be oui­of­spec,and that informa-
tion must also be shown on the isometric, near that par-
ticular nozzle.
Toe alignment and orientation of written informa-
tion (name, coordinates, elevation) about a vessel and/
or nozzle on an isometric are sometimes confusing. Toe
four labeling examples in Figure 13.13 indicate that
callouts for North and South centerline coordinates are
actually written on centerlines running in the east/west
direction, while East and West centerline coordinates
are labeled on centerlines that run in the north/south
direction. To better understand this concept, remem-
ber that coordinates measure the distance an object is
from the 0'-011, 0'-011 origin, So, if a vessel is 30'-011 east
of the 0,0 origin it must have a centerline coordinate
índícatíng its geographic direction and lineal distance.
However, proper piping isometric labeling techniques
require that it be written along the north/ south axis
so that it can be read properly. Toe E. 30'­0" coordinate
dimensions and indicates a 30'-011 distance in the east direction, although
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
278 13. PIPING ISO:v!ETRICS

it's written along the north/south axis. As a reminder, drawing with AutoCAD. To achieve the proper obliqu­
all mechanical equipment, structural colurnns, founda- ing and rotation angles required on CAD generated iso-
tions, etc. require two intersecting centerline coordí- metrics, create the text styles outlined in the following
nates to locate their exact position. procedures and demonstrated in Figure 13.16.

ISOMETRIC DIMENSIONS, NOTES, ANO ISOMETRIC OFFSETS

CALLOUTS
Isometric offsets are formed when a pipe turns at any
lsometric Dimensions angle other than 90°. Angular offsets can be created by
rolling a 90° elbow at any angle or replacing 90° elbows
Length dimensions, in addition to informational with 45º elbows. Toe result would be pipes that no lon-
notes and callouts, are used on isometrics to define the ger travel north, south, east, west, up, or down. Instead
pipe's exact routing through the facility. Placement of lines would run northwest, northeast, southeast, or
dimensions on the drawing establishes precise lengths southwest. They could also slant upward or down-
between fittings, valves, equipment connections, etc. ward. Three examples of isometric offsets are shown in
Numerous pieces of important information from Piping Figure 13.17. Dimension lines and callouts are included
Arrangement drawings, Sections, Elevations and ven- as a reference. To establish proper visual orientation,
dor drawings are used to calculate dimensions on a the indication of horizontal (H) or vertical (V) angles
pipe isometric. These include such items as center- are included on all isometric offsets. Forty-five degree
line coordinates, nozzle elevation and projection, and
pipe size and pound rating. Toree types of dimensions
exist on an isometric, they are center-to-center, center-
to-face, and face-to-face. Figure 13.12 provides dimen-
sions for line 01-2-C30-10"-IH usíng information found
on the Plan and Elevation views shown in Figure 13.11
and the equipment vendor drawings found in Chapter
10, "Piping Arrangement Drawings, Sections, and
Elevations."
Placing dimensions on a piping isometric with
AutoCAD requires the use of the Aligned and Oblique
options within the DIMENSION command. Figure
13.14 provides two options for placíng dimensions on
piping isometrics. Dimensions should be aligned with
the routed pipe and "obliqued" as shown in Figure 13.15.

Isometric Notes and Callouts FIGURE 13.14 Dimensioning placement options.

Dimensions alone cannot provide all the information

required to properly describe a piping isometric. Notes
and callouts placed on the drawing provide significant
information that may impact the purchase, fabrication,
and erection of the configuration. Appropriately placed
notes are used to denote the size and pound rating of
fittings, flanges, and valves, as well as insulation type
and thickness, locations for pipe guides, anchors, or
supports, and offset angles of pipe. Callouts stipulate
instrumentation locations and size, specification breaks,
piece marks, and other fabrication details. Any informa-
tion that is pertinent to a particular pipe must be con-
veyed on the isometric.
Whether writing dimensions, notes, or any other
information on an iso, all written information should
remain on one of the isometric axes and be inclined to
the ríght, This task becomes a little more difficult when FIGURE 13.15 Aligned and Oblique dimensions.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

 ISOMETRIC OFFSETS 279

ISOMETRIC 0/MENSIONS
ANO TEXT CALLOUTS

DEVELOP TWO TEXT STYLES FOR

ISOMETRIC DIMENSIONS AND CALLOUTS
USING THE FOLLOWING VALUES:

, CREATE íSOTEXT-!" HAVINC AN

OBLIOVINC ANCLE OF JO'.

, CREATE íSOTEXT-2" HAVINC AN

OBLIOVINC ANCLE OF -JO'.

NOTE:
AS TEXT IS PLACED IN VARIOUS POSITIONS
ON THE ISOMETRIC, ADJUST THE ROTATION ANGLE
AS INDICATED IN THE FIGURE TO THE LEFT TO
CORRESPOND TO THE DESIRED TEXT ORIENTATION.

FIGURE 13.16 Creating isometric dimensionsand text.

• Step 1. Use the STYLEcommand to create two different text styles. Use the style names ISOTEXT-1 and ISOTEXT-2 for easy reference.
• Step 2. When creating ISOTEXT-1, set the obliquingangle to +30°. For ISOTEXT-2 set the obliquingangle to-30°.
• Step 3. Depending on the ISOPLANE being used, set the rotation angle in the TEXT command to the appropriate setting as represented in
Figure 13.16.

elbows must always be labeled on an iso for material
takeoff purposes.
Figure 13.17 represents only three of the many offsets
that can be created using 90º and 45º elbows. Example
A of Figure 13.17 begins with a line traveling north. A
90º elbow is rolled downward and toward the east at a
45° angle, then another 45° elbow is required to return
the angular offset back into a due easterly direction.
This example is labeled as a vertical offset because
a change in elevation occurs when the 90º elbow is
turned downward. Example C is also a vertical offset,
but note there is no change in the geographic direc-
tion the pipe travels. Here, two 45° elbows are used to
angle the pipe upward while continuing in a northerly
direction. Both elbows are 45º, thus the inclusion of
the abbreviation TYP, meaning "typical" is added to
the "45° ELL" callout. Example B demonstrates how
horizontal offsets are created. As with example C, two
45° elbows are used, but rather than turning the elbows
upward, they are laid on their side, thus remaining in a
horizontal plane. There is no change in elevation.
Dimensioning Offsets
With isometric offsets changing a pipe's routing
from one plane to another or from one geographic
direction to another, coordinates and elevations no Ion-
ger provide all the dimensions necessary to describe
a pipe's total length. However, the use of 90º and
45° elbows to form the offsets results in a problem that
can be easily solved with simple mathematical for-
mulas. Toe 90º and 45° elbows form right triangles.
By usíng the Pythagorean theorem which states that
the sum of the squares of the two sides is equal to the

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

280 13. PIPING ISO:v!ETRICS
A B
FIGURE 13.17 Isometric offsets.
C=V A2 +82
B A=VC2-B2
A
B=V c2-A2
FIGURE 13.18 Pythagorean theorem formulas.
square of the triangle's h~otenuse, this problem can be
solved. Simply stated, A + B2 = C2• Figure 13.18 iden-
tifies the sides and angles of a ríght triangle and their
resulting solution formulas.
These formulas can be used to solve the length of
an unknown side when the other two sides are known.
They work no matter the degree value of angle X.
Sorne angles seem to be used repeatedly in pipe draft-
ing. The chart in Figure 13.19 can signíficantly reduce
the amount of time spent calculatíng unknown sides of
right triangles. Use the appropriate decimal value when
X is one of the provided angles.
As mentioned previously, 90º elbows can be rolled
to form any degree of angular offset. To fabricate
such a roll, a pipe fitter should be provided with the
lengths of the three sides of the triangle and the degree
value of angle X. Solving for an unknown value of X
requires sorne additional trigonometric formulas. Use
the formulas provided in Figure 13.20 to solve for the
unknown value of angle X. Notice that, relative to X,
side A is identified as the Side Adjacent (SA), side B is
identified as the Side Opposite (SO), and side C is iden-
tified as the Hypotenuse (HYP).
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
e
Multi ..angle Offsets
Elbows are not the only piping components installed
in angular positions. Because of the arangement and ori-
entation of trays inside a vessel, and obstructions such as
ladders, platforms, and cages outside the vessel, nozzles
are placed in locatíons where they can add or extract
commodity from the vessel and not hit an obstruction
with painstaking accuracy. As a result, nozzles oriented
at angles of 10º, 20º, 35º, etc., are not uncommon. When
offset or rolled elbows are added, complex math prob-
lems often result. Multi-angle configurations, such as
the one in Figure 13.21, require additional calculations to
determine dimensions for each of its lengths.
We have already seen how unknown lengths can be
solved using right-tríangle formulas. The key to solv-
íng the unknown length dimension in Figure 13.21 is
the incorporation of right triangles. Remember, draw-
ing space is limited. Excessive notes, callouts, and
dimensions are not practica! on Piping Arrangement
drawings. As with traditional isometric dimensions,
right-triangle dimensions are aligned so their lengths
establish center-to-center measurements, that is, center-
of-vessel, to center-of-elbow, to center-of-vessel. So, the
length of the unknown dimension can only be solved
by using the limited information available in Figure
13.21. Figure 13.22 demonstrates the way to position
three right triangles to solve for the "unknown" dimen-
sion, marked as "?" in Figure 13.21.
Numbering the triangles will aid in the discussion
that follows concerning the solution to the lengths of
the sides of each triangle. The "unknown" dimension,
"?," is equivalent to the hypotenuse of triangle 3. Begin
by determining the known values for each of the tri-
angles from the information provided in Figure 13.21.
Figure 13.23 shows the known values of triangles 1, 2,
and 3 placed in their appropriate locations.
 ISOMETRIC OFFSETS 281

RIGHT TRIANGLE
~B MULTIPLICATION
A FACTORS
TO WHEN MULTI- WHEN WHEN WHEN WHEN WHEN
FINO YOU PLY 'x' IS 'x' IS 'x' IS 'x' IS 'x' IS
SIDE
KNOW
SIDE SIDE 1 5º 30º 45º 60º 75º
e A Ax 1.0353 1.154 7 1.4142 2.0000 3.8637
e B Bx 3.8637 2.0000 1.4142 1.154 7 1.0353
A B Bx 3.7320 1.7320 1.0000 .5773 .2680
A e Cx .9659 .8660 .7071 .5000 .2588
B A Ax .2680 .5773 1.0000 1.7320 3.7320
B e Cx .2588 .5000 .7071 .8660 .9659
FIGURE 13.19 Decimal equivalents of common angles.

.e".
~
~
B = SIDE OPPOSITE
C ~O)

A= SIDE(SA)ADJACENT

SA= HYP (eOS X) SO= HYP (SIN X) HYP= SA (SEe X)

SA= SO (eOT X) SO= SA (TAN X) HYP= so (ese X)
so SA so
SA= TAN X SO= eOT X HYP= siNx
HYP HYP SA
SA= SO=
SEe X ese x HYP= eOS X

SIN X= SO SA TAN X= SO SA
HYP eOS X= HYP SA eOT X= SO

FIGURE 13.20 Right-triangle formulas.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

282 13. PIPING ISO:v!ETRICS

® 14"-150# RFWN
N
N

NOZZ. PROJ. 4' -9"

USE 1 /8" GASKET FIGURE 13.22 Locatingright mangles.
FIGURE 13.21 Multi-angleoffsets.

The X angle for triangle 1 is shown to be 20º in

Figure 13.21. The 6'-111/8" dimension is the measured
length from the center of the vessel to the center of the
elbow at Nozzle Nl. This is determined by adding the
nozzle projection for nozzle Nl, a gasket, one 14"-150#
flange, and a 14" elbow. On triangle 2, the 2' -6" mea-
surement is determined by subtracting the West coordí-
nate of W. 122'-6" from W.125'0''. Toe 5'-7" dimension is
established by adding 1h of the OD of the 14" pipe to the
5' --0" dimension.
Note there are no known dimensions for triangle 3.
2'-6"
However, we must determine the hypotenuse if we are
to know the "unknown" dimension. Remember, a míni-
mum of two values must be known in order to solve the
three lengths and the angle of a right triangle. By deter-
mining the Side Adjacent (SA) and Side Opposite (SO)
of triangle 3, the Pythagorean theorem can be applied to FIGURE 13.23 Known values for triangles1, 2, and 3.
find the Hypotenuse (HYP), the unknown dimension.
Using the available formulas, the missing lengths of
triangles 1 and 2 must be solved before the sides of tri- triangle 3. The results of these calculations are shown in
angle 3 can be determined. Notice that by subtracting Figure 13.24. The length of the unknown, "?," dimension
the SA of triangle 2 from the SA of triangle 1, the SO of is S' -1 Yt/. Angle X of triangle 3 is also an important
triangle 3 can be determined. Also, adding the SO of tri- value to be determined. This angle establishes the rota-
angle 1 to the SO of triangle 2 {2' -6") will yield the SA of tion angle for the 90° elbows. In the fabrication shop,

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 ISOMETRIC OFFSETS 283

:: tD
::

<s:
r---
co

..----
..---- /
t
~
r---
<..O
'tj-
~ 1

<..O
2'-6"
7/ " PLAN
2'-4115
31 "
1'-6 115
7/ "
4'-10 115
FIGURE 13.24 Solutions for triangles 1, 2, and 3.

the vessel is not available to measure the 5'-0" dimen-

sion. Knowing this horizontal angle is the only way the
elbows can be accurately welded during the fabrication
process in the shop and later installed precisely in the
field.

Rolling Offsets
Toe cuhnination of multiple isometric offsets is the roll-
ing offset. Toe rolling offset is a compound offset formed
by replacing the two 90º elbows, as shown in Figure 13.21,
with two 45° elbows. Toe result is an offset that changes
elevation and direction simultaneously. Figure 13.25
shows the plan and elevation views of a rolling offset.
Because of its complexity, adequate dímensions
cannot be placed on the orthographic views that fully
describe the rollíng offset. An ísometríc is the best place ELEVATION
for representing and dímensíoning the rolling offset, FIGURE 13.25 Plan and Elevation views of a rolling offset.
because a simple horizontal or vertical triangle with
three dímensions is not adequate enough to fabricate a
rolling offset. Incorporating the horizontal and vertical plan and elevation views of the rolling offset shown in
triangles into an ísometric box is the only way to pro- Figure 13.27. In the plan View, a box has been drawn
vide all the necessary dímensions and angles needed by through the centers of the two 45º elbows that form the
welders to fabricate a rolling offset. Figure 13.26 shows rolling offset. Its comers have been labeled northeast
construction of the rolling offset box and its accompa- (NE), southeast (SE), southwest (SW), and northwest
nying dimensíons and angles. (NW). Toe notes in the elevation view identify upper
Combining elevational and directional changes com- and lower planes which represent the change in eleva-
pounds the difficulty in representing the rolling off- tion. Remember the Plan view shows north, south, east,
set on an isometric drawing. Visualizing dírectional west orientations, and the Elevation view depicts verti-
changes in the plan and elevation views simultaneously cal changes in elevation.
requires practice and patience. To aid in this visualiza- Toe Plan view in Figure 13.27 shows that the pipe
tion process, sorne helpful notes have been added to the enters the box from the southwest comer and travels

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

284 13. PIPING ISO:v!ETRICS

t
N

•
PLAN VIEW

~UPPER PLANE

LOWER~
FIGURE 13.26 Rolling offset box.

SOUTH ELEVATION
FIGURE 13.2 7 Visualization aids for rollíng offsets.

;t(N
across to the northeast comer where it ends with a
flange. Looking at the South Elevation, we can see the
pipe begínníng on the upper plane and droppíng down
to the lower plane. By combíníng the information from
these two views, we know that the pipe begíns in the
upper southwest comer and travels down to the lower
northeast comer. The resulting isometric representation S DN E
is shown in Figure 13.28.

Dimensioning Rolling Offsets

Figure 13.26 identifies the six measurements required
to dimension a rolling offset. There are four length
dimensions and two angular dimensions. When a roll-
íng offset is incorporated into a configuration similar to
that shown in Figure 13.29, the lengths of the three sides
of triangle 3 are applied to the dimensions of the rolling
offset box (see Figure 13.26). Note the SA of triangle 3
in Figure 13.29 is equal to the RUN of the rolling offset
box, the ROLL of the rollíng offset box is equal to the
SO of triangle 3, and angle X of triangle 3 is the same as
the horizontal angle (HORº) of the rolling offset box.
The RISE is determined by subtracting the lower FIGURE 13.28 Isometric of a rolling offset.
plane elevation from the upper plane elevation. These
two elevations can be found on a section or elevation
drawing of the configuration or depicted in the form establishes the true length of the pipe from the upper
of notes on the Piping Arrangement drawing. Rollíng southwest comer to lower northeast comer of the roll-
offsets are typically fabricated using 45º elbows; there- ing offset box. Naturally, this length is the most difficult
fore, the vertical angle will be 45°. But, 45° to what? to calculate. The values used to determine its length
Note the dimension labeled TRAVEL in Figure 13.26. It depend on how the pipe enters and exits the rolling

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 ISOMETRIC OFFSETS
offset box. Figure 13.30 shows the two examples of how
a pipe may enter and exit the rolling offset box. These
two examples will help us determine what the pipe is
45º to.
Note in example A, the pipe enters and exits the roll-
ing offset box in the vertical plane. Example B shows
the pipe entering and exiting the box in the horizontal
plane. These two methods of entering and exiting the
rolling offset box will be used to determine what the
TRAVEL is 45° to. When a pipe enters and exits in
SA
FIGURE 13.29 Rolling offset with right triangle.
A
FIGURE 13.30 Vertical and horizontal pipe entering and exiting the rolling offset box.
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
285
the vertical directíon, Example A, a 45° angle is formed
between the TRAVEL anda dashed line drawn diago-
nally across the lower plane of the box (hypotenuse of
triangle 3). However, when a pipe enters and exits the
rolling offset box in the horizontal direction, Example
B, a 45° angle is formed between the TRAVEL and the
RUN of the box. Depending on the type, vertical or hor-
izontal, two different 45º right triangles will be formed.
Toe TRAVEL of the pipe becomes the hypotenuse for
either triangle. Recall that when solving a ríght triangle
whose angle is 45°, the SA and SO will always be equal.
Therefore, in Example A, the length of the dashed line
is equal to the RISE of the box, and in Example B, the
dashed line drawn diagonally across the west end of
the rolling offset box is equal to the RUN of the box.
See Figure 13.31 for a shaded representation of the
right triangles formed in Examples A and B. Once the
SA and SO lengths of the 45º right triangle are known,
the Pythagorean theorem can be used to easily solve
the TRAVEL dimension of the pipe. Since 45° is a com-
monly used angle, Figure 13.19 can be used to make the
solution even simpler.
Toe chart in Figure 13.32 converts inches and fractions
of an inch into decimals. Multiplication and division of
fractions are simplified using decimal equivalents. This
chart is extremely helpful when performing mathemati-
cal calculations on a calculator that is limíted to decimal
input only. To use the chart in Figure 13.32, follow the
column below the "inch" value down until it is adjacent
to the "fraction" value row. Toe number at this intersec-
tion is the decimal equivalent of the mixed inch and frac-
tion value, For example, to determine the decimal value
of 8 5/8", follow the column below 8 down until it is
11
adjacent to 5/8" (dísplayed in the "Fraction" column).
286 13. PIPING ISO:v!ETRICS

A
FIGURE 13.31 Right triangles created with TRAVEL length as hypotenuse.

FR NS
DECIMALS OF A FOOT DECIMALS
,.el
"e OF AN
1,
ON
·~ O" 1" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 11 " 12" t INCH
.0000 .0833 .1667 .2500 .3333 .4176 .5000 .5833 .6667 .7500 .8333 .9167 ----
1/16" .0052 .0085 .1719 .2552 .3385 .4219 .5052 .5885 .6719 .7552 .8385 .9219 1/16" .0625
1/8" .0104 .0937 .1771 .2604 .3437 .4271 .5104 .5937 .6771 .7604 .8437 .9271 1/8" .1250
3/16" .0156 .0990 .1823 .2656 .3490 .4323 .5156 .5990 .6823 .7656 .8490 .9323 3/16" .1875

1/4" .0208 .1042 .1875 .2708 .3542 .4375 .5208 .6042 .6875 .7708 .8542 .9375 1/4" .2500

5/16" .0260 .1093 .1927 .2760 .3594 .4427 .5260 .6094 .6927 .7760 .8594 .9427 5/16" .3125
3/8" .0312 .1146 .1979 .2812 .3646 .4479 .5312 .6146 .6979 .7812 .8646 .9479 3/8" .3750
7/16" .0365 .1198 .2031 .2865 .3698 .4531 .5365 .6198 .7031 .7865 .8698 .9531 7 /16" .4-375
1/2" .0417 .1250 .2083 .291i .3750 .4583 .5417 .6250 .7083 .7917 .8750 .9583 1/2" .5000

9/16" .0468 .1302 .2135 .2969 .3802 .4635 .5469 .6302 .7135 .7969 .8802 .9635 9/16" .5625

5/8" .0521 .1354 .2187 .3021 .3854 .4687 .5521 .6354 .7187 .8021 .8854 .9687 5/8" .6250
11/16" .0573 .1406 .2240 .3073 .3906 .4740 .5573 .6406 .7240 .8073 .8906 .9740 11/16" .6875
3/4" .0625 .1458 .2292 .3125 .3958 .4792 .5625 .6458 .7292 .8125 .8958 .9792 3/4" .7500
13/16" .0677 .1510 .2344 .3177 .4010 .4844 .5677 .6510 .7344 .8177 .9010 .9844 13/16" .8125

7/8" .0729 .1562 .2396 .3239 .4062 .4896 .5729 .6564 .7396 .8229 .9062 .9896 7/8" .8750
15/16" .0781 .1615 .2448 .3281 .4115 .4948 .5781 .6615 .7448 .8281 .9115 .9948 15/16" .9375

FIGURE 13.32 Inch to decimal conversion chart.

Toe number at this intersection is 0.7187. Therefore,
0.7187 is the decimal equivalent of 8 5/8".
Two appendices at the end of the book provide solu-
tion examples of the mathematical calculations Figure
13.32 employs. Use these to have an understanding of
how to convert inches to decimals and vice-versa when
Figure 13.32 is not available.
If a decimal number needs to be converted into
inches, use the chart in Figure 13.32 in reverse. Simply
locate the decimal number and then follow the

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 ISOMETRIC OFFSETS 287
eolumn up to locate the whole inch value. Toen follow the value nearest to your number and proceed. Toe chart pro-
row to the left or right to determine the fraction value. vides numbers in 1/16 increments, which compiles with
11

If the decimal value you are trying to convert does not specifications of most of the projects that require dimen-
match a number in the chart precisely, find the decimal sions to be given to the nearest 1/16 of an inch.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

288 13. PIPING ISO~ETRICS

CHAPTER 13 REVIEW QUIZ 10. What are placed on isometrics to define the pipe's
exact routing through a facility?
1. What is an isometric?
11. How are isometric offsets formed?

2. Which three dimensions found in orthographic

views are required when drawing an isometric? 12. To establish proper visual orientation, the
indication of _
or angles are included on ali
isometric offsets.
3. What is material take-off? 13. State the Pythagorean theorem. _

14. What are the names of the three sides of a ríght

4. T F Pipe 14 and above is drawn double-line on an
11 triangle?
isometric.
5. T F Multiple pipes are drawn on a single sheet of
isometric grid vellum.
15. Name the six dimensions required on a rolling off-
6. T F Ali isometrics are drawn to scale to show exact set box.
size and pound rating.
7. T F Lengths of pipe should be drawn proportionally
on an isometric.
8. T F Symbols should be drawn different sizes to
reflect a change in pipe size.
9. What is the preferred direction to draw the North
Arrow on an isometric?

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 e
"'
t1)

~
t1)

i
l)J
::,
e,
.....
t:rl

~ ~
<
l)J
::r.
s
:5.

[0J
t1)

~ o
8" ]
~ < ~
5:
~ X 8"X6"~ B.. o
o ~
~
::t
>
::::¡
"'
:,;" v.)
!il
~ ¡::;
g.. ~ o
PLAN
1 iz
~....
~ C)
!3 tn
.....
t1)
Q
::l. ~
I") t'l':1
o
......
..... ~ rn"'
ir ~
o' ~
t::
o ~
~ (fJ
!5'
(Jq
t1)
x
t1)

:::!
ij'
¡,,

ELEVATION
EXERCISE 13-1
 2"X 1"
SWG.

PLAN

ELEVATION

13-2
 ~----,.~--·
~ @
PLAN

1 O"

ELEVATION
EXERCISE 13-3
 N

8,,

::g
'"O
IT1
o
~
0~
PLAN
·@
;::
::;¡
::;¡
~ z
o
z
C)
> s
ª
;::

o ~
g
IB
C)
z

ili •
~
1

ELEVATION
EXERCISE 13-4
 -
N
k-G e-el
1 O"
• •

t t
¡¡
lu
1 (j)
PLAN
ca""
111
lb: o
::t
>
o ::::¡
s' !il
¡::;
21
~ t ELEV~ 12'-0" o
iz
C)
~ tn
o
IB
C)
~
(J)

z rn
1 O"
t ELEV ~ 9' -0"

t ELEV~5'-o"
ELEVATION
EXERCISE 13-5
294 13. P!P!NG ISOMETR!CS

Draw an isometric for the following exercise. Show all necessary dimensions, coordinates, equipment callouts,
line numbers, and related information. North Arrow direction on the isometric will be up and to the right,

:z
o
¡:::: ro
~
.....- ce
....,
<..>
~1 1 N 1
--,
o
o:: N
o,
t") n
:
o
-.:;!-
o
1 w
z ro U)
o 1 N
z
.::: ro .....-
/ u
< .....-
+
> .....- O::::
w w
__J
w w _J (/) .. 9-.or·M~
(/) X
w
z w
o o ~
ZC!> o
o o
(_)

-
<z t") I
t")
w.:= 1--
N< 1 1
_a::
co ro 1--

[@)
(/)
w --
t....J
~
....J (/)
N <{
N N t")
o z z (.'.)

8
:z

CX)
CX)
1 1
o
!')
o g,
o

r
1
N 1 <(
N N
N 1
<(

~ z
o
1-
(_)
w
[!; (/)

:
o
-
X
1
o
_J

-.:M:-+
.. o-.r;
w
en
~

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 CHAPTER 13 DRAWING EXERCISES 295
Solve for the missing dimensions on the isometric in the following exercise. Show ali necessary dimensions,
coordinates, equipment callouts, line numbers, and related information.

:z:

/
o :: ::
¡:::
(..)
u.J
-,
....--
~
(O

~1
\ /
o ....-- .z- \ /

\/
a::: N

I
o..

X
z
o (O (O
CX)
.i:
X
¡::: .,..-
-c 1
~1
>
w L.() L.()
....-- ....-- (/)

y
_J
w ....-- ....-- (/)
w

-<
z
o ~
zc., o
L.() o o r-,
<{Z
....-- o I
wl- 1 n t- 1
-~
N<{
o
1
t- n
(/')
.,..-
(O w ~
~
__.
w
u.J
N n L.()
(/)
<{ /
N
o
:z:
z z o / U)
-

=. / u
O::::
w
X
I
X
\
w

.. o- ,6­v t ·3 3NllHJ!Vr-l
n

o
1
I{)
~
<(
1
n
N

­­­­­N___..­­

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

296 13. P!P!NG ISOMETR!CS

Draw an isometric for the following exercise. Show all necessary dimensions, coordinates, equipmentcallouts,
line numbers, and related information.North Arrow direction on the isometric will be up and to the right,

CX)
1
n
r-,

w
......: 1
a.. ~
a.. <X) (J)
::::>
(/)
w u
~ o:::
w
X
.. O-,L w

...
o
1
N :z :: ::
o <.D <.D
~
-N
u
LLI
--, ~1 1
o N
o::
_,,.-.., a..
> a..
~~
w ;---' ::
z
(/) ·º 1 o n <.D
CX)

ºº -N -
1- 1 1 ,----
<{
. . .: := >
u.J N
CX)
,----
....J
u.J
.....-- .....-- (/)
(/)
uJ
z
o o o ~
Z(.!) o L{) u
<{Z n .....-- I
u.JI- 1 1 1-
_a::: .._¡- .._¡-
N<{
1-
V)
.....-- .....-- uJ
LLI
~
....J .....-- N (/)
N <(
N
o
:z
z z o

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 CI IAPTER 13 DRAWJ?\G EXERCISES 297
Solve the conversion problems shown. All feet and inches answers are to be rounded to the nearest Yi6" value.
Decimal answers are to be written to the fourth decimal place.

FRACTION TO DECIMAL & DECIMAL TO FRACTION

CONVERSIONS

CD 12 -2 1116 =1 11 @l:5.~12 --

® l'-111/8 11 -- @2.6?2? --

0 :,'-8 :,/ 411 -- @9.004? =

0 l:?'-11/16 11 = @?.20:?I --

® 9 :,/8 11 = @4.:?021 --

® 1'-10 1/2 11 = @ 12.062? =

(j) 4 -? 1 :,/ 1611 = @ .4681? - -

@6 -8:?/811
1 = @) :?.1814 --

®? 1-4 1/1611 = @) 1.:?001 =

@ 8'-:, ?/ 8 = 11
@ 11.981? --
I EXERCISE 13-9

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

298 13. P!P!NG ISOMETR!CS

Solve the conversion problems shown. Answers are to be written in degree, minute, and second values. Decimal
answers are to be written to the fourth decimal place.

DEGREE TO DECIMAL & DECIMAL TO DEGREE

CONVERSIONS
CD ,2· 9' 4?" = @ 24.61:?7. =

0 ?1° ?1 711 =
1 @12.87? 0
--

0 9·0·~11= @?8.211?º --

0 21°?? 4211=
1
@9.7281º --

@ 4'? '?'? 20 =
0 1 11
@?9A6? 0
--

® 19°4? 1
-- @4?.?2? 0
--

(j) '?4º10 '?811 =

1
® 1.r1?1? 0
--

@ 6º48 1811 =1 @28.8167º =

® 16°2? 441 11 = @ ??.894? = 0

@ 29º10 '??11 = 1
@) 18.4211º --

I EXERCISE 13-1 O

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 CI IAPTER 13 DRAWJ?\G EXERCISES 299
Solve for the míssing dimensions of the right triangles shown. All dimensions are to be written in Feet and
Inches, rounded to the nearest Yi6". Write the angular answers in degree, minute, and second values.

RIGHT TRIANGLE CALCULATIONS

CD < '-.3 SA
5
'/éj,,
l -111
1

<º
@
SA
so
®
so
HYP

© -
C()
<,
\r\
so
t'-\
-~ <º

EXERCISE 13-11

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

300 13. P!P!NG ISOMETR!CS

Draw an isometric for the following exercise. Show all necessary dimensions, coordinates, equipment callouts,
line numbers, and related information. North Arrow direction on the isometric will be up and to the right,

1
8"-600#
THIS DROP
71
§1
+.
V-1201 fTTllNG
MN<E-UP

N. 355'-6" w~ ~
o

CD N
'n 1 ~
1 ~
io LO
«t
_j
w w 1

- --
~

NOZZLE PROJECTION
N1: 6'-6" ~ to F/F
N3: 4'-3" ~ to F/F

GASKETS:1/8"

T-1101
N.340' -1 O.¡" +
~i
'o
1
N
~ ..,....,,.
N
8" _j
w w

s~ EXERCISE 1 3-1 2

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 CHAPTER 13 DRAWING EXERCISES 301

Draw an isornetric for the following exercise. Calculate the unknown dirnensions and angle for right triangle of
the multi-angle offset. North Arrow direction on the isometric will be up and to the right.

n
~
1
n
~ ~
~
w
U)
-
u
1 0::::::
w
X
w
o
1
l{)
r-,

ui

.. 6-,LfT ºN
1>

:z ::
o
~
(..)
O)
::
.. o-,szr·N
L...J 1
--, CX)
o
a::
a.. ""'" .....--

>
w (/)
....J (/)
w
w
z
o ~
Z<.!> o ()
4:Z o :r:
w¡:::: ~ 1-
N4:
_o::
1
1-
(/)
w
L...J
_J
""'"
.....-- ~
(/)
N L.()
N <!
o z c.,
:z

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

302 13. P!P!NG ISOMETR!CS

Draw an isometricfor the following exercises. Show all necessary dimensions, coordinates, equipment callouts,
line numbers, and related information.North Arrow direction on each isometric will be up and to the right.

1
n
w
U)
f--1
o:: o
o . 1 -,..,...
....., u
a. L{) 1 z: O::::

~I
a..10>0
::> V: !"')
o
¡:::
:
o <.O w
X
(.)
(/) 3:: u

~+--~-
1
!"')
L&.J
--,
o .1 .1 w
!"') o::: l.[) N
~I a.

.. o-,;59 N
z
o o
:
'
1-- . 1 ~
"...;
<{
o
>
l.u CX)
_J ....-- (()
..
l.u (()
1 w
(/)
o z
I"'**=:
~
zo o l::::tt::: u
Cl
o o
4'.Z n o - I
wt-- 1 n 1-
- - -- - --+-- N<{ 1
_o::: N
....-- 1-
(/) CX)
w
N
.. O- ,8 l l 'S'O'l ~
L&.J
(()
_J
N ....-- <.O <(
1
o
n
N
o
z:
z z e>
u
1 ...J ::>
!"') <( .
n u~
¡::: u.:
a::
W(/)
>-
(/) a.
-O
:e o::
i--o ' .. o-,;9L'N ""$

.. o-.zzt ~~3 ""$

:ºº/
00
1
oro
1

L{) .....
S-.L9L N
~_j
w

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 CHAPTER 13 DRAWING EXERCISES 303

al
~1 1

~I
L,j
1

30-A15-8"

t---@ ~TOS EL. 108'-0"

NOZZLE SCHEDULE
NOZZLE SIZE RATING FACE PROJECTION
N.3 8" 150# RF 3' 9"
T2 8" 150# RF 1' 6"
EXERCISE 13-15

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

304 13. P!P!NG ISOMETR!CS

-N-

101-CJ0-10"

-N-----

- -- - -- - --1--+--+-- - -- - -- -

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 CI IAPTER 13 DRAWJ?\G EXERCISES 305

(j)

.
b
1
in
~ (Ñ\
z \..!.)
103-A15-S"
{ V-101/·~~
E.12'-íf'
1 '-6"

lA AJ

J
S"X6"_
RED.~
0 m
P-1
-+-a,02·-ef~
"JlT3
SECTION 8-8 SECTJON A-A

~
I EL 130'-íf'
I SUCTION
--¡{_ --
CD
E.205'-6"

B_?~ 1 :_'-4 lf"

SECTION A-A Lt _;J SECTION 8-8

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

306 13. PIPING ISO:v!ETRICS

Solve for the missing dimensions on each of the rolling offset boxes shown. Ali dimensions are to be written in
feet and inches, rounded to the nearest 1/16".

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 CHAPTER
14
Building 3D Piping Models
Toe use of three-dimensional pipe modeling soft-
ware continues to have an impact on the design and
engíneering of piping projects. Whether they are off-
shore production platforms or land-based petrochemi-
cal complexes, 3D modeling is the preferred method of
designing new piping facilities. Sorne of the available
3D pipe modeling software packages are PDMS1, PDS2,
CADWorx2, SmartPLANT 302, AutoPLANT3, and
PLANT-404•
ADVANTAGESOF 30 MODELING
One advantage a 3D model has over conventional
2D CAD drawíngs is an improved ability to demon-
strate clearly the thought processes that occur dur-
ing the design phase of a piping facility. Chemical
plants, refineries, offshore production platforms, and
other types of piping facilities are very complex. Vast
numbers of foundations and supports, steel columns
and beams, pipes and piping components, mechani-
cal equipment, and instrumentation devices must be
engineered, designed, fabricated and erected before a
project is considered complete. Even seasoned design-
ers occasionally find it difficult to organíze the com-
plexities of the project when working with orthographic
drawings alone. Multiple disciplines (civil, structural,
electrical, instrumentation and electrical, pípíng) have
input into a project's development. By using computer-
generated three-dimensional models, designers can
view the facility from any direction and quickly visu-
alize and understand the intricacies of its design. The
plan and elevation views shown in Figures 14.1 to 14.3
sufficiently represent the components in Unit-01. From
these three views an experienced designer should be
able to "visualize" the appearance of Unit-01. However,
1 Aveva
Group, ple.
2Intergraph Corporation.
3Bentley System, Inc.
4CEA Engineering Software.
307
justa single rendered pictorial, as shown in Figure 14.4,
provides more analytical opportunities than three "flat"
drawings do. See Figures 14.1 to 14.4.
Furthermore, to increase comprehension, 3D models
make it possible to "zoom" closely into crowded and
congested areas of a new facility and have immediate
understanding of associated piping components and
their routing and configuration. If necessary, any inter-
feríng model elements, pipe, mechanical equipment,
foundation, or structural support that líes between the
viewer and area of concern can be "clipped" or removed
by the modeling software. This makes it possible to see
"inside" the facility and study its hidden features.
Once a 3D model has been developed a virtual tour
or "walkthrough" can be created. Walkthroughs hasten
client approval and are used as training videos by plant
personnel who are responsible for safely maintaining and
operating the facility.Toe improved visualization capabil-
ities alone make modeling a piping facility a worthwhile
endeavor. Toe ability to forecast potential design or con-
struction problems during the modeling phase can result
in tremendous time and cost savings as opposed to dis-
covering and solving the problem later at the job site.
CHECKING FOR INTERFERENCES
Another valuable benefit of 3D computer modeling
is the ability to perform interference or clash detection.
Developing models of complex projects is not sorne-
thing new to piping designers. For years, plastic mod-
els have been built that can take hundreds of hours to
construct and may cost thousands of dollars to produce.
One of the main reasons these models are built is to ver-
ify the fit of all the components in the facility. Duríng
the design phase, it is easy to overlook minor details
in something as complex as a piping facility. Only by
building a physical model can the designers verify that
there are no interferences between components (i.e.,
a pipe passing through a steel support, a beam hitting
C, 2012 Ehcvic-r lnc. Ali rlghtsrcserved.
308 14. BUILDIJ',;G 30 PIPING MODEI.S

- -
-
>-

~
~ ~
.....

1
o
-
1---·11-
,., - '1.Ltr

1 1 - W

\..J I
1

1 1:,

FIGURE 14.1 Unit-01: Plan View.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 CHECKU-:G FOR U-:TERFEREKCES 309

FIGURE 14.2 Unit-01: North Elevation.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

310 14. BUILDING 30 PIPING MODELS

o
o

FIGURE 14.3 Unit-01: East Elevation.

a piece of equipment, etc.). If a design team can detect
problems such as these before construction begíns, sav-
íngs in building costs can be enormous. Each problem
area redesígned in the fíeld adds substantially to the
cost of completing the project.
Interference detection features in modeling soft-
ware work by checking the physícal posítion of the
surfaces of each component in a project against other
component's surfaces in the project, Usually a project is
organízed into discipline departments such as Pípíng,
Structural, and Equipment. This is easy to do because
a 3D model is typícally developed making use of the
software's layering capability. Sorne software programs
will automatically place piping components (fittings,
flanges, valves), steel supports, and mechanical equip-
ment on their respective layers. It can even segregate

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 GENERATING DRAWJJs:GS AUTOMATICALLY FROM A MODEL
FIGURE 14.4 Unit-01: Pictorial.
ptpmg components according to pound rating (150,
300, etc.), specification, or material and place them on
individual layers. One method of interference checking
is performed by checking one layer against another to
confirm that no two items are occupying the exact same
space within the facility. Another method analyzes the
database in an attempt to find components identified
as "solids" sharing the same space. Figure 14.5 shows
interference between a horizontal pipe and a structural
support. As the interference detection program is ini-
tiated, certain software programs will locate the first
clash and change the color of the two elements that are
interfering to a different color. The software will relo-
cate the area of the model in question to the center of
the display and allow the user to zoom in for a closer
look. When multiple interferences are detected, the
press of a key instructs the software to proceed to the
next problem area, allowing the user to view each area
in question. Sorne of the more sophisticated software
packages allow the user to "fly" around the problem
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
311
area in real time, viewing it from any direction or angle.
The ability of computer software to help prevent costly
construction errors is another reason why 3D modeling
is so valuable.
GENERATING DRAWINGS
AUTOMATICALLY FROM A MODEL
Once a 3D model has been built, the routing of each
piping configuration is clearly defined. Although the
procedure is different in each program, designers can
then use the modeling software to automatically gener-
ate dimensioned Plan, Elevation, and Section drawings
of the facility from any desired orientation. If necessary,
designers or drafters can then add notes and dimen-
sions to the drawings, prior to sending them to checkers
for further approval.
Sorne software programs generate plans, sections,
or elevations in severa! different drawing formats
312 14. BUILDING 30 PIPING MODELS
íncludíng single-line, double-line, and 3D views, with
hidden lines removed.
Solid modeling is different from wire frame model-
ing because a solid model can display objects with the
hidden surfaces removed. On a wire frame model, ali
surfaces are visible. Using this solid modeling capa-
bility, 3D software can automatically create projected
views of solids with all the hidden lines removed. This
capability gives the user a powerful tool for displaying
pipíng drawings. Figures 14.6 to 14.9 represent different
3D orientations of the model built from the Units-01, 02,
03, and 04 drawings, presented in Chapters 10 and 16.
FIGURE 14.5 Interference detection between a pipe and structural
support.
FIGURE 14.6 Units-01-04: Northeast pictorial view.
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
GENERATING ISOMETRIC DRAWINGS
AUTOMATICALLY
In addition to orthographic views, 3D model-
ing software can generate isometric drawings of
pipe configurations automatically. Toe isometrics
are created complete with dimensions and a Bill Of
Materials. Generally, with just a few manual touch-
ups and additions, they are ready for construction
issue (see Figure 14.10). Again, by investing the time
to model a project, the engineer, designer, fabricator
and client can reap large informational and econornic
returns at the conclusion of the project.
COMPUTER;AIDEDENGINEERING OF
MODELS
Another important task that can be accomplished
with 3D models is that of stress analysis. Stress analy-
sis verifies the feasible operation of pipe, steel, and
mechanical equipment. Toe piping system and its sup-
ports can be analyzed both statically and dynarnically.
Stress analysis features include checking for seismic
movements, flow-induced vibrations, wind loadíng,
and wave loads. By developing a 3D model, and pair-
ing it with a stress analysis program like CAESAR 112,
an engineer can ensure the accuracy of the facility's
design.
 (X)MPI.JfER-AfDED ENGll\EERJNG OF MODELS 313

FIGURE 14.7 Units-01--04: Southeast pictorial view.

FIGURE 14.8 Units-01--04: Southwest pictorial view.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

314
FIGURE 14.9 Units-01-04: Northwest pictorial view.
CHOOSING A MODELING SOFTWARE
PACKAGE
As with any product in the marketplace, each man-
ufacture wants to make their product as attractive and
appealing to potential customers as possible. Software
is no different. Software developers use the most
advanced programming languages available to write
routines and incorporate features into their 3D model-
ing package in order to make it attractive to a poten-
tial customer. Sorne 3D modeling programs are written
using a specific CAD package as its operating platfonn,
while others are written to be "stand-alone." For exam-
ple, PDS2 is written to use MicroStation as its operar-
ing platform, while Plant Design Management System
(PDMS)1 is a stand-alone program. Selecting the right
software involves more than choosing the one with
the best looking sales brochure. To provide a sample of
sorne of the features, a quality 3D pipe modeling soft-
ware program should include AVEVA:s PDMS1 soft-
ware is presented.
AVEVNsPDMS
PDMS is just one of the modeling programs in the
AVEVAPLANT1 Series. Although extensive, a 3D pipe
modeling program becomes a more complete desígn
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
14. BUILDING 30 PIPING MODELS
tool when incorporated into a series of products. Along
with PDMS, other AVEVA products include P&ID,
lnstrumentation, Cable Design, Pipe Stress Interface,
and Mechanical Equipment Interface. AVEVAReview,
a "walk-through" and animation package, and Laser
Model, the point-cloud laser scanning package, makes
PDMS one of the most complete facility planning tools.
BUILDING A 3D MODEL USING PDMS
PDMS has numerous design applications such as
pipe, structural and architecture, equipment, electrical
and instrumentation, and HVAC that are used to build
a facility model. With either keyboard syntax com-
mands or menu-driven Jorms, PDMS uses its database
fonnat to build extensive pipíng models. PDMS, unlike
traditional CAD packages, is a database program. This
means that one doesn't draft with traditional entities
like lines and circles. Rather, one builds the model using
three-dimensional components. Figure 14.11 shows the
PDMS user interface.
PDMS uses a hierarchical system of organizing
model components. Starting from a World default level
in the Design Explorer, Sites and Zones are established
as locations where model components are developed.
This method of organízatíon allows various disciplines
-
1>-
0 , ,.K.ATIOI IM.'811.t&..S I N
~
... s.
~ ""'""' ~
~ Q.9'
PIP(Slt,.SSf0.WTAS1"$C1t.8 10.CIP-ST

~
. ....
IUIClr. 90 OK. IJI 9' SlO. WI. A.STIII ~2>' 10 IO.CIEU9

~
) fl,.Ni(,E,,00,._$l0.WT.A.$TIIA-1~ 10 10,QNIJ

j tAKTtcll MTEIIIJIU I
111.s.
!.!!!!
lff:W ox:E
~
~
,, '°(lit"
CASICll. ,00, W Ttt• 1Ml. ASl(ST()ISRIIICI.. 10 10.(1(#.

~
1)3 sn.o IIOl..1, N.UJ,I Stfll. Altlf A,,19)
(IL 170..US 2'I (11()1 •tflil fw:) IEJI NJTS.
ASJW "4 (Jt, lll
10.0Sltl
"
~
(1)

rtP( JIS (IJG) 10

(l\(M:if)II "'
316 14. BUILDING 30 PIPING MODELS

• X

<
t1

"
••

- -
~
fMhf.(M.... ,.
T•
TM)at'.ol,.

[ii;·~

--,~···
~ 01i.....t10.rc
- ,1 ~ -,,_,,.-...
-~~
_.
"'•9'1

....º
~ ,w,.,eo

~
$7'-10

......__
..... ~,w,.,to
,.,,_ u
......... u,.•
....
™-
$2'·10
~

FIGURE 14.11 PDMS user interface. Courtesy of AV EVA Group, ple.

to work on different parts of the facility without affect-
ing each other. Figure 14.12 depicts a sample of the
various hierarchical levels used in the development of
Units 01-ü4. There are a number of Web sites that pro-
vide instruction and educational tutorials on the use
of PDMS, including http://www.learnpdms.com and
http://www.pdmstutorials.com. Figures 14.13 and
14.14 depict a sample tutorial from http:/ /www.learn-
pdms.com demonstrating the command sequences nec-
essary to generate a 'Site' and 'Zone' level in the Design
Explorer hierarchy.
Model elements used to represent common facil-
ity components such as paving, foundations, and sup-
ports are built using Create Primitives features of PDMS.
A Primitive, in PDMS terminology, is an item such as
a Box, Cylinder, Sphere, and Snout that, when placed
adjacent to other Primitives, is used to 'build' model
components. Each Create Primitives form requires vari-
ous input values that are unique to that particular
shape that must be keyed-in before the component is
placed in the model. Figures 14.15 to 14.18 represent
the sequence of steps used to build a Box primitive
which represents the "Paving" in the Unit-O'l model. Of
particular importance to the proper placement of the
box is the Position: values. These three values define
the exact center of the box primitive. Note, when com-
bined with the X-, Y-, and Z-length Attributes:, the
Position: values arrange the Paving so that its lower
left, or southeast comer, is in the O' -O", O' -O" location.
Progressing to the next step in 3D model building
is the creation of all pedestals, foundations, and foot-
ings needed to support the mechanical equipment and
structural supports required in a facility. Most pedes-
tals and foundations are rectangular or square in shape
and would be modeled with a Box primitive. However,
sorne, like the octagon-shaped pedestal for vessel 01-V-
101 in Unit-01, require a different method of modeling.
Figures 14.19 to 14.22 present the step-by-step proce-
dures PDMS uses to build 01-V-lOl's eight-sided pedes-
tal foundation. Figure 14.23 shows the completed shape.
To provide support for numerous pipes that will be
routed throughout a facility, PDMS makes an exhaus-
tive library of structural shapes and sizes available
to the modeler. Whether using concrete or American,
British, Canadian, or Japanese steel, a modeler can
build everything from a multi-level steel structure to a

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 BUlWINO A 30 MODEL USINO PDMS 317

found on the 01-V-101 vendar drawing is used to

accurately locate and orient each nozzle on the vessel.
·/ ~ B~ l'o/Qoga'ii'O • X~ <E o,..v.,o,

"°""'-·
1 ;.¡ • ""-"'---

º"'-
Figures 14.35 to 14.37 show the PDMS Create Nozzle
,--,r~ forms used to place and size nozzle Nl on 01-V-101.

-~1·1::;~
i'.
·-, WORI'
A On many pieces of mechanical equipment, vertical
Al vessels in particular, it' s necessary to provide access
o
•
•
Zet,EO,J'!NNG
ZOHfOI_S'TRUC':T\IAAl :P. platforms to nozzles that are not accessible from Grade.
• 20Hf: 01 _fOUftlt.NT
. d.li'lllillilllil fo PDMS has an extensive array of features that allow for
~
.. the building, orientation, and placement of platforms
• i¡f EW0,.#-10,I
• fl_ EQU01-1>·101A +
, iJt !WOl.&102 and their accompanying ladders and cages on and
q'
-~%--
• jf EO<J0,,<.10,
. iJf~w01_v_u:a_~,u.rx.>CC1.MAATO. around vessels. Found in the Structures ASL Modeller
,.~
• ~ ZO«fOI..\M>OERWUTfoo,,n tj
·OSITT ..... O>
• $ZOfff~ ..S........ottTS
(Accessways, Stairs, and Ladders), the Circular Platform
form requires a number of user inputs to establish the
·~-02.v=--.E lit
.A Pffm.10:t.QIM".a,t
• APFEm-1o,&,,00.,r..-. 1t platform's width, radius, elevation, orientation, and
• APIIP(0,..t06,.ASM"'
• -.A tRANOMOS,.41"'°'9l
kickplate heíght and thickness. Figures 14.38 and 14.39
.A
• Atct.,1,NOMCJ5..Ats.,r41
Pft Q?..1QUjM"
represent the forms and input information required to
·A P•toMW-AIM'"
• -" 911WCO:t-107-AJ
......
place Platform No. 1 on vessel 01-V-101 in Unit-Ol.
I GAS><•
CX,VM.V1
Once complete, the vertical ladder and its protective
I GAS,<2 cage are added to Platform No.1. Figures 14.40 to 14.43
',l.Mt
rrneo>
neo, show the ladder and cage creation forms. Although
.A Pft O,..IOl,,QO.lf" additional enhancements are necessary, the initial lad-

•i
• APffO'M...,., ....
, ~ •tot02.10,.Q0.1r
• '4 ,.,, 02-1 lo.AtM"
der and cage components are sufficient to represent
Z0Kt(Q.UOOlR1&N.AnOAMS Platform No. l.
, %0f,¡C OlJOUHOATlOHS
• %0M!O>.S~ If necessary, PDMS will even cut a hole in a platform
.8 • l()t,,f(Ql«-'Mf.Hl
to allow a pipe to pass through it. Known as a Floor
. : ¡w!Efr;'T
$11'1 ..... 0,

Penetration, PDMS will locate and size a hole in a plat-

form that's needed to allow a pipe to pass through it
• ZOffl!OfiJ~nottS
without a clash detection being generated. Figures 14.44

··.~~~ -°-°""''·-'-. .--°'_,~--

%00<EOI..,.....,

to 14.46 describe the procedures used by PDMS to ere-

•~ .. (0, ...... V(HT
. A f>IPfIM-v.AOl.#SV
• APlf'f(),141.AI ....
,o.......,. .... - ... ,-
FIGURE 14.12 Design explorer hierarchical levels. Courtesy of
AVE VA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.
simple Miscellaneous Pipe Support with the Beams and
Columns application of PDMS. Figures 14.24 to 14.29
represent a few of the procedures and forms necessary
to build a column in the PS no. 3 bent of the main pipe
rack. Figures 14.30 and 14.31 show the completed col-
umns and beams that comprise the main pipe rack that
runs through Unit-01.
Once all the required foundations have been mod-
eled, the various pieces of mechanical equipment
can be created. In Figures 14.32 to 14.34 sorne of the
Primitives forms for creating vessel 01-V-101 are shown.
Toree Primitives are needed to model 01-V-101. They
are Cylinder (vessel skirt and shell), Dish (2:1 semi-
elliptical heads), and Nozzle (nozzles and manways).
The requíred Primitive values are gathered from infor-
mation provided on the 01-V-101 vendar data drawings
provided in Chapter 10. Nozzles are added once the
vessel is modeled using the Create Nozzle and Nozzle
Specifications form. Size and pound rating information
ate a Floor Penetration.
Modeling pipe is the prímary function of PDMS.
Numerous options and methods exist to connect pipe to
a vessel and route it through a facility. Setting a line's
specification and pipe size ensure that the configuration
and its connections are "acceptable" and in accordance
to job specifications. The precision with which PDMS
can attach a pipe to a nozzle, route it through a pipe
rack, change size, cross supports, roll up, roll down,
branch, etc. is astounding. As a confirmation of its accu-
racy, PDMS employees Data Consistency Checking to
verify a pipe's compliance with established cedes and
specifications for the job. Figures 14.47 to 14.57 present
a few of the Pipeworks forms used to model pipe and
check it for consistency errors.
Such a large number of 3D pipe modeling programs
make it difficult for the piping drafter / designer to be
proficient in all of them. In the end an expensive pipe
modeling program is just another tool at the designer/
drafter's disposal. Although knowing how to design
with a modeling program is essential, eventually, strong
fundamental knowledge of the piping discipline will
benefit the student more than operational skills of a
powerful 30 modeling program. If a mechanic doesn't
know how to use his tools, both he and his customer
may end up walking.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

318 14. BUILDIJ',;G 30 PIPING MODEI.S

The initial step in the

development of a PDMS
model is the creation of
a Design Database
elemenl Ali Design
elements are added to
the Design Explorer
hierarchy.

·-
Later, other Database
elements such as ,

FIGURE 14. 13 Creating a Site with PDMS. Courtesy of AVE VA Group, ple. and umnulearnpdms.com.

FIGURE 14.14 Creating a Zone with PDMS. Courtesy ofAVE VA Group, ple. and wunv.learnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 BUILDING A 30 MODEL USING PDMS 319

1. Before the Prlmitive element

which will represent the paving of
Unit01 can be created a Design
Database Eq11ipmentelement
muat be established This element
will be the Paving's 'owner' .

FIGURE 14.15 Creaie Equipmeni form. Courlesy of AVE VA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.eom.

FIGURE 14.16 Create Primilives form. Courtesy of AV EVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

320 14. BUILDING 30 PIPING MODELS

PDMS wlll cllsplay a 1. 11w Po,ltlON: val,- (N, W, DI for

form which Is used to enter the
lnformation requlred to aeate the Box
element that representa UnitOl's pning.
On the UnltOl arrangement clrawlng.
the 8ox loa~ 111 PO polnt, whkh lt In
the euct Cffllff of the box w.,.. lf the
Pavlng't x·length INOlthl lt 56'-0" and
the y-lngtb IWettl lt 40'-0", lhe nad
ttnlff lt -half of 56'.e, (28',0") and
one-half of 40'-0" 120' ,O"). Tlw Do11111

-........ . .. .
shown on the following slide, notice tha yaJae of fl' lt baHd on the dnltt lo luive
lhe matchlines are labeled u: the Pavlng elevallon al 0'-0" wllh a
~ (z.lenglh) of 1'-0".
N. O'-o"' and N. 56'-o"'
W. O'-o"' and W. 40'-o"' .....___.
The paving elevatlon is 100'-o"'.
(100'-o"' wil1 be lnterpreted as O'-o"' on
.... ......
lhe model. l.e. The top of the paving
should be al O'-o"'.)
In order to posltlon the Box prlmitlve

-_
accurately you will need to be aware of
lhe Box'•p-polnts to establish 1r,
orlentatlon.

.......

FIGURE 14.17 Create Box form. Courtesy of AVEVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

To adjust the view ...

• Vlew
• lsometrlc
trnlmEmi· 1803
The Paving should
now look like the
illustration shown.

FIGURE 14.18 Paving primitive. Courtesy of AVE VA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 BUILDING A 30 MODEL USING PDMS 321

FIGURE 14.19 Creaie Extrusion form. Courtesy of AVE VA Group, ple. and unuw.learnpdms.com.

FIGURE 14.20 UsingDefine Vertex form to establishextrusionorigin. Co11rtesy o/ AV EVA Gro11p, ple. and www.learnpdms.eom.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

322 14. BUILDING 30 PIPING MODELS

1NCknMs ,·.o

lw4 V

w to , 1,:.un:·»1
ltt!IU-i,M3

l. PDMS will display a marker that verifies the of the octagon-shaped pedestal.
With the • 1 form still active ...
l!n!l:m~ Point offset from previous
2. PDMS displays the I form. (PDMS does not have an octagon-shaped
Primitive, so you will build the pedestal with extruded vertices defined from the
CJ Reference the Vtot foundation drawing to calculate the octagon's vertices. To
locate the fint vertex enter the following:

FIGURE 14.21 Point offset in the Define Vertex form. O,urtesy of AVE VA Group, ple. and www.leampdms.com.

~--~
r ....E.1. .

1. Continue inputting the

and
values of the vertices to
fl

'
create the octagon shape.
The height of the extrusion
1.
~~fi·
1 ••
is established with the
value in the
fonn.
2. Be certain to enter angles
with bearing input.
3. Dlstance values are Input
iii,Q with a (.) separating the
inch and fraction ni ues,

(a)
FIGURE 14.22 (a.b) Define Vertex positions with Direction and Distance. Courtesy of AVEVA Group, ple. and www.Iearnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 BUILDING A 30 MODEL USING PDMS 323

....,.,.,,¡
7
o
0

1-1
(b)
FIGURE 14.22 (Continued)

FIGURE 14.23 CompletedOl-V-101 pedestal.Courtesyof AVEVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

324 14. BUILDIJ',;G 30 PIPING MODEI.S

--
-·-
&!!!

-
..........
1:p

""""-
,._n

-
..._.,_
.......... $WIOrtt

""
'
-·-
,......, ......
..... ,noor-,

FIGURE 14.24 Beams and columns Application panel. Courtesy of AVE VA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

FIGURE 14.25 Beams and columns Section Specification form. Courtesy of AV EVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 BUILDING A 30 MODEL USING PDMS 325

- -----======
_,,..---·-
W12x120
W1h1'8
W1',4)
W12><1152

.,,.,...
w,,,a,

.....,._ NA

-lnt NA

......... NA

FIGURE 14,26 Beams and columnsSet DeJau/1Profile Specifieatúm form. Courtesy of AVE VAGroup, ple. and www.learnpdms.eom.

t. Once the proftle specificationshave been set, begin

placing a structuralmember by highllghting 'SBFR
Colwnns' in the Design Explorer.Then:
Create
SecUona
Stralght...
formopms:
~~IILli:I i~ Define start/end expllcitly

FIGURE 14,27 Create Section form.Courtesy of AVEVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

326 14. BUILDIJ',;G 30 PIPING MODEI.S

-~ "1 , 111 w,,,.,.. (IWN u fil

--o--
0-
o-
... '""'
-.
o- • 'o o
• 'o o
"' •1 o
w....
""
CE] ~
º"""""
1. In the form Ht the desind
North/South,EaltJWest and Up/Down values :
O (West O Is an equlvalent poslUon)
O (South O Is an equlvalent posltion)
, 1' (1'-0'will rest the column ontop of the
footing we created earlier.)

FIGURE 14.28 Define Sectiun Start form. Courtesy of A VEVA Group, ple. anti unuw.learnpdms.com.

FIGURE 14.29 Define Sectiun End form. Courtesy of AV EVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 BUILDING A 30 MODEL USING PDMS 327

·-·..
,.. r-,.....
-· ...)ITT.1",D
l'O"-IOot
·~COI.I ......
- il•~·~
••z~~ ..,._,..._
.,,,,
"..,......
... ~11(),

. ,.,1"·~ Q
t,
~ .... '•:
.,,,,.....~:
1o

AUremainlngcolumn1forthe
maln pipe nck can be created in a
llimibrmanner.
Yourcolumns should appear u
shown in the gnphical Yiew,to
the right. and in the hierudly
when you are complete.

FIGURE 14.30 Completed steel column. Courtesy of AVE VA Group, ple. and urunuleampdms.com.

,...,......,
-·-°"'.s·ZONE~•
·
·O..,.....,
.... Zo,«(M

"''-...,_~
&fit'STRU'-*'d:t

~ '1 sefllt.....

IE
I'°"'
x=-•
JC'TJO,

l srno,
l JC'TJO'

"''"" ':l - lx"

t. Continue to erutethe remaining beams with the

form or dlamiu the form and add the other
beuns Uling eitherof the Copy methocla di8culeed
previously in the tutorial.

FIGURE 14.31 Completed colwnns a.nd beams. Courtesy of AVEVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

328 14. BUILDING 30 PIPING MODELS

2. In the
form enter the data required
to create the primitive which
will represent 01-V-lOl's
skirt. PDMS will position
the cylinder about the Po
position of the primitive.
Refer to the following slide
to determine various
primitive's Po location.
··~

FIGURE 14.32 Using Create Cylinder form to model 01-V-lOl's skirt. Courtesy of AVE VA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

form will
Op4!n, enter:
01_V_101_Shell

--
~-- Enter the same
coordlnates that were used
to poslUon the vessel's sklrt.
The Up value wlll locate the
cyllnder's Po elevation.
NI
--

FIGURE 14.33 Using Crea te Cylinder form to model 01-V-101 's shell. Courtesy of AVE VA Group, ple. and www.leampdms.com.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

 BUILDING A 30 MODEL USING PDMS 329

Create: Solid
Type: Dlsh
A 2:1 semi-elliptical
---- ,
head'sheight is know as z..- u
the IDO (lnside Oepth of
Dish) dimension. The
IDO is equal to the vessel
diameter x .25 • In this
case the dish's height is
4'.() X .25 • 1'-0"'. The
Radius value determines
theroundness of the dish.
Here 3 has been used.

FIGURE 14.34 Using Create Dish form to model 01-V-lOl's 2:1 semi-elliptical head. Courtesy of AVEVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

2'8 (Thll rep-

NMnll the nozzle projectlon
from the cent.rtlne of 01·Y·
101 whloh- added to 21'..0
- lhown llbove.)
3. Set the appropri ate
nozzle Attrlbutes, if
necessary,before selecting
Apply.

FIGURE 14.35 Using Creale Nozzle form to model nozzle Nl on 01-V-101. Courtesy of AVEVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

330 14. BUILDIJ',;G 30 PIPING MODEI.S

FIGURE 14.36 Using Nozzle Specificatum form to model nozzle Nl on 01-V-101. Courtesy of AVEVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

Loc:ate the renwning nozzles asing the

information foand on the vendor drawings.
There are varioas procedares and shorkuts
ased to orient and position primitives sach as
cylinders, dishes and nozzles. Experiment with
them to determine which ones will make you th
most effident at model creation.
Vessel 01-V-101 should look like the two
images shown here when completed. This
concludes the tutorial on Creating Equipment
with Nozzles using Avna's PDMS.

FIGURE 14.37 Completed nozzles on Ol·V-101. Courtesy of AV EVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 BUILDING A 30 MODEL USING PDMS 331

...
"; ~-~

-
~ra:;...~~ ---- -"°<'- .
• • , ·- '::_--'====!
---'-y==-<~
,,,.,.

......_..

- _
~
~

-_--.. -· ..
+ Alelt.irn.acc.. •
n:xw,..._."°" •

-
""""'

l. Wilh
The following step assumes tbat a bigbligbted:
hasalready Createítm¡jlll:lll1J!l[lt.mlmiJ'[ül;¡~
been created. If lhe ZONE does not exist one Platfonn
must be aeated in the Design Explorer. Circular
Round...

FIGURE 14.38 Creating a circular platform. Courtesy of AVEVA Group, ple. and unourleampdms.com.

2. The platform 11 modeled In the Cnpbical Vlew

and added to the Detlgn Explorer hlenrchy. The new
SUBSheadlnp contain primltlvee that PDMS UHI
to bulld the platform.

FIGURE 14.39 Create Circular Platfarm form. Courtesy of AVEVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

332 14. BUILDIJ',;G 30 PIPING MODEI.S

FIGURE 14.40 Creatinga ladder,Courtesv af AVE VA Graup, ple. and UTWW.learnpdms.com.

2. The boHom of the Wder il initWly

po1ltloned on the ve11el'1 cenlff Une
coordlnatea. Next, the • [;3• ~117.1~
com11U1nd 11 uled to preclaely locate the
ladder and elimlnate the need to wculate
exad North, Wett, and Up coordlnatea.

FIGURE 14.41 Side Exit Ladder form.Caurtesy of AVE VA Graup, ple. and u,ww./earnpdrns.com.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 BUILDING A 30 MODEL USING PDMS 333

t. Select the appropriate Sabstradare,

&om the Daign Explorer,. thea:
Create •
Copy •.• 3. The cage'11 bandll will be previewed.
Amwer · or , to rewn the copied
form set the desiJed bandll.

FIGURE 14.42 Completing the cage. Courtesy ofAVE VA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

l. Depic:ted is lhe ladder

~·-·;.:. .- ......
~~ª==
,.. r_
wilh fully endoeed cage. ~-

2. Usted in lhe Design

Explorer 1re lhe v1riou1 ~i~,.._~.._...
primitiveathlt compriae u. . .
e1ch aubstructure of lhe
ladder.Theae primitivea
muat be mlnipul1tedin
e-· l'•tra11,
e-•
e-•
e .... ,
order to develop I model
repreaentltive of intend
·111-·
e.,.,
4)'411•
r•TJltl
deaign. Become funillar
wilh lhe e-·,,
......e-•
'"' .....
, 1nd ... aai•

'."......
' ..... '
Menu commandt

··-·
·9M11
to 1cllievebetter
modelingeffidency.
..., ..
e-·
•l!IM•tt
,,_
e-•
e-•
... '1

FIGURE 14.43 Completed ladder and cage. Courtesy o/ AVEVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

334 14. BUILDIJ',;G 30 PIPING MODEI.S

FIGURE 14.44 Creating a platform penetration. Courtesy of AVE VA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

3. At the bottom of the

Design Explorer, in the
lower left comer,the
command 'ldentify
floorplate'appean.
4. Pick the platform
floorplate with the left
mouse button.
S. In the lower left comer
the command 'ldentify
penetratlngítem' appean.
6. Pick the penetrating
pipe with the left mouse
button.
7.

FIGURE 14.45 Selecting penetration components. Courtesy of AV EVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 BUILDING A 30 MODEL USING PDMS 335

FIGURE 14.46 Displayingthe floor penetration Courtesy of AVEVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

FIGURE 14.47 Create Pipe form.Courtesy of AVE VA Group, ple. and www.Iearnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

336 14. BUILDIJ',;G 30 PIPING MODEI.S

... T

...
NOr.lOl T-SHC

-
o

formHlect:

FIGURE 14.48 Default Specifications and Pipe Attributes forms.Courlesy of AVEVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

,•• r ~

-
f:i~WORl'

·¡·~:= . ·
O SITE lH01 Crtitte Hrunc h ~]'- r:gJ
- .ZONE~
17.Q().1''/SI

• ZONECM
wa 17.QO.W

•, ZONEllrucull
ZONE _

-
1 Spocllce(lc>N
1
~ 8
o,r
ll'ecr,g o,r
L M<,w.. =-:)
-•s.ono ~ y

IC<Mec1
1 OK 1
INo<IO

FIGURE 14.49 Creai« Branch form. Courtesy of AVE VA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 BUILDING A 30 MODEL USING PDMS 337

FIGURE 14.50 Branch at Explicit Position (head) form. Caurtesy of AVE VA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

FIGURE 14,51 Branch at Explicit Position (taíl) form. Courtesy of AV EVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

338 14. BUILDIJ',;G 30 PIPING MODEI.S

_.,._,,_
...... !lrtneh

.,.,...
~ 8WO

°"- 3. In lhe
.......,.,
Posb:ln_, Wortd

....._.....
V

V
.,,
14'10
of tbe form, set lhe
Bore,Connection,Direction
ll> 12'•.511<1 and Poeition wrt World: as
shown to lhe lefL When finished:

FIGURE 14.52 Pipe Modificatúm form. Courtesy of AVE VAGroup, ple. and umnuleampdms.com.

S1'
...
a...,..,'llíf,U.X,~j

IW S- n IG1tSM
O# ,~,_(VPlCflO(MllllfVl'Nf
IO 'UiN01 ~ .'f!ISJ ~·· lOOf .,-

'I

--
The'green'

----
arrowshown ..."
abovecon-
.... firmsthat
c. the compo-
nent will be

-
--
, .... ,.,.,,.,T\M attached to
,.,.4"

-
the corred
""' branch end-
o.........it ... 1.(:SJ.r,..

'='--. lil~·-
point (}fead f;,]..-c.............,

orTail).

FIGURE 14.53 Pipe Component Creation form. Courtesy of AVE VA Group, ple. and www.leampdms.com.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 BUILDING A 30 MODEL USING PDMS 339

o-··
º°"....
o....,,,...,
1 "'....
r--[ib
GiJ ...

FIGURE 14.54 Piping Components form. Cuurtesy ofAVE VA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

: :...: ' • ¡ i. !,¡ ""

r-r~
-aQ
"'º..
W.ORl.
___,,,J_..,

.....
.,. -
lo Í l!o liil (l Q ..=====~
º=="°= ¡ CE El00W1< .. IWICHS.C:,O v ~ • q • ¡

t"-
._
sm:....,,
.:o~ P.,ff1.QO..r
t,li(IRAN1~ '9'1

{t1UN1

--
..
1} GASKI

V o
t. The elbow of brancb 1-c:30-8"'/Bt V o
will appear in the Design Explorer
hierardly and in yoar modeL
To orient the elbow as lhown on
the Unit-ot arrangement clnwing,
inthe form:
, , · DlrectD
3. The model will confinn the
elbow'1 rotation to the conect
orientation. Once rotated, the next
component can be added. Do not
dose the form
unW llne 01-1-c:30-8"'is complete.

FIGURE 14,55 Placingand orientingan elbow. Courtesy of AV EVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

340 14. BUILDIJ',;G 30 PIPING MODEI.S

·••Of..
... r...._
!IL•.._ .....
••SfflU".ol
'4111P(t.(ll.l"
~tMM,~
t•ViHt
I G,.S.-1
"".. _..,.
1
.,l,AN)
~k)

(: •~eo,
I• 'i.M'
G,A.S.-)

• A. .ro""'"'
i.J(\lllft1U..'t.r
·A,..,....._ .._.,.._..
,A,'9f21).A.!S.t ....
• A. N'f'2"1-N ...
,A,..,.:n..t:MO"
. A 'ftl').A,!W"

¡:.
,A,"9'f2't-.A-'1,.1"
• ~NJf)I...Ni,-:1"
·A,""f»-C»,)'....,
• A "'f:n..QO.,.-
zQtrif~
• "- fOUll"IOtl
.il fOUl'10IA.
, i/fWO..v.un
: ,tfOUl$.,.l_~~

L A Oangecl ple valve ancl its maling componenls ue aclclecl to lhe hierarchy ancl
the moclel. u lhown above. The Stanclanl Allembly methocl can be asecl to inaert
a Oangecl valve,witb two flanges ancl ils gaskels, into a branch witbout havingto
choose each com inclepenclently,one piece at a time.
2. Wben finishecl ...._ the form.

FIGURE 14.56 Placing and orienting a valve. Courtesy of AVE VA Group, ple. and umnaleampdms.com.

t. Once line ot+c:30-10"' Is

complete, a 'elata conalstency
check'mlllt be ran to verify lhat
ali componentsof lhe pipe º'"
conftgantlon meet appllcable
Job lpedflcatlons.

2. Wben conftrmecl, tbe IIMINp

•_•NO DATA INCDN!IISTl!NCDº_ •
will be cllsplayeclIn tbe O.t•
C0111i1tnq Cll«k form.

FIGURE 14.57 Data consistency check. Courtesy of AVEVA Group, ple. and www.learnpdms.com.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 CHAPTER
15
Project Coordination
Toe complete design of a petrochemical facility
involves engineering disciplines other than Piping.
Toe effective coordination of ancillary disciplines
such as Civil, Structural, Architectural, Electrical, and
Instrumentation are necessary throughout the engineer-
ing, design, and construction phases of a facility.
Although pipe might be considered the most critica!
component of the design, other disciplines can make that
claim as well. Without the Structural group there would
be no steel to support the pipe. Without the Electrical
group there would be no power supplied to pump motors
or electricity for illumination. Without the Instrumentation
group there would be no means of monitoring or control-
ling the pressure and temperature levels of the commodity
flowing through the pipe and equipment.
Each discipline has a unique impact on the design of
a facility in its own specific way. Toe confluence of so
many disciplines in such a rather confined space means
that in order for the engineering, design, construction,
and ultimately, operation of a facility to be considered
successful, the interaction of all disciplines must be coor-
dinated in a precise and timely manner. For example,
the main pipe rack and each miscellaneous pipe sup-
port must not only be designed with enough structural
strength and space capacity to hold the required pipe,
fittings, flanges, valves, etc. being routed through it, but
it must also be designed for the inclusion of all electrical
and instrumentation trays and conduit. Toen, the civil
group must engineer and design the concrete footings
and foundations large enough to support not only all
the items mentioned previously, but also the structural
steel columns and beams as well. Additionally, these
massive, underground concrete structures must be posi-
tioned and oriented so that the below-grade piping and
drainage systerns can be routed around them with the
most direct and economical configuration.
Toe drawings in this chapter represent those that
would be furnished to the Pipíng group by the Civil,
Structural, Instrumentation, and Electrical groups to
341
help develop the Piping Arrangement drawing. For
example, the civil drawings depict the size and shape
of the concrete foundations that are to be built for the
various píeces of mechanical equipment. Likewise, the
structural drawings will allow for the representation
of the main pipe rack, pipe supports, platforms, lad-
ders, and cages on the Piping Arrangement drawing. In
addition to drawings developed in-house by the vari-
ous disciplines, the suppliers of the numerous pieces of
mechanical equipment such as pumps, exchangers, and
vessels will supply drawings that will allow all equíp-
ment to be represented on the Piping Arrangement
drawing. Ultimately, coordination between l&E
(Instrumentation and Electrical) and the Pípíng group
becomes critica! because these groups often must
have equal access to the same pieces of equipment.
Therefore, the drawings they provide help determine
where underground conduit and cabling may lle.
Other than the Lighting and Power Supply draw-
ing and the Grounding Plan, which are included in this
chapter, all of the discipline-specific drawings needed
to develop Unit-01 are present in Chapter 10. All of
the drawings needed to develop Unit-02, Unit-03, and
Unit-04 follow, and are grouped by discipline. Included
with the discipline drawings are the Process and instru-
ment Diagrarns (P&IDs), Foundation Location Plans,
Equipment Location Plans and Section drawings, all
of which are used asan aid in the development of the
Piping Arrangement drawing or a 3D model. Since
most companies now use sorne version of a pipe mod-
eling software, four pictorial representations of the
three-dimensional model of Units 01-04 are included at
the end of the chapter. Use them as a visual reference
to better understand the location and size of mechani-
cal equipment, the orientation of ladders and platforms,
the routing of pipe, and placement of pipe supports.
Toe numerous dimensioning charts, drawing stan-
dards, and reference tables located throughout the text
will also be used as reference tools.
C, 2012 Ehcvic-r lnc. Ali rlghts rcserved.
 02-V-203 02-E-201
FRACTIONATION COLUMN PRODUCT CONDENSER
4'-9" OD X 18'-9" T/T
DES. 375# O 750'F

VENT TO
ATMOS. 4"x6"
02-39-A 15-6"

02-28-A15-6"

COOUNG WATER
02-E-201 SEE UTIUTY
02-34-Al 5-12" F'LOW DIAGRAM
02-29-A15-6"
FEED

6"

02-38-Al 5-6"

02-37-Al 5-4" -IH

02-P-202A 6"
02-35-A 15-6" -IH

02-P-202 A&B
REFLUX PUMPS
12 HP@ 4200 RPMs

FIGURE 15.1 Unit-02: Process and Instrument Diagram.

 03-V-303 03-H-304 03-FS-305
SEPERATOR HEATER FLARE STACK
36"0.D. X 19' -0" T/T

03-33-A 15-4" 03-32-A15-6"

PRODUCT
STORAGE

03-V-303
40# e 118'F

2"

FACILITY
Yows
03-18-A15-8"
LOADING/
UNLOADING

03-FS-305

03-20-A15-10"-IH HOT OIL SUPPLY

~----1----~---l SEE UTlUTY
FLOW OVIGRAM

03-31-A15-12"-IH
03-30-A 15-6"
FUEL GAS ~--------1

10" 10"
HOT OIL RET\JRN 03-19-A15-10"-IH
SEE UTILITY
FLOW DIAGRAM 355·

03-H-304 03-P-301A & 3018

HOT OIL PUMPS

FIGURE 15.2 Unit-03: Process and Instrument Oiagram.

 04-E-404 04-V-401 04-E-402A&B 04-CT-406
FRACTIONATOR FRACTIONATOR PROOUCT CONOENSORS COOUNG TOWER
REBOILER

~~~~~~~~~~0,,-~2~~~·-•,-~e·~~~~~~

1 04-49-A1~a·

04-42-CJO-e•

C>4-4'-A15-&·-IH

04-E-4028

04-P-4058

04-22-A.15-8.

04-P-405A & 04-P-4058

COOUNG WATER SUPPLY PUMPS

FIGURE 15.3 Unit-04:Process and Instrument Diagram.

 _ UNIT-02
~------ __- -t-PS No. 1
* "- VERIFY ON UNE SPACING CHART

OAVIT

·T
w

;1
O)
• Z
~ in
I
PL.ATFORM No.1

t5-f EllV.125' -o·

ca""
V)
1
111
o t: 1

:1
s'
21
~
<(
1
~
o ~I

~I
IB
C)
z
t- _92-V-203
w. 11·-o·-
1

11!:ril 02-34-:15-12"
MPS-3.2
w. sr:.8
~-3.~

~I o
• 1
~·· ID
NI
~ .•~
~~- vi~ H.P. PAVING EL. 100·-o·

UNIT-04 - M-- - - O' -0"

ATCHLINE
FIGURE 15.4 Unit-02· . Piipmg
. Arrangement Drawmg.
.
 ELEV. 125' -o•
+roi> ai2s·:O-
1

....,.
02-V-203

;r
1 1

o
1

ELEV. 105'-6"
1

UNIT 02 - WEST ELEVATION

FIGURE 15.5 Unit-02: West Elevation.

 ·
.....
02-V-203
rtfffJ. ELEV. 120' -0'
~-.-{- --

.
<D
02-34-AlS-12'
J.,
ELEV. 115' -O'
@)-+-+ti-- +-
TOS ELEV 112'-0'

TOS ELEV 110'-0'

H. P. PAVING TOC ELEV 101'-0'

ELEV 100'-0'

UNIT 02 - SOUTH ELEVATION

FIGURE 15.6 Unit-02: South Elevation.

 T.O. PLATF. N_?.2
-N~
EL. 150'-0 UPPER PLAN FS-3~ 1
EL 125'-o" & A80lf. 1
~I I
~I

o1
L()
L()

1-
z
::>

UNIT 03 AREA LIMIT E. 40' -0"

FIGURE 15. 7 Unit-03: Piping Arrangement drawing.
 PfPn--;G ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS WITI I ELEVATIONS 349

03-JO-A15-6" 03-H-304
T.O PLATí. No.1

@!
El. 120'-0"

~a,.,-,1
Ji 18-A15-8" OJ-!!12-AH5-J"
TOSEl 114'-o"
'
03-32-Al5-6'"
TOS EL 112"----0"

133-Al5-4"

UfUTY
STATION
.... 1
EUV. 104·-o··
I
03-P-3018
TOC ELEV. 101'-0"
HP PA't1NC D.[V. 100' -O"

UNIT 03 EAST ELEVATION

FIGURE 15.8 Unit-03: East Elevation.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

 ~=
1.,,1
IJl
o

45-A 15-6" -IH

~1""" · ..,
1 1

~1~
t:;1~

o
1

LO =o
LO

(f)
I ·'o
::g
'"O !:::: lw y,
IT1 ~ z .,,;,:,
o ::::¡ :J
~ I .Q
~
<(
w
o ñ
z ~
C)
>
O:::
<(
s) ~ §

ª
4 ;,:,

º
4
,q­ 43-C30-4"1 I")
o o z>
o --..1 1
lf-Z
/8º :j
IB !::::
... --!e... o
z
C) z 22-A15-8"
z ::::) I ::::)

TOS EL. 11 o· -o·

_;d
21-A15-8"

W , 10·-o· (TYP) 48-C30-8" 1

"' 04-E-40_2_8
W-(('l))---++<>----~t.~E-.
36'-9"
,1,,'\
\.­.:_!) ' '
---Ci...J.J,L_ - -"l"--'11 TOS EL. 114' -o·
H.P. PAVIN~oo·~ PS-5
UNIT 04 AREA LIMIT E. 40' -O"
FIGURE 15.9 Unit-04: Piping Arrangement drawing.
 PfPn--;G ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS WITI I ELEVATIONS 351

~1'..=0"

1
T.O. PLATF'. No.2
EL 137'-6"

1
04-V-401

1
1

T.O.PLATF. No.1
EL 114'-9"

-tº=,!-12'-4 vz.:
Q 4ó-Al5-s;1.!.b10°-IH ,;r_l ~)-~=12*-::::-9-=~1

.
04-E-402 B EUV. 104'-10·
-{_-----

UNIT 04 - SOUTH ELEVATION

FIGURE 15.10 Unit-04: South Elevation.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

 -e
..,,
o
¡;;
.... UNIT-02 AREA LIMIT W. 40' -0"
~
....
.... ,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -"i_PSN~
e2.
';'
o
t':'
---N----
3'
g
.
c.
a.
tCOLUMN .!l.
w. 33'-0"
rt-,
tít

,~
se- o ;

~2-P-2028 1 ;
~ 1
;::;!·' Y
1 ..... ~ W.30'-6" o
a· l{)
1-1o, ~c:o1
o::
o.
V) -
o. vi 1 1

I~
..,,
:,
l{)
C.. N
::, vi
~
cnT
L
(J)
::g
-e
IT1 2-P-202A IZ
o 1- ~W.23'-6" 1 _J
~ 2
~ _J
z
C)
> <r::

ª
w
o
o:::
<r::
IB
C)
z N o
o 1
1 02-V-203 1-
1- ~, ·-o· -----l- , z
z :::>

~-~,m rt-,
:::>
tCOLUMN_A
w. a· -o· 'jj-
r+r,
~w. s'-a"
MPS-3.2 ? -''o
~I~
'l:v[s'-8

~¡ ~¡
~I
vi~ ~ :
~~ ;;J~ H.P. PAVING EL 100'-0"

l± _ --- - --- - - -- ---- ---- ---- ---- -e~

UNIT-04 MATCH UNE o' -o"
 -e:
'Tl
Q

--
::d
tT1
~ UNIT -02 AREA LIMIT W. 40' -0"
N
,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --{_PSN~
e:
2.
7
o
!',> ---N---
.B1
e
'ti"
3 ~Mli.B
a ~o ~33'-0"
ti)

[
a.
o:,
"O
1
L.()
L.()
'º 1 1
§
(/)
"O
ca ...,l. w
li:1'-
~w'~
111
o
w ~
z I z
f- 0 ·'<X)
s'
Q.
2 J: . g, 1 ;;;
21 o Ul Ul
_J
~N~._2__Q
.:orq
1
~
<( 't.. w. 20'
w 02-E-201
~
o
o:
<(
t W. 18'-0" HHE&Hl!Hf
1
EL 105' -6" W--+-iJJ---1::±::t----------,c:Br----"'
IB
C)
1
z N o
o 1
1 f-
f- 02-V-203 z
z :::)
:::) l w.~11·-o· fO)---~)
-----E3-----<~ ~u~ A'I
+ Yw.s·-o·
MPS-3.2 ~-3.1 •
w. 51-8" ~5'=-8 o ;:;¡ 'j'

;~.!.f-
e
, :~ ·~'.f :=
~ ~·
,c.:1.í'
~I
;;;¡ .
4-.I
~;;,
.;
H.P. PAVING EL 100'-0"

L±_ _ - -- - - -- -UÑIT-04 - MATCH LIÑE~--0~ -- - - -- -tPS~

 -
"f1
C)
~
V\

""'
-....-
~
~

~
7
p-- - -tes-, UNIT 01 MATCH UNE 0'-0"

º'~I
N
-N=-i
~
1
z
a1
e:
..a.
&. 1

s ?I
ag. 03-H-304
E. 10·-o·-
~I
z
o1

i
:::,
b1
"'~ • 1 1
o 03-FS-305 L.()
:l:! -t"f. 14'-3" L.()
;;;
"'
m
o w z -e
z
~
=l
::J !:=:
'§º
-@
~ ~
tí 230 PS-4
t_E.20'-0" EIJ MPS-4
~'-O"
~ MPS-5
~o·-o·
::J

so> ~
~
1::,I 1
~
o:::
;<>

º~z
~i
m -st ~I <(
o
~Ist,
l'[l
C)
~ r<) ~
z f- 03-P-301A
--- o
z1 +E-:- 26'-0"
~I !:=:
::::) 1 z
1 ::::)

i
1
m
03-V-303
- --
E. 30' -6"

r
t
MPS-6
03-P-3018
--- t.-E.34'-o"
-FE:- 35'-0-;;
1 bl1

L_-t PS-5
UNIT 03 AREA LIMIT
í
E. 40'-0"
H.P. PA\1N: 1:-~
 -e:
...,
C)

--
~
~ UNIT 01 MATCH UNE o· -o"

iil
~
e:
~1-
1
2.
~I
~
.&'
m
e
.;·
3
a
(!)

1
§'a. 1

o::,
.,,¡;¡- o 1 =
o ~z
1
? 1
.,, in
• 1
o l{)
~
ca
111
~
w >
o z z z
o
s'

ªB
::J t:
21 :::E
~ MPS-4~ MP~ ::J ~
-ff',o·-o· ~ ~.20·-o·~ <(
w
~
~ 1 a::
o ~I <(
IB ~
C)
z ~~¡
.,;.i
~
I")
o
oz

t:
z
:::>
!z
o(J)

f
03-V-303
E. 30'-6"

03-P-3018
-Ff '5s·-o· -
t--i'-7.~:,.

UNIT 03 AREA LIMIT E. 40' -0"

\ --- H.P. PAv1N: 1:-:_J
 -
"f1
C)

~=~1·
--
~
~ UNIT 02 MATCH UNE o· -o"
"'
~
7 .....LMP_?-10
'EE,3'-0"
~
~
i!1
e: !'..=J.:
..a.
&. ..¡-
m -----41rn--
I')

.
1 1 04-E-404
s t; ~ w--'f.E.s·-o·
• • ,1,

11!y
ag. 1 1 ui
..¡-
o
o
1
i;;h:,
:::,
o
1
L{)
~ ~1'a:·-'b
01

"'~ l{)
1
~1.1.
¡ ;¡f~ o
I ·oi
l{)
:l:! -~'!_-P-4Q5A ~
"' ;;;

--r--
m
(/) 1 . 't. E. 14'-9"
o t::
1
1 lw -e
~ ~ z
'§º
E.18'-0"
=l :J :J ~
tí <(
PS-4
u
I
w 04-P-4058 ?I ~o7-o· ~
so>
rt1
;<>
(}'.'.
fE.21'-3"-
º
o,I
<( ~ z
~
m
l'[l
C)
s:t-
o MPS-9
tE.24'-0" 18 ~
z t:: • I t::
z 1 z

+
::> ~
_..,,1~•------tfrO~-E.-E-2_a4_~_2o·_A ·t
__,•~·- ::>

.jw ~~
'i'j-
:;i,t
.,,P..
i "', -MPS-8
.,...--.-
E.32-3
~PS-7
• -.
E.32 -3
J0

1 :;11
i -;.,
1 if:j+-•------<F.-t
04-E-402 B ;t~
- ------+++--
~p
---++•
~µ
L_
E. 36' -9"

H.P. PAVING 100'-0" PS-5

UNIT 04 AREA LIMIT E. 40' -O"
 -
'Ti
o
~
... o· -o"
...
~ UNIT 02 MATCH UNE
°'
... ¡.
rt·
e:
2. a,: o
7' 01
~
.we
~~-:..!Q_
't: E.3'-0"

.Z.5.'..=J:
;¡'~
V) V)

i,¡.J
.;;·
3
"'a __¿_.Q4_-E-4~4
--y-- E. 8' -o·
[a. .....
o o "'º
~r"!
º'
::,
"O 1 8:;lü, ~z
~
lí) o
I ·oi
lí)
"O
..l.~~
0_4-P-1:05A ~
ca
'.__,L

111
(/) ----r E 14'-9" ~
>
o t:: º . 1 lw z
o
s'
-~ tF1a·-o· ~ 1 z

ªB
~ il -
21 :::J
->--- ' :::J
PS-4 I ~
~ \
u
~ -t-tzo-:--o" ~
O'.:
.... 7 ~
~ <( '°!"' ~
o -.:t- .l-1.

IB
C)
o 18 ~
oz
z
I t::
t::
z
:=:,
z
:=:, !z
o(J)

1
1

L_ H.P. PAVING 100' -0" PS-5

UNIT 04 AREA LIMIT E. 40' -0"
 NOZZLE SCHEDULE
NOZZLES "T 1" & "T 2' and "S 1" & "S2•
MK SERVICE NO. SIZE RATING FACE PROJ.
6" 150/1
Fl_u 11" T1
T2
C.W. OUTLET
C.W. INLET 6" 150/1
RF
RF
2·-1 •
2'-1"
.L-B1~r s, PRODUCT IN 6" 150/1 RF 2·-1 •
i;~-r 52 PRODUCT OUT 6" 150/1 RF 2·-1 •

NOZZLE DETAILS
V TW/VENT 4 ,· 6000/1 CPLG W/PLUG

1;2·t2"
3 1/2"

Q] 22'-6"
PLAN

DETAil "A"
19'-9"

.
.----f--
1
-------,f---- - --
o
;..,
1

N:i_ _ _.'!!Q;;:¡;;i;er,-----=-:CL

13'-0"
• , 1. 8"

SOUTH ELEVATION EAST ELEVATION

NQto· NOT IP 591 E

PRODUCT CONDENSER UNIT 02: E-201

FIGURE 15.17 Unit-02:Product Condenser02:E-201.
 NOZZLE SCHEDULE

, .ry
NOZZLE "B" MK SERVICE NO. SIZE RATING FACE
10"
J_H A
B
SUCTION
DISCHARGE
6"
4•
150#
300#
RF
RF

NOZZLE DETAILS
~~=~~-~ 4·

6'-1"
A

_______
-:}[ ..,!]

PLAN
2'-0"

1'-11/2"

2"
HP PAVING 1 oo' -o"

ELEVATION END VIEW

Notn· NOT m SAN f

PRODUCT PUMPS UNIT 02: P-202A AND P-2028

FIGURE 15.18 Unit-02:Product Pumps 02:P-202A & P-202B.
 NOZZLE SCHEDULE
MK SERV1CE NO. SIZE RATING FACE PROJ.
NI PHONIUM SUPPLY 1 6" 150# RF 3' -3"
N2 LG. CONN. 1 2· 150# RF 3'-0"
N3 LG. CONN. 1 2· 150# RF 3'-0"
NOTES: 1. THE ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON THE EQUIPMENT DRAWING N4 FEED INLET 1 12· 150# RF 3'-3"
DO NOT INCLUDE 1 '-0" CONCRETE FOUNDATION. N5 PHONIUM RETURN 1 s· 150# RF 3'-3"
NS PRODUCT STORAGE 1 14" 150# RF 3'-3"
2. 2" THICK BASERING, 5' -9" O.O. N7 REflUX s· 150# RF 3'-3"
N8 VENT 1 2· 150# RF 1 '-9"
N9 P.S.V. 1 4• 150# RF 1 '-9"
MI MANWAY 1 18" 150# RF 2'-10"

18' -9" TANGENT TO TANGENT 8'-6" 'o

~----------------------+~----------!

r l:
1
o
o
9 SPACES ot 1'-7" = 14'-3" (10 TRAYS)
M1 '-------------------- 'o
I e;'.¡
25'-6" 1
o ¡;:J

ws
t-
~o 24'-o" s ie
w
t-
~ ~~
!}; .J
w ~
o
e;'.¡
z
z z z • ~ u o,
~ n,

~¡ \J
~ ~ ~ IO

rr
I

~~--~ TI w
--
1
o, 1 _1__ 1 _1__ 1 -r- 1 _1__ 1
N8
L I~~
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
_L_ 1 _L_ 1 _I __ 1 _I __ 1 _L_ 1
\
) ~

r
1 \
N7 1--+1-+--o-+---+-~

1~b' -r-1 -r-1 -r-1 -r-1 ~--1 º ~ + )

J
N9
º¡ mi ~I ~1
~ 1 _I_ - 1 _I_
~
- 1
d
_I_
~
- 1
~ ~
_¡_ - 1 ! J¡
--
2·-o· I

Ngte· NOT m SCIJ E

PHONIUM COLUMN UNIT 02: V-203 1 of 2

FIGURE 15.19 Unit-02: Phonium Column 02:V-203sheet 1 of 2.

 NOZZLE SCHEDULE
MK SERVICE NO. SIZE RATING FACE PROJ.

45· Nl PHONIUM SUPPL Y 1 6" 150# RF 3'-3"

N6 N2 L.G. CONN. 2" 150# RF 3'-0"
N3 L.G. CONN. 2" 150# RF 3'-0"

N e:::==- N4 FEED INLET

NS PHONIUM RETURN
12·
6"
150#
150#
RF
RF
3'-3"
3'-3"
N6 PRODUCT STORAGE 14" 150# RF 3'-3"
N7 RE FLUX 6" 150# RF 3'-3"
N8 VENT 2· 150# RF 1'-9"
N9 P.S.V. 4• 150# RF 1'-9"
M1 MANWAY 18" 150(1 RF 2'-10"

NOZZLES "N1 ","N5","N7" NOZZLES "N2"&"N3" NOZZLE "N4"

1 '-7"
N4 1 "1_1· 11"
·1_1 1_1" "lj_
,'g1- 10 Q 101/2"
1

J
n.
1/2" I
1¡ .
1-q (1YP.9) 1 4 l r­o:I'
NOZZLE "N6" NOZZLE "N8" NOZZLE "N9" NOZZLE "M1"

1'-9" 6" 15 • g" 2'-1"

11· ·1_1 3/41_111 y16lÍÍl 11· ·1_1
f'R5%" f'R5%"
19~J
1
[i_J ' s1!2 •
3,1¡ .JL10112· ~--,
1 e l .1·-2:I-, 40 4-0
NOZZLE DETAILS
Note· NOT TO SCALE

PHONIUM COLUMN UNIT 02: V-203 2 of 2

FIGURE 15.20 Unit-02: Phonium Column 02:V-203sheet 2 of2.

 270º
255º
\

4" 3'-0"

::g
'"O y,
.,,;,:,
180º
IT1
o
~ .Q
~
z
::
N
ñ
C)
>
~ §

ª
;,:,
N

o
1
..._¡--
o~ O) º
z>
:j
IB 1 o
C)
z "'-:- z

<,
R1 '-1"

90º
PLATFORM No.1
Note· NOJ JO SCALE

PHONIUM COLUMN UNIT 02: V-203 PLATFORM DIMENSIONS

FIGURE 15.21 Unit-02: Phonium Column 02:V-203platform dimensions.
 NOZZLE SCHEDULE
NOZZLE "A" MK SERVICE NO. SIZE RATING FACE
1'-7"
LI I A SUCTION 12" 150# RF

TLJ
B DISCHARGE 1 o• 150# RF

1114
l 12·1
11 "
NOZZLE DETAILS

Jr-r
l' !!::
,.. 6'-10"
_
-1 B
g"

PLAN
1/ "
2'-7" 1 O! 2 ~
Ir A
1 '-8"
+-----iA
1'-91/2"

HP PAVING 100'-0" 2"

ELEVATION END VIEW Note· NQT m $CN..E

REBOILER PUMPS UNIT 03: P-301A ANO P-3018

FIGURE 15.22 Unit--03: Reboiler Pumps 03:P-301A & P-301B.
 ~
?
N=- NOZZLE SCHEDULE

- e- -+ -
ITEM Sil[ RATING FACING DUlY PROJ.

N1 4• 150# RF FEED 1'-10'

í·l N2 6" 150# RF VAPOR OUT 1'-10·

1 ! 1
1
,.1
1 l I
-lt+--
1' 1
-++1-
I j I
-- NJ

N4
2·

2·
150# RF

RF
LC-LG CONN.

LC-LG CONN.
1'-10'

1'-10'
150#
L!J L·J N5 2· 150# RF ORAIN 1'-10'

M1 18" 150# RF w.NHOLE 2·-2·

PLAN

19·-o·

4'-2" 4'-0" 3'-o· 6'-9"

(f)
o
ELEV. 105' -9" o 8" ·-
1

- -- - -- - ~ - -- - -_1 -f,-t-- - -
r')
o1
"'
N
5
12·-o· J'-6"

EAST ELEVATION NORTH ELEVATION

Note: NOT TO SCALE

LIQUIFIED PHONIUM SEPARATOR UNIT 03: V-303

FIGURE 15.23 Unit-03: Liquefied Phonium Separator 03:'V-303.
 NOZZLE SCHEDULE
ITEM SIZE RATING FACING OUTY PROJECTION

Nt 6" 15DH RF FUEL OIL FEED 6"

10· HEATING OIL

N2 1506 RF SUPPLY 10"

12· HEATING OIL

N3 1506 RF 10"
RETURN

....
11 '-0"
1· · 1

/ ;; 3'-0"
TYP
/~--------
o
1

:
<O
1
io

I
1

I· 4·-o" •

PLAN
Note: NOT JO SCALE

HEATER UNIT 03: H-304 1 of 2

FIGURE 15.24 Unit-03: Heater 03:H-304sheet 1 of 2.

 i 4'-o" I
1

9l8' -o"
T.O.C. EL 101'-0" 9l1 o· -o"
H.P. PAVING EL 1 oc' -o' 1 1 1 1
1 1
1
SOUTH ELEVATION EAST ELEVATION
Note· NOT TO SCALE

HEATER UNIT 03: H-304 2 of 2

FIGURE 15.25 Unit-03: Heater 03:H-304 sheet 2 of 2.
 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT: VEI\OOR DRAWINGS 367

EL. 180' -O"

EL. 178'-0"

155· -o"

EL. 153' -0"

{¿ 151'-~

PLATF. No.2 EL. 150' -O"

ELEV. 150' -O"

PLATF. No.1
ELEV. 120' -0"

108' -0"
TOC ELEV.101'-0"
HP PAVING ELEV. 1 00' -0"

ELEVATION

FLARE STACK UNIT 03: FS-305

FIGURE 15.26 Urut-03: Fiare Stack 03:FS-305.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

:l:!
"O
m ;;;
o -e
~
=l
tí
180º
'§º
~

so> ;<>

º
z
m
l'[l
~
C) ~
z

90º
PLATFORM No.1
Note· NOT JO SCALE

FLARE STACK UNIT 03: FS-305 PLATFORM No.1 DIMENSIONS

FIGURE 15.27 Unit--03: Fiare Stack 03:FS.305Platforrn No. 1 dimensions.
 NOZZLE SCHEDULE
ITEM SIZE RATING FACING PROJECTION
3" 150#
8" 150# RF 1 '-6"

i1 '-0"

90'

PLATFORM No.2
Note· NOJ JO SCALE

FLARE STACK UNIT 03: FS-305 PLATFORM No.2 DIMENSIONS

FIGURE 15.28 Unit--03: Fiare Stack 03:FS--305 Platform No. 2 dimensions.
 ~
-...]
o
NOZZLE SCHEDULE
MK SERVICE NO. SIZE RATING FACE PROJ.
N1 BOTTOM OUT 12· 300# RF 2'-8"
N2 REBOILER RETURN 10· 300# RF 2'-8"

N e:-:-=-
N3
N4
FEED INLET
REFLUX
N5 OVHD.VAPOR OUT
8"
4•
10·
300#
300#
300#
RF
RF
RF
2'-8"
2'-6"
2'-8"
N6 P.S.V. 4• 300# RF 1'-3"
N7 VENT 1 2· 300# RF 1'-3"
L.G.CONN. 2 3/4" 3000# CPLG
MANWAY 2 18" 300# RF 2·-10·

NOTE:
1. THE ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON THE EQUIPMENT DRAWING
DO NOT INCLUDE 1 '-0" CONCRETE FOUNDATION.
NOZZLE ORIENTATION

1'3" J6'-o• TANGENT TO TANGENT 5'-o"

12 SPACES ot 2'-0" • 24'-0" (13 TRAYS )

1·-10 1 16"

Ng4;1· HOT TO SCSí

COLUMN UNIT 04: V-401 1 of 2

FIGURE 15.29 Unit-04: SosilliumColumn 04:V-401 sheet 1 of 2.

 270' NOZZLE SCHEDULE
MK SERVICE NO. SIZE RATING FACE PROJ.
225' N1 BOTTOM OUT 1 12· 300# RF 2'-8"
N2 REBOILER RETURN 1 10· 300# RF 2'-8"
330'
­: N3
N4
FEED INLET
REFLUX
1
1
8"
4•
300#
300#
RF
RF
2'-8"
2'-6"
NS OVHD.VAPOR OUT 1 10· 300# RF 2'-8"
N6 P.S.V. 1 4• 300# RF 1'-3"
N7 VENT 1 2· 300# RF 1 '-3"
~,&2 L.G.CONN. 2 3/4" 3000# CPLG
Ml&l MANWAY 2 18" 300# RF 2'-10"

:\_M
NOZZLES "N2"&"N5"
ca"" 135' 90'
111
o PLATFORM No.1
s'
21
~ 270' r [~}-'_j_ 8"

~
o 225' ~
IB
C)
z NOZZLE "N3" NOZZLES "N4"&"N6" NOZZLE "N7"

180'
7¡a·f~
iA~· 8"
2:LJ_
90'
NOZZLE DETAILS
PLATFORM No.2
Nota· NOJ JO $CALE

COLUMN UNIT 04: V-401 2 of 2

FIGURE 15.30 Unit--04: Sosillium Column 04:V-401 sheet 2 of 2.
 270º
o
1
t0

E.18'-ü"
18ü°

135º
90"

PLATFORM No. 1
PLATFORM ELEV. 114' -9"
Note· NOT JO $CALE

UNIT 04: V-401 PLATFORM No.1 DIMENSIONS

FIGURE 15.31 Unit-04: Sosillium Column 04:V-401 Platform No. 1 dimensions.
 270º
225º

Oº ~ E. 1 8' -0"
18

90º

PLATFORM No. 2
PLATFORM ELEV. 137' -6"
Note· NOT JO $CALE

UNIT 04: V-401 PLATFORM No.2 DIMENSIONS

FIGURE 15.32 Unit-04: Sosillium Column 04:V-401 Platform No. 2 dimensions.
 NOZZLE SCHEDULE
NOZZLES "A"&"B" NOZZLE "C" NOZZLE "D" MK SERVICE NO. SIZE RATING FACE PROJ.
15" A C.W.OUTLET 1 8" 150# RF 1'-8"

1 1/8" r~w-r
1113.S"l_j_
8"(1YP. 4)
11 EJ I r 3"(1YP. 4) 1~·11 7/8"
B
e
C.W.INLET
LIQUID OUT
1
1
8"
a·
150#
300#
RF
RF
1'-8"
1'-8"
~1 D VAPOR IN 1 10" 300# RF 1'-8"
~ 1 1 5/8"J ~'
V TW/VENT 8 1" 6000# CPLG W/PLUG

NOZZLE DETAILS

N e::-----

3 1/2"t
1 1/2" 2"

Q]
:l:!
1 1

-f:
E. 28'-0" 1$
"O
m
1 1 E. 36'-9" '­'+1 ;;;
o -e
~
=l
tí
PLAN
25'-3"
SEE DETAil "A"
'§º
~

so> DETAil "A"

;<>

º
z
m
l'[l
16'-10" 3'-6"
~
C) ~
z

ci
p
...
"'
17'-0"

NORTH ELEVATION
EAST ELEVATION
Note· NOT TO SCAt E

PRODUCT CONDENSER UNIT 04: E-402 A&B

FIGURE 15.33 Unit-04: Product Condenser 04:E-402A & B.
 NOZZLE "A"&"B" NOZZLE "C" NOZZLE •o• NOZZLE SCHEDULE
1'-5 1/t

,tl~-t .
11"
_1_11'-8 1/2"1

Fl~-
MK SERVICE NO. SIZE RATING FACE PROJ.
~11 A HEAT MEO OUT 1 6" 150# RF 1'-8"
T~ª· ,.:¡-' B HEAT MEO IN 1 6" 150# RF 1'-8"

~i lrn·I~
P-i(TYP)
e
D
VAPOR OUT
LIQUID IN
1
1
10"
12"
300#
300#
RF
RF
2·-2·
2'-2"
NOZZLE "E" NOZZLES E PRODUCT OUT 1 4" 300# RF 2'-2"
"F"&"G"

+i­
11/4º

+a·
11º" 1 .n-ft11
1¡s·I1r­f 6"
2"
F
G
LG CONN.
LG CONN.
1
1
2"
2"
300#
300tf
RF
RF
2'-0"
2'-0"

4:w-i 2_:wj V TW/VENT 8 1" 6000# CPLG W/PLUG

3 1;2·-ii1-
1 1/2"ln=2" E. 8'-0"

ijj
DETAil "A"
PLAN
26'-o"

o
o
EL.106'-0 3 4•
-+--+---,~- 'o
O I
~ ;,,

1s·-o·

EAST ELEVATION

PRODUCT REBOILER UNIT 04: E-404

FIGURE 15.34 Unit-04: Product Reboiler 04:E-404.
 NOZZLE SCHEDULE
NOZZLE "A" NOZZLE "B" MK SERVICE NO. SIZE RATING FACE

1·.Jrr
11·
_1_H
1·-11/ • SUCTION 8" 150# RF
2 A

L 1 1 B OISCHARGE 6" 150# RF

,1 1aTLJ
-+-4- NOZZLE DETAILS ~
11 Y2"

2'-0"

1 '-6"
-[[
2"
HP PAVING 1 oc' -0"

ELEVATION END VIEW

Note· NOJ TO $CALE

COOLING WATER PUMPS UNIT 04: P-405A AND P-4058

FIGURE 15.35 Unit-04: Cooling Water Pumps 04:P-405A and P-4058.
 r-----------------1
1r---------------,1
NOZZLE SCHEDULE
NOZZLE SIZE RATING FACE PROJECTION
1
1
1
- 1
l
l
1
I
I
INLET 8" 150# RF 6"
1 l I OUTLET 1 O" 150# RF 6"
1

N
l I
1 I lJ1 :,, ,__--
--'--
1
....__ 1 -J..+li.
1 ¡-u
1
(!)
1 NOTES:
~
,.._ l I 1. M - FAN MOTOR LOCATION
1 l I
I') 1 l I 2. COOUNG TOWER RESTS WITHIN A
1
in 1 l I 15'-9" X 12'-Q" X 4'-0"
1 1 l I CONCRETE BASIN WALL.
1 1 1
L..... ' ----T""- ______ .J_J
---¡-4·=-3=--r- ­­­­L­s· CONCRETE

PLAN BASIN WALL

1 11'-3" 1

1 1 1 1 1

• •
o1
~~- ir, -~--i -~l.Q"-

~
~
(1)
1
<D
.,
r,- ---:' '.":'"""."""'.""A"'"" - -- ,.,,_---:' ~ - _.._ - -~--, -,,-- -~rr ------------:..... ,SUPPORT LEGS

11
1 11 11 11 1 I H1 11 1 1 4~11 1V11
HJ
11
1 1 EAST ELEVATION
I
1 1 11 NORTH ELEVATION ii NOTE: NOT TO SCALE

COOLING TOWER UNIT 04: CT -406

FIGURE 15.36 Unit-04: Cooling Tower 04:CT-406.
 1.,,1
.,_J
(X)

.n. ..
4'-6"
1 • • ,
~
<I ••
. ..
'.f[
f"} •

..¿)4
4 : : :. •.
02­[­201
­­t­w. ,a·-o·--- .
... e..
~
......
o
>t""'
.. ~ 1
1 ""
trj

1 13'-0" ~
;¡'
~
t:a
~
z
t ~
~
y,
.,,;,:,
o .Q

~
ñ
Q §
:;fJ ;,:,

IL _:_: ~I!! !!!

!!L1rJ ~ .;
--T--'-r-,-- -..=r.: . . -----~----------- TOC ELEV. 103'-6" n ~
º
z>
:j
o
z
~
e,
.
10· 1'-3" 1'-3"

2'-6"

~·'.-·~-
<D
1 ~
in HP PAVING 100'-0"
o
... 4 ~-,··E.2·.1'
-·.;-"""·~-~ ~--~~·
.~, ·~-~~~.-~·iE:,.•:-- z
:;fJ
>
~ ·.. · .. ~
"'é
~
Note· NOT TO SCALE EAST ELEVATION NORTH ELEVATION trj
(fJ

~
PRODUCT CONDENSER UNIT 02: E-201 PEDESTAL ANO FOUNDATION e-
(fJ

FIGURE 15.3 7 Unit-02: 02:E-201. Product Condenser Pedestal and Foundation.

 12'-2"
6°-1· 6'-1"

6'-3"
.• o1
·• . ·r,

P-202 8 W. J0'-6" ~
.. e,
.e
e
' \:,
;,.,
b
--
·•.
.
1 1
t P-202A W. 2J'-6" ;.,
<O
e,
b

. .
1
;,.,

\ -..> /

. . .. . .
¡::::::::.=-=-:.=-=-=.-=-:'!:-e==-=--=-:-
=, TOC ELEV. 101'-0"

11 •.
HP PAVING 100' -0"

. . . ,,
• ..
1
:
<1
.• <1

EAST ELEVATION NORTH ELEVATION

Hett· NOT ID flCN C

PRODUCT PUMPS UNIT 02: P-202A AND P-2028 FOUNDATION

FIGURE 15.38 Urút-02: 02:P-202A & P-202B. Product Pump Foundations.
380 15. PROJECT CXX)RDINATION

6'-0"

1'-9" 2'-5(" , ·-9"

,·-2¡¡ 1'-21i

..
1
...

-·
A A ~1
..,
'1B'1 1f-
1
.. lo lo
"
.: ,q ,; 1..,
·.;.. " .,,. ·~ '.
12-1• DI\. ANCHOR BOLlS
EQUAU.Y SPACED ON A
'5'-3" BOLT ORCU:
~
...
1

TOC EL 101'-0"

1111'· 11: kj - I H.P. PAVING 100'-0"

----1111 · 11 l. 11"·1 -.-.•-.-.-.----------
. . .. ,. :: :: -.~: 1 :·: ~

1111·1111,1~
1111 :11 11 .1
UU.iü>IU

. -: 1 ~~<:J

'" • r

16'-Jd¡" .,
SECTION A-A
Noto· NOT JO SCA1,E

COLUMN UNIT 02: V-203 PEDESTAL ANO FOUNDATION

FIGURE 15.39 Unit-02: 02:V-203. Colu.m.n Pedestal and Fou.ndation.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 14'-0"
7'-0" 7'-0"

4 . 1· o·
.... ·"
1

< . ·. ~ _.
4
;,, ·. 4·
~ ..
. 4·.
.,
4 ..
'4 .
'N .... ~- '°· I P-JQ!_ A E. 26'-0"
1
j-.
--- 1
;,, -+----_.,-. -:-· ·~/~~ .,,j z P­301 B E. 35'­0"

\~~.'Ll__J:.: .
. 4 •
. 4.
....1
;,, 1·-0· '. ·44, 4

•4. ., .
~~! . . . . .
'c,11,,J . ·4 .
,__ · _4_·: ._.._·-+---
-
:.!:
(.)

5
PLAN

'------,
TOC ELEV. 101'-0"

1
.; ., HP PAVING 100'-0"
....
!tE·.•.,· · ...
4 4

., ..
4
4
. .... t, ,..

., ., : "' ...
~ 4
« •, .. .
-
4 \o ' .. 4 '4•
4.· ·4
4 4
·4
;, ·. ·' . .. .
------~
A , /\ • •

EAST ELEVATION NORTH ELEVATION

Note· NOT TO $CALE

REBOILER PUMPS UNIT 03:P-301 A& B PEDESTAL ANO FOUNDATION

FIGURE 15.40 Unit-03: 03:P-301A & B. Reboiler Pumps Pedestal and Foundation.
 12·-o·

··4.
. ·· ••·. . =r i,:;1· . ·..•..·. •. ..
. ..
.
o
Ul
.°
·" ... •
• 1

1 1
1

1
•

...
• .., ••
<11

••

ft.
03­V­303

.>· . :
o E. 30'-6"
1
-;.¡. .L· J: ..:' . :
.
•••• • ~· .=.:I=,.:::! • • ...

o •o
~I ,1 1

1 ~

\ 1 1 /

\l_ _J :----g ---roe ELEV. -103'-9" _J L i,/

.•· .·

..
1'-0 1'-5" 1'-5"
,'

~
1
4 ,'

1 /2° EXPASN. JNT.

." 44
2'-10"
..
. .
io . '· HP PAVING 1 00' -0" W.lL (TYP)

Note: NOT TO SCALE EAST ELEVATION NORTH ELEVATION

LIQUIFIED PHONIUM SEPARATOR UNIT 03: V-303 PEDESTAL ANo FOUNDATION

FIGURE 15.41 Unit-03: 03:V-303.Liquefied Phoniurn Separator Pedestal and Foundation.
 MECHA1'1CAL EQU!PME1'T: FOOTINGS, FOUNDATI01'S, ANO PEDESTALS 383

z
~
o
z

"
. ~·. ,,
~··.' ~~-~··
ª "

A A

--~
.Jº.~15· ,s·Y 12-1" W.. ANCHOR BOLTS
EQUAU.Y SPACED ON A
f8' -3" BOLT CIRCLE

PLAN

~10·-o·

TOC EL. 101'-0"

"11 11 11 PAVING 100' -0"

. '11 •· 11 11
11 _.- 1 "11 . 11 11
11 _,, fJ 11 · 11 11
-11 11 - 11 11
.
·
11 .
1 ~-
t· ·11
·" 11
· 11
• 11
11
11
~-. .,,.~ ·u. u
. ~I ·..
..

~14'-0"
.1
SECTION A-A
Note: NOT TO SCALE

HEATER UNIT 03: H-304 PEDESTAL AND FOUNDATION

FIGURE 15.42 Unit-03: 03:H-304. Heater Pedestal and Foundation.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

384 15. PROJECT CXX)RDINATION

5'-4"

1'-~· 2'- • 1'-&i

1·-1¡· 1·-1¡·
• <O

-"'1
. •.. .. .. • <O
::."':-
si'

.
--
. A o _...;:
1 • co
·,
."'"' "'""'
4.,,·:
{FOl-'10,t,~N 1

. "'
1
--:":'-
-o
io

·~_'!'. :.... 1

12-1 • OIA. »1C1<0R l!Ollli

EQlW.LY SPACm ON A
"'
_.. -s· l!OLT CIRCLE

TOC EL 101 '-0"

H.P. PAVING 100'-0"

1
1

,n,....,nWm,...,,..,.,...,,.I : , • • ·""=
.
. . ...;
-.1·.,· ' . _.
.

..... ..,.. ..• ."'

.. "
..
......
~ ..
·~-·
1
.....

1. .1
SECTION A-A Note: NOT TO SCALE

FLARE STACK UNIT 03: FS-305 PEDESTAL AND FOUNDATION

FIGURE 15.43 Unit--03: 03:Fs.305. Fiare Stack Pedestal and Foundation.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 MECHA1'1CAL EQU!PME1'T: FOOTINGS, FOUNDATI01'S, ANO PEDESTALS 385

5'-4"

1·-~· 2·-ia· 1·-~

·-11 ·-11

. ". ~I ...x
... . . ... el
í
•
• :- .. ~ 1

~-
~
A A
~~ ~f
~
o,
1 1
io ;,,
..
. ~ .• " ,q· .. ~
1

12-1" DIA. NOIOR

OOllS ElllW.LY SP~ED
ON A "4'-e" OOlT
"' ...
CRCtE x
í
•

TOC EL. 101'-0"

.
co
1

"'
13'-11 1/2"
.1
SECTION A-A
Noto· NOT TO SCALE

COLUMN UNIT 04: V-401 PEDESTAL ANO FOUNDATION

FIGURE 15.44 Unit-04: 04:V-401. Column Pedestal and Foundation.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

 1·
4'-6"
.. 1
..

{ " . "
..
" ..
.. ~
04­E­402 A& B
t -
"
E. 28'-0" & E. J6'-9"
..
"°'
•(3 ..
1 ... .. "" 1

15'-0" 1
• 1

~I
v¡I
~I
v¡I
~ PLAN ~ ;;;
-e

'§º
~

I!!!! ,{ ;<>

~::~-- __ - --~~~--TO_C_E_LEV_._10_3_'-_4"
__ ~~~1]: _
~'
' '
'
~
' º
z
~
~

«) 2·-0·
1 /2" EXPASN. JNT.
HP PAVING 100' -o· MATL (lYP)
1
in
c•;.,r:.~.-··,"',.

Note· NOJ JO SCALE EAST ELEVATION NORTH ELEVATION

PRODUCT CONDENSER UNIT 04: E-402 A&B PEDESTAL AND FOUNDATION

FIGURE 15.45 Unit-04: 04:E-402A & B. Product Condenser Pedestal and Foundation.
 ,s·-o·

.' r 1
.
d .; 1 1
V) 1 1 4 "'4 04-E-404
<D
1 ~ E:. 8'­0"
-:.,.

:¡
011

n
• 11
TOC ELEV. 104'-0 3/4"

•4
,o·
<

.,,, 3'-0"

---~m
1
• < 1 /2' EXPASN. JNT. . 4
<O -o· MATL (TYP)
HP PAVING 100'
"

.
<D
.: .: ·.•. -~ :
..
'
~
1
. . .
EAST ELEVATION
NORTH ELEVATION
Note· NOT TO SCALE

PRODUCT REBOILER UNIT 04:E-404 PEDESTAL ANO FOUNDATION

FIGURE 15.46 Unit-04: 04:E-404. Product Reboiler Pedestal and Foundation.
 ~
00
00

11 '-10"
5'-11" 5'-11"

5'-11·
..
o1
. b •
.. •.
..
. ·b..
.~~... . .
.. e,.
. ~ ·.~ b:
¡,.,
•
tP­405~ f:. 14'­9" i !~~1 \__lo o o
,I ~
b • .b.

1
P­405 BUJE:.
21'­J" 1 • •.. . ... - .,...---¡.', -.­b.­ _.._ ~

.b. o
'. -~1·-0· ., ~
~o ~ ·. ': t.~· . t.·

11~~--1---------'---'--L-
~1f: PLAN

ll~---~_>_
. _. . _. _·
4
<J
.
---~--
..
«: .

4-~-·_"~_··._.
.... "·
. ~ ­:

_.~~-~===Ir
.f ü. , .
TOC ELEV. 101'-0"

HP PAVING 1 oo' -o· C>

~
1

1
:--
. ....-..-:·.,.
.

.
. ..
• •
.
.
e '.
.
..• •

.
.
....
<1:

.
·-

. ..
•
.•
.1

4_.
.

EAST ELEVATION NORTH ELEVATION

Noto· NOI TO $CAlE

COOLING WATER PUMPS UNIT 04: P-405A AND P-4058 FOUNDATION

FIGURE 15.4 7 Unit-04:04:P-40SA& P-405B.Cooling Water Pumps Foundation.
 ro
:.·· :·:·· ..·· ~ : .....
···..,~, i <: ..•. : .,•• ,:··.···.: ··~· .• ,.. ~ .......
. ... . . .
.'
..~ ...··:-. .
. . ... ~ · ... -~.·, ··~ ,:
".

. .
o o
1 1
N -t

·:.,. ... '•/· .;.:·...­· ·:.: ... : .. .... _,: -..~~ ·:, .... .. ,:.... .. ~ ..... ,('.' ·.

13,_6•6
---------1-5• ro __, I
1
• •
PLAN
1
5" CONCRETE
1-J -+-----~-~
1 6" BASIN WALL SUPPORT LEGS

n- --n- - - ~- -
11 11 11
-~LJ!LET
11
n- :
11 o1
11
11 11
+ 11--
- - -¡;-~OUTLET-
11
11
11
ff
11
r-,

SECTION A-A SECTION 8-8

NOTE: NOT TO SCAI..E

COOLING TOWER BASIN & FOUNDATION UNIT 04: CT -406

FIGURE 15.48 Unit--04: 04:CT-406. Cooling Tower Basin and Foundation.
 ~

z::si
~ ~

1' • OETAIL 2. IA ~
uwr 112m Sll'POIU:-. ~11CW"" OETMS
COUIN. '8' ~
W.3J-0
12" ~
I ti.
I,2 ,;a·· ~
t
W12x65 ~
00
STRUCTURAL SHAPE S/ZES DETAIL 2.1A DETAIL 2.18 Q
e-

i~eo ;;;
"O

DETAIL 2.18
tr.l 00
~'¡;j
'§º
~
...... ~ ;<>
a: t""tr.l
e º~
TOS 110·-o· W12Jc6.5
00 00 z

::g ~
Wl2Jc65
(M".)
o
~
COUIN. 'A' DETAIL 2. IC :{J
w.s·­c·
roe a tov­o: ~
H.P. PAVING 100'-0" >
z
SJ,
NORTH ELEVATION DETAIL 2.1C tr.l
e-
tr.l
Note· NQT TO SCALE ~
:::3
UNIT 02: PIPE SUPPORT PLAN, ELEVATION ANO DETAILS ~
00

FIGURE 15.49 Unit-02:Pipe Support Plan, Elevations,and Details. >

z
t:,
 ~I
~I

@º"" 02
IIPS-J.I
& .J.2
DITAIL 2A

TOS EL 114'--0"

ros ELJ 12·-o·

DITAIL JA

ros a. no·-o·

WIOxJ9
(rlP.}

DITAIL 28
DITAIL JB
, • THCI( PV.n:.
". SQ. (rlP.}
roe a.rer-e:
H.P. PAVINC ,oo·­o·

NORTH ELEVATION NORTH ELEVAVQN EAST ELEVAVQN NORTH E;LEVATION

Note· NOT TO SQ\LE

UN/TS 02 & 03: MISCELLANEOUS PIPE SUPPORTS 3-6

FIGURE 15.50 Units 02 and 03: Miscellaneous Pipe Supports 3-6.
 8"
-1 Q
W8x31
I 8"
1

8"
W10x39 I tL
1
10,,
1
DITAIL 2A DITAIL JA
STRUCTURAL SHAPE SIZES

roe EL 101·-o· roe EL 101·-o·

H.P. PAVING 100' -o· H.P. PAVING 100'-0"

OITAIL 28 OITAIL 38
Note· NOT TO SCALE

UNITS 02 & 03: CONNECTION DETAILS 2A-3B

FIGURE 15.51 Units 02 and 03: Connection Details 2A-3B.
 ¡!.;:t'

- s:so.
,_
v­r
.
o
DETAIL 4A
UNff CH: COIIHfC'OOHDf:rAILS '4 - O
so.
a·

.
1
;..,
~ MPS-8_
.<o• o
o.1 ,,,.
1 ..
J ~
•

2·-9•
"'l
WBxJ1
(TYP.)
"'
..;
81

TOS El.. 112' -o· DETAIL 40

DETAIL 4C
1/HfT CH: CtJNNf.COON Df:rNI.S '4 - O
TOS f'.L.110'-0"
(TYP.4)

W10xJ9
(TYP.)

DETAIL 48
1 • THCK PLATE:,
roe E:L.101·-o· 11 " SQ. (TYP.)

H.P. PAVING 100'-0"

fAST ELEVATION NORTH ELEVATION NORTH ELEVA TION NORTH ELEVAVON NORTH ELEVATION

Note· NQT TQ SCALE

UNIT 04: MISCELLANEOUS PIPE SUPPORTS 7-10

FIGURE 15.52 Unit-04: Miscellaneous Pipe Supports 7-10.
 11• SQ.
2· 2· 1'-6" l'-6"
-;-;-t-
1 ! 1

TOS EL 110'-0" W8xJI

5/16°
1• THCK PLAIE
5/16"
u;, ~i1-·x 1'­8" LC.

DETAIL 4A

DETAIL 4C

TOC EL 101'-0" 8"

W8x31 -i Q
H.P. PA\lfNG 100'-0" I 8"

y
o, " 1
..,
W8xJ1 º1~ 1

I u70,,
8"
-j
W10x39
1

OETAIL 48 DETAIL 40 STRUCTURAL SHAPE SIZES

Note: NOT TO SCALE

UNIT 04: CONNECT/ON DETAILS 4A-0

FIGURE 15.53 Unit-04:Connection Details 4A-D.
 ...,
o
-
~
\Jl
U\
~
e
2.
'7
~
t!J
,.."'
s,..
~
e:
()Q
::r
s·
()Q

~o.
o
'"O o
1
~ <BID
'"O
ca
111
~
V>
e
--- --- l[)
l[)
s
o
s'
"O
"S!.
':<
,z :i:
:::l
z
C)
21 ::J ~
~ :X: -- t:PS-2 o
u

,~
~ W. 20'-o•--L.Uf'IO"'-

~ ~
~ :iE I L-100-1 ~
o 1·-c 4- 10 O'.:
rJ)
e"C
IB NI 1 <(
o
"C
C)
z ~
1 >
t: o z
z o

;
1 o
=> t:
z
=> g
z
~ o
1
i

__ _.t..,_,PS-J
UNIT-03 - MATCHLINE- - O'---O"
 ~-- 8
r
---=-=--
---------------
1
1
t!l
~
~. !
,s"'
~
C)
a§ IC
f
! ¡I
¡I

~ o o
"O

l--
¡I
1
OllOUIIO ROO
1 L{)
º1 DETAIL 'A' L{) ;;;
GROU('II} WELL CUP -e
wl :i
z
::J
l5 I I"-:_-:_-:_-_--_---- - t~-fo.-o·~--UJl'SI
!:::
::;E
'§º
~
::J
~
1./ ,
;<>
~1-E 102
::;E
~I 1
1 ... ,,,. .,,. ...........
SIZll<fMl't'"'lMISSHm~_../~\
..,, -;i,
¡• ~OCUP
- +------
f - --.-- º~
i'et::.5 z

­­z
f.16-0" <(
f- - / 1• PVC 1Y1' l. - - ~
z Ü&'~i'.iiiiM~!~iiilff~IL
~ L,~-: ) o
CROUND CÚP - - - - ~ - - -- - ;.. ~ - - MU

1
!:::
z
PfJJolP PNJ 1 1 I CROUNO CUP ~
_-.-4:i""HP~,,.-
1--¿-~-~:S~,H,¡'="·.-_-=:.~-:-;•""4.-.~:---·
...... il@_ !,To_
(¡r.-~ ¡¡.¡¡ 11-v-102
~~·~ '"-'"aml"i.-~i·_., 1 WJ ~ -e-W - --
~- 1 __ . lajal

------------
-· ¡u' -
q_~
" ~-j'
,,
1
1

~-~-·-- -
-
-
-
- ~ROUND
-
WD..L
PS-L,. - ---
_J
UNIT -03 MATCHLINE o' -0"
 o
1
l{)
l{)

(J)

""ca
111
f--
o 2
s' .....1
21 <(
~ w
~
<(
~
o N
IB
C)
o
z f--
z
:::>

t
L
~u
MPS-3.2

_________
~-'5°1

( L-202 ) 1·-c ._12 _L..,L_

/-::..

~u
_ H.P. PAVING EL 100' -O"

-------t~~
.
1
_ ,........l

UNIT 04 MATCH LINE o' -o"

FIGURE 15.56 Unit-02: Electrical: Lighting and Power Supply.
 -
'T1

~
o
t'I1
....
V\
(n
_,
e:
2.
, - - - - - - - - r - - -~-------r,
- - -- - -----------TCROUH0-1\
- - - -- W.
UNIT 02 AREA LIMIT W. 40'-0"

~I~
-tPSN~

ij
[!]
f
~ .
+/,
,
,..._ 1
1
1

-~ -~'is -i~--1 O
~
S'. '::"·:-="=
8
J.JLJ.3~~~~0a.JI' .,-/ ~MN J/CROUHO cu> //~ 1
~ 't. 'E"w.lf-o·

~--
o o

u¡~~::i.:
a I 1 02-P-2028 ::
se: 1

l{)
~.,, l{) DrlM. .... ,. ttaT
11 ~
~
¡:,
(/) 1 -J w
3 ~
:l:!
"O
m 1- ~~,¡,02-P-202A1
o
~ ¿ QQ'A/L 'A'
.Gli!lUtll2...I E~ 't. 1 ei
=l _J
I ~
tí
-t""~ ~ ~
<(
w
so
>
o::
<(
1 ,--- ~
m
l'[l
o
z
N
o -- /
<,
..:e.
\
o
1-
~

1- / \ z
z CÍCROUHO CU' \
=:)
=:) 1
I
I
/
/
/
I
I
___ ¡- -
1• 1'1.1:TYP.-_,¡

----- 1
H.P. PAVING EL 1 oo' -o· - - --::i
-------t~~
UNIT 04 MATCH LINE 0'-0"
 -
"r'.I
C)

~
-
t!1
V,
Úl
00
MATCH
PS-3
e:
2.
7
.L.mElil2

~-
~
t!l
O> e ~. . . . ~ ,om« P#CL

"S'. CCtM. CAt.l.OII" LQff nm.M f1ICIURt CIIICUf

m

-
~ e:::::) e­....... "°"""' r
,.......,...
OOfCU'f/aa( No. .......::umlO HDOH1'

ª
,._ ~ MOll'EOIW>I

E:;' .--------
s ,
,~ o
>
r-
!il
()Q 1
~¡:,. o ~
"ti
o
1 z
"ti
s ( L-301 )
e.o
L{)
C)
$!)
ca ----....
O>
.... r
111 (J)
ci
o '6 1"-C ._,2 z :i:
:::l
'2.
s' ':<
t::
z
C)
21 ::E >
z
~ ::J o
~~~-_!__ : ~~

~ ( P-3019)- - - - 1 Fl-3~ 1 "' A @ sa::: ~m

-1
;x,
o \ l / _...,..

4
, <, r,
rJ)
<( e"C
0-
\,...,...L_-4--=-0.,...1-....,1"' - - - I
IB _ J <, /
C)
z ------. <, /
n
o ""~
f~-P-31)1ª_ 1 1 P-301 >
1 z
1·-c 4- 2 t:: o
01 ~ I; : 1 z C)
;x,
L~l00-1
-c 4-
1
=> o
I!
2g
·~IR I
1 10 1
"'I e¿
zC)
~ 1·-c ._#2 IT'-:

h1 s:z
"C

i ~ ... -.. ~
i --f
w:~
I' f3=-P-3Q1A.._ I
1 l(Q)I I
G-- _J
~
__ !PS-5
( P-301A)
_ _ _ _ ---
H.P. PAVIN: 1~-:_J
UNIT 03 AREA LIMIT E. 40' -0"
 ----- -----
-N-~

8
1
1

~- _-:-: >~~=t====~ 1 .
o
1
<O
L{)
;;;
1 z -e

................... WU:.U.
'º
1 !::::
IE! DrTM.'A' ON 1MS
~ ~
GROUHO ww. 1 _J

1 ¡::í ~
I")
o:::
<(
º
z
~
O I I") ~
!:::: o
ZI 1 !::::
::> z
1 1 ::>

I' 1
1

1
--~
H.P. PAVING 100·-o·
~
UNIT 03 AREA LIMIT E. 4<1-0"-~ - -
 -e
'TI
G)

-°'
g{
<.n
o
MATCH UNE O' -0" SEE UNIT 02
PS-3
e:
e.
7
~
t!l
(1)
....
s
--- w-
m
r
~
e: r------- f_ 04-E-4.Q.4

ª
(IO
1
~ 1
Qr-
s·
·-'2
1

o
-------~ ----------------
(IO
C P-401 ) r-c !il
~e, 1
o ~
z
""~
l.{)

! tB@
o l.{)

ca"" ... t ~ I~ f;l

r
(1)
04-P=.40i.i¡_ r
111 u, (/)
,2 ~ ci
.g ..__
e
( P-405A) 1 v-c ...

1,~ /'/
o
'2. !::: o-_ :Jllf 1 !::: :i:
:::l
s' ':< :::E :::E z
C)
21
<
::J >
z
~
~
a::
f_ 04-P=.4~ : d o
~m
~ -c C P-4058~ f.MPS:9, ,> .. __.,.. ;x,
o 'SI- o- - / 1 IIH-3'-0º fl- •y rJ)
e"C
IB o ¡ I , , /
C)
z .L / -, ( L-401 ) 1·-c •-'2 '1 ""~
!::: ,,,- -'----~-------..../ 1 >
z
z o
=>
;
4r~­2_
.,¡,_04-E-402 A \ o
y - \
\
1 g
I z
MPS-8 o

a--.: -[~ ='---~

1
s:z
"C
\

==____;[f- rt
\
1
0-4-E--402-_!3
1 1
UPPER PLAN V-401 1

L_ EL 1251 -01 & ABOVE

UNIT 04 AREA LIMIT E. 40' -0"

-°' -
Vt MATCH UNE O • -O" SEE UNIT 02
PS-3

DETAil 'B'
D:PtCN M2lQR CRQtlHQ

,.,,,--- ...... __,-""--- CROUNO WEU.

l
CROUNO CUP
-----:!
I o1
-
- 14-P-405
I
o
A
_ ... / I
A'
,1
I ....
"1-. -F:2-- - ;;;
\ 1 -e
I
t::
'§º
j
J ~ 04-CT-406 CROUNO CUP
~
r u t:
-,a·--o" ::::J ~
v r V E. ~-----,
"
<( J ¡,
w -e 04-P-405 B <(
w
1, ~- ;<>

º
O'.'. " ¡... O'.'.
<(
1
<( z
tj- tj- ~
0 o ~
t:: 1-
z
:::> 8 z
:::>

MPS-8

1
1 DETAil 'A'

L_ __
J.B!l!/.M1....I

PS-5
UNIT 04 AREA LIMIT E. 40'-0"
 30 MODEL VIEWS: UNITS 01--04 403
30 MODEL VIEWS: UNITS 01-04

FIGURE 15.62 Northeast view of Units 01, 02, 03 and 04.

PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN

404 15. PROJECT CXX)RDINATION

FIGURE 15.63 Southeast view of Units 01, 02, 03 and 04.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 30 MODEL VIEWS: UNITS 01--04 405

FIGURE 15.64 Southwest view of Units 01, 02, 03 and 04.

PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN

406 15. PROJECT CXX)RDINATION

FIGURE 15.65 Northwest view of Units 01, 02, 03 and 04.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

AppendixA
Dimensional Data-p. 408

AppendixB
Alphabet of Lines-p. 448

Appendix C
Review of Math-p. 449

AppendixD
Use of the Calculator-p. 450

Appendix E
Architect's Scale-p. 453
 Appendix A: Dimensional Data

WELDED FITTINGS-FLANGES 150# RFWN

1"
NOM. PIPE SIZE (in) 2" 22 3" 4" 6" 8" 1 o" 12" 14" 16" 18"
F
1
O.O. Of PIPE 2 .J.8 2Z8 3i 41.2 5.2.8 s.2.8 1 o.J.4 12.J4 14 16 18
WT
E T
V 90l.R. ELL A 3 3-¡3 4i 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27
L I 45.L.R. ELL
4) B 1 J8 1 J4 2 2~ 3Í 5 6t 712 g.J
4 10 11-l
O N
G fil HALF TEE e 212 3 3j 418 5 .§.8 7 8~ 10 11 12 13~
s 8- REDUCER H 3 31.2 31.2 4 5i
6 7 8 13 14 15

A 3 4i 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27
STO. B 1J8 2 212 3J4 5 11t
90'
&
45·
e 4J 8i 12J4 17
D 3i 6 9 12
E 4-12 82 12.J4 17

F M
IA
trJf 90º&WN FLG 5-12 5-12 7-14 9 12~ 16 19 22~ 26 29 32~
T K
T E
1
+nt TEE&WN FLG 5 5J4 6 .i8 7i 9i 11 12~ 14i 16 17 1914
N U
G p ~ 45º&WN FLG 3Z8 4~ 4Í si 7t 9 1 o-14 12 13J4 15 19

F
o 6 7 7i 9 1 1 13~ 16 19 21 2312 25
R
FA
L
l~I~ L 2~ 21 2-i 3 3i 4 4~ 4 5 5 5~
w~
'r
1 1 1
.J 15 15 3 7
NE \ ! ; T 4 8
i
16 16 1
1i 115 1t 1i 115 1 f6
9

s 1 1 / 16" RAISED FACE INCLUDED ON 'L' & T DIMENSIONS

R
F
L Í/'()'\lG o 6 7 7i 9 11 13~ 16 19 21 2312 25
TA 1
1 -
_ _ I~ L 2-i 3 3 3t 3j 4t 4t 4j 5t st si
J ~ - 1=-r
T 1 1i 1~ 1136 1.l4 1~ 1,76 112 1 .§.8 1.U
16 1 16Ll
E
s .\ /T_J L
l G .J.
16
3
16
3
16
3
16 16
.J. .J.
16
.J.
16
.J.
16 8
1
8
1
8
1

NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES 150#

408
 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 409

VALVES 150#
NOMINAL PIPE SIZES (in) 2 3 4 6 8 1 O 12 14 1 6 18
O.O. of PIPE 2j 3t 4t 6~8 8~8 10i 12j 14 16 18

G
A [z~---tr 1
?
L7
H 15Í
8
20i 25Í
9 1ot 111 13
35-l- 44 52~
14 15 16 17
60~ 70f 79i 89
o
T
E _ H ----'=:- P1PE SIZE 8 9 10 14 16 18 18 22 24 27
L 11 i
V o
G
L 1
-----~-h ? H
8 9i
19~4
16 19t
* * * * *
A EB
T
o
13i 16~ 24~ 26
* * * * *
L
V e
H~ 8 9 10 12 16
* * * * *
E o L 10 11-i 13¡ 17Í 21¡ 26~
* * * *
s ~R
[~ H 27i 28,76 29,76 38 39-l 46-l
* * * *
o
L
H- o 13i 13-A- 13i 16 16 21i
* * * *
e
L 8 9~ 1 1 .12 14 19~ 24i 27~ 35 39
H
E
e
1-L-J __rH
---, H 5 6 7 9 10:t 12i 13-i 18 20~
*
K
*
150# RF
NOTE: All DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
• REFER to VENDOR CATALOG

G
A
1
L - ----
LL :::; - ?
1 L 71 2 8 21 9 21
H 15i 20i 25t
11
35t
12 13~ 14~ 15~ 16~ 17~
43 52i 60i 70t 79Í 89
o
T
E _ H---=- PIPE SIZE 9 10
8 14 14 18 18 22 24 27
st 10 12 16~ 20
* * * * *
[~?
G 1
L
V o H 13i 16~ 19i
A B
E
o
24~ 26
* * * * *
L
V e
8 9 10 12 16
* * * * *
L 10t 12t 14! 18-l 21Í 27
E oN
s * * * *
T
R [~ H 27Í 28t5 29,76 38 39.¡. 46f
* * * *
o
L
e
-H o 13i 13-! 13-! 16 16 21-!
* * * *
H 1-L-J __[H L 8~ 10 12 14t 20 25 28 35-l 39-l
*
E
e N-i- H 5 6 7 9 1ot 12t 13t 18 20~
K
*
150#RTJ
NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
• REFER to VENDOR CATALOG

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

410 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA

WELDED FITTINGS­FLANGES
, .. 300# RFWN
NOM. PIPE SIZE (in) 2" 22 3" 4" 6" 8" 1 o" 12" 14" 16" 18"
F O.O. Of PIPE 2i 2i 3-± 4-± 6i 8~8 1 Ot 12t 14 16 18
u 90l.R.
1
W T
E T
ELL A 3 3t 4t 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27
L I tP 45l.R. ELL B 1i 1t 2 2-t 3t 5 6-;t" 7i 8t 10 11{
D N fil HALF TEE
G e 2t 3 3Í 4 81 Si 7 8-i 10 1 1 12 13t
s D- REDUCER H 3 3{ 3-f 4 st 6 7 8 13 14 15

o- A 3 3t 4-± 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27
, 1.J.8 1 .J.4 2 2t 3.J.4
STO.
1 B 5 6f 7-± 8t 10 11-;t
90" A E e 4j st 6t 12t st 17 21t 25-t 29..l4 34 38t
&
45·
e 8 ~ J_ D 3-k 3¡ 4i 6 9 12 15 18 21,1 24,1 27151
Lb E 4{ 5 -2.8 6i Bf 12{ 17 2114. 25t 29tt 34ts 38~

F M
IA
V 90º&WN FLG 5t 6t 7i gj 12í 16Í 19i 23-k 26i 29t 33f
T K
T E
1
~ TEE&WN FLG st 6 6 .12 7-± 9j 11j 13-k 1 si 16-i 17t 19-i
N U
G p ~ 45"&WN FLG 4-lf 4t 5i si 7i 9i 10¡ 12-i 14..l8 15t 171

F
o 6t 7! 8.} 10 12t 15 17,t 2Dt 23 25.12 28
R
FA
L
1 ? I& 1 1
L 2t 3 3t 3! 3¡ 4·i 4i si si si 6f
w~
'r
1
7
T 2 2 2"é" 2+ 2 ~
Ne
s
\ ! ; 1
8

1 / 1 ff'
1 1i 1t 1f6 1i 1f
RAISED FACE INCLUDED ON 'L' & 'T' DIMENSIONS

R
r
L t-7-'"o'~G oL 6t 7i" st
10 12-t 15 17f 2w 23 25f 28
3,\ 3{s 3/s 3Pe 4(5 4ti 4}i 5/s s}i 6ré 6;\
T~ 1 - - ,_:]_
JG 1 r=r T 1-k 1f 1 ~ 1..L2 1ti 1i 2t 2t 2-i 2t 2i
E
s \ / T_J T G T
1 1
T
1
T
1 ..l.
4 T
1
T T
1 ..L4 4
1
4
1
T
1

NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES 300#

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 411

VALVES 300#
NOMINAL PIPE SIZES (in) 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 1 6 18
O.O. of PIPE 2¡ 3f 4f 6i 8! h Ot 12j 14 16 18
G
L~~- i- ... o! L 8f 11 i 12 1s¡ 16f 18 19i 30 33 36
A
T
1 / l H 18t 23-l- 28{- 38i 47 56f 64-l- 74i 80-a- 91
E ,______ H ------'.:: ,_ PIPE S1ZE IJ 8 9 10 14 16 20 20 27 27 30

V 6
G
1
____ :t,-? L 1of 12-!
* * * * *
H 17t 2ot
14 17f 22
A a \- * * * * *24f 29i 36f
L E H o 9 10
* * * * * 14 18 24
V e
L 1 ü-l 12 t 14-} 18i 22¡ 27Í
E o
s ~ L4~f-b 1 H 27¡ 28i~ 29~ 38 39f 46-l-
* * * *
o h3i 13} 13-t 16 16 21i ** ** ** **
J_ ~ ,/
R
o -H-
L
e
t-L--J__rH L 1ot 12t 14 17 f 21 ~4t 28
e
H
E
N-i- H 6j sf 9j 11 Í 14 15 16t
* * *
K
* * *
300# RF
NOTE: All. DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
• REFER to VENDOR CATALOG

L 9 -1 11 l 12i 16t 17-k 18i 20i 30! 33j 36i

G
A
T
f;~ i- .. ot
1 H 18f 23{- 28-;} 38i 47 56t 64-l- 74i 80i 91
E ....__ H----'.:: ..... PIP[ ~ o 8 9 10 14 16 20 20 27 27 30
L 11 ti 13i 14i 18-t 22!
V6
G
1
-----1-? H 17t 20t 241 * * * * *
AB ~
o 9 10 14
291 36J
18 24 * * * * *
L E
V e
H
L 11 i 13i 15i
* * * *
19t 23 28f
*
E o
L ~~f~b
s ~R LL ,/ H 27¡ 28~ ~9~
* * *
38 39t 46t
*
1
* * * *
o
L
e
-H- o 13i 13i 13i ·15 16 21i
* * * *
H !-L-i __rH L 11 l 13i 14i 18i 21i 25i 28i
* * *
E
e N-,- H 6j 8f 9Í 11 i 14 15 16Í
K
NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
* * *
• REFER to VENDOR CATALOG 300#RTJ

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

412 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA

WELDED FITTINGS-FLANGES 600# RFWN

NOM. PIPE SIZE (in) 2" 221" 3" 4" 6" 8" 1 o" 12" 14" 1 6" 18"
F O.O. Of PIPE 2i 2i 3f 4t 6j 8-º-8 1 Oj 12-i 14 16 18
1
W T t? 90l.R. ELL A 3 3t 4! 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27
1! 1t
E T
L I 4} 45l.R. ELL B 2 2t 3t 5 6f 7f 8{ 10 11t
ON
G é HALF TEE e 2-t 3 3Í 4-t 5! 7 8 -t 10 11 12 13f
s f3- REDUCER H 3 3-l 3f 4 5 -t 6 7 8 13 14 15

o- A 3 3t 4t 6
9 12 15 18 21 24 27
, 1.J.8 1 .J.4 2 2.12 3.J.4 5
STO.
f B 6t 71 81 10 11-l-
90'
&
A E e 4j st 6 f 8f 12-i 17 21t 2st 29-i 34 38-}
~
45"
e B ~ o 3i 3¡ 458 6 9 12 15 18 21lt 2411 2711
L:::j E 4t 5j 6Í 8 21 12t 17 21-l- 25-t 2~ l3411 38,Í

F M
IA 90-&WN FLG 6-t 7-k 8 1 ot 13Í 17! 21.} 24! 27t 31t 34t
~
T K
T E ~
1
TEE&WN FLG si 6j 51.8 8Í 1 o-t 12-t 14t 16Í 17t 19.} 22-t
N U
G p sat 45º&WN FLG 4t Si st 6t 8! 10-t 12-t 13-fr 15f 171 18-i

l~J¡T f oL 61
F 7! 8t 10t 14 16-t 20 22 23-i 27 29f
R L
FA 3t 3! 3f 4t 4! s-t 6t 6! 6t 7-r 7t
w~
'r
1 1 1
T 1t 1! 1-t 1 t 2-t 2ts 2 -i- 2t 3 3f 3-t
NE
s
\ ! ; 1 1 / 4" RAISED FACE INCLUDED ON 'L' & 'T' DIMENSIONS

R L
F
t-;'cf'\lG o 6! 7-t 81 10t 14
3(6 3ts 3& 4(5 41-i
1 6f 20 22 23t 27 29-l-
5(6 6fs 6ii 5-ij 7(6 7~
TA 1 - _ I~ L
J ~ 1 1=--r T 211f6 3 3t 3f 3f 3-t
/r-' r
1+ 1i 1t 2 2i
E
s \ G 3
16
3
16 fg fs 163
fg fs ls fs f6 fs
NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES 600#

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 413

VALVES 600#
NOMINAL PIPE SIZES (in) 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 1 6 18
o.l4 12-i 14
O.O. of PIPE 2¡ 3~ 4~ 6j 8j 16 18
1 L 11~ 14 17 22 26 31 33 35 39 43
A r ;
1
G ----
--
T
- o1
H 18t l25i 32 f42i s2t 62t 70 r:nt 83j 93i
E H - - PIPE SIZE u 8 10 14 20 24 27 27 30 30 36
L 14 17 22
* * * * * *
----~tr?
G
1 11 t
V o
L
r H 19 23! 27t 35
* * * * * *
A BE
L H o 10 12 18 24
* * * * * *
V e 11 t

LfEB
E No ¿ L 13-l 15t 20 24 t29j
* * * *
s r H Q7Í 28fs 29(6 38 39,l 46-l-
* * * *
T

o
R
o -H- 16 16 21i
L
e
13i 13i 13i
* * * *
L
--. *
11-! 22 26 31 33
H
E
e
t-L-1 ~H
H
14 17
* *
K 7 9 1ot 13-! 15-t 18Í 21-!
* * *
NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
* REfER to VENDOR CATALOG 600# RF
G 1
A r; ----tr- 9 L
H
11¡
181.4
14i
l25t
17i
32
22i 26-a- 31-a- 33i 35-k 39-A 43i
f4-2 Í s2t 62t 70 77i 83i 93'.f
o
T
E 1-- PIPE stZE 8 10 14 20 24 27 27 30 30 36
--H-
L 11 i
G
L 1
-----1r? H
14-k 17i 22i
* * * * * *
V o ~
A BE
o
19 23-! 27-! 35
* * * * * *
L
V e
~H
L
10
11 Í
12 18 24
* * * *
20i 24i Q9j
* *
E oN
s
1
} ----f- ¿I H
13i
l27i 2~ 29fs 38
15i
* * * *
~ 39-l- 46-l-
* * * *
T /
R
o
L
e
-H-
o 13-k 13i 13i 16 16 21i
* * * *
L i
H
E
e
t-L-1 ~H 11 14-a- 17-a- 22i 26i 31i ~3i
* * *
K
~
H 7 9 1ot 13t 15-! 18j 21~
* * *
600# RT J
NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
• REFER to VENDOR CATALOG

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

414 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA

SCREWED FITTINGS
1" 3" 1-41" 121" 1"
NOMINAL PIPE SIZES (in) ? 4 1" 2" 22 3"
3000 # A 116
5 1.1
2
13
4 2 2.J
8
2.1
2 Yg 31
4
90ºELL
~ 6000 # A 1.1
2
13
4 2 2.J 2..1
8 2
31
8 3Í 415
3

Afi] A 5 1.1
3000 # 116 2 13
4 2 2i 2..1 3i
2
3l.
4
TEE
6000 # A 1.1
2
1 3 2 2.J 2.1 3.J 33
4 8 2 8
3
4 415
3000 # B 1
5
1...l. 1f6
8
7
116 111
1
16 2 215 2~
45ºELL
~ 6000 # B 8
5 1li 1li 123
1...l. 1f6 1
32 16 32 215 2~ 31
8
cc=i 3000 # e 1l
8 2
23 2-º- 3.1 3.J
8 8 8 8 3i
4..l

-E:3
4
COUPLING
6000 # e 1l 2 2.J 2-2· 3.1 33 3i 4..1
o
8 8 8 8 4
8

@J
3000 # 2...l. 2165 2..1 213 3-1 3...l. 315 41
8 2 16 8 2 16 2
UNION
6000 # D 2Z8 3.J8 358 3Z8 4153 4-28 515
3 5115
16
NORMAL THREAD 3000 # 1
2
9
16
11
16
11
16
11
16
.J
4
15
16 1
ENGAGEMENT 6000 # 1
2
9
16
11
16
11
16
11
16
.J 15
16 1

rt3¡?
4

G L 3196 4 .1
2 4i 5 5.1
2 7
* *
A
T H si2 si4 9,\ 1O7 8 11,76 14,t * *
H PIPE SIZE E
o 4 si si 6
2
1 7 8
* *

r~ L 4'º- 7
G
L
3i 8 6-;t 7j 9
* *
o H s.1. 8t5 , ,i2 12,~ , 4.l.2
8 1~
* *
o
B
E 4 4~ 5..Q_
4 4 8 8 8
* *
1
1
S-J s t=i 14 14 V4
w _J

~ TO TO TO TO TO TO
V4 V4 14 V4 114
TO TO
A e=:> 3/É V2 3t4 1 114 1 V2 2V4 21h
s
G
1111 ~ E 23A 3 31h 4 4V2 6V2 7 8

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 415

SOCKET WELD FITTINGS

1" 3"
NOMINAL PIPE SIZES (in) 2 4 1" 14
1"
1-21 " 2" 22
1"
3"
_L_H:b
Ái
3000 # A
90ºELL
1i 115
5
1~ 1i 2 2i 3 3j
o-' ~
6000 # A 115 1
5
d 1í 2 2i 2d 3t 3i

J-tf ,~~ 3000 # A ¡ 2i

5
1¿ 115 1~ 1 2 3 3j
D TEE
6000 # A 115 1
5
d 1¡ 2 2i
2d 3-¡. 3j

o,~
7 5 7
3000 # B 8 1 1i 1f6 115 1 ll
1
16 215 2d

.-- '• B
45ºELL
6000 # B 5 1

m:~D
123
1 115 1.11
32 1ll
u
1i
"1
16 32 215 2~
3000 #
COUPLING
e 1~ 1d 1í 1i 2 2~ 2~ 2í

6000 # e 1~ 1d
1i 1~ 2 2~ 2i 2d
3000 # E 5 2j_ 213 3..l 3..l 315 4j_

o~]
2..l
8 215 2 16 8 2 16 2
UNION
6000 # E 27
8
33
8
35
8
318 4163 4-º-8 3
516 51º
16

SOCKET
3000 #
DEPTH 6000 # o 2
1 9
16
5
8
11
16
3
4
7
8
11.
8
11
8
o 11
16 4
3 7
8
15
16 1 , 1.
8
11
2
1.2
8

1
L' G L 3196 412 4Í 5 512 7
* *
Lz --- o A
T H 5--1.. 3--1..4
2 91\ 1 o.z.
8 11,76 14, 1 * *
H~~
E
o 4 s1 5¡ 5..l
2 7 8
* *
-r o L 4-º-8 6-l-
[)~
7
G
L
3~ 7i 9
* *
H e 116 1Ü*8
~>---
o 5.Z. 11--1.. 14..l2

s,
2 12,36
-X- -X-
1 8

o
B
E 4 4.J 52.
H 8 8 8
*
-,(-
4 4
•1 . s t:::i ~ ~ 1/4 1/4 1/4 ~ 1/4 1Ai
w ____J
1-- TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO

==
A :::::::>
e:::, 3/s 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 21/4 21h
s
G
1 1
E 2314 3 31h 4 41/2 61/2 7 8

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

416 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA

WELDED FITTINGS-FLANGES 150# RFWN

NOM. PIPE SIZE (mm) 50.8 63.5 76.2 101.6 152.4 203.2 254 304.8 355.6 406.4 457.2

F
1
O.D. Of PIPE 60.3 73.0 88.9 114.3 152.4 203.2 254 304.8 355.6 406.4 457.2

WT
E T
if790l.R. ELL A 76.2 95.3 114.3 152.4 228.6 304.8 381.0 457.2 533.4 609.6 685.8

L I ~ 45l.R. ELL B 34.9 44.5 50.8 63.5 95.3 127.0 158.8 190.5 222.3 254.0 285.8
O N
G fil HALF TEE e 63.5 76.2 85.7 104.8 142.9 177.8 215.9 254 279.4 304.8 342.9
s -E3- REDUCER H 76.2 88.9 88.9 101.6 139.7 152.4 177.8 203.2 330.2 355.6 381.0

1-
A 76.2 95.2 114.3 152.4 228.6 304.8 381.0 457.2 533.4 609.6 685.4
,
STO. B 34.9 44.5 50.8 63.5 95.3 127.0 158.8 190.5 222.3 254.0 285.8
f
90'
&
A E e 111.1 139.7 165.1 215.9 323.9 431.8 539.8 647.7 755.7 863.6 971.6
45· '
e B ~ D 79.4 98.4 117.5 152.4 228.6 304.8 304.8 457.2 535.0 611.2 687.4

L ::::::i E 114.3 142.9 168.3 215.9 323.9 431.8 539.8 647.7 757.2 865.2 973.1

F M
IA
~ 90"&WN FLG 139.7 165.1 184.2 228.6 317.5 406.4 482.6 571.5 660.4 736.6 825.5
T K
T E ~
1
TEE&WN FLG 127.0 146.1 155.6 181.0 231.8 279.4 317.5 368.3 406.4 431.8 482.6

N U
G p ~ 45º&WN FLG 98.4 114.3 120.7 139.7 184.2 228.6 260.4 304.8 349.3 381.0 482.6

F
o 152.4 177.8 190.5 228.6 279.4 342.9 406.4 482.6 533.4 596.9 635
R
FA l?I~
L
1 1 1 L 63.5 69.9 69.9 76.2 88.9 101.6 101.6 114.3 127 127 139.7
w~
NE
s
\ i; 'r 1
T 19.l 22.2 23.8 23.8 25.4 28.6 30.2 31.8

1.6 (mm) RAISED FACE INCLUDED ON 'L' & 'T' DIMENSIONS

34.9 36.5 39.7

R
F
L
o 152.4 177.8 190.5 228.6 279.4 342.9 406.4 482.6 533.4 596.9 635.0
TA L 69.9 76.2 76.2 82.6 95.3 108 108 120.7 133.4 133.4 146.1
J ~
E
~~~~
T=r L
T 25.4 28.6 30.2 30.2 31.8 34.9 36.5 38.1 41.3 42.9 46

s l G 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 3.2 3.2 3.2

NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS 150#

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 417

VALVES 150#
NOMINAL PIPE SIZES (mm) 50.8 76.2 101.6 152.4 203.2 254 304.8 355.6 406.4 457.2

O.O. of PIPE 60.3 88.9 114.3 168.3 219.1 273.1 323.9 355.6 406.4 457.2

L
~-*=~?
1 177.8 203.2 228.6 266.7 292.1 330.2 355.6 381 406.4 431.8
G L
A .L
T H 400.1 527.1 654.1 895.4 1092.2 1333.5 1536.7 1784.4 2025.7 2260.6
E .__ H L.- PIPE SIZE o 203.2 228.6 254 355.6 406.4 457.2 457.2 558.8 609.6 685.8
L * * * *
-----_-h? *
G 203.2 241.3 292.1 406.4 495.3
L 1
V o H
o 203.2 228.6 254 304.8 406.4 ** ** **
\- * *
349.3 419.1 501.7 622.3 660.4
A B
E
L
V e
1--H--l
L 254 298.5 352.4 450.9 542.9 673.1
* *
E o
s R~ I¿ ~~i~~ ¿ H 708.0 722.3 747.7 965.2 997 1174.8
* * * *
o 333.4 333.4 333.4 406.4 406.4 536.6 ** ** *
o
/ /' 1
*
i---H-
L
e * *
H t-L-J __[H L 203.2 241.3 292.1 355.6 495.3 622.3 698.5 889 . 990
*
E
e N-, H 127 152.4 177.8 228.6 260.4 308 349.3 457.2 520.7
K
*
150# RF
NOTE: ALL OIMENSIONS ARE IN MIWMETERS
• REfER to VENDOR CATALOG

1
----·lrt, ¿¡ L 190.5 215.9 241.3 279.4 304.8 342.9 368.3 393.7 419.1 444.5
G
A t ) H 400.1 527.1 654.1 895.4 1092.2 1333.5 1536.7 1784.4 2025.7 2260.6

o
T
E .._. PIPE SIZE 203.2 228.6 254 355.6 406.4 457.2 457.2 558.8 609.6 685.8
-H-
1 215.9 254 304.8 419.1
* * * *
508
*
------tt,- ?
G
L 1

H H
V o
() 203.2 228.6 254 304.8 406.4 * * * * *
A BE
\- 349.3 419.1 501.7 622.3 660.4

L
V e
* * * *
L 266.7 311.2 365.1 463.6 555.6 685.8
*
E oN
s L ----·i~ 1
? H 708.0 722.3 747.7 965.2 997 1174.8
* * * *
o 333.4 333.4 333.4 406.4 406.4 536.6 ** ** ** *
T .L
R
o H-
L
*
e
H
E
e N~H L 215.9 254 304.8 368.3 508 635 711.2 901.7 1003.3
H 127 152.4 177.8 228.6 260.4 308 349.3 457.2 520.7
*
K
*
150#RTJ
NOTE: ALL OIMENSIONS ARE IN MIWMETERS
* REFER to VENOOR CATALOG

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

418 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA

WELDED FITTINGS-FLANGES 300# RFWN

NOM. PIPE SIZE (mm) 50.8 63.5 76.2 101.6 152.4 203.2 254 304.8 355.6 406.4 457.2

F
1
O.O. Of PIPE 60.3 73.0 88.9 114.3 152.4 203.2 254 304.8 355.6 406.4 457.2

WT V90l.R. ELL A 76.2 95.3 114.3 152.4 228.6 304.8 381.0 457.2 533.4 609.6 685.8
ET
L I ~ 45l.R. ELL B 34.9 44.5 50.8 63.5 95.3 127.0 158.8 190.5 222.3 254.0 285.8
O N
G fil HALF TEE e 63.5 76.2 85.7 104.8 142.9 177.8 215.9 254 279.4 304.8 342.9
s -8- REDUCER H 76.2 88.9 88.9 101.6 139.7 152.4 177.8 203.2 330.2 355.6 381.0

D- A 76.2 95.2 114.3 152.4 228.6 304.8 381.0 457.2 533.4 609.6 685.4
,
STD.
l B 34.9 44.5 50.8 63.5 95.3 127.0 158.8 190.5 222.3 254.0 285.8
90'
&
A
r..
E e 111.1 139.7 165.1 215.9 323.9 431.8 539.8 647.7 755.7 863.6 971.6
45·
o 79.4 98.4 117.5 152.4 228.6 304.8 304.8 457.2 535.0 611.2 687.4
e~
Ld E 114.3 142.9 168.3 215.9 323.9 431.8 539.8 647.7 757.2 865.2 973.1

FM
IA
TK
tt3l 90º&WN FLG 146.1 171.5 193.7 238.1 0000 415.9 498.5 587.4 676.3 755.7 844.6

T E
1
~ TEE&WN FLG 139.7 152.4 165.1 190.5 238.1 288.9 333.4 384.2 422.3 450.9 501.7
N U
G p sal- 45°&WN FLG 104.8 120.7 142.9 149.2 193.7 238.1 276.2 320.7 365.1 400.1 444.5

RL
F o 165.1 190.5 209.6 254 317.5 381 444.5 520.7 584.2 647.7 711.2
FA lºI~ L 69.9 76.2 79,4 85.7 98.4 111.1 117.5 130.2 142.9 146.1 158.1
w~ ~IL1 T 22.2 25.4 28.6 31.8 36.5 41.3 47.6 50.8 54 57.2 60.3
NE
s 1.6 (mm) RAISED FACE INCLUDED ON 'L' & 'T' DIMENSIONS

RL
F
17-~\lG o 165.1 190.5 209.6 254 317.5 381 444.5 520.7 584.2 647.7 711.2

TA 1 _ _ 1.:J.. L 77.8 84.1 87.3 93.7 106.4 119.1 125.4 138.1 150.8 154 166.7

r
1 -
J ~ - 1=-r
T 28.6 31.8 34.9 38.1 42.9 47.6 54 57.2 60.3 63.5 66.7
E
s \ ¡r:r G 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4

NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS 300#

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 419

VALVES 300#
NOMINAL PIPE SIZES (mm) 50.8 76.2 101.6 152.4 203.2 254 304.8 355.6 406.4 457.2

O.O. of PIPE 60.3 88.9 114.3 168.3 219.1 273.1 323.9 355.6 406.4 457.2

G
A
T
Lz~tt­~? L
H
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
469.9 590.6 717.6 968.4 1193.8 1435.1 1632 1898.7 2035.2 2311.4
E __ H ____!:: .- PIPE S1ZE u 203.2 228.6 254 355.6 406.4 508 508 685.8 685.8 762
G L 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
* * * * *
V
A
L E
6B [~? H
o 228.6 254 355.6 457 609.6 ** ** ** ** **
450.9 520.7 628.7 755.7 927.1

V e L 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000

Eo
6¡ * * * *
s R~
o
L
~f H-
H 708 722.3 747.7 965.2 997 1174.8
o 333.4 333.4 333.4 406.4 406.4 536.6 ** ** ** **
e ¡-L-¡ __[H L 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 *
H
E
e N----i- * *
H 171.5 215.9 247.7 298.5 355.6 381 425.5 * *
K
*
300# RF
NOTE: Ali DIMENSIONS ARE IN MIWMETERS
• REFER to VENDOR CATALOG

G
1
---- o1 L 231.8 298.5 320.7 419.1 435 473.1 51.7.5 777.9 854.1 930.3
A
T
\- ; 11:=-
1 H 469.9 590.6 717.6 968.4 1193.8 1435.1 1632 1898.7 2035.2 2311.4
E
-H----= -PIPE stZE o 203.2 228.6 254 355.6 406.4 508 508 685.8 685.8 762
L * * * * *
-----_1r?
G 282.6 333.4 371.5 460.4 574.7
L 1
V o \- H
A B
E
o
450.9 520.7 628.7 755.7 927.1
* * * * *
L
V e
H
L
228.6 254 355.6
282.6 333.4 384.2
457
489
609.6
* * * *
584.2 723.9
*
E o
s ~R Lz~f­? H 708 722.3 747.7 965.2
* * * *
* * *
997 1174.8
o -H-
o 333.4 333.4 333.4 406.4 406.4 536.6
*
* * * *
L
e ¡-L-¡ __[H L 282.6 333.4 371.5 460.4 549.3 638.2 727.1
H
E
e ----i- * * *
H * *·
171.5 215.9 247.7 298.5 355.6 381 425.5
K
NOTE: Ali DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS
*
• REfER to VENDOR CATALOG 300# RT J

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

420 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA

WELDED FITTINGS-FLANGES 600# RFWN

NOM. PIPE SIZE (mm) 50.8 63.5 76.2 101.6 152.4 203.2 254 304.8 355.6 406.4 457.2

F
1
O.O. Of PIPE 60.3 73.0 88.9 114.3 152.4 203.2 254 304.8 355.6 406.4 457.2

WT
E T
t? 90l.R. ELL A 76.2 95.3 114.3 152.4 228.6 304.8 381.0 457.2 533.4 609.6 685.8

L I fl 45l.R. ELL B 34.9 44.5 50.8 63.5 95.3 127.0 158.8 190.5 222.3 254.0 285.8
O N
G fil HALF TEE e 63.5 76.2 85.7 104.8 142.9 177.8 215.9 254 279.4 304.8 342.9
s 8- REDUCER H 76.2 88.9 88.9 101.6 139.7 152.4 177.8 203.2 330.2 355.6 381.0

A 76.2 95.2 114.3 152.4 228.6 304.8 381.0 457.2 533.4 609.6 685.4
.J.
• 34.9 44.5 50.8 95.3 127.0 158.8 190.5
STO.
1 B 63.5 222.3 254.0 285.8
90-
&
A
r-
E e 111.1 139.7 165.1 215.9 323.9 431.8 539.8 647.7 755.7 863.6 971.6
45·
e B ~ o 79.4 98.4 117.5 152.4 228.6 304.8 304.8 457.2 535.0 611.2 687.4

L ::::J E 114.3 142.9 168.3 215.9 323.9 431.8 539.8 647.7 757.2 865.2 973.1

FM
IA
T K
V 90-&WN FLG 155.6 181.0 203.2 260.4 352.4 444.5 539.8 619.1 704.9 793.8 876.3

T E
\
SI TEE&WN FLG 142.9 168.3 174.6 212.7 266.7 317.5 374.7 415.9 450.9 489 571.5
N U
G p ~ 45"&WN FLG 114.3 130.2 139.7 171.5 219.1 266.7 317.5 352.4 393.7 438.2 476.3

o
WTL'
F 165.1 190.5 209.6 273.1 355.6 419.1 508 558.8 603.3 685.8 743
R L
FA lºI~ L 79.4 85.7 88.9 108 123.8 139.7 158.8 161.9 174.6 184.2 190.5
w~ T 31.8 34.9 38.1 44.5 54 61.9 69.9 73 76.2 82.6 88.9
NE
s 6.4 (mm) RAISED FACE INCLUDED ON 'L' & T DIMENSIONS

R
F
L
o 165.1 190.5 209.6 273.1 355.6 419.1 508 558.8 603.3 685.8 743
TA L 81 87.3 90.5 109.5 125.4 141.3 160.3 163.5 173 185.7 192.1
J ~
E
~~~~
r=t"° L
T 38.1 41.3 44.5 50.8 60.3 68.3 76.2 79.4 82.6 88.9 95.3

s _J_ G 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8

NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS 600#

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 421

VALVES 600#
NOMINAL PIPE SIZES (mm) 50.8 76.2 101.6 152.4 203.2 254 304.8 355.6 406.4 457.2

O.D. of PIPE 60.3 88.9 114.3 168.3 219.1 273.1 323.9 355.6 406.4 457.2

L 292.1 355.6 431.8 558.8 660.4 787.4 838.2 889 990 1092.2
G
A
T
[z~~­? H 463.6 654.1 812.8 1085.9 1327.2 1581.2 1778 1962.2 2127.3 2381.3
E _ H __.!:::- PIPE SIZE o 203.2 254 355.6 508 609.6 685.8 685.8 762 762 914.4
L 292.1 355.6 431.8 558.8
* * * * * *
[~?
G
L
V o H
A BE
o
482.6 596.9 698.5 889
* * * * * *
L 254 304.8 457.2 609.6
* * * * * *
V e
L 285.8 336.6 393.7 508 609.6 752.5
* * * *
E oN
s T
R
Lr ~~i~-
/ _,1
b1 H 708 722.3 747.7 965.2 997 1174.8
* * * *
o
L 1--H- o 333.4 333.4 333.4 406.4 406.4 536.6
* * * *
e
rl-J __[H L 292.1 355.6 431.8 558.8 660.4 787.4 863.6
H
E
e --r * * *
K H 177.8 228.6 260.4 342.9 387.4 476.3 546.1
* * *
NOTE: ALl DIMENSIONS ARE IN MIWMETERS
• REFER to VENDOR CATALOG 600#RF
L
G
A
T
f;~~ ..... o
1
1 H
295.3 358.8 435 562 663.6 790.6 841.4 892.2 993.8 1095.4
463.6 654.1 812.8 1085.9 1327.2 1581.2 1778 1962.2 2127.3 2381.3
E _ H __.:::::: .... Pf>E SIZE
o 203.2 254 355.6 508 609.6 685.8 685.8 762 762 914.4

l * * * * * *
-----Jr?
G 295.3 358 435 562
L 1
V o
A E 8 r H 482.6 596.9 698.5 889
* * * * * *
L H o 254 304.8 457.2 609.6
* * * * * *
V e
L 396.9 511.2 612.8 755.7
* * * *
288.9 339.7
E o
s R~
o
lf:~-
~
o H
o
708 722.3 747.7 965.2 997 1174.8
* * * *
* * * *
L 333.4 333.4 333.4 406.4 406.4 536.6
e
H
E
rL __[H L 295.3 358 435 562 663.6 790.6 841.4
* * *
e
K H 177.8 228.6 260.4 342.9 387.4 476.3 546.1
* * *
600#RTJ
NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLJMETERS
• REFER to VENDOR CATALOG

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

422 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA

SCREWED FITTINGS
NOMINAL PIPE SIZES (mm) 12.7 19.1 25.4 31.8 38.1 50.8 63.5 76.2

3000 # A 33.3 38.1 44.5 50.8 60.3 63.5 85.7 95.3

90ºELL
6000 # A 38.1 44.5 50.8 60.3 63.5 85.7 95.3 106.4

p
~

3000 # A 33.3 38.1 44.5 50.8 60.3 63.5 85.7 95.3

TEE
6000 # A 38.1 44.5 50.8 60.3 63.5 85.7 95.3 106.4

3000 # B 25.4 28.6 33.3 36.5 42.9 50.8 52.4 63.5

~
( l '
8 45ºELL
6000 # B 28.6 33.3 34.9 42.9 44.5 52.4 63.5 79.4
' e
1

cc=i 3000 # 47.6 50.8 60.3 66.7 79.4 85.7 92.1 108

EJ COUPLING
6000 # e 47.6 50.8 60.3 66.7 79.4 85.7 92.1 108

I
11111~
I
1

1 1 o
3000 #
UNION
o 54 58.7 63.5 71.4 79.4 88.9 100 114.3

11111~
1 6000 # D 73 85.7 92.1 98.4 106.4 117.5 131.8 150.8

NORMAL THREAD 3000 # 12.7 14.3 17.5 17.5 17.5 19.1 23.8 25.4
ENGAGEMENT 6000 # 12.7 14.3 17.5 17.5 17.5 19.1 23.8 25.4

~g!E~E
G
A
L 90.5 114.3 120.7 127 139.7 177.8
* *
T H 165.1 209.6 242.9 276.2 290.5 357.2
* *
E
o 101.6 139.7 146.1 165.1 177.8 203.2
* *
L
[~?
92.1 117.5 158.8 177.8 196.9 228.6
G
L * *
H
s,
o 174.6 214.3 263.5 292.1 309.6 368.3
* *
o
B
E
t::;:::¡
101.6 120.7 146.1 203.2 203.2 203.2
* *
1
s 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4
1
w __J
1--
:=::::, TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO
A e::, 9.5 12.7 19.1 25.4 31.8 38.1 57.2 63.5

s
G
1111 ~ E 95.3 76.2 88.9 101.6 114.3 165.1 177.8 203.2

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 423

SOCKET WELD FITTINGS

NOMINAL PIPE SIZES (mm) 12.7 19.1 25.4 31.8 38.1 50.8 63.5 76.2
LJt±J;¡ t 3000 # A 28.6 33.3 38.1 44.5 50.8 60.3 76.2 85.7
oJ ~ f 90ºELL
6000 # A 33.3 38.1 44.5 50.8 60.3 63.5 82.6 95.3

o
3000 # A 28.6 33.3 38.1 44.5 50.8 60.3 76.2 85.7
TEE
~ 6000 # A 33.3 38.1 44.5 50.8 60.3 63.5 82.6 95.3

3000 # B 22.2 25.4 28.6 33.3 36.5 42.9 52.4 63.5

º• ~ ti "1 '
B
45ºELL
6000 # B 25.4 28.6 33.3 34.9 42.9 44.5 52.4 63.5

e
1 1 1

3000 #
fü:illfº
34.9 38.1 44.5 47.6 50.8 63.5 63.5 69.9
COUPLING
6000 # e 34.9 38.1 44.5 47.6' 50.8 63.5 63.5 69.9

3000 # E
o~]
54 58.7 63.5 71.4 79.4 88.9 100 114.3
UNION
6000 # E 73 85.7 92.1 98.4 106.4 117.5 131.8 150.8

3000 # D
SOCKET DEPTH 6000 # D
12.7 14.3
17.5
15.9 17.5
19.1 22.2
19.1 22.2
23.8 25.4 28.6
28.6 34.9
38.1 41.3

L
L>t:§ im *
90.5 114.3 120.7 127 139.7 177.8
G
A *
T H 165.1 209.6 242.9 276.2 290.5 357.2
* *
,1 E
o 101.6 139.7 146.1 165.1 177.8 203.2
* *
L
[~9 * *
G 92.1 117.5 158.8 177.8 196.9 228.6
L
o H 174.6 214.3 263.5 292.1 309.6 368.3
* *
B
E ob 101.6 120.7 146.1 203.2 203.2 203.2
* *
1
1 s--¡ s
w ___J
1--
6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4
TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO
6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4
A :=::::>
e:::> 9.5 12.7 19.1 25.4 31.8 38.1 57.2 63.5
s
G
1 ::: 1 E 95.3 76.2 88.9 101.6 114.3 165.1 177.8 203.2

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

424 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA

Commercial Wrought Steel Pipe Data

Nom- Outside Schedule WuJI lnside Aree Transverse Moment Wci,ht wcifht Externa) Scction
inul Oiam- No. Thick- Oiam- of Interna! Area of Surface Modulus
Pipe e ter ness e ter Metal lnertia Pipe Weter
Siee See (t) (d) (a) 1 Note Pound~ Sq, í't.
(D)
Note 1 Squarc
See 2
Squa re ~u ore lnches to
(1) Pnund,
pcr Ioor pcr Íuol (2~)
lnchc, lnchc, lncbcs lncbes lnche~ lnehes Fecr 4,h Powcr ~t olp,~ oí pipe
40s .068 .269 .0720 .0568 .00040 .001061 .244 .025 .106 .00523
1/s 1 0.405
1 80x 1 .095 .215 .Cl'l25 .0364 .00025 .00122 .314 .oie .106 1 .00602

v. 1
0.540
1
40s
80x
.088
.119 1
.3641
.302
.12501
.1574
.1041
.0716
.00072
.00050
.00331
.00377
.424
.535
·'.045
.031
.141
.141
.01227
.01395
40s .091 .1910 .00133 .00729 .567 .083 .178 .02160
3Ai 1 0.675 80x 1 .126 1
.493 1 .16701
.423 .2173 .1405 .00098 .00862 .738 .061 .178 .02554
40s .109 .622 .2503 .3040 .01709 .850 .132 .220 .04069
80x .147 .546 .3200 .2340 .00211
.001()3 1 .02008 1.087 .102 .220 .04780
1/2 0.840 160 .187 .466 .3836 .1706 .00118 .02211 1.300 .074 .220 .05267
1 ••• xx .294 .252 .5043 .050 .00035 .02424 1.714 .022 .220 .05772
40s .113 .824 .3326 .5330 .00371 .03704 1.130 .231 .275 .07055
80x .154 .742 .4335 .4330 .00300 .04479 1.473 .188 .275 .08531
JA 1.050 160 .218 .614 .5698 .2961 .00206 .05269 1.940 .128 .275 .10036
1 1 ... xx .308 .434 .7180 .148 .00103 .05792 l.440 .0{)4 .275 .11032
40s
80x
.133
.179
1.049
.957
.4939
.6388
.8640 \ . 00600
.7190 .00499 .087341
.1056
1.678
2.171 .375
.312 1 .344
.344
.1328
.1606
l 1.315 .250 .815 .8365 .5217 .00362 .1251 2.840 .230 .344 .1903
\ \
160
... xx .358 1 .599 1.0760 .282 .00196 .1405 3.659 .122 .344 \ .213()

I
40s .140 1.380 .6685 1.495 \ .01040 .1947 .649 .435 .2346
1.278 .8815 1.283 .00891 .2418 2.2721
2.996 .555 .435 .2913
80x .191
1.660 1 · .3421
11A 160 .250 1.160 1.1070 l. 057 .00734 .2839 3.764 .458 .435

I
... xx .382 .896 1.534 .630 .00438 .3411 5.214 .273 .435 .4110
.145 2.036 .01414 .3099 2.717 .882 .497 .3262
80x
40s .200 1.610 1 1.068
1.500 .79951 1.767 .01225 .3912 3.631 .765 .497 .4118
1.900
1112\ .281 1.338 1.429 1.406 .0097() .4824 4.862 .6011 .497 .5078
'.~~XX
I 1 1.100 1.885
1 .400 .950 .00660 .5678 6.408 .42, .497 1 .5977
.154 2.067 1.075 3.355 .02330 .6657 J.()52 1.45 .622 .5606

l
40s
80x .218 1.939 1.477 2.953 .OZ050 .8679 5.022 1.28 .622 .7309
2 2.375 2.190 2.241 .01556 1.162 7.440 .97 .622 .979
1 '.~~XX .343 1.689
1
I
.436 1.503 2.656 1 1.774 1 .01232 1.311 9.029 .77 1 .622 1.104
.203 1.704 4.788 .03322 1.530 5.79 2.07 .753 1.064
80x .276 2.4691
2.323 l.254 4.238 .02942 1.924 7.66 1.87 .753 1.339
40s
2% 1 2.875
I
10.01 1.54 .753 1.638
1
-, .375
.552 1
2.125
1.771
2.945
4.028
3.546
2.464
.02463
.01710
2.353
2.871 13.70 1 1.07 .753 1 1.997
.216 2.228 7.393 .05130 3.017 7.58 3.20 .916 1.724
80x
40s .300 3.0681
2.900 3.016 6.605 .04587 3.894 10.25 2.86 ,916 2.225
3 3.500 .438 2.624 4.205 5.408 .03755 5.032 14.32 2.35 .91(, 2.876
1 1 '.~xx .600 1 2.300 S.466 \ 4.155 .OZ885 5.993 18.58 1.80 .916 3.424

31/z I
4.000
1
40s
80x 1 .318
.226

.237
3.5481
1 3.364
4.026
2.680 9.886
3.678 1 8.888 1 .06170
3.174 12.73
.06870

.08840
4.788
6.280 1 12.51
7.233
9.11

10.79
4.29
1 3.84
5.50
1.047
1.047 1 3.140
1.178
2.394

3.214
40s
80x .337 3.826 4.407 11.50 .07986 9.610 14.98 4.98 1.178 4.271
4 4.500 120 .438 J.624 5.595 \O.JI .0716 11.65 19.00 4.47 1.178 5.178
160 .531 3.438 6.621 9.28 .0645 13.27 22.Sl 4.02 1.178 5.898
... xx .674 3.152 8.101 7.80 .0542 15.28 27.54 3.38 1.178 6.791
40s .258 5.047 4.300 20.01 .1390 15.16 14.62 8.67 1.456 5.451
80x .375 4.813 6.112 18.19 .1263 20.67 20.78 7.88 1.456 7.431
5 5.5()J 120 .500 4.563 7.953 16.35 .1136 25.73 27.10 7.09 1.456 9.250
160 .625 4.313 9.696 14.61 .1015 30.03 32.96 6.33 1.456 10.796
... xx .750 4.063 11.340 12.97 .0901 33.63 38.55 5.61 1.456 12.090
40s .280 6.065 5.581 28.89 .2006 28.14 18.97 12.51 1.734 8.50
80x .432 5.761 8.405 26.07 .1810 40.49 28.57 11.29 1.734 12.22
6 &.1>25 120 .562 5.501 10.70 23.77 .1650 49.bl 36.40 10.30 1.734 14.98
160 .718 5.189 13.32 21.15 .1469 58.97 45.30 9.16 1.734 17.81
... xx .864 4.897 15.64 18.84 .1308 66.33 53.16 8.lt\ 1.734 20.0l
20 .250 8.125 6.57 51.85 .3601 57.72 22.36 22.47 2.258 13.39
30 .277 8.071 7.26 51.16 .3553 63.35 24.70 22.17 2.258 14.&9
40s .322 7.981 8.40 50.03 .3474 72.49 28.55 21.70 2.258 16.81
60 .406 7.813 10.48 47.94 .3329 88.73 35.64 20.77 2.258 20.58
80x .500 7.625 12.76 45.66 .3171 105.7 43.39 19.78 2.258 14.51
R 8.625 100 .593 7.439 14.96 43.46 .3018 121.3 50.87 18.83 2.25!! 28.14
120 .718 7.189 17.84 40.59 .2819 140.5 60.63 17.59 2.258 32.58
140 .812 7.001 19.93 38.50 .2673 153.7 67.76 16.68 2.258 35.65
..• XX .875 6.875 21.30 37.12 .2578 162.0 72.42 16.10 2.258 37.51,
160 .906 6.813 21.97 36.46 .2532 165.9 74.69 15.80 2.258 38.411

Note 1: The tetters s, x , and xx in the column of Schedule Note 2: The valúes shown in squure feet for thc Transverso
Numhcrs indicare Standard, Extra Strong, and Doublc Interna! Area ulso represen! Jhc volumc in cubi« fccl per
l:xlra Slron¡: l'ipc. resnecnveb. Ioot of pip,: lc11y;tl1.
Courtesy of Crane Co.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 425

Nom- Outaide Schedule WaH Inside Area Transverse Moment We~fht We~fht Exterrral Section
inal Díam- No. Thick- Díam- oí lnternal Areo oí Surface Modulus
Pipe eter nen e ter Metal See lnertia Pipe Water
Si:te (D) See (t) (d) (a) Note 2 (l) Pounds Pounds Sq. Ft.
lnches lnches
Note 1
lnches loches
Square
lnches
Squure
lnches
5rc:arc loches to
eet 41hPower t: per ÍOOl
oí pipe
per ÍOOl
of pie_<:
(2~)

20 .250 10.250 8.24 82.52 .5731 1 IJ.7 28.04 35.76 2.814 21.15
JO .307 10.136 10.07 80.69 .~J 137.4 34.24 34.96 2.814 25.57
408 .365 10.020 11.90 78.86 .5475 160.7 40.48 34.20 2.814 29.90
60" .500 9.750 16.10 74.66 .5185 212.0 54.74 32.35 2.814 39.43
10 10.750 80 .593 9.564 18.92 71.84 .4989 244.8 64.33 31.13 2.814 45.54
100 .718 9.314 22.63 68.13 .4732 286.1 76.93 29.53 2.814 53.22
120 .843 9.064 26.24 64.53 .4481 324.2 89.20 27.96 2.814 60.32
140 1.000 8.750 30.63 60.13 .4176 367.8 104.13 26.06 2.814 68.43
160 1.125 8.500 34.02 56.75 .3941 399.J 115.65 24.59 2.814 74.29

...
20 .250 12.250 9.82 117.86 .8185 191.8 33.38 51.07 3.338 30.2
JO .330 12.090 12.87 114.80 .7972 248.4 43.77 49.74 3.338 39.0
.375 12.000 14.58 113.10 .7854 279.3 49.56 49.00 3.338 43.8
40 .406 11.938 15.77 111.93 .7773 300.J 53.53 48.50 3.338 47.1
.. x .500 11.750 19.24 108.43 .7528 361.5 65.42 46.92 3.338 56.7
12 12.75 60 .562 11.626 21.52 106.16 .7372 400.4 73.16 46.00 3.338 62.8
80 .687 11.376 26.03 101.64 .7058 475.1 88.51 44.04 3.338 74.6
100 .843 11.064 Jl.53 96.14 .6677 561.6 107.20 41.66 3.338 88.1
120 1.000 10.750 36.91 90.76 .6303 641.6 125.49 39.33 3.338 100.7
140 1.125 10.500 41.08 86.59 .6013 700.5 133.68 37.52 3.338 109.9
160 1.312 10.126 47.14 80.53 .5592 781.1 160.27 34.89 3.338 122.6
10 .250 13.500 10.80 143.14 .9940 255.J 36.71 62.03 3.665 36.6
20 .312 13.376 13.42 140.52 .9758 314.4 45.68 60.89 3.665 45.0
30s .375 13.250 16.05 137.88 .9575 372.8 54.57 59.75 3.665 53.2
40 .438 13.124 18.66 135.28 .9394 429.1 63.37 58.64 J.665 61.3
.. x .500 13.000 21.21 132.73 .9217 483.8 72.09 57.46 3.665 69.1
14 14.00 60 .593 12.814 24.98 128.96 .8956 562.3 84.91 55.86 3.665 80.3
80 .750 12.500 Jl.22 122.72 .8522 687.3 106.13 53.18 3.665 98.2
100 .937 12.126 38.45 115.49 .8020 824.4 130.73 50.04 3.665 117.8
120 1.093 11.814 44.32 109.62 .7612 929.6 150.67 47.45 3.665 132.8
140 1.250 11.500 50.07 103.87 .7213 1027.0 170.22 45.01 3.665 146.8
160 1.406 11.188 55.63 98.31 .6827 1117.0 189.12 42.60 3.665 159.6
10 .250 15.500 12.37 188.69 1.3103 383.7 42.05 81.74 4.189 48.0
20 .312 15.376 15.38 185.69 l.2895 473.2 52.36 80.50 4.189 59.2
30s .375 15.250 18.41 182.65 1.2684 562.1 62.58 79.12 4.189 70.3
40x .500 15.000 24.35 176.72 1.2272 731.9 82.77 76.58 4.189 91.5
60 .b56 14.688 31.62 169.44 1.1766 932.4 107.50 73.42 4.189 116.6
16 16.00 80 .843 14.314 40.14 160.92 1.1175 1155.8 136.46 69.73 4.189 144.5
100 1.031 13.938 48.48 152.58 1.0596 1364.5 164.83 66.12 4.189 170.5
120 1.218 13.564 56.56 144.50 1.0035 1555.8 192.29 62.62 4.189 194.5
140 1.438 13.124 65.78 135.28 .9394 1760.3 223.64 58.64 4.189 220.0
160 1.593 12.814 72.10 128.96 .8956 1893.5 245.11 55.83 4.189 236.7
10 .250 17.500 13.94 240.53 1.6703 549.1 47.39 104.21 4.712 61.1
20 .312 17.376 17.34 237.lJ 1.6467 &78.2 59.03 102.77 4.712 75.5
.. s .375 17.250 20.76 233.71 1.6230 806.7 70.59 101.18 4.712 89.6
30 .438 17.124 24.17 230.30 1.5990 930.3 82.06 99.84 4.712 103.4
.. x .500 17.000 27.49 226.98 1.5763 1053.2 92.45 98.27 4.712 117.0
40 .562 16.876 30.79 223.68 t.5533 1171.5 104.75 96.93 4.712 130.1
18 18.00 60 .750 16.500 40.64 213.83 1.4849 1514.7 138.17 92.57 4.712 168.3
80 .937 16.126 50.23 204.24 1.4183 1833.0 170.75 88.50 4.712 203.8
100 1.156 15.688 61.17 193.30 1.3423 2180.0 207.96 83.7& 4.712 242.3
120 1.375 15.250 71.81 182.66 1.2684 2498.1 244.14 79.07 4.712 277.6
140 1.562 14.876 80.66 173.80 1.2070 2749.0 274.23 75.32 4.712 305.5
160 t.781 14.438 90.75 163.72 1.1369 3020.0 308.51 70.88 4.712 335.&
10 .250 19.500 15.51 298.65 2.0740 75&.4 52.73 129.42 5.23& 75.6
20s .375 19.250 23.12 290.04 2.0142 1113.0 78.60 125.67 5.236 111.3
30x .500 19.000 30.63 283.53 1.9690 1457.0 104.13 122.87 5.236 145.7
40 .593 18.814 36.15 278.00 1.9305 1703.0 122.91 120.46 5.236 170.4
60 .812 18.376 48.95 265.21 1.8417 2257.0 166.40 114.92 5.236 225.7
20 20.00 80 1.031 17.938 61.44 252.72 1.7550 2772.0 208.87 109.51 5.236 277.1
100 1.281 17.438 75.33 238.83 1.6585 3315.2 256.10 103.39 5.236 331.5
120 t.500 17.000 87.18 226.98 I.5762 3754.0 296.37 98.35 5.236 375.5
140 1.750 16.500 100.33 213.82 1.4849 4216.0 341.10 92.66 5.23& 4ll.7
1&0 1.968 16.064 111.49 202.f>7 1.4074 4585.5 379.01 87.74 5.236 458.5
10 .250 23.500 18.65 433.74 3.0121 1315.4 &3.41 187.95 &.283 109.6
20s .375 23.250 27.83 424.56 2.9483 1942.0 94.62 183.95 6.283 161.9
.. x .500 23.000 36.91 415.48 2.8853 2549.5 125.49 179.87 &.283 212.5
30 .562 22.876 41.39 411.00 2.8542 2843.0 140.80 178.09 &.283 237.0
40 .687 22.626 50.31 402.07 2.7921 3421.3 171.17 174.23 6.283 285.1
24 24.00 60 .968 22.064 70.04 382.35 2.6552 4652.8 238.11 165.52 6.283 387.7
80 1.218 11.564 87.17 3&5.22 2.5362 5672.0 296.3& 158.26 6.283 472.8
100 1.531 20.938 108.07 344.32 2.3911 6849.9 367.40 149.06 6.283 570.8
120 1.812 20.376 12&.31 326.08 1.2645 7825.0 429.39 141.17 6.283 652.l
140 2.062 19.876 142.11 310.28 2.1547 8625.0 1 483.13 134.45 6.283 718.9
160 2.343 19.314 159.41 292.98 2.0346 9455.9 541.94 126.84 6.283 787.9
Courtesy of Crane Co.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

426 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA

DIMENSIONS
11
@@t ~ -
1 .11
@ .......,,,. 1
1 '

_, •
_.L........
IT
( 1
11 ,- -
'
A A A ~ D ¡..p .. -

-
•mi.llllD.
~J!A
........ t..-.... ~.m,,u¡ ,.. CAP

...
WeldELL CAPS• STUB ENOS
P,pe G
00 A B o K V E F 00 ol
Co<ner

. ..
Radt<Js

"..
ANSI Sld Lao

"..
840
1 050 ,
11,
.. '•
-1 · ~.
1~ 1
,,,
1
3
3
,-..
1'h.
'•'•
' , .. '•
,,.,.. '•
2);,

.,.
1315 11> 1~ 4 2 1
11' 1660
, ..
1 2'• 2', .. 11, 4 2•, v,, 1•

.• ••
111 1900 2'• 3,, 2"',. 11, 4 2~,. '•
a
a
2375
2875
3
,~.
1'1 2
2'>
4)¡,
st,.
3","
3"•,.,.
11,
11,
6
6
3'4
4',
';;,
'!,,

••
3'•
a 41'; 2 6 5
''~.
3500 2 3 6'• 4 ..
4000 5'· 2'• 3,, 7,, 51, 2'> 6 51,
&r,.

•••
4 4500 6 2•, 4 8•, 6'• 2'> 6 4
5563 7', 3,.. 5 1011, 7'• 3 8 7'\o 11•

••
..
6.625
8625
9
12
3',
5
6
8
1211.
16110
9:...
12-...i
3,,
4
8
8
8•,
10, ,,
1)

10 10750 15 6•, 10 201'o 15, 5 10 121• 1, 10

12750 18 7'> 12 241'o 18-.. 6 10 15 ,, ti
14 14000 21 8.. 14 28 21 61, 12 ,s, .. \; 14

..
24 7 12
,,
1; 11

·•,~
11 16.000 24 10 16 32 181,:

•
11
•
11 18000 27 11'• 18 36 27 8 12 21
20000 30 12\.> 20 40 30 9 12 23

.
••
211.-,

•••
lM 24.000 36 15 24 48 26 10'1 12
18\'; 101> - -
-
45 30 60 45

--
30000
22i. - - -
-
36000 S4 36 12

- w- -
-
• •

-
42000 63 26 42 12
-

......
48.000 72 29;¡, 48 13;, - - -

......... f-}lÍ' .... IO fC

...
CCINlmffllC ICC•-

:E"
i.c.c:~
e - e e M H
= e M H

.
M H M H
..
Ou1let Outlet Outlet Outlet
~ ~
~ 11' .. 3\1, 3" 10 8',
20
18
15
15 141., 20
V, 11' Oi 11> 51,

•
3 3,, 3)1 4 8 8 7
16& 14 15 14 20
,.,
1 11, 2\1, 3.. 31, 4 10 6 51, 7'11. 7
12 15 13'1!. 20
1 ~ lb 2 ,v.
2 3.. 3'• 4 5 91, 71, 7
10 15 13 ... 20
V, IV, 11, 2 3'• 311 4 4
ª" 71< 7
8 15 12ª• 20

"'
114
1
~
V,
IV.
lli,
11'.
IV.
,~
lli,

114.
2
2
2 4
4
3v,
3
2V,
2
41'
414
41'
41'
41'
4
3~
3l',
31>
4
4
4
4
11
12
10
8
6
10
10
10
10
91,
9
8'X,
8•,
8
8
8
8
.. 24
20
18
16& 14
12
17
17
17
17
17
..
17
16•1
16
15.,..
20
20
20
20
1\1,
114
21,
2'·
21,
2'• 21>
21';
1V, 411 3ll. • 5 10
10
30
17
22
15'11 20
111 1 2'· 14 11
~ 5 416

•
21, 2'• 2'> 12 11 IO'Xo 24 22 21 2,
13
V, 21, 21> 4 416
,,,
4i 5 20 22 20 24

•
2'• 14 10 11 10\'o 13

•..
3\1, 416 5 2,
a 11 9', 13 18 22 191)
2
1\1,
21,
21, 211 3
3
2\1,
416
416
4ll, 5
5 6 11 9.,.. 13 16& 1, 22 19 2,
2 416 4\'o 5 36 26••

, ..
1 114 2•, 2'• 3
2•, 16 12 30 26•, 25 2•

•
1 2 3 2,
~ 2•, 3 6 5'4
5,,
14
12
12
12
12
11.,..
14
14
24
20
26•,
261>
24
23 2•
5 5)4 5ll. 11

... •
2V, 10 12 11~ 14 16 26'> 22•, 2,

..
3 4 511 5 ... 51,
2 3 2'· 3b 3v, 5% 5 51> 8 12 10 .. 14 16 26•, 22 2•
IV, 3 211 31, 3 5)1 O, 51, 8 12 101'. 14
42 30 28
114 3 21> 3'> 2V. 5~ 4', s•~ 36& 30 30 28 2,
1 3 2'• 3,, ,a 131-, 24 & 20 30 26
,,
2•
3 3~ a 7 16 13', 13 15 48 35 33
7 64 131:t 13 15

•
2V, 314 3,, 3,, 8 6

• •
11 131, 42 35 32 28
3,, 5 7 6ll 6 12 12Y. 15
2 314 3 36 35 31 28

•
1\1, 3JI. 2A, 3,, 4 7 6M, 6 10 13•1 12\'o 15
3v, 131, 11" .. 30 35 30 28
114 )JI, 31, 7 6 6 15
2'· 24 35 29 28
• See M d,menSIOl1s lor branch he,ght ot 42" or 48" full branch tee Ali d,mensoons ara ,n 1nches
See ANSI B t 6 9 to, cap lengths when wall thicknesses are greater than x-stg
Courtesy of Taylor Forge

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 427

FLANGES DIMENSIONS
WELDING NECK SLIP-ON BLIND

'---X --- 1
(l l . •. 11~·
...._....1'""
_... .....,rttw
_-1-====-s---=_-..¡_._

THREADED LAP JOINT SOCKET -WELD '

150-LB.
0.D, lenglh lhru Hvb eo,.o App,01. Welght (Lb1.) Drllllng
°"" Deplh

:~~
No•. Thltn. ol Hvb

s,.. o,-.
•lde Sllp-on up ol Sllp,On Bolt
Pipe (mln.) RelNd o, ..... Thrd. U!' Wldg.2 SIII>- Wld9 l•p No. 01,m.
Foce Sock. w. Jolnt Ne etc Sock. W Jolnl Sock11 Thrd. Bllnd Clrcte
Neck Jolnl Hole1 Hofe1
o e R X Yt Y, Y, 8, 8, 81 D Sock. W. Ot1m.

~
"" ""
'h 3'h 3<, 1% 13{, 1Va 0.62 0.88 0.90 % 2 1 1 1 4 2~
'14 3Va 'h 1'}(, 1'h 2}<, 0.82 1.09 1.11 K, 2 2 2 2 4 % 2:Y•
1 4Y, '<, 2 1')(, 23<, 1.05 1.36 1.38 'h 3 2 2 2 4 % 31,í
.,.
'J<, 'J<,
-
tY, 4% ~
'}(,
2'h 23<, 2Y, 'J<,
v,
w. 1.38 1.70 1.72 !<, 3 3 3 3 4 3Y2
2K,
"
1 'h 5 2V, 2J(, Va 1.61 1.95 1.97 % 4 3 3 4 4 31¡,
2 6 '14 3% 3)(, 21/z 1 1 2.07 2.44 2.46 ')(, 6 5 5 5 4 :Y, O',
21/z 7 Va 4Ye 3J(, 2'14 1 Ye 1 Ye 2.47 2.94 2.97 '14 8 7 7 7 4 '14 51h
3 7'h ')(, 5 4V.. 2'14 13{, 13{, 3.07 3.57 3.60 13{. 10 8 8 9 4 '14 6
31/z 8\.'z ')(, 51/z 4'3{, 2'3{, 1Y, 1Y, 3.55 4.07 4.10 Va 12 11 11 13 6 '14 7
4' 9 'J<, GK, SJ(, 3 1)(, 1)(, 4.03 4.57 4.60 ')(, 15 13 13 17 8 '14 1v,
5 10 'J<, 7)(, 6K, 31/z 1K, 1K, 5.05 5.66 5.69 'X, 19 15 15 20 8 Va 8'h
6 11 1 8'h 71<, 3\.'z 1'{, 1J(, 6.07 6.72 6.75 1J<, 24 19 19 26 8 Va 9V.
6 13'h 1 Ye 10% 9'.)(, 4 1 '14 1 :Y, 7.98 8.72 8.75 1Y, 39 30 30 45 8 v, 11 :Y,
10 16 1)(, 12'14 12 4 1'}(, 1 '}(, 10.02 ro.se 10.92 1)(, 52 43 43 70 12 1 14Y,
12 19 tY, 15 14~ 4\.'z 23{, 2}(, 12.00 12.88 12.92 1l{, 80 64 64 110 12 1 17
14 21 1~ 16Y, 15'14 5 2Y, 3Ye 13.25 14.14 14.18 1% 110, 90 105 140 12 1111 18:Y•
16' 23'h 13(, 18\.'z 18 5 2V. 3K, 15.25 16.16 16.19 1 '14 140 98 140 180 16 1111 21Y,
18 25 11(, 21 19Va S'h 2'J<, 39(, 17.25 18.18 18.20 1')(, 150 130 180 220 16 tY, 22'14
20 27'h 1 'J<. 23 22 5% 2Va 4)(, 19.25 20.20 20.25 2V. 180 165 195 285 20 tY, 25
22 29'h 1 '}(, 25V, 24V, 5Va 3V. 4V, 21.25 22.22 22.25 2% 225 185 245 355 20 w, 27V,
24 32 1Va 27Y, 26Ye 6 3V.. 4~ 23.25 24.25 24.25 2'h 260 220 275 430 20 1% 291/:z

ANSI B 16.5 eevers only sizes lhrovgh 24". lorger sizes os lisled below hove the some flange and drilllng dlmensions as Clan
125 Casi lron flanges, ASA 816.1.

26 34Y, 2 29V, 281/z 5 3~ - 26.25 - - 300 250 - 525 24 1% 31'14

28 36\.'z 2}<, 31Y, 30:Y, 5)(, 3K, - ~~
:: ..,
28.25 - - 315 285 - 620 28 1% 34
30 38'14 2Ye 33:Y.. 32:Y.. 5Ye 3'h - u ..
., .e 30.25 - - 360 315 - 720 28 1% 36
32 4H'• 2Y, 35'!4 35 5Y, 3% -- ~2 32.25 - - 435 395 - 870 28 1% 381/:,
34 43:Y.. 2)<, 37'14 37 5.1(, 3')(, i~
,,.. 34.25 - - 465 420 - 990 32 1" 40V.
36 46 2~ 40Y, 39Y, 5~ 3'14 - ~D 36.25 - - 520 480 - 1125 32 1% 42:Y,
42 53 2" 47 46 5" 4 - 42.25 - - 750 680 - 1625 36 1" 49'h

Courtesy of Taylor Forge

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

428 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA

FLANGES DIMENSIONS
WELDING NECK SLIP-ON BLIND

-
p¡p.
a1..

1
Y,
v.
°"..
•lelo
01.....

D
3:V.
4~
4V.
n.kri~
(RIIA.)

"'~'J<.
, ...
...
o.o.
RalNd

"
1'141
1')!',
2
H~b
01.....

X
1Y.i
1V.
2Y,
= Yo
2)(.
2Y•
2}(,
--lh .. NHlltlt

ª"''"°"
Tiud.
lock.W.

1
Y,

H<,
v.
'-""
Jol<lt

1
Y,
v.
1)(,
-
300-lb

Wide.'

••
0.62
0.82
1.05
..... o
lli,,.o,t
'\odl.W.

••
0.88
1.09
1.36
.:.::. º'
••
0.90
1.11
1.38
Deplh
Sock.
D
'MI
J<.
Y,
=· 2
3
4
~-
.a.. rox. Wet.ar.t,. ......

SI~

2
3
3
'-""
Jolftl

2
3
3
.,i..,
2
3
3
No.
Holo,

4
4
4
Ortlllne

....
i::·-·
~
v.
v.
v.
8oll
Cite ..
DI-.

2~
3Y•
3,,.,

v. 2",
"'~')(,
1Y• 5Y• 2,,., 2,,., 1)(, 1.1(. 1.38 1.70 1.72 5 4 4 4 4 3V.
1,,., 6Y, w. 219 2V. 2'.l<, 1K, 11(. 1.61 1.95 1.97 7 6 6 6 4 v. 4,,.,
2 6,,., v. 3~ 3)(. 2V. 1J(, 1K, 2.07 2.-44 2.46 9 7 7 8 8 v. 5
2,,., 7,,., 1 4Y, 3'J(, 3 1,,., 1,,., 2.47 2.94 2.97 v. 12 10 10 12 8 v. 5V.
3 8Y• 1Y, 5 4'M, 3Y. 1')(, 1'.l<, 3.07 3.57 3.60 'K. 15 13 13 16 8 v. 6'MI
3,,., 9 1J(, 5,,., 5Y• 3K, 1V. 1V. 3.55 4.07 4.10 - 18 17 17 21 8 v. 7Y,

4 10 1v. 6J<, 5V. 3'M, 119 1 v. 4.03 4.57 4.60 - 25 22 22 27 8 v. 7V.

5 11 1'MI 7)(. 7 3V. 2 2 5.05 5.66 5.69 - 32 26 28 35 8 v. 9~
6 12,,., 1Ji', 8,,., 8Y, 37,io 2}(, 2}(, 6.07 6.72 6.75 - 42 39 39 50 12 v. 10'MI

8 15 1~ 10~ 1ov. 4'MI 2K, 2K, 7.98 8.72 8.75 - 67 58 58 81 12 1 13

10 17,,., 1V. 12:V. 12'MI 4~ 2'MI 3V. 10.02 10.88 10.92 - 91 81 91 124 16 1Y. 15"4
12 20,,., 2 15 14'!4 5Y, 2V. 4 12.00 12.88 12.92 - 140 115 140 185 16 1~ 17'!4

14 23 2Y. 18Y• 16:V. 5~ 3 4'MI 13.25 14.14 14.18 - 180 165 190 250 20 1Y• 20Y•
22,,.,
16
18
25Yl
28
2v.
2'MI
18Yl
21
19
21
5V.
6Y,
3Y•
3,,.,
4-\li
5Y.
15.25
17.25
16.16
18.18
16.19
18.20
-- 250
320
190
250
250
295
295
395
20
24
1'MI
1~ 24:V.

30,,., 2,,., 23 23Y, 6'MI 3-lli 5,,., 19.25 20.20 20.25 - 400 315 1370 505 24 1'141 27
-
20
22 33 2~ 25Y• 25Y• 6Yl 4 5-lli 21.25 22.22 22.25 465 370 435 640 24 1~ 29Y•
24 36 2-lli 27Y• 27~ 6% 4K, 6 23.25 24.25 24.25 - 580 475 550 790 24 1~ 32

-
MSS SP44 Clou 300 ... ASTM Al05·11
26 38~ 3Y. 29Y.i 28'MI 1v. - - - - - 670 570 -
-
1050 28 1V. 34,,.,
- - -- --
--
28 40:V. 3'MI 31,,., 30Y.i 7V. ,:r'é} 810 720 1275 28 1'111 37
30 43 3'MI 33:V. 32)(, 8Y• - -e a
'D ..
c. - 930 810 - 1500 28 1V. 391,4

-
·-.
3V. 36 341)(. 8:V. - a-s - - - 1025 890 - 1775 28 2 41,,.,
-
32 45Y•
-- - -
:J'CD
47,,., 4 38 36V. 9Y. - CD n
:: 1200 1075 - 2025 28 2 43Y,
-
34
so 4Y, 40Y, 39 9Yl - ~~ - - 1300 1200 - 2275 32 2Y, 46
-
36
42 57 4~ 47 45!(. 10V. - - - - - 1740. h610 13165 36 2Y. 52'14
400-lb 4H0T"E: 11;,_. _.•• ew ••• ............. wt .. lOO ......... (... Mll.1 ......

4 10 1'MI SJ<, 5'111 3,,., 2 2 4.57 4.60 35 26 25 33 8 1 7V.

n<. 4 -t 5.69 z 43 31 29 44 8 1 9Y•

-
5 11 1,,., 7 2Y. 2Y. o 5.66

.. «
12Y, 8,,., 8Y. 4.l(, 2Y, 2Y, 6.72 6.75 o 57 42 61 12 1 10~
6 1~
a

,,,.. ..
4~ 2')(, 21)(, 8.72 8.75 89 87 84 100 12 1Y. 13
8 15 1V. 10~ 10~ 3

..
4V. 2V. 4 10.88 10.92 125 91 110 155 16 1Y• 15"4
10 17Y, 2Y. 12-lli 12~
::, 225 16 1'MI 17V.

-..
12 20Y, 2Y, 15 14:V. 5'MI 3Y. 4Y, 12.88 12.92 175 130 150
e
16'14 5V. 3J<. 4~
---
o 14.14 14.18 230 180 205 290 20 1'MI 20~

-
14 23 2'M, 16Y,

.....
19 8 31)(, 5 16.18 16.19 295 235 280 370 20 1Y, 22Y.i
18 25Y.i 2Y.i 18Y.i n
18 21 21 6Yl 3V. 5'MI 18.18 18.20 350 285 315 455 24 1,,., 24'14
28 2~

..~
e
30,,., 2'111 23 23Y. 6~ 4 5:V. 20.20 20.25 425 345 1385 587 24 1~ 27
20 a
2sv. 6V. 4Y, 6 22.22 22.25 e, sos 405 455 720 24 1V. 29Y,
22 2V. 25Y,
-
33 '<
1 v. 32
24 36
MSS-SP,U Clou 400 ...
3 27Y, 27~ 6V. 4Yl 6Y, 24.25 24.25
- 620 510 570 890 24
ASTM AIOS . II
- - e
~ - -- ..
::,
650 -- 1V. 34,,.,

--
26 3,,., 29Y. 28~ 7~ 750 1125 28
-- --
38Y•
-
....
n 880 780 1425 28 2 37
-
8Yl
-
28 40'14 3'111 31Y.i SO'K, o
900 -
..~
30 43 4 33'14 32'J(, 8'MI
:J'
o 1000 1675 28 2Y, 39Y•

45Y, 4Y, 36 35 9Y, - -- - - -' 1150 1025 -- 1975 28 2Y, 41Y,

- -
32
38 - a 1300 1150 2250 28 2Y, 43Y,
-
34 47Yl 4'M, 37J(, 9Yl
36 so 4Y, 40Y, 39'MI 9V. - - - 1475 1325 - 2525 32 2Y. 46

Courtesy of Taylor Forge

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 429

FLANGES DIMENSIONS
THREADED LAP JOINT SOCKET-WELD t

- X--- -<
1--X~ ··--- r
--~.y;
¡--i--~--::--!'----1~--i 'l·T· .,
11,r

600-lb

~,... .....
Out· O.O.of

:~~
Unath thrv Hub BoreO
Depth Anoto•. Welaht llbl., OrUlln

..
NOM. llub
º'
ThltA. SUp-Ot1
Wldg, Sllp·Oft
:~~t
A•l••d Olem. Lep L ... lloll
Slu Ol•m. (,nin.) Foce Thrd.
Soc.k. W
Jolr,t Heck hc:ket
w Jolnt Sockel S!¡C;3_n Lop Bllnd No. Olem. ctee ..
••
Jolnt Hole1 Hol••
o e R X Y, v, Y,
•• o Soctt:.w.
º'ª"'·
v.
__
~

-
Y, 3'\I• J<, 1~ 1 2}(, Yo Yo 0.88 0.90 2 2 2 2 4 'ti, 2%

1
1v.
o/.< 4%
4Yo
5Y•
~
')(,
'j(,
1')(,
2
2'h
1V.
2.,.
2•1,
214
2K,
2%
1
1)(,
1.,.
__ ,_
1
1){,
1 V.
-i
o -
1.09
,____
1 36
1.70
1.11
1.38
1.72
J<,
'l2
'<, 6
4
4 ,,,
3
4
5
3
,__4
5
-
5
3
4
·-4 --
4
4
:v.
:v.
3Y•

'---
3Yz
3Yo
""•
1Yz
2
6.,.
6'h 1
Yo 2Yo
3%
2o/.< 2:v. 114 1v.
..
<7 1.95 1.97 'ti,
')(,
8 7 7 8 4 l/1
'\/•
4\/2

·~
3)(, 2.44 12 10 8 5
2'/o 1J<, 1J<,
~ 2.46 9 9
2'h
3
7Yz
8Y•
1.,.
1 v.
4.,.
5
3')(,
4r,I,
3.,.
314
1'11,
11)(,
1%
11)(,
..
,::,
2.94
3.57
2.97
3.60
:y.,
'J<,
18
23
13
16
12
15
15
20
8
8
'lo
l/1
5Yo
6%
3'h 9 5'h 514 3~ 1 ')(, 1 ')(,
1- ..
4.07 4.10 - 28 21 20 29 8 1 1v.
4 10:Y., 1 'h 6j(, 6 4 2.,. 2V. n 4.57 4.60 - 42 37 36 41 6 1 6'h
-
TK, -·
-
5 13 lo/.< 7)(, 4'h 2:i. 2:i. 5.66 5.69 66 63 61 66 8 1.,. 10\/2
6 14 1Yo 8'h 8:Y., 4r,I, 2% 2%
- -·
6.72 6.75 - 81 80 78 86 12 l'AI 11Yz
8 161', 23<, 10'11, 10:Y., 5V, 3 3 CD
8.72 8.75 - 120 115 110 140 12 1v. 13:Y.,
10 20 2'h 12:Y., 13'h 6 3~ 4"- a. 10.88 10.92 - 190 170 170 230 16 1~ 17
12 22 2% 15 15:Y., 6.,. 3'11, 4r,I, ,__ _,_. 12.88 12.92 - 225 200 200 295 20 1:i. 1914
14 23'!4 2'14 16Y• 17 6'h 3')(, 5 <T 14.14 14.18 - 280 230 250 355 20 1 Yz 20:Y.,
16 27 3 18Y:i 19Y:i 7 41(, 5V. -e 16.16 16.19 - 390 330 365 495 20 1% 23:Y.
18 2914 3V. 21 21 V. 7V, 4% 6 18.18 18.20 - 475 400 435 630 20 1 :v. 25:Y.,

-
,::,
20 32 3'h 23 24 7Yz 5 6Yz 20.20 20.25 590 510 570 610 24 1:Y., 261/z
22 3414 3'\I, 25Y• 26Y, 7:Y., 5Y• 6Yo
~"' 22.22 22.25 - 720 590 670 1000 24 1Yo 30%
24 37 4 27Y, 28Y• 6 5'h 7Y, 24.25 24.25 - 830 730 610 1250 24 2 33
MSS-SP44 Closs 600.. • ASTM A 105-11
- -- - - - -
....
26 40 4Y, 29'h 291(, 8:Y., =r 1025 950 1525 28 2 36
28 42Y• 4~ 31Yz 31% 9Y, - - - - 1175 1075 - 1750 28 2.,. 38
30 441', 41', 33o/.< 33')(, 9:y., - - - - - 1300 1175 - 2000 28 21Ao 40V•
32 47 4'11, 36 36.,. 1ov. - - CD
- - - 1500 1375 - 2300 28 2~ 421',
34 49 4:V. 38 38)(, 10\\ - -
-
~ -- - - 1650 1500 - 2575 28 2~ 44Y,
36 51:Y., 4Yo 40Y• 40% 11.,. - - - 1750 1600 - 2950 26 2% 47
9QQ ..fb. tHOTI:: .... ,;·• ltWU "'" •• fdilftttMI wl1h 1IIOO lb. lllnfN t... M:.:101191t.

l
--

--
9Yz 1 Yz 5 5 4 2.,. 2.,. 3.57 3.60 31 26 25 29 8 1 71',
-i
4 11Y:i 1'\I, 6)(, 6Y• 41', 2:V. 2:V. 4.57 4.60 53 63 61 54 6 1Y• 9Y•
o
-
....
5 13:Y., 2 7)(, 71,', 6 31/o 3.,. 5.66 5.69 66 63 81 87 8 1 'l'o 11
-
--
<7
23<,
6
e
15
18Yz 2Y1
81,',
10%
9Y•
11'!4
5Y:i
e~ --
3'1'o
4
3'1'o
41',
G.72 6.75
-
110 110 105 116 12 1v. 121',

..
8.72 8.75 175 170 190 200 12 1 Yz 15Y1
10 21 Y, 2o/.< 12:V. 14Y, 1v. 4Y• 5 ,::, 10.88 10.92 -
-
260 245 275 290 18 1Yt 161',
12 24 3V. 15 16Y:i 71/o 4% 5~
- -- --
12.88

-- --
12.92 326 325 370 416 20 1Yt 21

---
n
14 25Y• 3~ 16Y• 17'!4 8~ 5.,. 6.,. 14.14 14.18 400 400 415 520 20 1% 22
16 27:Y., 3Y.t 181', 20 8Y.t 5V. 6Y:i 16.16 16.19 495 425 465 600 20 1~ 24Y•

-- -
CD
18 31 4 21 22Y• 9 6 7Y:1 o, 16.16 18.20 680 600 850 850 20 2 27
20
22
33:V.
-
4Y•
-
23
-
24Yz
-
9~
-11 Yz -
6Y•
-
8V• <7
-e
20.20 -
- - - - -
20.25 830 730 810
-
1076
-
20
- -
2.,. 29Yz
-
-
900 .. •
24 41 6Y.t 27Y• 29Yz 8 lOY:i ,::, 24.25 24.25 1500 1400 1550 2025 20 2'1'o
35Y:i
- 51'44 Clou ASTM A 1 e t.:i-11

- --- --
MSS
28 42o/.< 5Y, 29'h 30Yt 11Y• -
-- -
- ~"' - 1575 1525 -- 2200 20 2Yo 37Yz

----- _ ......
28 46 5% 31Y, 32:V. 11 :v. n - - 1850 1800 2575 20 3.,. 40V.
....___
30 46Y, 5V. 33~ 35 12v.
=r
- - - 2150 2075 - 3025 20 3.,. 42~
32 51~ 6V• 36 37Y• 13 - - - - 2575 2500 - 3650 20 3'1'o 451',
34
36
65
57Yz
6Yz
6o/.<
38
40Y•
39~
41Yo
13'\I•
14Y•
-- - ~
-
- - -
- - -
3025
3450
2950
3350
-
-
4275
4900
20
20
3~
3~
48V•
50'\I•

Courtesy of Taylor Forge

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

430 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA

FLAN GES DIMENSIONS

WELDING NECK SLIP-ON LAP JOINT

~X-¡
~:~1mü
_r_·-0-~

1500-lb.
e.e. UnOlh .. nt Hub Bor•O Appro,. WgL (U.t.) DrllllnO
º"'" º'
-=~~t· •
O.pltl
"°"'· lMt". H•b
:!~t·
Sllp.On

:~~·
tlde Lop
Pipo (ffllo.) RalNd 018ffl. Thrd, t Lop Sllp..on ol Lop No. 01....... Clrcle
Boll
º'ª"'· F.. e Sock. w. Joltll Sockel Sllp·OJ

...
SI.u Jolnt Thrd, Bllod HolH
Soc.k. W. Jolnl HolH Ol•m.
o e R X Y, Y, Y, B, B, o Sock. W

V, 4~ v. 1~ 1Y.t 2~ 1v. 1Y• 0.88 0.90 ~ 5 4 4 4 4 v. 3Y,

o/• 5V. 1 1')(, 1o/4 2~ 1~ 1~
-l
1.09 1.11 K, 6 5 5 6 4 v. 3Yz
1 2)(, 2V.
o 1.36 1.38 V, 9 8 8 8 4 1 4
5V. 1V. 2 1'\'o 1%
1Y.. 6Y. 1V. 2Yz 2V, 2V. 1'\'o 1119 ..
c:r 1.70 1.72 )(, 10 9 9 9 4 1 4~
1 V,
2
7
8Y.t
1Y,
1 V,
2V.
3%
2:V.
4V.
3Y,
4
1*
2Y..
1*
2Y.. .. 1.95
2.44
1.97
2.46
'Yo
')(,
13
25
12
25
12
25
13
25
4
8
1V.
1
4V.
6Yz

2Y.t 9,Y. 1'ii

1'~
4V. 41~ 4~ 2Yz 2Y, ..
V
2.94
3.57
2.97
3.60
*
-
36
46
36
48
35
47
35
48
8
8
1\.'o
1v.
7V,
8
-
3 lOY.t 5 5Y.. 4'ii 2V. 2V.
3Y.t - - - - - - -
o

--·-.. - - - - - - - - -
4 12Y, 2V. 6)(, 6~ 41~ 3)(, 3)(, 4.57 4.60 - 73 73 75 73 8 Hw 9Yz
5 14* 2V. n<, 1* 6V. 4V. 4V.
o.
5.66 5.69 - 130 130 140 140 8 1'\'o 11 Yz
6 15Y.t 3Y, 8Y, 9 6* 4')(, 4% 6.72 6.75 - 165 165 170 160 12 1 Y, 12V.

8 19 3'í'o 10'í'o 11\'.z 8~ 5119 5'ii c:r 6.72 8.75 - 275 260 265 300 12 1:V. 15Yz
10 23 4Y, 12:V. 14\'.z 10 6Y.. 7
-c
10.88 10.92 - 455 435 485 510 12 2 19
12 26Y.z 4V. 15 17* 11 V. 7V. 8'ii o 12.88 12.92 - 690 580 630 690 16 2\.'o 22\'.z

14
16
29\'.z
32\'.z
5Y,
So/,
16Y,
18Y.t
19Y.
21*
11:V.
12Y..
-
-
9Y.z
lOV.
..-
e
-
-
14.18
16.19
-
-
940
1250
-
-
890 975
1150 1300
16
16
2~
2'í'o
25
2H',
18 36 6~ 21 23\'.z 12V. - 10V. o - 18.20 - 1625 - 1475 1750 16 2V. 30Y2

20
22
38:V.
-
7
-
23
-
25Y,
-
14
-
-
-
11\'.z
-
..
3
~
-
-
20.25
-
-
-
2050
-
-
-
1775
-
2225
-
16
-
3V.
-
32:V,
-
24 46 8 27Y, 30 16 - 13 - 24.25 - 3325 - 2825 3625 16 3,;¡, 39

2500-lb.
Y, H(, 1~ 11)(. 2V. 1J(, 1)(, 0.88 0.90 7 7 7 7 4 1~ 3V.
5Y·
* sv. 1Y.. 1•)(, 2 3V. 1 ')(, 1')(, -l 1.09 1.11 z 8 8 8 8 4 v. 3:V,
o ~
....
1 6Y, 1~ 2 2Y, 3Y.z 1V. 1V. 1.36 1.38 12 11 11 11 4 1 4Y,

1Y, 7Y, 1Y, 2Yl 2V. 3~ 2)(, 2)(,

c:r
1.70 1.72
..
3 17 16 16 17 4 lV. 5V.
1Y.z
2
8
9Y.
1:V.
2
2V.
3'ii
3V.
3:V.
4~
5
2~
2*
2~
2~
-n
..
.., 1.95
2.44
1,97
2.46
..-
:,
e
25
42
22
38
22
37
23
39
4
8
lY,
1V.
5:V.
6:V,

-·..
2Y.z 10\'.z 2Y, 4V. 4V, 5'ii 3V. 3Yo -· 2.94 2.97 o 52 55 53 56 8 1Y, 1*
3 12 2'ii 5 6'ii 3'\'o 3'ii 3.57 3.60 e 94 83 80 86 8 1~ 9
- -
5Y•
3Y.z - - - - - - - o.
sr
-e
- - ;¡;
o. - - - - -
4 14 3 6)(, 6Y.z 7V. 4Y, 4Y• 4.57 4.60 ;- 145 125 120 135 8 1119 10~
5 16\'.z 3'í'o 7)(, 8 9 5Yo 5V. o 5.66 5.69 245 210 205 225 8 1V. 12:v.
e N
6 19 4Y.. 8Y.z 9Y, 10* 6 6
"¡; 6.72 6.75
"'o 380 325 315 345 8 2V. 14V.

8
10
21:V.
26Y.t
5
6Y.t
10'ii
12:V.
12
14o/,
12V.
16\,',
7
9
7
9 ..
3
~
8.72
10.88
12.88
8.75
10.92
12.92
':'
-~ 580
1075
1525
485
930
1100
470 530
900 1025
1100 1300
12
12
12
2V.
2'Yo
2V.
17V.
21Y,
24~
12 30 7Y, 15 17~ 18Y, 10 10

I Ouncns;ons aro- in tnehos. Pncos on Af)t)kauon. 8. U1f110 doMlCIOf llongos.

2 S•-d borewol be hwnished unleu 01-.e 1pec,ried c. Minimurn borN
3 Sockot Wcfd hgs aro not mtd.1n 1501 rypo ov« 24 .., W'l lOOI and 600# ovcr 3'". In 15001 •Faclng.s: 1501 and 300• flnnQOI (excopl t...ap Jo,4nt} fvrn,shed wlth 1 •:A,• raJHd f3ee, wt.:h
~ 2 •."' 4001 aOd 2500• "" any su.e. lo lncluded In the lhlcl<nots ond hub iongth 1hown. 400• Md hoovio, !longos 1oaccp1 Lop
• Spccotoc.,1oons-A11Toyto, Fo,go n,,,,gos c:ontorm 10 ANSI Std. 816.5 o, MSS $P44 u Jolnl) tumlshcd w,thl'.. r•l.sod foco. whk:h Is no1 includ&d 1n 1h;ck1-.e11 °'
hub leng1h drmen-
llPl)lrcal)1e ond 10 ASTM$poc. A181 (lor 1501 end 3001 0311gOS) o, A105 (fo, 4001 ond llon1
hro"1Cf '1.lngcs. "Rof..-10 Toyl0< Fo,go Pipeline Catnlog 72310< complolo llsllng, ol MSS·SP4• 1nd API 605
5 Wotd,ng boY<>I Sl:indatds Olld lolefoncos llangoo.
6 Prossuro-Tenll)Omlute ,.it.ngs • O.mensk>n and bhf\d flango •• aome aa companion nange. howover. th1t 1, nol true tcw
1. Th<o""1nq dclods. M~S bltod flange,9, clau 300 or ho1>v10,, 26'" 3nd la~e<. whteh Mvc o groalOf thk;knns.

Courtesy of Taylor Forge

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 431

DIAPHRAGM AND PISTON ACTUATORS

DIAPHRAGM ACTUATORS

1 Díaphragm Case 4 Actuator Spring 7 Spring Adjustor 1 O Travel lndícator

2 Diaphragm 5 Actuator Stem 8 Stem coonector 11 Travel I ndicator Scale
3 Dfaphragm Plate 6 Spring Seat 9 Yoke

Type 657 direct acting diaphragm actuator.

Courtesy of Fisher Controls

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

432 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA

YALVE IODIES

VALVE TRIM

~-------- PACKING FUNGE STUD

PACllNG FUNGE NUT--------
~-------PACKING FUNGE
FEU WIPER RIN& -------..J..t.i'H11
PACllNG FOUOWEI ---------+-+-lial _;...,------- YOKE LOCKNUT
1;1+~~------- PACKING

11-4--------- VALVE PLUG STEM

PACIIIN6 BOX RIN6 ---------l....-<'4,.l

m--4--------- TEFLON WIPER RIN&
14--=------ BONNET

VALVE PLUG

Design "A" double port body.

VALVE TRIM
The term "trim" refers to the interna! parts of a valve
body assembly which come in contact with the controlled
fluid. Type 316 stainless steel is Fisher's standard trim
material. It ís satisfactory for rnost applications and is
generally recommended for fluid temperatures up to
750ºF and pressure drops up to 150 psi. For very high
pressure drops or high temperature conditions, a hard sur-
facing alloy such as Stellite can be used on the wearing
parts of the valve plug, seat rings, guide bushings and
guide posts. Other alloys such as Monel, Hastelloy "B".
Durimet 20 or 440C stainless steel may be selected to
combat individual corrosion and erosion problems.

Courtesy of Flsher Controls

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 433

CONTROL VALYE SELECTION

CONTROL VALVES WITH DESIGN "A" BODIES

J
-_, ­:.,

Figure 3-1. Type 657-A Figure 3-2. Type 667-A Figure 3-3. Type 470-A
control valve with double control valve with single control valve with single
port. top and bottom port. top and port guided port. top and bottom guided
guided V-pup valve plug. Micro-Flute valve plug. Throttle Plug valve plug.

Figure 3-4. Double port Oes,gn Figure 3-6. Double port Des,gn
"A" body wi1h top and bottom "AR" body w,th reverse acting
throttle Plug valve plug V-Pup valve plug.

Figure 3-5. Double port Oeslgn

"A" body wilh port guided V-Port
valve plug.

Courtesy of Flsher Controls

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

434 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA

ACTUATORS Dcsign ''BFC" 12

Design "D" 12
Type 657 3
Design ·'DAº' 13
Type 667 3
Design "DBºº & ''DBQ" 13
Type 470 4
Dcsign "DBAº' & "DBAQº' 13
Type 472 4
Dcsign "E'º 14
Type 473 5
Dcsign ··EA'' 15
Type 513 5
Design '·Gs·· 15
BODIES Dcsign ''HS'" ............•................... 16
Design '"Aºº Single Pon 6 and 7 Dcsign "K" & "KBº' 17
Dcsign ··A·· Double Pon 8 and 9 Dcsign "Y" (lron) .............•............... 17
Dcsign ººAA 1O Design "Y'º (Stecl) 18
Design ··AC'º 1 O and 1 1 De ign ··yr (lron) 18
De ign "B" 11 Dcsign ··yy··(Steel) 19
De ign º'BAºº 12 Dcsign ··z·· 19
Design ··BF' 12 Design ·'ZLA'' 19

PROCEDURE
To obtain dimensions of a control
the ovcrall
valve. add the '"Dºº and "G"º body dimensions to the
··E·· dimen ion of the actuator. Dimensions for val ve
Jodic, with a 5~ boss head are so indicated and these
dirnensions should be combincd with onc of thc fol-
lowing actuators: Sizc 80 and 87. Types 657 and
667: Sizes 80. 86. 100 and 130. Type 470: Sizes 80
and 100. Types 472 and 473. Similarly. dimensions
for , alve bodie that can be furnished with a 11A"
boss head are so indicated and these dimensions
should be combined ,, ith the dimensions of the Type
513 or the Type 470. Size 23. actuators.
Example:
Given: 6~ Type 657-A. 150 lb. RF tlangcd. double pon
stcel body with top and bonom guided valve plug.
From the table below, note that a Size 50 or 60 Type
657 actuator is normally supplied with a 6" val ve. Dimen-
sion '"E'' from Page 3 is 28- 11ir:1• Frorn Page 8. we see 1hat
"G" is 13-Ya/ and "D'' is 14-15ft•"· Thus. E+ G + D = 28-
7/Í/ + 13-Yi/ + 14-15/16" = 56-11/16"·
NOTE: When using a valve plug requiring a top guide
but not a bouom guide. such as Micro-Forrn valve plug.
use dimension "D'' under top and bottom guided and
dimensión "G" undcr skirt guided.

STANDARD CONSTRUCTIONS
UIUES 657 AND 667 DIA,HRAGM ACTUATORS

ActuaÍot Size 30 34 40 45 50 60 70 80 87
Effeclive Area, Sq. In. 46 69 69 105 105 156 220 283 220
Slem S11e, In. 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 1, 1-1/4 l
Yoke Boss S11e, In. 2-1/8 2 1/8 2-13/16 2-13/16 3-9/16 3-9/16 3-9/16 5 5
Body Size, In 1/2 · 1·1/2 1/2 11/2 2-4 2 4 5-8 5 8 10 16 10 · 16 10-16
SERIES 470 ,isTON ACTUATOltS

Actuator Size 23 30 40 43 60 63 64 80 86 100 130

Cylinder Dia., In. 4-3/4 4-3/4 6-1/8 4-3/4 8-1/2 4-3/4 6-1/8 10-3/4 8-1/2 13 17
Stem Size, In. 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 l 1-1/4 1-1/4
Yoke Boss Size, In. 1-1/4 2-1/8 2-13/16 2-13/16 J.9/16 3-9/16 3-9/16 5 5 5 5
Body Size, In. 112-2· 1/2-1-1/2 2-4 2-4 5-8 5-8 5-8 10-16 10-16 10-16 10-16

·ocs,gn "Gs;· "B," and "BA" bodíes only. Courtesy of Fisher Controls

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 435

ACTUA TOR DIMENSIONS

TYPE 657 DIAPHRAGM ACTUATOR TYPE 667 DIAPHRAGM ACTUATOR

E CD E

[E
E
1

- ~
SIZE
E e J, NPT SIZE
e
4l'J. .,... ..
He E J, H, NPT
1'4-18
30 "'-
22,. ,,.,. e''"·Y, ,.,.
11\.. 6lr, 4lr. 30
,,.,.
11~.
a•,.
.,,., ."·-,e
,.-,. .,.-1,
181~"

..,.. •,.. -,.

34 t9're ll't. 6',1,, 114-II
34 4'Y,
40 ª"• 6 ,,..
,,.. -,.
ª"'·
21~••
40 231',, 131,,
45
50
2~'\, 16
ª"• 7"1',,
45 30''4 16 e"4
ª"·
2ef~ 16 8 •• "4-18
50 30f, 16 6~ "• -11
60 28~ 18,
ª"• 7'\i "4-18
60 ,,ei,. e'I-, 6'11,
70 33~- 21", 14 12'1-. ~2-14
70
30\
36~ 211,. 14 ...,.. l¡z-t•
,,,_,.
114 -··

87 36"' z11,_ 14 te:\ .. ",,-14

87 3')f/z 21"• •• 111, ..

SIZE 17 HAS A 5• 1055 SIZE 17 HAS A r 1055

TYPE 657 - SIZE 80 TYPE 667 • SIZE 80

Ir YOH 10551 15" YOKI 10551

2501

Courtesy of Fisher Controls

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

436 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA

DESIGN "A" DOUBLE PORT IRON BODIES

PLAIN IONNET

- A B GID G o
SIZE rae
SCRO 125 250
Rr SCRO rr
125 250
Rr
PORT

.
FF GUIOEO GUIOE:O

.,,, 51,,,,, He ,,,~.. .,,,,5>,, ..,• .

7'14 1•,.
o o 1 6 2·~.. 3'ro 3Y1
,.,,,. •'r..
3 ~. 5\1 6
l'I.
IV:, '
1'1­,
1i.
e>r. ,,,ª"°-..
2·~. •'11. 6

,~. 'º 3'1-.

~,,.. 1't,
...... & 7
2 10\o, 3\ .. v.
,,,, ,i, ª"'
2~
3 ..
,oJ,, 11"2
;. 12111
..
$~1, 5-,.,
53ta 5'1-.
~·.y.,
'''"
1~•
e'r,, e~..
,,,,." 1,1,..,,
10,,,
G
_J G
5
4
"'' º" 7
''.<t
''"'• ,,,,,. 1 ,1,~
e•,,
1},. e''t,, IO'l\o
9'1-.
13~
6 11'!­.
'ª"' ,,,.
1!1, ,.,.,.,.
ª"" ,tt, ,,.,. ... t, ••''loo.
12'1\, 13 \

,,
.
8
10
21\
2,•,. 27~.
22\
111 1, , .,,..
101,,
151/4 ,e1~1,
151\.
20~..
AIIIAtVtAf 10• S US[O SClltD StJth[D UiOS
9(W[
H•fLAT J'AC.(, lllf•5¡MS.[0 fACí
POllT GUIOEO TOP ANO BOTTOM GUIOEO 'LAHGl SP((.1ftC,ArtON lttfCR(Ct;.1?-S Ll·USAS BJII
2~ LI • USAS 116~

DESIGN "A" DOUBLE PORT STEEL BODIES

PLAIN IONNET EXTENSION IONNET

o
1
1
o'

8-
.1 G
. -A---~

8
'----A
l'ORT GUIOEO TOP ANO BOTTOM GUIOEO PORT GUIOEO TOP ANO BOTTOM GUIOEO

o o
----
.·~~.· ...
A B G G O'
~ZE
'" ..,.. .
300 300 400 1$0 1$0 300 400 400 600 600 PORT
. TIIB

..,...,.. ·~,,,, '""•

1$0 400 600 600 300
,.,_
,, ,.---,
5CRO
,.,..
SCRO •: GUIOEO

.,
EXT.
. v. ...,.
AlJ RIJ AF RTJ Ar RTJ RF ATJ Rí ATJ Rí R1J Ar ATJ GUID<O

' ..... ,,,. ,.,. ,i. ..

•'!-,.
1 6
'"· 1'4 1'r, '
',..
814 2'',¡, .:,~. 3Y..
', • 't• 6 e~..

"'· ..,,. ,,,. ,,,,......~. ,.,. , .,, .r. .

,.,. .,,. ., , . '"··
rY,
' 9 2•11. l'\t •'lit •'lit •'" •'.<t 54.,. • '1• 6
11/2 1"4
,,1,
9~

...
'r 91\

,·~•. •.
T
•''ll.
,·~. ,~. 1'1<,
''1,
• 11., .7
.
,.,. ,ª"•.. ~ ~..
~

...,,. '°"'
2
'º 'º"' 11'1, ll'tc,
,;,
5l\.
' 5~. 5"1',o

.~.
2'h 1>,,
,,,. ,• ,~. 7',,,..._ e'!\,
10~. 11"1, 111¡, 12'-'o 112>r.121,. 5'1,,, 5"4

,. ,
.,~.~. .~. .... ..
• íof.
1314 13>,,,
''"' ,.,,,. a'1'r;,1~
,·~.
,ir.

..
3 121,. 121,, 1)111
,·~ '~
5'1a 5"ta 1$1tc.
••'11. ,l., ,·'lit
4 ,.i...
,~. 'º~· ,,,,.. ,,,,, ...,.
1t,.
13~. 15'!,,, 15';, i,'I<.
141... 15!,. 1,•,. 7 9 11'1-2 17

"'.•.,. 22,""· ,,,,. ,~..

,,¡..
.,~ "'
5 ,1, 1111, 11'1, 11'1a 7 70,. 1,,. 7~ 1''11. 1\ 12'11
6 11\, 11'11. 1,.,. 20 201\o 7~ ,. l''ll.t 9 IA.. 12:\\t 141~
,;,
8 21'!-o 21•,
261.<t 27
23 u'li, 23'1-, 24 24'-'o
29"'•
IO'ta
'º''•• 1o'r,
'º'"'• 'º'"" " 13"14 l)'r, 14 ~. 15'.~
12''1.. 12.,,. 16!\\& 16 ,e•ii, 20~ .. ~'
'º 2,i_ 2,~. 21'ta 29 29''a
4181t('t'IA,,()H.S v,(0 A.eov( .sc;,tCJ• SCJtl:W(O (NOS, ttr•twt(D
..-I.AJ'IIO< SPt:CArlCNl()k MrUUIC(,IM>·JOO ,IOC) I001,.I USAt ... ,
JACf.:, IUJ • '--1.1110
11•1,
, YH.
11>,, ll'iJ.,. 1211,
JO*N'
12'r,. ,2,

• ~'41.ofr,jAU.'f IH( SA.... AS 100 1,.I ••

• 01t•(NSOff4\.t..YIH( ,,.,.., AS to0 LI "'"

Courtesy of Fisher Controls

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 437

DESIGN "A" SINGLE PORT IRON BODIES

,U.IN IONNIT
A B G o G o
r••
··.~
SIZc
,,
125 250 $GRO
,,
125 250 PORT

,~,'". ,
$GRO

,~. ''•
Rf GUIO[O GUIDEO
.... 4},o
'" ' Ho 6 3
. .
. .
1'11
s,,.
1 ,.,. 7, 3 3•~. 31~

.. '''• 311, 3},.

o 1
I'/, n, .,,.
,1; 1•,..
"• ,,. 9•,. "• .,
• •.,..
7 '•
,.,. 3 '•
3,,
,·
3'"" 4'1\a ~ . '"~&lo.
'~
3"a 3'\\,
4 .....

2 ,.,..
l','z •"'- ,......
Y".I. ,11 • 5

..~. ·.~· . ~.. .

'º '
10\;
,~ .. 1~. 5 7'!'w.

~.
$'14

..... ""'
2',<z •'11, es,.
G 'º"' 5°A, I\; 6~.
3
4 .• l''J\o .,. 7"' oot. ,,..
1311
"•
12Vt
"• ,t,
, . .,,
7°'4
5"41
7},
7~. 9~

º• ,,.,.. ..,,. .,,' ...

5 15:<o "'!lo 7'~. 1211,
6 17'1r. 18'1<1 10\oz ,2,...
e u-,.
21'9 1011\,
,,.,, 101\ 13~.
1 ,.,,,.

,n,. 13t;,.
---· -~
10 26\; 21~ f31/4 13•~ 16
--"""''-- .. u-.u .._.... ... · O 1.NOS
l'OlT GUIDED TOP' ANO IOTTOM GUIOEO

DESIGN "A" SINGLE PORT STEEL BODIES

IXTINSION IONNIT

PLAIN IONNIT

o
lo
G
G
.­1

POU GVIOED TOP' ANO IOTTOM GUIOEO l'OlT GUIOEO TOP' ANO IOTTOM GUIOEO

SIZE

,,.
SCIIO
150

"'
150

,,
"'
IITJ
300

'".
.
A
300
IIH
400

"'• ""
..
400
IITJ
- "'
see
"'
SCIIO

"'.
150

.
1$0

"'• ,....,
IITJ
B
300 300 400
IITJ
,,. ~
400
IITJ
100 100
IITJ
GID
PORT
GUIOED
G I D
r• •
tulotD
º'
ElCT.

' ·•~· ·~• .

1
"' 7'
'"" ,,,.
7\o,, t

,._, . ' ,.
. ..... ..... ~ ...... ,.,. ...
1/z t 3 l'lr. l~

. ·~
.. . . •'2 3'1t

·~ '"" . '""
..'. . ,~. ,~. .,, . ....... •1-z
el!. ,t..

.
l l'l\a 41\a t 41\a 41\a 3\o, 7 \..

• ,,. ,.,. .... .. ' . '""

·~ • ' •"'- •""" ..,. ,.,. ,.,. .,.,.
7\,
1 1\,
,... ]f. 3f. 41',, t ,i,,

'"' .,.
"""' ' .,,. ,~. . ' ..,.... I"" ''"' ,·~ ..... ,,''-.,,
,t.
.
114 1'1t 711, •t. ello t 30,. t •l<r 41 3~ '''i
.,-. 3S... 8~

,.
t)'a 4 4'9
.. .•!to
.
,11.

~.
11\ot 11•,.
2
'º
..,. ..... ª"" ,.,,.
10\f. ,o',,, 50,. 5~ 5'11. 5'11.
...... .,,,. • ''
.
9'¡4 l'l\o 5'• 12\o
2Yz
..
'°"" "' . ,z ....
.,. , . 1t'14 IZ''I 5j,. &'!-,. 11',. t 13~.

..
"~ ..,......
.,.,. ,,,,. ' ,.,.
'"·
. ·~·
"• •
. ...... '"°. ., ,•¡.,. ,,.,. •..,,. • ... . 'º"'" """'..~~
3
... . .
IZ!c. IZI\, 13 1111 1'11. t ,14 71a 9 'la 13~
l)l\, 14'1!.
""" is•,. 1s•11, 1, 7'\o 7~ 7 .... 1'1',. 7\o 1"- 1•~ 1~ 8

u~ "' ·~ ."'-,...... ,..,. ..''"'..,. ...,.., ''" '"" 13,,.

,si.
5
6 ... .
17'11, tallo
z,,-.
. "''" ... . . 17\;
ot!>.
11\.

,... . to to'Ao
7"11,,
11 .,,, t'II.. t~ 10 1()1\a
t
oo'f..
IZ ,a
12 .....

··~·
u u~ nloa ltl\a lo'lla ,o•'II,
8
10
ZI~
11 .... Z7 ,....
t7'11t ze ...
n
Z4

" .... "'

101111
1314 ll'lt
11\rt 11'1\a 11'\lo
14'i\o
12
15 .. 13",\o
11•,i.
16 11~.
,1,
to
~ lolllCD Aeor.c;lcao·~ OOl,M•MlltO t'#ICl:,n.J .. ~ fY'N ..>OINT
f'\.MIK 8":anc..-lONIIO'l...a:tll0•,00...400-tlC)O.... Ul,A8 ....
• O-CQ!OlltU.'t' ne ~ .t.s eoo 1..a .w
• 01ic:ttll011AU..'f ne ........ eoo u ..,.J

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

 f;:=8F1IPPLAN
o o
NUMBER VISIBLE UNION
o o OF GLASS CONNECTION
o o SECTIONS ce
o o
2 15 22
ce 2 18 25
2 21 28
o o 2 24 31
o o 2 27 34
o o
3 30 37
o o
3 33 40
o o
3 36 43
3 39 46
4 41 49
4 44 52
ELEVATION 4 47 55

LIQUID LEVEL GAGE LG 1, 2 & 3

 1-5"-
5"-5"

r
1 1
1 _J

10" 14"

l 1
(
-
14"
~1~

MID
ce
RANGE PLAN
1
MR
- RANGE ce MR

1 ( 4"
14
24
34
14
24
34
7
12
17
1 '""" i
1 44 44 22
54 54 27
ELEVATION
LEVEL CONTROLLER LC 1 & 2
440 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA

LINEAR CONVERSION

Fractlons of an lnch
To Declmals of an lnch and to Mllllmeters

Froctleft D•cl••• Mllllmeler Frocllen o........ Mllllm•t•r

1,4, .015625 0.39688 3S/u .515625 13.09690

ª/.11 .03125 0.79375 •%2 .53125 13.49378
3"' .046875 1.19063 ª%, .546875 13.89065
•1t, .0625 1.58750 •A, .5625 14.28753
,,.., .078125 1.98438 ni, .578125 14.68440
Sf..2 .09375 2.38125 ••1.12 .59375 15.08128
1,4, .109375 2.77813 u.4, .609375 15.47816

.,..,
Va ........................ .125 3.17501 % . ....................... .625 15.87503

.140625 3.57188 ".4, .640625 16.27191

%2 .15625 3.96876 2%2 .65625 16.66878
11-44 .171875 4.36563. º/u .671875 17.06566
3/16 .1875 4.76251 11/¡. .6875 17.46253
u-44 .203125 5.15939 ".4, .703125 17 .85941
71.12 .21875 5.55626 Uf.i2 .71875 18.25629
u-44 .234375 5.95314 º.4, .734375 18.65316
IA ........................ .25 6.35001 3,4 . ....................... .75 19.05004

11.4, .265625 6.74689 º.4, .765625 19.44691

•1.11 .28125 7.14376 U/32 .78125 19.84379
1•,4, .296875 7.54064 11,4, .796875 20,24066
ª!t, .3125 7.93752 1 ª!t, .8125 20.63754
21,4, .328125 8.33439 n,4, ,828125 21.03442
llf.i2 .34375 8.73127 211.12 .84375 21.43129
u,4, .359375 9.12814 u,4, .859375 21.82817
o/a ..... ··················· .375 9.52502 Ya ........................ .875 22.22504

u.4, .390625 9.92189 11,4, .890625 22,62192

Uf.i2 .40625 10.31877 Uf.12 .90625 23.01880
21.4. .421875 10.71565 u,4, .921875 23.41567
11i. ,4375 11.11252 111i, .9375 23.81255
u,4, .453125 11.50940 11.4, . 953125 24.20942
11 hz .46875 11.90627 311.,i .96875 24.60630
J '.4, .484375 12.30315 ºIÍ, .984375 25.00317
112 ........................ .5 12.70002 1 . ....................... 1.0 15.40005

Courtesy of Crane Co.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 441

LINEAR CONVERSION
lnches to Mllllmeters
(1 inch .. 25.4 mlllimeters)

o o.o 1.6 3.2 ul 6.+ 7.9 9.5 11.1 n.1 14.3 15.9 17.5 19.1 20.6 22.2 23.8
1 25.4 27.0 28.6 30.2 31.8 33.3 34.9 36.5 38.i 39.7 41.3 42.9 44.5 46.0 47.6 49.2
2 50.8 52.4 54.0 55.6 57.2 58.7 60.3 61.9 63.5 65.1 66.7 68.3 69.9 71.4 73.0 74.6
3 76.2 77.8 79.4 81.0 82.6 84.1 85.7 87.3 88.9 90.5 92.1 93.7 95.3 96.8 98.4 100.0
4 101.6 103.2 104.8 106.4 108.0 109.5 111.1 112.7 114.3 115.9 117.5 119.1 120.7 122.2 123.8 125.4
5 127.0 128.6 130.2 131.8 133.4 134.9 136.5 138.1 139.7 141.3 142.9 144.5 146.1 147.6 149.2 150.8
6 152.4 154.0 155.6 157.2 158.8 160.3 161.9 163.5 165.1 166.7 168.3 169.9 171.5 173.0 174.6 176.2
7 177.8 179.4 181.0 182.6 184.2 185.7 187.3 188.9 190.5 192.1 193.7 195.3 196.9 198.4 200.0 '101.6
8 203.2 204.8 206.4 208.0 209.6 211.1 21l.7 214.3 215.9 217.5 219.1 220.7 222.3 223.8 225.4 227.0
9 228.6 230.2 231.8 233.4 235.0 236.5 238.1 239.7 241.3 242.9 244.5 246.1 247.7 249.2 250.8 252.4

10 254.0 255.6 257.2 258.8 260.4 261.9 263.5 265.1 266.7 268.3 269.9 271.5 273.1 274.6 276.2 277.8
11 279.4 281.0 282.6 284.2 285.8 287.3 288.9 290.5 292.1 293.7 295.3 296.9 298.5 300.0 301.6 303.2
12 304.8 306.4 308.0 309.6 311.2 312.7 314.3 315.9 317.5 319.1 320.7 322.3 323.9 325.4 327.0 328.6
13 330.2 331.8 333.4 335.0 336.6 338.1 339.7 341.3 342.9 344.5 346.1 347.7 349.3 350.8 352.4 354.0
14 355.6 357.2 358.8 360.4 362.0 363.5 365.1 366.7 368.3 369.9 371.5 373.1 374.7 376.2 377.8 379.4
15 381.0 382.6 384.2 385.8 387.4 388.9 390.5 392.'l 393.7 395.3 396.9 398.5 400.l 401.6 403.2 404.8
16 406.4 408.0 409.6 411.2 412.8 414.3 415.9 417.5 419.1 420.7 422.3 423.9 425.5 427.0 428.6 430.2
17 431.8 433.4 435.0 436.6 438.2 439.7 441.3 442.9 444.5 446.1 W.1 449.3 450.9 452.4 454.0 455.6
18 457.2 458.8 460.4 462.0 463.6 465.1 466.7 468.3 469.9 471.5 473.l 474.7 476.3 411.8 479.4 481.0
19 482.6 484.2 485.8 487.4 489.0 490.5 492.l 493.7 495.3 496.9 498.5 500.1 501.7 503.2 504.8 506.4
20 508.0 509.6 511.2 512.8 514.4 515.9 517.5 519.1 520.7 522.3 523.9 525.5 527.1 528.6 530.2 531.8
21 533.4 535.0 536.6 538.2 539.8 541.3 542.9 544.5 546.1 547.7 549.3 550.9 552.5 554.0 555.6 551.2
22 558.8 560.4 562.0 563.6 565.2 566.7 568.3 569.9 571.5 573.1 574.7 576.3 577.9 579.4 581.0 582.6
23 584.2 585.8 587.4 589.0 590.6 592.1 593.7 595.3 596.9 598.S 600.1 601.7 603.3 604.8 606.4 608.0
24 609.6 611.2 612.8 614.4 616.0 617.5 619.1 620.7 622.3 623.9 625.5 627.1 628.7 630.2 631.8 633.4
25 635.0 636.6 638.2 639.8 641.4 642.9 644.5 646.1 647.7 649.3 650.9 652.5 654.1 655.6 657.2 658.8
26 660.4 662.0 663.6 665.2 666.8 668.3 669.9 671.5 673.1 674.7 676.3 677.9 679.5 681.0 682.6 684.2
27 685.8 687.4 689.0 690.6 692.2 693.7 695.3 696.9 698.5 700.1 701.1 703.3 704.9 706.4 108.0 709.6
28 711.2 712.8 714.4 716.0 717.6 719.1 720.1 722.3 723.9 725.5 727.1 728.7 730.3 731.8 733.4 735.0
29 736.6 738.2 739.8 714.4 743.0 744.5 746.1 ­141.1 749.3 750.9 752.5 754.1 155.7 757.2 758.8 760.4
JO 762.0 763.6 765.2 766.8 768.4 769.9 711.5 773.1 774.7 776.3 717.9 779.5 781.1 782.6 784.2 785.8
31 787.4 789.0 790.6 792.2 793.8 795.3 796.9 798.5 800.1 801.7 803.3 804.9 806.5 808.0 809.6 811.2
32 812.8 814.4 816.0 817.6 819.2 820.7 822.3 823.9 825.5 827.1 828.7 830.3 831.9 833.4 835.0 836.6
33 '38.2 839.8 841.4 843.0 844.6 846.1 841.1 849.3 850.9 852.5 854.1 855.7 857.3 858.8 860.4 862.0
34 863.6 865.2 866.8 868.4 870.0 871.5 873.1 874.7 876.3 877.9 879.5 881.1 882.7 884.2 885.8 887.4
35 889.0 890.6 892.2 893.8 895.4 896.9 898.5 900.1 901.7 903.3 904.9 906.5 908.1 909.6 911.2 912.8
36 914.4 916.0 917.6 919.2 920.8 922.3 923.9 925.5 927.1 928.7 930.3 931.9 933.5 935.0 936.6 938.2
37 939.8 941.4 943.0 944.6 946.2 947.7 949.3 950.9 952.5 954.1 955.1 957.3 958.9 960.4 962.0 963.6
38 965.2 966.8 968.4 970.0 971.6 973.1 974.7 976.3 977.9 979.5 981.1 982.7 984.3 985.8 987.4 989.0
39 990.6 992.2 993.8 995.4 997.0 998.5 1000.1 1001.7 1003.3 1004.9 1006.5 1008.1 1009.7 1011.2 1012.8 1014.4
40 1016.0 1017.6 1019.2 1020.8 1022.4 1023.9 1025.5 1027.1 1028.7 1030.3 1031.9 1033.5 1035.1 1036.6 1038.2 1039.8
41 1041.4 1043.0 1044.6 1046.2 1047.8 1049.3 1050.9 1052.5 1054.1 1055.7 1057.3 1058.9 1060.5 1062.0 1063.6 1065.2
42 1066.8 1068.4 1070.0 1071.6 1073.2 1074.7 1076.3 1077.9 1079.5 1081.1 1082.7 1084.3 1085.9 1087.4 1089.0 1090.6
43 1092.2 1093.8 1095.4 1097.0 1098.6 1100.1 1101.7 1103.3 1104.9 1106.5 1108.1 1109.7 1111.3 1112.8 1114.4 1116.0
44 1117.6 1119.2 1120.8 1122.4 1124.0 1125.5 1127.1 1128.7 1130.3 1131.9 1133.5 1135.1 1136.7 1138.2 1139.8 1141.4
45 1143.0 1144.6 1146.2 1147.8 1149.4 1150.9 1152.5 1154.1 1155.1 1157.3 1158.9 1160.5 1162.1 1163.6 1165.2 1166.8
46 1168.4 1170.0 1171.6 1173.2 1174.8 1176.3 1177.9 1119.5 1181.1 1182.7 1184.3 1185.9 1187.5 1189.0 1190.6 1192.2
47 1193.8 1195.4 1197.0 1198.6 1200.2 llOl.7 1203.3 1204.9 1206.5 1208.1 1209.7 1211.3 1212.9 1214.4 1216.0 1217.6
48 1219.2 1220.8 1222.4 1224.0 1225.6 1227.1 1228.7 1230.3 1231.9 1233.5 1235.1 1236.7 1238.3 1239.8 1241.4 1243.0
49 1244.6 1246.2 1247.8 1249.4 1251.0 1252.5 1254.1 1255.7 1257.3 1258.9 1260.5 1262.1 1263.7 1265.2 1266.8 1268.4
50 1270.0 1271.6 1273.2 1274.8 1276.4 1277.9 1279.5 1'281.1 1282.7 1284.3 1285.9 1287.5 1289.1 1290.6 1292.2 1293.8

Courtesy of Grane Co.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

442 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA

LINEAR CONVERSION
Declmala of an lnch to Mllllmetera
(0.10 inch • 2.54mlllimeters)

lnches 11 0.00 1 .01 .02 .03 .04 .os .06 .07 .08 .09 11 lnchea

o.oo 0.00 0.25 O.SI 0.76 1.02 1.27 1.52 1.78 2.03 2.29 0.00
.10 2.54 2.79 3.05 3.30 3.56 3.81 4.06 4.32 4.57 4.83 .10
.20 5.08 5.33 5.59 5.84 6.10 6.35 6.60 6.86 7 ,11 7.37 .20
.JO 7.62 7.87 8.13 8.38 8.64 8,89 9.14 9.40 9.65 9.91 .30
.40 10.16 10,41 10.67 10.92 11.18 11.43 11.68 11.94 12.19 12.45 .40
.so 12.70 12.95 13.21 13.46 13.72 13.97 14.21 14.48 14.73 14.99 .50
.60 15.24 15.49 15.75 16.00 16.26 16.51 16.76 17.02 17.27 17.53 .60
.70 17.78 18.03 18.29 18.54 18.80 19.05 19.30 19.56 19.81 20.07 .70
.80 20.32 20.57 20.83 21.08 21.34 21.59 21.84 22.10 22.35 22.61 .so
.90 22.86 23.11 23,37 23.62 23.88 24.13 24.38 24.64 24.89 25.15 .90

Mllllmeters to lnchea
(1 mlllimeter = 0.03937 inch)

Millimctersll O 2 3 4 s 6 7 8 9 I MilJimeters
o 0.00 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354 o
10 0.39 0.43 0.47 O.SI o.SS 0.59 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.75 10
20 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.94 0.98 1.02 1.06 1.10 1.14 20
30 1.18 1.22 1.26 1.30 1.34 1.38 1.42 1.46 1.50 1.54 30
4-0 1.57 1.61 1.65 1.69 1.73 1.77 1.81 1.85 1.89 1.93 40
50 1.97 2.01 2.05 2.09 2.13 2.17 2.20 2.24 2.28 2.32 so
60 2.36 2.4-0 2.44 2.48 2.52 2.56 2.60 2.64 l.68 2.72 60
70 2.76 2.80 2.83 2.87 2.91 2.95 2.99 3.03 3.07 3.11 70
80 3.15 3.19 3.23 3.27 3.31 3.35 3.39 3.43 3.46 3.50 80
90 3.54 3.58 3.62 3.66 3.70 3.74 3.78 3.82 3.86 3.90 90
100 3.94 3.98 4.02 4.06 4,09 4.13 4.17 4.21 4.25 4.29 100
110 4.33 4.37 4.41 4.45 4.49 4.53 4.57 4.61 4.65 4.69 110
120 4.72 4.76 4.80 4.84 4.88 4.92 4.96 5.00 5.04 5.08 120
130 5.12 5.16 S.20 5.24 5.28 5.31 5.35 5.39 5.43 5.47 130
14-0 S.51 5.55 S.59 5.63 5.67 5.71 5.75 5.79 S.83 5.87 140
150 5.91 5.94 S.98 6.02 6.06 6.10 6.14 6.18 6.22 6.26 150
160 6.30 6.34 6.38 6.42 6.46 6.50 6.54 6.57 6.61 6.65 160
170 6.69 6.73 6.77 6.81 6.85 6.89 6.93 6.97 7.01 7.05 170
180 7.09 7.13 7 .17 7.20 7.24 7,28 7.32 7.36 7.40 7.44 180
190 7.48 7.52 7.56 7.60 7.64 7.68 7.72 7.76 7.80 7.83 190
200 7.87 7.91 7.95 7.99 8.03 8.07 8.11 8.15 8.19 8.23 200
210 8.27 8.31 8.35 8.39 8.43 8.46 8.50 8.54 8.58 8,62 210
220 8.66 8.70 8.74 8.78 8.82 8.86 8.90 8.94 8.98 9,02 220
230 9.06 9.09 9.13 9.17 9.21 9.25 9.29 9.33 9.37 9.41 230
240 9.45 9.49 9.53 9.57 9.61 9.65 9.69 9.72 9.76 9.80 240
250 9.84 9.88 9.92 9.96 10.00 10.04 10.08 10.12 10.16 10.20 250
260 10.24 10.28 10,31 10.35 10.39 10.43 10.47 10.51 10.55 10.59 260
270 10.63 10.67 10.71 10.75 10.79 10.83 10.87 10.91 10.94 10.98 270
280 11.02 11.06 11.10 11.14 11.18 11.22 11.26 11.30 11 .34 11.38 280
290 11.42 11.46 11.50 11.54 11.57 11.61 11.65 11.69 11.73 11.77 290
300 11.81 11.85 11.89 11.93 11.97 12,01 11.05 11.09 12.13 12.17 300
310 12.20 12.24 12.18 12.32 ll.36 12.40 12.44 12.48 12.52 12.56 310
320 12.60 ll,64 12.68 12.72 12.76 12.80 12.83 12.87 ll.91 12.95 320
330 11.99 13.03 fJ.07 13.11 13. IS 13,19 13.23 13.27 13.31 13.35 330
340 13.39 13.43 13.46 13.50 13.54 13.58 13.62 13.66 13.70 13.74 340
350 13.78 13.82 13.86 13.90 13.94 13.98 14.02 14.06 14.09 14.13 350
360 14.17 14.21 14.25 14.29 14.33 14.37 14.41 14.45 14.49 14.53 360
370 14.57 14.61 14.65 14.69 14.72 14.76 14.80 14.84 14.88 14.92 370
380 14.96 15.00 15.04 15.08 15.12 15.16 15.20 15.24 15.28 15.31 380
390 15.35 15.39 15.43 15.47 15.51 IS.SS 15.59 15.63 15.67 15.71 390
(conli11<Jed on ,,.., poge)
Courtesy of Crane Co.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 443

LINEAR CONVERSION
Millimeters to inches-cont.

2 3 5 6 7 8 9 IIMillimeter•
400 15.75 15.79 15.83 15.87 15.91 15.94 15.98 16.02 16.06 16.10 400
410 16.14 16.18 16.ll 16.26 16.30 16.34 16.38 16.41 16.46 16.50 410
410 16.54 16.57 16.61 16.65 16.69 16.73 16.77 16.81 16.85 16.89 420
430 16.93 16.97 17.01 17.05 17.09 17.13 17.17 17.20 17.24 17.28 430
'"°
"50
17.32
17.7l
17.36
17.76
17.40
17.80
17.44
17.83
17.48
17.87
17.52
17 .91
17.56
17,95
17.60
17.99
17.64
18.03
17,68
18.07
440
450
460 18.11 18.15 18.19 18.23 18.27 18.31 18.35 18.39 18,43 18.46 460
470 18.50 18.54 18.58 18.62 18.66 18.70 18.74 18.78 18.82 18.86 470
480 18.90 18.94 18.98 19.02 19.06 19.09 19.13 19.17 19.21 19.25 480
490 19.29 19.33 19.37 19.41 19.45 19.49 19.53 19.57 19.61 19.65 490
500 19.69 19.íl 19.76 19.80 19.84 19.88 19.92 19.96 20.00 20.04 500
510 l0.08 20.12 20.16 20.20 20,24 20.28 20.31 20.35 20.39 20.43 510
520 20.47 20.51 20.55 l0.59 20.63 20.67 20.71 20.75 20.79 20.83 520
530 20.87 20.91 20.94 20.98 21.02 21.06 21.10 21.14 21.18 21.22 530
540 21.26 21.30 21.34 21.38 21.42 21.46 21.50 21.54 21.58 21.61 540
550 21.65 21.69 21.73 21.77 21.81 21.85 21.89 21.93 21.97 22.01 550
560 22.05 22.09 22.13 22.17 22.20 ll.24 22.28 22.32 22.36 22.40 560
570 22.44 22.48 22.52 22.56 22,60 22.64 22.68 22.72 22.76 22.80 570
580 22.83 22.87 22.91 22.95 22.99 23.03 23.07 23.11 23,15 23.19 580
590 23.23 23.27 23.31 23.35 23.39 23.43 23.46 23.50 23.54 23.58 590
600 23.62 23.66 23.70 23.74 23.78 23.82 23,86 23.90 23.94 23.98 600
610 24.02 24.06 24.09 24.13 24.17 24.21 24.25 24.29 24.33 24.37 610
620 24.41 24.45 24.49 24.53 24.57 24.61 24.65 24.68 24.72 24.76 620
630 24.80 24.84 24.88 24.92 24.96 25.00 25.04 25.08 25.12 25.16 630
640 25.20 25.24 25.28 25.31 25.35 25.39 25.43 25.47 25.51 25.85 640
650 25.59 25.63 25.67 25.71 25.75 25.79 25.83 25.87 25.91 25.94 650
660 25.98 26.02 26.06 26.10 26.14 26.18 26.22 26.26 26.30 26.34 660
670 26.38 26.42 26.46 26.50 26.54 26.57 26.61 26.65 26.69 26.73 670
680 26.77 26.81 26.85 26.89 26.93 26.97 27.01 27.05 27.09 27.13 680
690 27.17 27.20 27.24 27.28 27.32 27.36 27.40 27.44 27.48 27.52 690
700 27.56 27.60 27.64 27.68 27.72 27.76 27.80 27,83 27.87 27.91 700
710 27.95 27.99 28.03 28.07 28.11 28.15 28.19 28.23 28.27 28.31 710
7l0 28.35 28.39 28 • .f.3 28.% 28.50 28.54 28.58 28.62 28.66 28.70 720
730 28.74 28.78 28.82 28.86 28.90 28.94 28.98 29.02 29.06 29,09 730
740 29.13 29.17 29.21 29.25 29.29 29.33 29.37 29.41 29.45 29,49 740
750 29.53 29.57 29.61 29.65 29,68 29.72 29.76 29.80 29.84 29.88 750
760 29.92 29.96 30.00 30,04 30.08 30.12 30.16 30.20 30.24 30.28 760
­no 30.31 30.35 30.39 30.43 30,47 30.51 JO.SS 30.59 30.63 30.67 770
780 30.71 30.75 30,79 30.83 30.87 30.91 30.94 30.98 31.02 31.06 780
790 31.10 31.14 31.18 31.22 31.26 31.30 31.34 31.38 31.42 31.% 790
800 31.50 31.54 31.57 31.61 31.65 31.69 31.73 31.77 31.81 31.85 800
810 31.89 31.93 31.97 32.01 32.05 32.09 32.13 32.17 32.20 32.24 810
820 32.28 32.32 32.36 32.40 32.44 32.48 32.52 32.56 32.60 32.64 820
830 32.68 32.72 32.76 32.80 32.83 32.87 32.91 32.95 32.99 33.03 830
840 33.07 33.11 33.15 33.19 33,23 33.27 33.31 33.35 33.39 33.43 840
860 33.46 33.50 33.54 33.58 33.62 33,66 33.70 33,74 33.78 33.82 850
860 33.86 33.90 33.94 33.98 34.02 34.06 34.09 34.13 34.17 34.21 860
870 34.25 34.29 34,33 34.37 34.41 34,45 34.49 34,53 34.57 34.61 870
880 34.65 34.68 34.7l 34.76 34.80 34.84 34.88 34.92 34.96 35.00 880
890 35,04 35.08 35.12 35.16 35.20 35.24 35.28 35.31 35.35 35,39 890
900 35.43 35.47 35.51 36.55 35.69 35.63 35.67 35.71 35.75 35.79 900
910 35,83 35.87 35.91 35.94 35.98 36.02 36.06 36.10 36.14 36.18 910
920 36,22 36,26 36.30 36.34 36.38 36.Q 36.46 36.50 36.54 36.57 920
930 36.61 36.65 36.69 36.73 36,77 36.81 36.85 36.89 36.93 36.97 930
940 37.01 37.05 37.09 37.13 37.17 37.20 37.24 37.28 37.32 37.36 940
950 37.40 37.44 37,48 37.52 37.56 37.60 37.64 37,68 37.72 37,76 950
960 37.80 37.83 37.87 37,91 37,95 37,99 38.03 38.07 38.11 38.15 960
970 38.19 38,23 39;27 38.31 38.35 38.39 38.43 38.% 38.50 38.54 970
980 38.58 38.62 38.66 38.70 38.74 38.78 38.82 38.86 38.90 38.94 980
990 38,98 39.02 39.06 39.09 3g,13 39.17 39,21 39.25 39.29 39.33 990
1000 39,37 39.41 39 • .S 39.49 39.53 39.57 39.61 39.65 39.68 39.71 1000

Courtesy of Crane Co.

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

444 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA

WEIGHT OF FLANGED VAL VES *

NOMINAL PIPE SIZES
2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 1 O" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20"
150 55 95 140 240 400 630 830 1150 1580 1910 2350

300 75 145 215 420 700 1050 1490 2170 2800 3720 4640

w 400 115 194 270 530 940 1530 2000 2410 3500
~
c., 600 330 720 1220 1880 2630 3200 4230 7200 9800

900 430 900 1569 2350 3500 4680 6500

1500 610 1410 2600
-
(/) 150 47 80 140 250 420 598 824
(/)
w c.,
o, z 300 79 139 214 396 628 686
~ w ~ 400 90 160 233 476 820
w
rn o::
o
::'<(.i ...J o 600 115 191 318 782 1224
c., z
> ::)
o 900 215 460 490 920
o.
--- 1500
150 34 65
665
100
1890
200 390 510 775 1200 1450

300 62 120 180 330 620 920 1290 1650 2050 2420
~ 400 200 395 680 900 1250
o
w
I 600 260 530 900 1440 1970
o
900 340 640 1180 2170
1500 630 1360 2100
* APPROXIMATE WEIGHTS IN lbs. SEE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG FOR SPECIFIC WEIGHTS.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 445

HOT INSULATION THICKNESS CHART

Temperature Range ºF
Up to 176° 'º 226º 'º 276" 'º 326° 'º 376° 'º 426° 'º 476° to 526° to 576° 'º 626° 'º
175° 225° 275° 325° 375° 425° 475° 525° 575° 625° 675°
1/2" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1 1 /2'' 1 1 /2''

3/4" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1 1t2" 1 1 /2''

1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1 1¡2'' 1 1/2'' 1 1 /2'' 1 1/2'' 1 1 /2''
1 112'' 112''

..,
41
-
11/2"
2"
1"

1"
- -
1"

1"
-- 1"

1"
1"
-
1"
-- 1"

1"
1 1/2''

1 1/2''
1 /i'

1
112''
1 \"
1 1/2''
1

1
1/i'
1 1/2''

1 1/2''
1

1
1/i'
¡¡;
41 21/2" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1 1/2'' 1 1t2" 1 1 /2'' 1 1 /2'' 1 1t2" 2"
.f!.
o.. 3" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1/i' 1/i' 1/i'
1 1 1/2'' 1 1 1/2'' 1 1 1/2'' 2"
~
e
·eo 4" 1" 1" 1" 1 \" 1 \" 1 1/2'' 1 1t2" 2" 2" 2" 2"
z 6" 1" 1" 1 1t2" 1 1/2'' 1 \" 1 1/2'' 2" 2" 2" 2" 2 1/2''
8" 1/i' 1/2" 112" 1/i' 112''
1 1 1/2'' 1 1 2" 2" 2" 2" 2 2 1/2'' 2
10" 1 1t2" 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 1 \" 2" 2" 2" 2 1/2'' 2 1 /2'' 21t2" 3"
1/2" 1/2" 1/2"
1Z' 1 1/2'' 1 1 2" 2" 2" 2" 2 2 1/2'' 2 1/2'' 3"

14" 1 1t2" 1
112"
2" 2" 2" 2" 2
1/i'
2 1/2'' 2 "« 21t2" 3"

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

446 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA

WEIGHT OF PIPE INSULATION

(POUNDS PER LINEAL FOOT)

THICKNESS OF INSULATION
1" 1 1/2" 2,, 2 1 /2" 3" 3 1 /2" 4"
2" 1 .O 1 1 . 71 2.53 3.48 4.42 5.59

3" 1.25 2.08 3.01 4.07 5.24 6.65

w 4" 1.62 2.55 3.61 4.66 6.07 7.48 9.1 O

N
- 6,,
(J) 2.11 3.28 4.57 6.09 7.60 9.82 11 . 5
w
o. 8" 4.13 5.64 7.85 9.48 11 .5 13.8
-
o.
_J
1 o" 5.20 7.07 8.93 11 .O 13.2 15.5
<(
z
-
12" 6.04 8.13 10.5 12.7 1 5.1 17.4
2
o 14" 6.16 8.38 10.7 1 3. 1 15.6 18.5
z
1 6" 6.90 9.33 12.0 14.6 17.5 20.5

18" 7.73 10.4 13.3 16.3 19.3 22.6

20" 8.45 11 . 6 14.6 17.7 21 . 1 24.6

3
1 . Based on calcium silicate weighing 11 lbs/ft .
2. Chart must be adjusted for other insulating compounds.
3. Chart includes banding and protective covering weights.

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 APPENDIX A: DIMENSIONAL DATA 447

BUTTERFLY VALVE - Full lug style

1501b

D
J=
No. of holes
K = Top size

Size 2 2-1/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
A 9·3/8 10-3/16 10-11/16 13 14 15-3/16 17-3/4 20-1/2 23-1/2
:r--
B 4·1/4 4-15/16 5-7/8 6·15/16 7-3/4 8·3/4 11 13-3/8 16
e 1·3/4 1-7/8 1·7/8 2·1/8 2·1/4 2·1/4 2·1/2 2·13/16 3·1/8
o 3 3·1/4 3·11/16 4·13/16 5·1/4 5·7/8 6·15/16 8-3/8 9-13/16
E 5·3/8 5·15/19 6 7 7-9/16 7-15/16 9·3/16 10-1/2 12-1/16
F 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10
G 8 8 8 11 11 11 16 16 16
H 6 7 7 1/2 9·1/8 10 ll·l/4 13 3/4 16 19
J 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 12 12
5/8·11 5/8·11 5/8·11 5/8-11 3/4-10 3/4-10 3/4·10 7/8·9 7/8·9
K UNC UNC l.M'IC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC
L 4-3/4 5·1/2 6 7·1/2 8·1/2 9·1/2 11·3/4 14-1/4 17
M 2 2·1/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

Appendix B: Alphabet of Lines

ALPHABET of LINES

OBJECT UNE - SINGLE LINE PIPE

OBJECT UNE - DOUBLE LINE PIPE

ANO EQUIPMENT

HIDDEN UNE

---- ----
CENTER LINE

1- DIMENSION UNE -1
----- ---------
MATCH UNE

448
 Appendix C: Review of Math

ADDITION and SUBTRACTION of FRACTIONS

ADDITION
3" CHANGE FRACTIONS
2¡=
2"
i6 = i ..
4 ~"-
a-
TO THE
COMMON
BEFORE
LEAST
DENOMINATOR
ADDING
.3 ..
16 + 3 .r.,
2-
1Qi "
4" 2" 1"
16 = 8 =¡ 9 U>" - REDUCE ANSWER
8 -
TO THE LOWEST
5" TERMS
16
6" 3"
16 = 8
7"
16
8 .. _ 4"_2" _ 1''
f6 - a-¡ - 2 21"_ • 5"
3116 - 2- 8 16
g"
16
10" 5"
16 = 8
SUBTRACTION
11 "
16 0 785"
= 78s" 12165•_
-1216 5"

6 rn
1" 4" 1·_ 4•
12"
16 = 8
6" 3"
=¡
_3----!;2 3_ 8__ - 6 1-
1 " 1 "
13" 4a 61s
16 . 16+ ij
14" 7"
16 = 8 1 7 ~a-..- 17 16-
l.Q" - ~1' 1.9• - 1 6 1-º"+ 1.§"_ Z§"
1\16- 16 15-15
1s·
16 u·_ 11 16-
1 1 15- u· - 11 16-u" - 11 u"
16
is" a" 4" 2" .. 15"
15=5=¡ =2=1 516
23+1 2"
. J"_ • 6" ,\,,1 ·6 ' 6
24 -3 4 - 24-38 = L"\-38=23-15 8
•
-17-88=
3"
1 7' - 8 i" = 1 7' - 8 i = 1 7' - 8 i
449
Appendix D: U se of the Calculator

CONVERSION FROM FEET & INCHES

TO DECIMALS OF A FOOT
(USING A CALCULATOR)

2' -9,?§" 1'-o):¡"

ITJ El rIJ G 0 OJ El m G
1 0.8750 1 [±] [iJ E] 10.25001 C±J @J G
1 9.8750 1 El O] G 1 0.2500 1 El El @]
1 0.8229 ! [!] ITJ 1 = ! 1 2.8229 ! FT. 10.0208 I [!] [!] G ! 1.0208 1 FT.

1'-5i" Q'-7 ~"

16 8
0El~G [}]ElwG
I o.5625 m m 0
1 I o.6250 1 m ITl 0
l 5.5625 1 E] @] G 1 7.6250 J El @J B
10.4635 ! [!] O] 1 = ! l 1.4635 ! FT. 1 0.6354 1 [!] [9J G 1 0.6354 1 FT.

® 1'-4~"
wEJ~G
16

I o.3125 I m [I] B
l 4.3125 El ~ G
J

1 0.3594 1 m O] G 11.3594 1 FT.

450
 APPENDIX D: USE OF 11-IE CALCULATOR 451

CONVERSION FROM DECIMALS OF A FOOT

TO FEET & INCHES
(USING A CALCULA TOR)

®
1.3594' 0.6354'
CD I u594

1 0.35941
I O QJ G
0 @] E]
1 o.s3s4 I O [QJ G
1 0.6354 1 0 @] E]
14.3128 1 El CD EJ l 7.6248 ! El [zJ El
I o.3128 1 0 ~ 1 = 1 ..--¡,,_........
-
t6--.·j4 I o.62481 wím G 1°·-7 %·1

2.8229' 1. 0208'
l 2.8229 1 [:] w E] 1,.0208 1 El [I] E]
10.8229 1 0 @J 1= 1 10.0208 !0 @] El
liJii4!i_J El [IJ El ¡0.2496 1 D w0
i 0.87 48 ' 0 Cill E1 I
l. . .-2· --9-=--Ja-....· 1 0.2496 1 w Cill G --o->.í-....·
.....-!,
· !

1.4635'
® 1 146351 O QJ G
10.4635 ! 0 @] E]
1 5.5620 1 El [TI El
I o.5620 1 m im 0
--
1,·-5~6-1

PIPE DRAFilNG AND DESIGN

452 APPENDIX D: USE OF THE CALCULATOR

CONVERSION FROM DEGREES & SECONDS

TO DECIMALS
(USING A CALCULATOR)

30º25' 0
\V
30.4167º
! 30.41671 G ~ G
§El~G
I o.4167 I [±] ~ G 130.41671 I o.4167 1 0 ~ G !m

0 45º36'
~EJ~E]
1 0.6000 1 [±] j 4sj 1 = 1 j45.sooo I
45.6000º
!4s.6oool- G @l G
1 0.6000 1 0 ~ G ~

83º07' 0 83.1167º
mEJ~B V l a3.11671 G ~ G
1 0.1167 G
1 [±] ja3! j a3.11671
1 0.1167 1 0 l]gJ G m

0 17º55'
~EJ~G
[±] @! ! ! 17.9167 j
17.9167º
117.91671 G ITzJ G
1 0.9167 1 1= I o.9167 1 0 ~ G ~

PIPE DRAFI1NG AND DESIGN

 Appendix E: Architect's Scale

,,., 1 eo
ARCHITECT'S SCALE
-,·.,
- . 3 ¡s" = 1 , - o"
_.., ¡3'-3"--j

~ F 1
9
1
10 1
10
1
8
,1
1
6
12
1
1
4 1
, .3
1
2 1
14
r,1111111111 ~ 1

::
,. 6'-3"

f
1
~ 1 1 1 1 1 r,1111111111 ~ 1
1 10 1 8 6 1 4 1 2
e 1l

. 9 10 11 12 1.3 14

. .,
!!

1 7'- 7"

~
!

" f 1l 1
9
1
10 1
10
1
11 1
11
1
6
12
1
1
4 1
1.3
1
2 1
14
r'l"l"l"J ~ I
"'
~
.., 9'-9"
2 3
. 12
9
10
10
8
11
6
12
4
13
2
14
o -
8
R
_..,
~ 1 O' -8"

~
...
p 1
9
1
10 1
10
1
8
11
1
6
12
1
4
1
13
1
2 1
14
!'l"l"l"J ~ I
11

1 2' -2"

~1--t
·-
p 9
1
10 1
10
1
8
11
1
6
12
1
1.3
1
2
14
!'l"l"l"J ~ I

453
 Glossary
A Blow-down Commodity discharged from a relief
Accumulator Temporary storage tank for liquids and
vapors.
Actuator A hydraulic or pneumatic apparatus that
will operate a valve by remote control.
Air cooler Large fan-type coolers placed above or
below a pipe rack, which draws air across the pipes
in the pipe rack to cool them.
Alarm Signals, via lights or horn, used to indicate
whether the liquíd level, temperature, or pressure
inside a vessel is too hígh or too low or whether
there is no flow or reverse flow.
Anchor Stationary support designed to restrict the
movement of a pipe caused by vibration, turbulence,
expansion, or other external forces.
Anchor bolts Bolts that have been positioned in con-
crete prior to curring. Used to secure equipment, build-
ings, tanks, or other items to a concrete foundation.
Area limit Boundary identifying the extents of the
unit being drawn.
B By-product Liquid fraction of raw crude.
Back-up ring A Ys" thick, washer-like, ring placed
between two pieces of pipe to prevent the build-up
of weld icicles inside the pipe during the welding
process.
Ball valve Valve having a hall with a hole through it
that allows straight-through flow. A 90º turn of the
wrench opens/closes the valves.
Base plate Flat, metal plate welded to a vessel or
other piece of equipment allowing it to be secured to
a concrete foundation via anchor bolts.
Battery limit Lines placed on a drawing to identify
the perimeter limits of a unit.
Bent One section of a piperack containing two verti-
cal columns and one or more horizontal connecting
members.
Beveled end Any piping component having a tapered
end used in butt-welding.
Billet Near-molten, steel bar from which seamless
pipe is formed.
Bill of materials A detailed listing of components
required to fabricate a run of pipe.
Blind flange A flanged plate-like device used to
terminate the end of a run of pipe, valve, or vessel
opening.
454
valve.
Boiler Vessel used to convert water into super-heated
steam.
Box heater Vessel used to raise the temperature of a
feed before it begíns fractional distillation. See verti-
cal heater.
Branch A connecting tie-in of the same or smaller pipe
size.
Bridle A screwed or socket-weld piping configuration
containing instruments that measure the liquid level
in horizontal or vertical vessels.
Bubble caps Small valve-like controls on a tray in a
fractionating column that allow rísíng vapors to pass
through.
Butt-weld Weld made when two beveled ends are
butted together and welded.
Bypass valve Valve connecting the upstream and
downstream sides of a control set that allows
the control valve to be removed for repair or
replacement.
e
Cage Metal enclosure surrounding a ladder provídíng
worker safety.
Cap Butt-weld fitting used to close the end of a pipe
run.
Carbon steel Chief manufacturing material of pipe
and fittings used in industrial piping applications.
Catalyst Compound used to induce a chernical
reaction.
Centrifuga} "Center-fleeíng" action caused by a spín-
ning impeller.
Charge Toe initial feed used in a fractional distillation
process.
Check valve Valve used to prevent backflow.
Chemical plant Facility that converts semi-refined
products into usable consumer products.
Chiller One of the many types of exchangers used to
reduce the temperature of a process commodity.
Codes A collection of regulations and procedures for
design, construction, and operation of a facility.
Coefficient of expansion Toe numerical factor of
expansion/ contraction of a substance based on a
change in temperature.
 GLOSSARY
Column See fractionation column. Also, a vertical
steel or concrete member that supports structures,
piperacks, buildings, etc.
Companion flange Mating flange of the same size and
pound rating as the nozzle, valve, or fitting to which
it is bolted.
Compressor Mechanical device used to compress
gases or vapors.
Compressed air Any air with pressure greater than
atmospheric pressure.
Concentric Reducer or swage having a common
centerline.
Condensate Toe liquid that has been removed from a
gas or vapor.
Condenser Mechanical apparatus that cools a gas or
vapor to the point of condensing.
Conduit Protective covering around electrical wires
and cables.
Control building Building from which monitoring
and operation of remotely installed instruments are
made.
Control panel A cabinet or desk-type housing con-
taining monitoring instruments.
Control station A Ll-shaped series of valves and fit-
tings that allows for the monítoríng, control, and reg-
ulation of flow or pressure through a piping system.
Control valve Typically having a globe valve body,
this valve provides a method to automatically and
remotely control the fluid flow and pressure through
a pipe.
Controller A device used to maintain a specified liq-
uid level, temperature, or flow inside a vessel or píp-
ing system.
Cooler Mechanical apparatus used to reduce the tem-
perature of a liquid commodity.
Cooling tower A mechanical device that dissipates
heat by evaporation of water sprayed into a forced-
air tower.
Cooling water Water used in any cooling process that
will lower the temperature of a commodity.
Coordinates Intersecting north-south and east-west
lines used to position foundations, equipment, sup-
ports, buildings, etc., on a drawing.
Corrosion Toe dissolving of surface material by
chemical reaction.
Corrosion allowance Toe amount of surface mate-
rial allowed to be eroded by the commodity within
a pipe while permitting the pipe to remain usable for
the particular service for which it was installed.
Coupling Fitting used to join two lengths of screwed
pipe together. Also used as a branch connection on
pipe or a nozzle connection on equipment.
Crude oil Toe natural state of unrefined oil prod-
uct. Primary source of fractionated hydrocarbon
by-products,
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
455
D
Davit Crane-like device made of steel pipe or struc-
tural steel that allows replacement parts, tools, and
small machinery to be raised and lowered from the
tops of vertical vessels.
Debutanizer A distillation column that receives the
bottoms residue from a depropanizer whose over-
head product is a mixture of normal and iso-butane.
lts bottoms residue is a C5+ mixture (pentane).
Deethanizer Toe first in a series of three distillation
colurnns whereby heavier gaseous molecule hydro-
carbons, or NGL (Natural Gas Liquids) are fraction-
ated. Toe deethanizer distillation column's overhead
product is ethane gas. Its bottoms residue is routed
to a depropanizer for further processíng,
Deiso-butanizer A distillation column that fraction-
ates butane. Iso-butane is a refrigerant that is used to
replace ozone layer-depleting gases.
Demethanizer A fractionating column in a cryogenic
low-temperature distillation process whereby lighter
gaseous molecule hydrocarbons (methane) are frac-
tionated from raw natural gas.
Depropanizer A distillation colurnn that receives the
bottoms residue from a deethanizer whose overhead
product is propane. Its bottom residue is routed to a
debutanizer.
Diameter, inside The circumference measured around
the interior wall of a pipe.
Diameter, nominal Toe name given to a particular
size of pipe.
Diameter, outside Toe circumference measured
around the outer wall of a pipe.
Dike Typically an earthen dam or wall surrounding
tanks creating a containment area in case of acciden-
tal discharge or rupture.
Discharge Outgoing flow, typically with increased
pressure as in the case of pumps or compressors.
Distillation The process of extracting and separating
molecular compounds from a supply product.
Double extra strong Catagory of thíck-walled pipe.
Double line Drawings used to represent piping sys-
tems 14" in diameter and larger.
Double pipe exchanger Exchanger having a small
diameter pipe inserted into a large diameter pipe.
Double random length Length of manufactured pipe,
typically 35' to 40' long.
Downcomer Opening adjacent to a tray that allows
overflowing liquids to fall to the tray below and
begín refractionation.
Drain Typically an underground piping system that
transfers water runoff or waste materials to a pro-
cessing facility for disposal or treatment. See 0.W.S.
Drain funnel Often a reducer fitting placed at the
opening of a drainage pipe that aids in the collection
of disposable materials.
456
Drift Toe amount of water lost duríng the aeration
and evaporation sequence in a cooling tower.
Dummy leg A length of pipe or structural steel
welded to the outside of a pipe that provides support
for the line.
E Flow displacement meter lnstrument installed within
Eccentric Reducer or swage having offset centerlines.
Elbow Fitting used to make changes in direction of
pipeline.
Elbow, long radius Ninety degree elbow having a
radius equal to one and one-half times the pipe's
nominal size.
Elbow, short radius Ninety degree elbow having a
radius equal to the pipe's nominal size.
Electric traced Electric leads coiled around a pipe to
maintain a desired temperature.
Elevation Sectional view of a facility showing vertical
height dimensions.
Extra strong Pipe and fittings havíng measurements
equivalent to schedule 80.
F record of flow measurement.
Face Toe mating surface of flanged fittings or valves.
Face-to-face Measurement from the mating surface on
one end of a flanged valve to the mating surface on
the other end.
Feed Toe initial fluid material used in the fractional
distillation process.
Feed, boiler Water piped through a boiler to produce
steam.
Female thread Intemal thread grooves cut into pipes,
fittings, or valves.
Field pipe A run of pipe configured, cut, and pieced
together at the time of installation.
Fil ter Basket-type strainer used to collect solid waste and
contarninants circulating through the piping system.
Fin-fan See air cooler.
Fired heater Mechanical device used to elevate circu-
lating liquids to extreme temperatures.
Fireproofing Generally brick, concrete, or gunite,
applied around vessel skirts or structural columns to
prevent damage in case of fire.
Fitting Generic name for components used to make
turns, branches, or reductions in a run of pipe.
Flange Ring-shaped device that is welded or
screwed on the end of a pipe that permits the pipe
to be attached to other similiarly prepared piping
components.
Fiare stack Vertical column that uses an open flame to
bum waste gases.
Flash zone Toe position in a fractionation column
where the incoming feed separates into vapor and
liquid states.
Flat face Flange facing that has no raised surfaces.
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
GLOSSARY
Floating roof Toe type of storage tank roof that is sus-
pended by the commodity being stored. Toe floating
prevents the collection of harmful gases and vapors
in tanks that store flammable liquids.
Flow diagram Schematic drawing depíctíng the equip-
ment, piping, and instrumentation of a piping facility.
a piping configuration that measures the flow rate of
the comrnodity within the pipe.
Flow element Set of orifice flanges used with test
equipment that measures rates.
Flow indicator A local or board mounted instrument
that registers flow rates.
Flow meter A device used to indicate or record the
amount of comrnodity flowing through a pipe.
Flow rate Toe amount of flow passíng a given point
in a pipe for a predetermined amount of time, for
example, gph, gpm.
Flow ratio recording controller A combination of con-
trol valve and recorder that records the flow within a
pipe then controls the flow as required.
Flow recorder lnstrument that makes a permanent
Flow recording controller A control val ve that records
measurements of flow through a pipe.
Foundation Grade-leve! concrete support for build-
ings, equipment, and structural members.
Foundation location plan Plan drawing depicting
the coordinate location of buíldings, equipment, and
structural concrete supports.
Fraction By-products of a feed supply.
Fractional distillation Toe chemical process of sepa-
rating a feed supply into its various molecular com-
ponents (by-products).
Fractionation column A vertical vessel havíng inter-
na! plates, called trays, which aid in the separation
and collection of the various molecular compounds
of a feed stock (fractional distillation).
Fuel oil Combustible material used as a heat source
for fired equipment in a process facility.
G
G-fin A U-shaped exchanger having a pipe within a
pipe. Also known as a "hair pin" or "double pipe"
exchanger.
Gas Toe physical state of matter having the ability to
diffuse readily and distribute uniformly throughout
the container to which it is confined.
Gasket Any of a wide variety of materials placed
between mating surfaces to prevent leaks.
Gate valve Valve designed for on or off control of a
comrnodity flowing through a pipe.
Gauge lnstruments that measure the liquid leve!
inside a vessel or the temperature and/ or pressure in
a piping system.
 GLOSSARY
Globe valve Valve designad to allow for the throttling
of commodities flowing through a pipe.
Grade Toe true or predetermined elevation of the
ground-supported surface of a piping facility.
Grade beam Structural member used to support
grating or other flooring material at ground (grade)
level.
Gravity flow system Pípíng system constructed of
sloped pipes that uses gravity as a meaos of moving
the commodity inside.
Grout A concrete mixture poured on the tops of
equipment foundations to provide final leveling.
Guide Type of pipe support that permits longitudinal
but not lateral movement.
H with an audible or visual signal.
Handrail Protective railing around platforms.
Typically 3' to O" tall.
Hanger Pipe support used on horizontal pipes that
will suspend the pipe from a stationary object from
above.
Head Toe end enclosure of a vessel.
Header Toe main run of pipe from which branches
are connected.
Headroom Vertical measurement that provides over-
head clearances.
Heater Píping equipment that uses a combustible
material to increase the temperature of a commodity.
Heat exchanger Piping equipment used to transfer
heat from one fluid source to another without the
two fluids mixing together.
Hydrocarbon Any solid, liquíd, or gaseous compound
whose molecular structure is made exclusively of
hydrogen and carbon molecules.
I
Impeller Rotating device in a pump that forces the
incoming commodity to be expelled at a greater
pressure.
Indicator A device used to indicate the líquíd level,
temperature, pressure or flow rate inside a piping
system.
Instrument One of many monitoring devices that can
sense, measure, transmit, or control.
Instrument air Compressed air free of contaminants
that is used to operate pneumatic control devices.
Instrument air line Piping system containing clean
air used to operate instrumentation throughout a
piping facility.
Instrumentation Toe use of monitoring instru-
ments to perform duties not permissible by human
workers.
Insulation Exterior covering on pipe or equipment
that maintains a constant temperature. Also protec-
tion for workers from hígh temperature surfaces.
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
457
Insulation rings Continuous circular rings welded to
the exterior of a vertical vessel that support a vessel's
insulation. Typically spaced on 12'--0" centers.
K
Knock-out drum Used to collect any liquids present
in the waste stream prior to entering a fiare system,
especially important if substantial cooling of heavy
liquids is necessary.
L
Ladder Climbing apparatus that allows access to pip-
ing components at extreme elevations.
Leve! alarm Instrument that detects high or low liq-
uid levels within a vessel and alerts plant operators
Leve! gauge (glass) A vertical transparent tube con-
nected to the extemal surface of a vessel that allows
visual inspection of intemal liquid levels.
Level indicating controller lnstrument that indi-
cates the liquid level of a vessel and can control the
liquid level by transmitting signals to a control
valve.
Level recorder Makes a permanent record of liquid
level in a vessel.
Level recording controller Instrument that records
the liquid level of a vessel and can control the liquid
level by transmitting signals to a control valve.
Lifting lugs Donut-shaped rings welded to the ves-
sel's shell or head that allow the vessel to be raised
and positioned during installation.
Line Generic name given to reference a completed
píping configuration.
Liquid Toe physical state of matter possessing flow
characteristics and minimal compressibility.
M
Malleable iron Cast iron that has been heat-treated to
improve its tensile strength.
Mandrel A long, pointed shaft used to pierce molten
steel billets to form seamless pipe.
Manhole Similar to large nozzles that allow workers
entry points into a vessel. Generally 18" ID.
Manhole hinge A hinge that creates a pivot point
allowíng the blind flange attached to the manhole to
be easily removed for worker entrance.
Manifold A main pipeway having numerous branch
connections.
Manway See manhole.
Match line Lines used to divide the plot plan into
small drawing areas.
Material take-off Toe gathering of descriptions, quan-
tities, and prices for various components of the píp-
íng system, that is, pipe, flanges, fittings, valves,
bolts, gaskets, etc.
458 GLOSSARY
Meter run A clear run of pipe having a set of orifice
flanges that is used to measure flow rate through the
pipe.
Mixer Device used to combine liquid, semi-liquid or
bulk materials needed in the refining process.
N into small drawing areas. These areas are assigned
Naphtha Colorless, flammable by-product of crude
petroleum used in the manufacture of gasoline.
Nipple A short length of pipe used to connect
screwed or socket-weld fittings to one another.
Nominal pipe size A name given to a pipe with ref-
erence to its size in diameter. Only for pipes 14"
and larger in diameter does this represent an exact
dimensional measurement.
Nozzle Toe connecting point of the pípíng configura-
tion to the vessel or equipment. Nozzles are provided
in locations where a commodity is either introduced
or removed from a vessel or piece of equipment.
Nozzle arrangement Toe positioning of nozzles on a
piece of piping equipment.
Nozzle orientation Plan drawing depicting the loca-
tion of nozzles around the perimeter of a vessel
using angular measurements from Oº.
o signa! from a transmitter.
Octagon An eight-sided concrete foundation placed
below vertical vessels that distributes the vessel's
load over a broader area.
0-lets Any of severa! fittings used to make branch
connections for welded, screwed, or socket-weld
pipe.
Operator Device used to activate valving.
Orifice flange Flange with a hole drilled into the
flange face perpendicular to the pipe that permits
testing equipment to be inserted.
Orifice flange union Pair of orifice flanges, orifice
plate, bolts, nuts, jackscrews, and gaskets. Primary
components of a meter run.
Orifice plate Metal plate with a hole of predetermined
size sandwiched between orifice flanges.
OWS (Oily water sewer) An underground píping sys-
tem used to collect and transfer contaminated dis-
charge to a treatment facility.
p modity it contains.
P&ID Piping and instrumentation diagram.
Pedestal See foundation.
Pipe guide See guide.
Pipe hanger See hanger.
Pipe rack Structural framework consisting of a series
of vertical columns connected with horizontal mem-
bers. Major thoroughfare for pipes traveling in a pro-
cess facility.
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
Pipe support Structural member that carries the
weight of a piping configuration.
Piping Generic term used to describe pipes, fittings,
flanges, and valves in a facility.
Piping drawing index Created from the plot plan, the
index uses match lines to divide the piping facility
drawing numbers and distributed to drafters/
designers for creation.
Plain end Any pipíng component havíng square ends
used for socket-weld connections.
Plant air Compressed air used to drive pneumatic
hand tools.
Platform An elevated walkway around a vessel or
other píping equipment,
Plot plan A master drawing showing the locations of all
buildings, structures, and equipment in a piping facility.
Plug Screwed fitting havíng externa! threads that ter-
minates a piping configuration.
Plug valve A particular valve having a rectangular
shaped hole through a tapered plug. Uses one-quarter
tum of a handle to align the hole with the valve port.
Pressure alarm lnstrument designed to signa! dra-
matic changes in interna! pressure.
Pressure controller A control valve that regulates
interna! pressure of a pipe or vessel after receiving a
Pressure differential recording controller Controls
the pressure differential between two pipes or ves-
sels by means of a control valve.
Pressure indicator Dial instrument that indicates
interna! pressure of a pipe or vessel.
Pressure indicating controller Control valve with an
indicating transmitter that controls interna! pressure
on a pipe or vessel.
Pressure recorder A recording instrument that makes
a permanent record of interna! pressures within a
pipe or vessel.
Pressure recording controller lnstrument similiar to a
pressure recorder and having the capability to trans-
mita signa! to a control valve.
Pressure safety valve An automatic pressure-reliev-
ing device actuated by excessive interna! pressure of
a pipe or vessel.
Process equipment Pipíng equipment having the
capability to alter the chemical makeup of the com-
Pump Mechanical device used to move fluids under
pressure from one location to another.
Purge Toe act of removing foreign matter from the
interna! surfaces of a pipe or vessel.
R
Raised face Type of flange facing used with flat ríng
gaskets. 150# and 300# raised face flanges have a Yi6'
 GLOSSARY
raised face, and 400# and above flanges have a 1A''
raised face.
Reactors Changes the chemical composition of a com-
modity through the introduction of a reagent or
catalyst.
Rebar Short form of reinforcing bar. A metal rod used
in the reinforcement of concrete.
Reciprocating pump Piping equipment with parts
similar to a piston or plunger that moves back and
forth to create pressure.
Recorder A device used to record the liquid level,
temperature, pressure or flow rate inside a vessel
or píping system throughout a specified period of
time.
Reducer A pipe fitting with one end larger than the
other that allows reductions in the diameter of a run
of pipe.
Refinery Process facility that breaks crude petroleum
down into usable byproducts such as butane, pro-
pane, fuel oil, and lubricants.
Reflux A liquid product returned to a fractionation
column that aids in the fractionation process.
Reinforcing pad A plate contoured to the shape of a
vessel shell. lt is positioned around nozzles to pro-
vide additional strength in the areas where metal
was removed from the shell.
Restriction orifice Standard orífice union assembly
including spectacle blind used to create smooth flow.
Ring-type joint Flange face that uses a steel ring
rather than flat or full ríng gasket.
Root gap The 1/16" space between two butt-weld fit-
tings prior to welding.
Rotary pump Displacement-type pump using pistons,
gears, or screws to discharge a commodity.
Run Generic name for any length of pipe.
Rung Horizontal member of a ladder.
s Spool Type of isometric or orthographic drawing con-
Saddle U-shaped structural support welded to hori-
zontal vessels and exchangers. Saddles are bolted to
concrete foundations and create a craddle-like sup-
port in which the vessel can rest.
Schedule Wall thickness of pipe.
Scrubber Used to separate contaminants from gases
duríng the refining process.
Seal pan Installed below the bottom tray in a vessel to
prevent liquids from bypassing the trays.
Seamless Pipe manufactured without any resulting
welded connection.
Separator Any collection-type vessel used to separate
liquids from gases or other liquids during the refin-
ing process.
Shape roller Mechanical apparatus that sizes and
shapes rolled plate to forro pipe.
Shell The cylindrical walls of a vessel.
PIPE DRAFTING AND DESIGN
459
Shell and tube Type of heat exchanger having tube
bundles contained within an outer vessel shell.
Shoe Structural member welded to the bottom side
of a pipe having insulation. Designed to prevent the
insulation from beíng crushed when the pipe rests on
a steel support.
Skelp Plate that has been rolled and shaped into the
forro of a pipe.
Skirt A cylinder-shaped support for a vertical vessel.
One end is welded to the base plate allowing it to
rest on the foundation, and the other end is welded
to the bottom head of a vertical vessel.
Skirt access opening An 18" ID hole 2' to 16" above
the foundation that allows workers entrance for
inspection and maintainence.
Skirt fireproofing Brick or granite material applied
to the interior and occasionally exterior surfaces of a
vessel skirt to prevent damage in the event of a fire.
Skirt vents Equally spaced hales approximately 3" to
4 in diameter bored near the top of the vessel skirt
11
that allow toxic and explosive gases to escape.
Sleeper Near grade-leve! structural support used to
support horizontal piping runs.
Slip-on flange Flange with a low hub that allows pipe
to be inserted prior to welding.
Slotted anchor Saddle or other support having elon-
gated bolt holes that allows for movement due to
heat expansion.
Specifications Guidelines established by governmen-
tal agencies, standards associations, and vendors, for
plant design and construction.
Spectacle blind A figure 8-shaped plate placed
within an orifice flange assembly. One end has a hole
through which flow can pass to create smooth flow
for accurate instrument readings.
Spiral weld Type of pipe formed by twisting metal
plate in spiral shapes then welding.
taining dimensions and callouts for fabrication.
Spring hanger Pipe hanger using a coil spring to
absorb movement within a pipe.
Steam Toe vapor phase of water.
Steam, dry Steam that is devoid of suspended water
particles.
Steam, saturated Steam that exceeds boiling point
temperature for an equivalent pressure.
Steam traced Tubing coiled around a pipe containing
steam to help maintain a desired temperature.
Steam turbine Pump or generator driver using high
pressure steam to power the turbine's impeller.
Stem Threaded shaft within a valve that raises and
lowers the valve wedge or disc by rotating the
handwheel.
Stub-in Branch connection made on a run of pipe
without the use of a fitting.
460
Suction Toe inlet or incoming side of a pump or
compressor.
Swage Typically a screwed or socket-weld type of fit-
ting used to make a reduction in the diameter of the
síze of pipe.
T
Tank Storage vessel used for the collection of process
materials.
Tank farm Area within a process facility where sev-
era! storage tanks reside.
Tee Three-way fitting used to make branch connec-
tions on a run of pipe.
Temperature alarm lnstrument designed to signa!
dramatic changes in interna! temperature.
Temperature controller A control valve that regulates
interna! temperature of a pipe or vessel after receiv-
ing a signal from a transmitter.
Temperature control valve Valve using fluctuations
in temperature to make adjustments in commodity
flow.
Temperature element Thermocouple that allows porta-
ble test equipment to be inserted to measure the tem-
perature of the commodity within a pipe or vessel.
Temperature indicator lnstrument that indicates
temperature of the commodity in a pipe or vessel
(thermometer).
Temperature recorder A recording instrument that
makes a permanent record of temperature within a
pipe or vessel.
Temperature recording controller Instrument that
provides simultaneous recordíng and regulation of
the temperature within a pipe or vessel by sendíng a
signa! to a control valve and recorder.
Temperature well (Thermowell) lnserted into a cou-
pling to protect the temperature instrument bulb.
Thermal expansion Growth of pipe due to the appli-
cation of heat.
Threaded end Any piping component having interna!
or externa! threads.
Threads, external Pipe component having screw
threads cut into the exterior surface (male threads).
Threads, interna! Pipe component having screw
threads cut into the interior surface (female threads).
Tower Vertical vessel or colurnn.
Transmitter Instrument that sends signals to indicat-
ing, controlling, or recordíng devices.
Trapeze Pipe hanger consisting of two vertical rods
connected with a horizontal support member.
Tray Flat metal plates spaced approximately 30" apart
inside a vertical vessel that aid in the fractionation of
crude petroleum into by-products.
PIPE DRAFTING ANO DESIGN
GLOSSARY
Tube bundle Removable section of an exchanger con-
taining interna! tubes.
Tube sheet Vertical plate separating the shell side
from the channel end of an exchanger.
Turbulence Uneven flow produced by directional
changes or obstructions within the pipe.
u
Union A three-piece fitting placed within a screwed
or socket-weld configuration that permits quick dis-
assembly of the configuration.
Utility One of many plant services required for the
efficient operation of the facility, for example, air,
water, steam, sewer, and fiares.
Utility air Compressed air used to drive pneumatic
tools, clean equipment, and perform other mainte-
nance services.
V
Valve Device used to control the flow of a commodity
through a pipe.
Vapor Toe gaseous state of any substance that is liq-
uid or solid under ordinary circumstances.
Vapor lock Trapped air or vapor in a pipe that pre-
vents the flow of a commodity through the pipe.
Vendor A third-party supplier of parts, equipment, or
other components of the piping facility.
Vendor drawing A drawing or rendering that depicts
descriptive information pertaining to the equipment
or pipíng component that a supplier or manufacturer
delivers to the piping facility.
Vertical heater Device used to raise the temperature
of a commodity to the point at which it can be used
in a process system.
Vessel Generic term used to describe any closed con-
tainer housing liquid, vapor, or gaseous commodity.
w
Wedge Sealing component of a gate valve.
Weir Dam-like plate welded on a tray that allows a
fractionated by-product to collect and be extracted
by a nozzle.
Welding ring See back-up ring.
Weld neck flange Flange with a tapered neck for butt-
welding to other bevel-end piping components.
 lndex

A Dike, 122-123 belting, 65

Abbreviations, 159, 166-169 Double random length, 5 defined, 56
Accumulator,see Horizontalvessel Downcomer,125 face type, 56-57
Actuator,92 Drift, 121 lap-joint,61-62
Anchors Dummy leg, see Field support length-thru-hub, 60
directional, 246 orifice, 64
fixed, 245 pound ratings, 56
E raised face, 57
Arrangementdrawings, 186-187 Elbow
dimensioning,233 face thickness, 57
45°, 20
layout procedures,187 reducing, 62
drawing oí, 22
As-built drawings,2 ring-type joint, 57-58
drawingsymbols,22
slip-on, 60-61
90°, 14
socket-weld, 62
B center-to-end,14, 15
threaded, 62
Back-up ring, 7 drawing of, 15-16
Base ell, 250 types of, 58
drawing symbols, 15
weld neck, 59
Base plate, 125 long radius, 14-15
drawing of, 59-60
Battery limits, 176, 230 mitered, 18-20
Bell and spigot, 9 drawing symbols,59
reducing, 16-18
Flash zone, 119, 125
Benchmark,170 rolled at 45°, 22
Flow diagrams
Beveled end, 7 short radius, 16
abbreviations, 145
Boiler see Heater Elevation
Bolts, 65-67, 80 drawingsymbolsfound on, 140-145
abbreviations, 159
mechanical, 135
Branch, 22 callouts, 159
example,137
Butt-weldedpipe, 4, 5 examples of, 159
process, 134
invert, 176, 234
example,136
e types,234
Ell, see Elbow
types, 134-135
Cage, 113 uses, 134
Cast iron, 4, 9-10 Equipmentlocation drawing, 176, 179
utility, 135
Cathodicprotection, 266 Exchanger
example,138
Center-to-end,14-15, 19, 26 air fan, 119
Foundationlocation drawing, 176
Chain operator,92 defined,117
Fraction, 124
Chiller, 123 double pipe, 118
Fractional distillation, 112, 124
Codes hairpin, 118
Frationationcolurnn,see Vessel: vertical
piping, 154 reboiler, 118-119
Cold spring, 156, 243 shell and tube, 117
Compressor, 116-117, 123, 125 G
Condensate,260 Gaskets,67
F
Conditions materials, 68
Feed, see a/so feed stock, 124-125
design, 134-135 thickness,68
Field supports
operatíng,134-135 types, 68
base, 250
Control valve manifold, 91, 260-262 Grade, 171
dummy,251
drawing of, 261-262 pick-up,255
Cooling tower, 119-121, 123 Fins, 118 H
Corrosion allowance, 159 Fitting make-up, 37 Hanger rods, 254
Coupling, 10, 32, 33, 43 dimensioning, 38 rod and clevis, 254
Cutting plane, 230, 234 Fittings, 13 spring hanger,255
butt-weld, 13 trapeze, 255
D casi iron, 45 Head, 125
Datum elevation, 234, 237 flanged,44 2:1 semi elliptical, 128
Debutanizer,123 plastic, 45 Header,22
Deethanizer,123 screwed,38 Heater, 123
Deiso-butanizer, 123 socket-weld, 38 Heat expansion, 243
Demethanizer,123 Flange Horizontal vessel, 112
Depropanizer,123 blind, 64 drawing of, 128, 130

461
462 INDEX

I Orifice flange unión, 64 Shapers, 4

lnside diameter (JO), 5 Orífice plate, 263-265 Shell, 117
lnstrumentation Outside diameter(00), 5 Single random length,5
groups, 135 Site plan, 176
types, 135 p Skirt, 126
alarms, 138 P&ID, 135 access opening, 126
controllers, 138 Pipe fireproofing, 126
gauges, 138 calculating inside diameter, 6 vents, 126
indicators,138 drawingof, 11 Specifications,155
recorders, 138 flexibility,242-243 classes, 159
symbols, 135, 138 joining, 6 piping, 156
Isometrics (isos), 269 history, 4 sample oí, 155-158
dimensioning, 278 manufacturingmethods, 4-5 Spiral weld, 4
drawing of, 275--278 plastic, 10 Standard piping detail, 242
notes/ callouts,278 schedule, 5--6 Steam trap, 260
offsets, 278 sizing,5 Storage tank, 121-123
dimensioning,279-280 thickness, 5--6 Stripping steam, 125, 259-260
multiple angles, 280-283 weight,5 Stub-in,30
rolling, 283 Pipe anchor, 245-246 drawing symbols,30
dimensioningof, 285--287 Pipe guide, 247 reinforcements,31
symbols,270, 271-272 Pipe loop, 243 welding minimurns, 31
tuming point, 270 Pipe nipple, 43 Stud bolts, 67
lnsulation ring, 125 Pipe shoe, 247 Swage,44
lnsulationshoe, 24~247 Pipe spans, 247
Pipe spools, 2 T
J Pipe rack, 242 Tabor abrasion test, 10
Jack screws, 64 drawingof, 242 Tank farm, 122
spacing, 242-243 Tee,22
K Plainend,8 Threaded end (TE), 7
Kettle reboiler, 222 Plant coordinate system, 170 Thread engagement,8
Knock-outdrum,123 Plant elevationsystem, 170-176 Toree-dimensionalmodeling,307
Platform, 113 Tick marks l.gaskels), 69-70
Plug,43 Tray, 112, 126
L Pocket, 247 double-pass, 126
Ladder,113 Pound ratings, 56 single-pass, 126
Lead and oakum, 9 Pump
Lifting lugs, 125
Line list, 237
centrifugal,114
defined,114
u
Line number, 156 Underground piping system,266
drivers, 116 Union,41
Line spacing chart, 244 nozzle arrangements, 115-116 Unit plot plan, 176
reciprocating, 114-115 Utilities, 259
M rotary,115 air systems,260
Machine bolts, 67-68 fiare systems, 260
Manhole, 125 R fuel oil/ gas, 260
hinge,126 Reactor, 123 water systems, 259-260
Manway, 112 Reducer Utility station, 262
Material take-off,269 drawing of, 34
Mechanical equipment, 112 drawing symbols,34
Meterrun,64,214,263 V
types,32 Valve
location of, 265 Reinforcing pad, 126
Mixer, 123 angle, 82, 85
Rolling offsets, 283 ball,~7
dimensioning oí, 285--287 block,261
N Rootgap, 7 butterfly,87-88
Nominal pipe size, 5 bypass, 261
North arrow, 170
Nozzle, 56, 126
s check,85-86
Saddles, 126 control, 88-91
orientation, 126 Scrubber, 123 defined, 79
projection, 126 Sections, 233-237 drain, 261
Sea! pan, 126 face-to-face,80
o Seal weld, 62 gate, 79, 83, 84
O-lets,31 Seamless pipe, 4 drawing oí, 81-82
Operators, 91 Sewer systems, 266 globe,82
 INDEX 463
plug, frl horizontal,112 Weldingsaddle, 31
pressure safety, 88 vertical,112-113 Weld tee, 22
relíef, 88 drawing of, 26
stem,80 w drawing symbols, 26
Vendor Weir,125
defíned, 128 Weldcap,36
drawings, 128 drawing symbols, 37
Vessel